Full text of "Clarion University of Pennsylvania. Clarion, Pennsylvania. Catalog Issue 1987-88."

See other formats

SrUDLt^T RESPONS5BILITY FOR ACADEMJC PROGH/\?^

Students are held re ■- for academic pc'

as wet! as the generc. on requirement?.

catalog for the year in which they entered the Ui

Students are held responsible for the require
published in the catalog at the time they declare

If students change majors they are responsible f
the major as published in the catalog during tr
changed the majc

With the permis
dean, students may choose to meei curricuiar
published in a catalog s:jbsenuent to the time at whic
University or dec'

CLARION

UNIVERSITY

PENNSYLVANIA

CLARION, PENNSYLVANIA
16214

CATALOG ISSUE
1987-88

MEMBER OF

AMERICAN ASSOCIATION OF STATE

COLLEGES AND UNIVERSITIES

MEMBER OF

AMERICAN ASSOCIATION OF COLLEGES FOR

TEACHER EDUCATION

ACCREDITED BY

MIDDLE STATES ASSOCIATION OF COLLEGES

AND SCHOOLS

ACCREDITED BY

NATIONAL COUNCIL FOR ACCREDITATION OF

TEACHER EDUCATION

ACCREDITED BY
NATIONAL LEAGUE FOR NURSING

LIBRARY SCIENCE GRADUATE PROGRAM

ACCREDITED BY

AMERICAN LIBRARY ASSOCIATION

APPROVED BY
THE AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY

EDUCATIONAL ASSOCIATE OF
INSTITUTE OF INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION

CLARION UNIVERSITY WELCOMES QUALIFIED STUDENTS,
FACULTY, AND STAFF FROM ALL RACIAL, RELIGIOUS,
ETHNIC, AND SOCIO-ECONOMIC BACKGROUNDS.
CLARION UNIVERSITY IS AN AFFIRMATIVE ACTION/EQUAL
OPPORTUNITY EMPLOYER.

CLARION UNIVERSITY TAKES AFFIRMATIVE ACTION TO
ATTAIN EDUCATIONAL AND EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS FOR
ALL PERSONS WITHOUT REGARD TO RACE, SEX,
HANDICAP, OR OTHER LEGALLY PROTECTED
CLASSIFICATIONS, IN ACCORDANCE WITH TITLE IX AND
SECTION 504 OF THE REHABILITATION ACT OF 1973, AND
OTHER PERTINENT STATE AND FEDERAL LAWS AND
REGULATIONS, DIRECT EQUAL OPPORTUNITY INQUIRIES
TO MS. DONNA ALBRO, CARRIER ADMINISTRATION
BUILDING, CLARION UNIVERSITY ( OR TO THE DIRECTOR
OF THE OFFICE FOR CIVIL RIGHTS, DEPARTMENT OF
EDUCATION, 330 INDEPENDENCE AVENUE, SW,
WASHINGTON, DC 20201).

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Calendar 4

Campus and Facilities 6

Student Affairs 12

General Information 26

Admissions 36

Withdrawls 39

Scholarship Requirements 39

Academic Support Services 49

Degree Programs 52

Financial Information 55

Finanical Aid Services 62

Loans 63

Employment 64

Scholarships 67

University Curricula 87

General Education 87

College of Arts and Sciences 90

College of Business Administration 115

College of Communication and Computer Information Science . 131

College of Education and Human Service 135

College of Graduate Studies and Continuing Education 177

College of Library Science 179

Cooperative Education/Internship Program 182

Military Science - ROTC 187

Venango Campus Programs 190

Division of Nursing 202

Course Descriptions 212

Board of Governors of the State System of Higher Education . . . 350

Council of Trustees - Clarion University 350

Administrative Staff 350

Academic Affairs Staff 351

Student Services Staff 351

General Services Staff 352

Health Services Staff 352

Administration and Faculty 352

Courtesy Faculty in Medical Technology 372

Retired Administration and Faculty 373

Index 379

CLARION UNIVERSITY

Academic Calendar 1986-87
Summer Session - 1986

First five-week session June 9-July 1 1

Second five-week session July 14-August 15

Fall Semester 1986

Registration for day and evening classes Monday, August 25

Classes begin 8:00 A.M Monday, August 25

Labor Day Holiday Monday, September 1

Thanksgiving Holiday begins 10:00 P. M Tuesday, November 25

Thanksgiving Holiday ends 8:00 AM Monday, December 1

Classes end 10:00 P.M Friday, December 5

Reading Day Saturday, December 6

Final examination period begins Monday, December 8

Final examination period ends 10:00 P.M Friday, December 12

Semester ends 10:00 P,M Friday December 12

Winter Commencement Saturday, December 13

Spring Semester 1987

Registration for day and evening classes Tuesday, January 20

Classes begin 8:00 A.M Tuesday, January 20

Spring Vacation begins 10:00 P.M Friday, February 27

Spring Vacation ends 8:00 A.M Monday, March 9

Easter Holiday begins 10:00 P.M Wednesday. April 15

Easter Holiday ends 8:00 A.M Tuesday, April 21

Classes end 10:00 P.M Friday, May 8

Reading Day Saturday, May 9

Final examination period begins Monday, May 1 1

Final examination period ends 10:00 P.M Friday, May 15

Semester ends 10:00 P.M Friday, May 15

Clarion Campus Commencement Saturday, May 16

Venango Campus Commencement Sunday. May 17

Summer Sessions - 1987

First five-week session June 8-July 10

Second five-week session July 13-August 14

CLARION UNIVERSITY

Academic Calendar 1987-88
Summer Session - 1987

First five-week session June 8-July 10

Second five-week session July 13-August 14

Fall Semester 1987

Registration for day and evening classes Monday, August 31

Classes begin 8:00 AM Monday, August 31

Labor Day Holiday Monday, September 7

Thanksgiving Holiday begins 10:00 P. M Tuesday, November 24

Thanksgiving Holiday ends 8:00 AM Monday, November 30

Classes end 10:00 P.M Friday, December 1 1

Reading Day Saturday. December 1 2

Final examination period begins Monday, December 14

Final examination period ends 10:00 P.M Friday, December 18

Semester ends 10:00 P.M Friday, December 18

Winter Commencement Saturday. December 19

Spring Semester 1988

Registration for day and evening classes Tuesday, January 19

Classes begin 8:00 AM Tuesday, January 19

Spring Vacation begins 10:00 P.M Wednesday, March 9

Spring Vacation ends 8:00 A.M Monday, March 21

Holiday Monday, April 4

Classes end 10:00 P.M Friday, May 6

Reading Day Saturday, May 7

Final examination period begins Monday, May 9

Final examination period ends 10:00 P.M Friday, May 13

Semester ends 10:00 P.M Friday May 13

Clarion Campus Commencement Saturday, May 14

Venango Campus Commencement Sunday, May 15

Summer Sessions 1988

First five-week session June 6-July 8

Second five-week session July 1 1-August 12

THE UNIVERSITY

MISSION

Clarion University is committed to seeking excellence in all areas of
higher education within its mission and to providing an environment
which challenges students to develop their talents, to extend their
intellectual capacities and interests, to expand their creative abilities,
and to develop a life-long respect and enthusiasm for learning. The
University is dedicated to helping students see in themselves what they
may become and assisting them in becoming all that they can be, and to
this end provides them with an opportunity to develop the knowledge,
skills, and attitudes required forentranceintoavariety of careers and for
participation in a free society asenlightened citizens capable of making
wise and responsible choices.

In meeting its commitments, the University recognizes its
responsibility to admit and retain qualified and enterprising students; to
secure and maintain highly qualified and dedicated faculty and staff; to
provide an intellectual and social climate conducive to the fullest
development of students; to strive for inspired teaching and effective
courses of study, to maintain high academicand professional standards
for students, faculty, and staff; to provide classrooms, libraries,
laboratories, and other facilities necessary to qualify undergraduate and
graduate programs; to encourage students and faculty to contribute to
new knowledge through research activities; and to provide community
and public service programs which are responsive to the needs of
society and consistent with the responsibilities and mission of the
university.

The specific mission of the University is to provide a broad range of
instructional programs, including associate degree programs; upper
division courses for students who have obtained the first two years of
post-secondary education elsewhere; baccalaureate degree programs
in the arts and sciences and applied fields; including teacher education
graduate programs in selected fields; and continuing education to meet
citizen needs and interests. Along with programs briefly noted, the
University mission includes responsibility for providing needed support
services, research, and public service.

CLARION CAMPUS

Now well into its second century of service to the people of
Pennsylvania, Clarion University has successively been Carrier
Seminary, a state normal school, a state teacher's college, a state
college, and beginning July 1, 1983, a University, Each phase of this
development has marked a stage in the continuing effort of the
institution to respond to the educational needs and aspirations of
increasing numbers of students.

Today, Clarion University Is a multi-purpose institution with an
enrollment of approximately 6000 students offering associate degrees in
three areas; sixty-seven baccalaureate programs leading to the Bachelor
of Arts, Bachelor of Fine Arts, Bachelor of Science, and the Bachelor of
Science in Nursing; and eleven graduate programs leading to the Master
of Arts, Master of Business Administration, Master of Education, Master
of Science, and Master of Science in Library Science.

The main campus of the University contains ninety-nine acres and
forty-three buildings, the majority of which were constructed within the
past twenty years. Beyond the main campus, situated at the west end of
the town of Clarion, is a 27-acre athletic complex with football, baseball
and practice fields and Memorial Stadium, seating5,000 spectators. The
university is within the Borough of Clarion some two miles north of
Interstate 80 at Exits 9 and 10 and is approximately two and one half
hours driving time from the urban centers of Pittsburgh, Erie, and
Youngstown. High on the Allegheny Plateau overlooking the Clarion
River, the rural setting is in the midst of one of Pennsylvania's most
scenic resort areas. The rolling wooded countryside, interspersed with
small farms, affords some of the most enjoyable outdooractivities to be
found anywhere in northwestern Pennsylvania, and the Clarion River
provides an excellent setting for summer boating, swimming, and
aquatic sports. Clarion also administers the Ivan McKeever
Environmental Educational Center in Mercer County, with modern
building facilities in the midst of a two hundred acre wooded area near
Sandy Lake, Pennsylvania.

Among facilities supporting programs at Clarion University are
Carlson Library housed in a modern library building with a large and
continually growing collection, the George R. Lewis Computer Center
operating Digital Equipment Corporation computers and associated
equipment, several microcomputer laboratories, a planetarium, modern
science laboratories having excellent instrumentation, well equipped
support areas for special education and speech pathology and
audiology, a modern business administration building, technologically
equipped classrooms for library science, radio and television studios
and experimental audio-visual facilities in the College of
Communication, and a writing center, tutorial services, and acounseling
center to assist students who can benefit from these services.

VENANGO CAMPUS

Venango Cannpus of Clarion University, established in 1961, was the
first branch campus in the Pennsylvania State System of Higher
Education. Located in Oil City, Venango Campus is scenically situated
on sixty-two acres surrounded by heavily wooded foothills overlooking
the Allegheny River.

Venango Campus is appropriate for those students who prefer the
atmosphere of a small campus with its capacity for providing individual
attention for each student and for permitting and encouraging varied
student initiated activities.

Venango Campus offers programs for both part time and full time
students. Students may complete the first two years of college or study
for one of seven associate degrees in Business, Nursing, and
Rehabilitation.

FACILITIES

ALUMNI HOUSE on Wood Street contains offices for the Alumni
Association, and Public Affairs.

BALLENTINE RESIDENCE HALL, located on Wood Street, houses
1 16 men.

BECHT RESIDENCE HALL, also on Wood Street, houses 160 women
plus faculty office space.

BECKER HALL, at Greenville Avenue and Thorn Street, houses the
College of Communication, and the Computer Information Science
Department.

CAMPBELL RESIDENCE HALL houses 450 students. It is located at
the corner of Payne and Wilson Avenues.

CARLSON LIBRARY is on the central campus just off Wood Street.

CARRIER ADMINISTRATION BUILDING at Main Street and Ninth
Avenue, houses offices for the President and his staff. The Provost and
Academic Vice President and his staff, the Vice President and Dean of
Administration and their staff; the Vice President for Development and
the Clarion University Foundation and his staff. Office of the Registrar,
Business Office, Personnel, Affirmative Action, Student Accounts,
Graduate, and Continuing Education offices.

CHANDLER DINING HALL is north of Wood Street behind Ballentine
Hall.

CHAPEL THEATRE is located on Wood Street and Eighth Avenue.

DAVIS HALL on Greenville Avenue has classrooms and the
Duplicating Center and Print Shop.

EGBERT HALL ison thecentral campus behind Carlson Library. Ithas
administrative offices for the Vice President for Student Affairs and his
staff, the Counseling Center, the Office of Financial Aid, the Office of
Educational Opportunities for Student Development, and the Housing
Office.

FOREST MANOR, a privately owned university-supervised residence
hall located on Grand Avenue, houses 570 men and women students. A
dining hall is included in the building.

FOUNDERS HALL is situated at the corner of Wood and Ninth and
houses classrooms. History, APRS departmental offices, Collegeof Arts
and Sciences Office, and Foreign Student Center.

GIVEN RESIDENCE HALL, situated on the hill behind Chandler
Dining Hall, houses 250 women.

HARVEY HALL is on center campus between Peirce Science and
Chandler Dining Hall. It contains the John Nanovsky Multipurpose Area
for meetings and dances, studentactivity offices, and a vending machine
snack area.

HAZEL SANFORD GALLERY is located on the balcony level of
Marwick-Boyd auditorium. The permanent collection covers all media,
with special emphasis in photography, prints, artist's books, and
ceramics. Exhibitions are scheduled throughout the academic year as
well as summer sessions with regular gallery hours weekdays and
Sundays.

KEELING 'HEALTH SERVICES CENTER off Wilson Avenue, behind
Given Hall, has modern clinical and infirmary facilities located on the
first floor. The SPA Diagnostic Center is located on the ground floor.

MARWICK-BOYD FINE ARTS CENTER, which stands at the south
corner of Payne Street and Greenville Avenue, provides a 1600 seat
auditorium, little theatre, Sandford Art Gallery, classrooms, studios,
laboratories, office and exhibit areas for Art, Music, and Speech.

McENTIRE MAINTENANCE BUILDING on Wilson Avenue, south of
Payne Street, is the center for physical plant maintenance, public safety,
the motor pool and maintenance shops

McKEEVER ENVIRONMENTAL LEARNING CENTER at Sandy Lake,
Pennsylvania, is a facility consisting of eight buildings located on a200-
acre tract ideal for environmental and nature activities.

MUSIC HALL, east of Carlson Library, is the residence of the
president.

NAIR RESIDENCE HALL provides housing for 450 students and is
located on Main Street.

PEIRCE SCIENCE CENTER AND PLANETARIUM between
Greenville Avenue and Chandler Dining Hall, provides modern
classrooms, laboratories, and offices for Physical Science, Biology,
Chemistry, Geography, and Mathematics, a 250 seat lecture hall, and a
planetarium.

RALSTON RESIDENCE HALL houses 200 students and is situated on
the hill just behind Chandler Dining Hall.

REIMER CENTER is at the north corner of Wilson Avenue and Payne
Street. It offers an attractive lounge, snack bar, cafeteria, meeting rooms,
recreation area and coffee house circuit.

SPECIAL EDUCATION CENTER, at the corner of Eighth and
Greenville, houses the reception area of the Educational Appraisal
Clinic, the Speech and Hearing Clinic and their respective therapy
rooms, along with some faculty offices and classrooms.

STEVENS HALL, attached to the Special Education Center on
Greenville Avenue, provides additional college classrooms and faculty
offices for education and special education prog rams, and off ices for the
College of Education and Hun^ian Services.

STILL HALL BUSINESS ADfVIINISTRATION AND THE LEWIS
COMPUTER CENTER are in a single building on the north campus at
Main Street and Ninth Avenue.

THORN HOUSES #1 and #2 are located on Thorn Street and hold
offices for the Military Science Department (ROTO).

TIPPIN GYMNASIUM-NATATORIUM stands at the north center of
Payne Street and Greenville Avenue. It houses classrooms, offices, and
gym areas for physical education, a 3,600 seat arena for varsity sports,
and a natatorium.

WILKINSON RESIDENCE HALL houses 450 students on the Main
Street area of the campus.

WOOD STREET HOUSE contains offices for Career Placement
Services.

VENANGO CAMPUS

RICHARD C. FRAME CLASSROOM BUILDING is a modern building
containing classrooms, laboratories, and college offices.

ROBERT W. RHOADES CENTER provides student lounge and
recreation facilities, a gymnasium, an auditorium-theatre, bookstore,
and snack bar.

THE CHARLES L. SUHR LIBRARY BUILDING provides library and
study facilities.

MONTGOMERY HALL is a modern classroom and office building
which houses the Division of Nursing.

STUDENT AFFAIRS

Office; 220 Egbert Hall

Clarion University is concerned not only with the academic
development of young men and women, butalso with theirdevelopment
as mature, self-confident, socially competent adults. To assist this
development, various student personnel services are provided. These
services enable those enrolled in the university to perform more
adequately as students and to derive benefits from the academic,
cultural, social and recreational opportunities offered by the campus
environment. In addition, every administrative and teaching member of
the faculty is charged with the responsibility of assisting students to
select and achieve goals consistent with the ideals of a university
community.

STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES

UNIVERSITY-SUPERVISED HOUSING —
RESIDENCE HALLS

The University Housing Policy states, "The University considers the
residential experience to be an important part of a student'seducational
program. Housing space will be distributed in proportion to thedemand
by class with special consideration given a student upon
recommendation by either the Student Affairs Staff. Health Center or
Counseling Staff."

Within each residence hall, there is a cross-section of students
representing most aspects of a highly divergent student body, and the
housing assignments are made without regard to race, religion, color,
ancestry, or national origin. Hall and roommate preferences stated on
housing applications are given consideration in making assignments
and are honored whenever possible.

The agreement for assignment to residence halls is for an entire
semester unless otherwise specified. The only groundsforan automatic
release from the agreement are withdrawal from the University or a
change in student teaching or internship assignment.

Housing and food service fees are payable at the same time that other
University fees become due. Refunds cannot be made unless the student
withdraws from the University or is granted an agreement release. The
amount refunded for housing fees is listed in the "Refunds" section of
this catalog. Food service fee refunds are governed by a prorated
schedule available in the Business Office.

A separate housing and food service application must be submitted for
each year. All students returning to residence halls must submit a
housing application card at the announced time. Housing information
and applications will be mailed to new students prior to registration.
After a room assignment is made, the student will be issued agreements
to be signed and returned with a non-refundable deposit.

Housing and food services are provided only on a combined basis for
students living in the residence halls. Housing and food service
agreements may not be transferred or assigned. The meal ticket may be
used only by the student to whom it is issued, and a room may be
occupied only by the student to whom it is assigned.

Student rooms in the residence halls are furnished with beds, desks,
chairs, dressers and closets. Students should plan to furnish pillows,
blankets, linen, bed spreads, desk lamps, and small throw rugs. Radios
and record players are permitted if they are operated with due
consideration for others. Contract linen service is available.

Students are not permitted to keep firearms or weapons in their
campus living quarters. The Department of Public Safety will store these
articles for students. Students are free to check stored items in and out of
the Department of Public Safety at their discretion.

OFF-CAMPUS HOUSING

Students not residing in University-supervised housing live in
fraternity houses, rental facilities in the community, or at their own
homes. The Housing Office maintains a limited listing of available
housing in the community. Householders listing available facilities must
comply with all local, state, and federal regulations pertaining to rental
units. Other sources of information are local newspapers and realtors.

All arrangements for housing in the community are a business
arrangement between the student and the householder. The University
does not approve or make recommendations to private, off-campus
housing accommodations.

FOOD SERVICE

Wholesome, well-balanced mealsare provided in Chandlerand Forest
Manor Dining Halls by a reputable food service company All students
living in residence halls are required to contract for the full board meal
plan Students not living in residence halls may contract for their meals
at Chandler Hall on a semester basis.

STUDENT HEALTH SERVICE

The Student Health Service is located in the Edward J. Keeling Health
Services Center. The Health Service provides general health care to
enrolled students. The Center is staffed by registered nurses 24 hours
per day. seven days a week. A physician and nurse practitionermaintain
regular clinic hours and are available on call during nights and
weekends. House calls are not made by Health Services staff. Except for
emergencies as determined by University staff, transportation to and
from the Health Services or local hospital must be provided by the
student.

In addition to the treatment of illnesses and injuries, routine physical
examinations, information counseling, and some immunizations and
allergy injections are available at the Health Services. Many commonly
used medications are provided at no additional charge. Medications
which are prescribed from a pharmacy, however, must be purchased by
the student. Medical equipment such as crutches, canes, slings, braces,
etc. are available and may be loaned to students.

STUDENT HEALTH INSURANCE

The Health Center fee which students are assessed applies only to
treatment and services at Keeling Health Center. Diagnosis, treatment,
services or facilities not available at the Health Center, but required due
to an illness or accident, are the financial responsibility of the student.
These would include: but are not limited to, x-rays, ambulance,
emergency room treatment, setting and casting breaks, and
hospitalizations. Without insurance, the cost involved could jeopardize a
student's ability to continue his/her education.

The University has negotiated a group accident^sickness insurance
plan which is available to Clarion University students. The plan insures
the student for an entire year and covers illness or accident when they
may occur. Students. who have other insurance coverage may have no
need for this plan. Students without coverage should seriously consider
the purchase of this policy.

COUNSELING AND CAREER PLANNING CENTER

Center staff provides professional services related to developmental,

educational, and vocational goals as well as to problems of personal,
social, and emotional adjustment. The services of the Center are
available without charge to all regularly enrolled Clarion University
students

Most students request counseling on their own initiative. Some,
however, need encouragement from others to seek counseling
assistance. These students may be referred by instructors, academic
advisors, residence hall staff, administrators, parents, orfellow students.
Those seeking counseling services a re not just the marginal or immature
students: frequently the exceptionally able and the conscientious
students require the benefit of professional help in the counseling
setting.

In keeping with accepted professional practice, counseling contracts
with students are strictly confidential. No information is released to
officers of the administration, faculty member, parents, graduate
schools, governmental officials, or other outside agencies without the
student's written authorization in advance. Rareexceptionsto theabove
policy may occur when, in the counselor's professional opinion, there is
a clear, immediate threat to the life or welfare of the student himself, or
other students, or the community at large.

CAREER PLACEMENT SERVICES

The Officeof Career Placement Services, located in Wilshire House on
Wood Street, offers a variety of services to all future and former
graduates of Clarion University. Individuals seeking career information
and assistance in obtaining entry-level and more responsible positions
are invited to visit the office and use the available resources.

All individuals with placement needs — juniors looking for summer
employment or internships: seniors preparing resumes and credentials,
interviewing, feeling anxious about getting a job, or thinking about
graduate school: alumni wanting to change jobs or careers — are
encouraged to discuss their concerns with a member of the staff.
Graduating students and alumni are urged to maintain contact with the
office as a means of facilitating entry into the job market.

Some of the specific services and programs offered include the
following:

Credentials. Students nearing completion of their degree programs
are encouraged to register with the office by establishing a credential
file. A $10.00 placement fee is charged.

On-Campus Interviews. Representatives from a variety of
organizations -- businesses, corporations, social service agencies,
school districts, and government — visit the campus during fall and
spring semesters to interview graduating students for permanent
employment positions.

Job Vacancy Bulletins. Job bulletins are published weekly listing

vacancies received from 1) education and 2) business, industry and
government.

Job Search Series. Workshops are offered by the staff during fall and
spring semesters on credential file preparation, resume writing,
interviewing skills and job search strategies. In addition, staff members
are available to offer individual assistance to students with career and
job search concerns.

Career Library. Career Placement Services maintains a Career Library
which includes information on specific employers, graduate and
professional schools, governmentcareeropportunitiesand materialson
resume preparation, interviewing skills and job search strategies. A
variety of free career-related publications and handouts are available.

PARKING AND AUTOMOBILE REGULATIONS

All provisions of the Vehicle Code of the Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania as supplemented by parking regulations issued by the
Chancellor, State System of Higher Education and Clarion University
will be strictly enforced on the Clarion University Campus. Authority for
such enforcement rests with the Director of Public Safety. Persons
failing to pay fines will be reported to the District Magistrate and upon
conviction will be subject to penalties provided by law.

All persons who possess, maintain, or operate a motor vehicle on
campus are required to register such vehicle with the Department of
Public Safety. Registering a vehicle does notguaranteea parking space.

1. Persons qualifying for campus parking privileges will be issued a
decal indicating that this privilege has been granted and will be
assigned to a specific parking area.

2. Any person acquiring the use of a motor vehicle after the regular
registation period who intends to operate the vehicle on campus
must register the vehicle within twenty-four hours with the Office of
the Director of Public Safety. Motor vehicles must be registered even
when their use is intermittent rather than regular.

STUDENT ACTIVITIES

Student activities at Clarion are viewed as another means of self-
development. Therefore, the responsibility for the success of any activity
or organization must rest with the students involved and ample
opportunity exists for gaining experience in leadership and self-
government.

STUDENT GOVERNMENT

Through participation in student government, students have an
opportunity to gain experience in democratic living and self-
government. All students become members of the Clarion Students
Association upon payment of the CSA activity fee and, thereby, are
eligible to participate in the election of the Student Senate, the
governing body of the Association. The Student Senate is responsible
for expenditure of student activity fees through allocationsto the various
activities and organizations. The Senate has an important relationship to
other Association operations such asthe University Book Centerand the
Student Centers. It also appoints student representatives to various
standing committees of the university.

Other opportunities for self-government are provided through the
governing boards of the Panhellenic Council, Interfraternity Council,
University Center Board, Inter-Hall Council, and residence hall councils.

The full utilization of this leadership is a very necessary element of
success in any college or university and the maximum development of
the leadership potential of each student must be considered an
important part of the educational process. It isa well established fact that
even though a university may have an excellent faculty and physical
plant, it cannot attain true excellence unless it also has a capable and
energetic student body able and willing to accept the responsibilities
inherent in leadership.

ACTIVITIES PROGRAM

The purpose of an extensive and varied activities program on campus
is to make the University experience richer and more enjoyable. Clarion
is fortunate to have a wide variety of activities available to its students.

Many of the major cultural and entertainment functions are sponsored
by comittees of the University Center Board with student activity fees
allocated to it by Student Senate. Examples of such programs are
Homecoming Weekend, coffeehouses, campus movies. Miss C.U.P.
Pageant, pop concerts, and special performances by noted orchestras,
drama groups, speakers, etc. The Black Arts Festival, intercollegiate
athletics, and music and drama performances by CUP students and staff
areimportant parts of the total activities program. Honoraries, clubs, and
special interest groups further round out this program with speakers,
movies, and service projects on and off campus.

Although many of these activities take place in Chandler Dining Hall,
the Chapel, Marwick-Boyd Auditorium, and Tippin Gym, the two basic

facilities for students are Harvey Hall and Reimer Center. Harvey Hall
provides a meeting/vending area, offices for various student
organizations; and a nnulti-purpose area available for a variety of
functions. Reimer Center provides a snack area with adjoining
coffeehouse, TV lounge, conference room, games area, listening room.
Center Board Office, ticket office, office of the Director of University
Centers, and the Student Activities Office.

The following professional organizations and special interest groups
are active on campus. Information on athletics, musical groups, speech
activities, media organizations, and Greeks is included later in this
section.

SPECIAL INTEREST GROUPS

Accounting Office

Alpha Phi Omega

American Chemical Society

American Marketing Association

Anthropology Association

Art Club

Association for Childhood

Education International
Association of Computing

Machinery
Association of Graduate

Business Students
Association of the U. S. Army
Bios Club

Black Student Union
Boxing Club
Cheerleaders
Circle F
Circle K
Clarion International

Association
College Republicans
Collegiate Rainbow
Commonwealth Association

of Students
Council of Exceptional

Children
Data Processing and

Management Association
English Club
German Club
GIACT
Gospellers
Health Careers Club
History Club

International Association of

Business Communicators
Interhall Council
Investment Club
Jewish Student Union
Library Media and Information

Science Society
Management Association
Mathematics Club
Music Educators National

Conference
Music Marketing Association
Muslim Student Association
National Student Speech,

Learning, and Hearing

Association
Pennsylvania State Education

Association
Pershing Rifles
Pre-Law Club
Psychology Club
Russian Club
Science Fiction and

Fantasy Club
Sisters, Inc.
Ski Club

Social Economic Association
Society of Physics Students
Spanish Club
Tennis Club
University Center Board
Young Democrats

HONORARY ORGANIZATIONS

Alpha Mu Gamma (Foreign Language)

Alpha Psi Omega (Dramatics)

Beta Beta Beta (National Biology Honorary)

Gamma Theta Upsilon (Geography)

Kappa Delta Pi (Education Honorary)

Kappa Kappa Psi (Honorary Band Fraternity)

Lambda Sigma (Library Science Honirary)

Omicron Delta Epsilon (Economics Honorary)

Pi Alpha Theta (History)

Phi Beta Alpha (Business Honorary)

Phi Eta Sigma (Freshman Honorary)

Phi Theta Kappa (Venango Campus)

Pi Kappa Delta (Forensics)

Pi Mu Epsilon (Mathematics Honorary)

Psi Chi (Psychology Honorary)

Sigma Tau Delta (English Honorary)

Society for Collegiate Journalists

Tau Beta Sigma (Honorary Band Sorority)

ATHLETIC PROGRAM

INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETIC competition plays an important role
in the lives of Clarion students. Clarion University is affiliated with the
N.C.A.A. Pa. State Athletic Conference.

The present athletic program includes varsity competition for men in
baseball, basketball, cross country, football, golf, swimming, track and
wrestling. Competition for women includes basketball, gymnastics,
cross country, Softball, swimming, tennis, track and field, and volleyball.
Co-ed competition is offered in rifle.

Facilities for intercollegiate athletics include the Memorial Stadium
and the Waldo S. Tippin Gymnasium-Natatonum. The stadium will seat
approximately five thousand spectators for football and track, and has
dressing rooms for varsity freshman teams in football, baseball, and
track, with separate visiting team dressing, shower, and locker rooms.
The football field is surrounded by an all-weather track. The facility also
includes a baseball diamond and field, practice football fields, and
parking areas for several hundred cars. The Gymnasium-Natatonum,
seating approximately four thousand spectators, provides year-round
physical education and athletic activities and services.

INTRAMURAL ATHLETICS are provided for men and women
students by funds from student activity fees allocated by the Student
Senate. The program is planned and supervised by the Department of
Health, Physical Education and Recreation. Intramural competition
includes touch football, soccer, volleyball, squash, handball, chess,
bowling, table tennis, basketball, bridge. "500," wrestling, badminton,
archery, billiards, swimming, softball, track and field, water basketball,
golf, paddleball, and other areas where interest is sufficient.

MUSIC PROGRAM

CONCERT CHOIR. Membership in the Concert Choir is by audition
only. Auditions are held at the beginning of each semester, and
membership is open to any student who can satisfactorily pass the
audition examination. The Concert Choir has a long and distinguished
history as a performing group.

LYRIC THEATRE WORKSHOP. The purpose of the Lyric Theatre
Workshop is to offer interested students theopportunity to express their
artistic talents and interests in studying and performing literature of the
musical theatre. Participants are involved in all facets of stage
production including set design and construction, costumes, lighting,
staging, set management, props, musical and dramatic direction,
makeup, sound and acoustics, instrumental and vocal performance, and
dance-choreography. The workshop is open to ail students of the
University.

MADRIGAL SINGERS. A highly select group of advanced students
who possess the techniques and voice which are vital to thisspecialized
area of music. This group is flexibleand varies in number from sixteen to
twenty voices, depending upon the compositions to be performed. The
literature presented by the ensemble representssomeof the finest music
ever written for voice. In the spring term of each year the group changes
to Show Choir and presents Broadway music with choreography.

MARCHING BAND. Ranked as one of the finest university bands in
Pennsylvania, the 120 member Marching Golden Eagles hascontinued
its traditionally outstanding musicianship and marching finesse.

The ideals of the band are geared first to develop musicianship and
marching precision; second, to inspire and encourage academic
achievement; third, to develop character; and fourth, to develop
outstanding leadership ability.

The band appears at all gridiron events and is host to the annual band
parents' day and alumni band day events.

A Marching Band Revue culminates the season of performance and
travel.

SYMPHONIC BAND is a skilled ensemble of ninety wind and
percussion players. Membership is dependent upon the outcome of the
audition and particular instrumental needs.

Purposes of the Symphonic Band are to perform literature of the
highest aesthetic value, with an emphasis on original works for band; to
attain perfection in performance ability through rigid requirements for
individual musicianshipand advanced playing technique; and to provide
a means of artistic expression through participation in a distinctive
medium of musical expression.

The repertoire of the band is selected from all periods and styles of
composition and is designed to meet a variety of program
responsibilities.

The Symphonic Band is featured in two major concerts each yearand
an Annual Spring Tour. Guest artists and clinicians appearing with the
band in recent years include Rafael Mendez, Bob Lowry. Warren
Covington. James Burke, Frank Arsenault, Roy Burns, James W.
Dunlop, William Bell, Martin fVlailman, Robert Washburn, and Roger
Pemberton.

SYfVIPHONY ORCHESTRA is a specialized ensemble of
approximately fifty players, dedicated to the performance of mainstream
literature for the medium. Its membership is drawn from students,
faculty, and the community-at-large. The orchestra offers two major
concerts each year featuring faculty and student soloists; the ensemble
also assists in choral and operatic presentations as well as special
projects calling for orchestral instrumentation. The ensemble tours
during the spring semestereach academic year. Membership is open to
all qualified players by consultation with the conductor.

STRING ENSEMBLE provides its participants the opportunity to
perform chamber music works for (and with) strings, compositions for
solo Instruments with string accompaniments, and thecompositionsfor
strings alone. Numbering approximately twenty players, the String
Ensemble consists of students from across the campus, laymen from the
community and selected high school studens who intend to matriculate
at Clarion University of Pennsylvania The ensemble presents one
scheduled concert each semester on the campus; the organization also
offers its services to the community for special programs which may be
requested. The String Ensemble sets a tour schedule each spring
semester.

LABORATORY JAZZ BAND features a comprehensive study of
various schools and styles of jazz through performance, utilizing a jazz
ensemble of approximately twenty-five instrumentalists selected on the
basis of playing ability. Performance literature includes representative
works for large jazz band ranging from styles of the 1930's to the present,
with emphasis on recent trends in composition and arranging. The
Laboratory Jazz Band presents two formal concerts each year on the
university campus and performs for high school and community
audiences in tours throughout the Western Pennsylvania area.

BRASS CHOIR is a highly specialized organization offering
outstanding students an opportunity to study and perform chamber
music for brass. The repertoire is varied with a concentration on early
music and music of the twentieth century. Exactitude of intonation,
rhythmic precision, phrasing, and proper methods of attack are
stressed. The number of students in the Brass Choir will vary somewhat

from semester to semester depending upon the instrumentation of the
compositions to be performed. Participation is by audition only.

WOODWIND CHOIR consists of all woodwind instruments regularly
found in the concert band. The purpose of this organization is to perform
chamber music especially arranged for this medium. Students who have
had considerable playing experience on woodwinds (majors and non-
majors) may join this organization. An audition is not necessary.

PERCUSSION ENSEMBLE is a highly specialized organization
offering outstanding students an opportunity to study and perform
chamber music for percussion instruments. Contemporary works,
transcriptions of early music, music of various ethnic groups, and jazz-
rock works are studied and performed with stress placed on the
development of musical concepts and skills such as phrasing, balance,
intonation, rhythmic precision, improvisation, and conducting. The
ensemble presents percussion concerts and clinics throughout the year
on campus and on tours. Membership is open to all percussion majors
and other students by audition.

BRASS, STRING, WOODWIND AND SMALL PERCUSSION
ENSEMBLES are organized when the talent and instrumentation are
available. Membership in these groups is voluntary.

MEDIA PROGRAMS

THE CLARION CALL is the weekly university newspaper. Funded by
the Clarion Student Association, it follows regular newspaper style and
format. Staff participation is essential for Communication majors:
however, anyone interested in journalistic writing is welcome, f^rior
experience in journalism is helpful but certainly not necessary for
success. Certain editorial and business positions receive financial
remuneration.

DARE, which is published under the guidance of the English
Department, presents a channel of creative communication for those
students whose interests and talents are in thisarea. This publication is
the culmination of the year's best in creative writing by Clarion
University students.

THE SEOUELLE is the university yearbook. The staff is comprised of
students from all major fields of study. Working on the book provides
students with an opportunity to display their creativity in the area of
journalism and photography. Prior experience is helpful but not
absolutely necessary. Professional help is available to the staff as they
plan and assemble the book.

CHANNEL S-TV serves the Clarion area via Centre Video Cable -
Channel 5. Weekly programs, both live and tape, present a unique
hands-on opportunity to participate in all aspectsof theTV productions.

WCCB RADIO is a student-operated radio station providing music and
relevant campus, state, and local news and coverage of the Golden Eagle
sports. Disc jockeys, newscasters, and sportscasters are chosen at the

completion of broadcast training held each semester. Behind-the-
scenes work in public relations, sales, and electronic engineering is
available.

WCUC-FM is a non-commercial public radio station serving Clarion
county with a power of 1000 watts. WCUC offersa variety of music, news,
sports, and public affairs programming.

RELIGIOUS PROGRAMS

Clarion University welcomes students of all religious backgrounds.
The following programs are available:

THE NEWMAN CLUB is a religious organization which attempts to
meet the needs of students and faculty of any religious denomination at
Clarion University. The Newman Club is under the supervision of the
Catholic Diocese of Erie and a priest is assigned to the university. The
Newman Club provides an office with a meeting lounge which is located
at 729 Main Street, across from the main entrance to the Catholic
Church. The phone number at the Newman Club is 226-6869.

JEWISH STUDENT ASSOCIATION. Students of the Jewish faith are
welcome at the Tree of Life Synagogue which is located in Oil City,
Pennsylvania, approximately twenty-five miles from the campus. The
Tree of Life Synagogue has an active congregation made up of families
who live within about a forty mile radius of Oil City, including several
families from the Clarion area.

The J.S.A. also sponsors an active program on the C.U.P. campus.

KOINONIA CHRISTIAN FELLOWSHIP is an active organization on
campus. Ten student leaders are in charge of various ministries. The
group sponsors weekly fellowship meetings, Bible studies, challenging
lectures, weekend social activities, teams of students who visit and
evangelize, Christian films, etc.

Koinonia also has its own singing group. The New Creation Singers,
and Gospel Puppet Ministry, Koinonia Outreach Puppetteers, which
conduct local church services upon request.

Koinonia, which is inter-denominational, works in cooperation with
local churches and encourages Christian collegians to attend and
participate in the local church of their choice. Faculty advisor for the
group is Dr. George Shirley of the Geography Department; Kenneth
Banner, is the full-time campus minister for the group and can be
reached at 226-4384.

FELLOWSHIP OF CHRISTIAN ATHLETES is a national organization
of professional and varsity athletes and coaches. At Clarion the FCA is
for all those who desire Christian fellowship and spiritual growth; we
serve Christ through numerous activities and ministries.

UNITED CAMPUS MINISTRY is a liaison between local churchesand
the Clarion University campus. The office of the Coordinator is located
in 112 Harvey Hall. A ministry to the entire campus community is
planned by a Board of students, pastors and community laypeople.

Participating churches include Grace Lutheran, Immaculate
Conception Roman Catholic, First United Methodist, First Presbyterian,
and First Baptist.

SOCIAL PROGRAM

SORORITIES provide an opportunity for women students to develop
close friendships within a group whose aims a re common with their own.
They promote scholarship, cultural interests, service projects, and
participation in campus activities. The national sororities are Alpha
Kappa Alpha, Alpha Sigma Alpha, Alpha Sigma Tau, Delta Zeta, Phi
Sigma Sigma. Sigma Sigma Sigma, and Zeta Tau Alpha.

PANHELLENIC COUNCIL is the advisory governing board of all
Clarion University sororities. The council promotes cooperation and
coordination of activities and standards among sororities and between
sororities and fraternities. Two representatives from each of the seven
sororities on campus comprise the membership of the council. A major
program planned jointly by Panhellenic and Interfraternity Council is
Greek Week which is held during the spring semester. The council also
sponsors several community service projects throughout the academic
year.

FRATERNITIES include ten chapters of national fraternities: Alpha
Chi Rho, Alph Phi Alpha, Delta Chi, Kappa Alpha Psi, Kappa Delta Rho,
Phi Sigma Kappa, Sigma Chi, Sigma Phi Epsilon, Tau Kappa Epsilon,
and Theta Chi. We also have two locals. Phi Sigma and Sigma Tau which
are located on campus. The fraternities at Clarion University are
involved in many kinds of activities in thecommunity and on the campus,
such as fund raising projects for local and national charities, community
service programs, and various social events sponsored by the
fraternities. Many of the members are involved in the campus activities
program, the athletic teams, or the intramural program.

INTERFRATERNITY COUNCIL is the governing organization of the
fraternities and is comprised of representatives elected by each of the
twelve fraternities on campus. The IFC is responsible for the
coordination of fraternity rush programs, pledging activities,
scholarship programs for fraternities, and community service projects.
Members of the Interfraternity Council also attended several national
and regional conferences to learn new methods to enhance and
strengthen the position of all Greek letter organizations on campus.

SPEECH AND DRAMATIC ORGANIZATIONS

PI KAPPA DELTA is a national honorary society in forensics Active

debate and individual events team members earn the right to member-
ship in Pi Kappa Delta.

ALPHA PSI OMEGA is a national honorary dramatics fraternity. This
organization attempts to further the student's knowledge of and
involvement with theatre. The chapter sponsors the Alpha Psi Omega
memorial scholarship fund which grants theatre awards to deserving
students.

INDIVIDUAL SPEAKING EVENTS TEAM is open to all students
interested in competitive speaking. Members compete in persuasive,
informative, humorous, extemporaneous, and impromptu speaking, as
well as in oral interpretation. Tournaments are held at colleges across
the country, and to date the team has traveled to twelve states.

DEBATE TEAM is open to any student interested in intercollegiate
debating. Clarion competes nationally and has attended tournaments in
Louisiania, Arizona, Florida and Washington.

UNIVERSITY THEATER, the campus dramatic organization, is open
to all students interested in gaining experience in performance and
technical aspects of theatre. Students are welcome to participate in the
four major productions, student-directed plays, and theSummer Drama
Workshop.

NEW STUDENT ORIENTATION

All new students are expected to attend one orientation session prior
to their matriculation. Usually nine separate sessions of two days
duration are conducted between the third week in June and the end of
July. Parents are welcome and encouraged to attend with theirsonsand
daughters.

The primary objective of the program is to aid entering students in
making the adjustment to Clarion University. In order to facilitate that
adjustment and allow the students to pursue their education in the best
possible manner, the academic and extra-curricular phases of university
life are experienced and explored in large and small groups. Pre-
regristration information and scheduling for fall semester classes
culminate the program. Such academic advisement as is possible is
conducted during this time.

Registration forms and instructions for the Summer Orientation
Program will be mailed during the spring semester prior to enrollment.
Students entering in January also attend orientation during the summer.

GENERAL INFORMATION

ACADEMIC ADVISEMENT

PURPOSE

It is the purpose of the academic advisement program at Clarion
University to:

1. Assist students in their growth and development.

2. Promote advisor-advisee relationships characterized by trust,
mutual respect, and openness.

3. Provide guidance and support for students in their course of
academic development through a spirit of shared purposes and
freedom of choice in their academic programs.

4. Encourage students to take an active role in developing and
completing a sound academic program.

5. Establish a climate of purposeful learning which maximizes student
growth and minimizes student withdrawal.

ADVISOR ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES

In the advisor-advisee relationship, the student is primarily
responsible for seeking academic advisement from the advisor. The
central roles and responsibilities of the advisor are:

1 . To assist the student in developing a sound academic program by:

a. Exploring with each student his/her interests, abilities, and goals

b. Assisting the student in developing an academic plan that
satisfies graduation requirements

c. Offering advice in the selection and sequencing of courses
which meet requirements for general education, major, and
electives

d. Helping the student explore career options that are consistent
with his/her program of study

e. Monitoring student progress and helping the student make
desired adaptions in his'her program

2. To make known to students the programs, resources, and services
available in the university that may offer information/assistance at
the student's particular stage of academic or career development

3. To establish a reltionship of trust and openness which will allow the
student to become increasingly self-directing

4. To be a responsive listener to the student in areas of his personal
concern and to assist him/her by referral to specialized sources of
help when needed

5. To discuss matters of general university adjustment with the student

To keep informed about university policies, regulations, programs,
and procedures in order toansweraccurately student questionsand
concerns

STUDENT ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES

The student must bear ultimate responsibility for the development of
his/heracademic program and for meeting all graduation requirements.

In the advisor-advisee relationship, the responsibilities of the student
are:

1 . To meet with his'her advisor as frequently as is necessry to keep the
advisor informed about changes in progress, course selection,
career goals, and pre-registration

2. To seek sources of information which will assist him/her in making
life/career decisions

3. To contact the advisor when confronted with major academic
problems and to keep the advisor aware of other problems which
may affect his/her academic performance

4. To be an active participant in the advisor-advisee relationshipand to
become increasingly self-directing in his/her development as a
student

5. To meet all graduation requirements, following the academic plan
established by the student in consultation with his/her advisor

6. To maintain personal records of academic progress and to resolve
any discrepancies on the official grade reports

7. To become knowledgeable about university regulations, program
requirements, and procedures.

ACCELERATED PROGRAM

Students who take three summer terms of ten weeks each may finish
the four-year course in three years.

ADVANCED PLACEMENT

See Credit by Examination statement.

CORRESPONDENCE DIRECTORY

Academic Affairs

Vice President for Academic Affairs and/or

Assistant Vice President for Academic Affairs
Admissions

Dean Admissions and Enrollment Management
Alumni Affairs

Alumni Secretary
Business Affairs, Fees, Refunds

Business Manager
Teacher Education Certification

Dean of Education and Human Services
Courses and Curricula

Appropriate College Dean
Placement Credentials

Career Placement Services
Educational Opportunities Program/Act 101

Director
Financial Aid

Director
Foreign Student

Advisor
Readmissions and Withdrawals

University Registrar
Special Services Program

Director
Student Affairs, Organizations, Activities

Vice President for Student Affairs
Summer Classes

Assistant Vice President for Academic Affairs
Transcripts and Records

University Registrar

Address for all above named officials:
Clarion University of Pennsylvania
Clarion, Pennsylvania 16214

COURSE NUMBERING

Courses numbered 100 to 299 inclusive are primarily for Freshmen
and Sophmores: 300 to 499 for Juniors and Seniors. Some courses
numbered between 400 and 499 are acceptable for graduate credit.
Courses numbered above 500 carry graduate credit.

The University reserves the right to change the sequence and number
of courses.

CREDIT BY EXAMINATION

C.L.E P.

A maximum of 60 credits may be earned through the College-
Level Examination Program (C.L.E. P.). No more than 30 of the 60,
credits may be earned after admission. These examinations,
administered by the College Entrance Examination Board may
be taken at the Venango Campus of Clarion University on 3rd
Fridays. They are designed for adult learners and non-traditional
students who have gained college-level knowledge through prior
education or trainmg. The College-Level Examination Program
includes five general examinations and approximately fifty subject
examinations, which if successfully passed, will earn the student
3 credits per examination. Details on the general and subject
examinations and minimum acceptable scores are available in the
Office of the University Registrar.
Advanced Placement Program

Students may also earn credit and advanced standing through the
Advanced Placement Program of the College Entrance Examination
Board. This program is designed for high school students who
expect to enter college and who have participated in one or more of
the advanced classes while in high school. There are eleven subject
areas in this program and any high school student who earns a score
of three or better in a subject area will be granted three credits. The
National Advanced Placement Examinations are given in May of
each year.
Transfer of Credits Earned by Examination

For transfer students, credits granted by way of C.L.E.P. or
Advanced Placement Examination at other accredited institutions
will be accepted if the minimum scores on such examinations meet
the minimum standards of Clarion University.
Proficiency Examinations

Course credits not to exceed 38 semester hours may also be
earned by proficiency examination for advanced college work
administered by the departments in which the particular proficiency
is taught. Students who appear to possess a proficiency equal to or
greater than that required in a particular course may make
application for such an examination in the Office of the Registrar; the

chairman of the subject area concerned will determinethe validity of
the application. Minimum qualificationsforproficiencyexamination
applications are as follows: first semester freshmen must have
scored 550 or above in the verbal on the SAT; students other than
first semester freshmen must have a quality point average of 2.50 or
above; in no case may a student earn credit for a course more than
once for any given subject. A fee of $25.00 is charged for each
examination taken.
Credit for Life Experience

Clarion University may grant credit for life experience based upon
careful evaluation of such experience. For information, one may
contact the Office of the Registrar, the dean of the College in which
he/she is enrolled, or the chairman of his/her major department.

EVENING CLASSES

Evening classes are organized each semester for the convenience of
regular students, in-service teachers, and others who may be interested
in college courses. Work done in these courses give customary college
credit and may be applied toward a degree. Information concerning
course offerings may be secured by writing to the Office of the Registrar.
Evening classes are part of the regular university program and are an
extension of the usual day schedule.

GRADE RELEASE POLICY

Public Law 93-380 (The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of
1974) prohibits the release of educational records, other than to certain
defined exceptions, without the student's consent. One such exception
is Section 438(b)(1)(H) which allows release of educational records to,
"Parents of a dependent student of such parents, as defined in Section
152 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954."

Under the provisions of Section 438, the Office of the Registrar will
send grades to parents. Studentswhoare not dependents, meanmg they
are not so claimed by parents for income tax purposes, may have their
grades withheld from their parents by filing a request at the Officeof the
Registrar that their grades are not to be sent home.

INDEPENDENT STUDY

independent study opportunities are available to students dependent

upon faculty and financial resources available Acceptance of students
for independent study is voluntary on the part of a faculty memberand
must be approved by the appropriate department chairman, college
dean, and the Office of Vice President for Academic Affairs Students
accepted for independent study are upon request entitled to five hours of
faculty time for each hour of independent study credit carried.

NONDISCRIMINATION ON THE BASIS OF HANDICAP

Federal Law (Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973) provides
that no qualified handicapped person shall, on the basis of handicap, be
excluded from participation in. be denied the benefits of. or otherwise be
subjected to discrimination under any program or activity that receives
or benefits from federal financial assistance. This provision of law
applies to Clarion University and the effect of this law is toensure that

(1) no one may be excluded from any course, or course of study, on
account of handicap;

(2) classes may be rescheduled for students with mobility impairment
if they are scheduled for inaccessible classrooms;

(3) academic degree or course requirements may be modified in
certain instances to ensure full participation by handicapped
students;

(4) alternate methods of testing and evaluation are available in all
courses offered by the university for students with requirements for
such methods;

(5) auxiliary aids are made available by the university forstudents with
impaired sensory, manual, or speaking skills;

(6) certain campus rules and regulationsmay be waived if they limit the
participation of handicapped students: and

(7) housing opportunities, employment opportunities, and other
opportunities for handicapped students are equal to those of non-
handicapped students.

As part of the university registration process, students are provided
with a form on which they may list any special accommodations required
due to handicap. If a student experiences difficulty in obtaining such
special accommodations, the student may submit an appeal or
grievance to the department headorother university official responsible
for the accomodations and. if necessary, to the Section 504 coordinator.

RESERVE OFFICERS' TRAINING CORPS (ROTC)

Clarion University of Pennsylvania hosts a detachment of the U.S.

Army Reserve Officers' Training Corps. Enrollment in the first twoyears
of ROTC incurs no military obligation and allows the option of
competing for an ROTC scholarship. Successful completion of the
Advanced course ROTC program and upon graduation from Clarion, the
student wilt receive a commission asa Second Lieutenant in the United
States Army. Newly commissioned officers either serve on active duty or
serve with the Army Reserve or National Guard.

Students seeking advanced degrees can be granted an educational
delay following completion of their baccalaureate degrees. Additional
information can be obtained at the Military Science Department office.
Curriculum details are presented elsewhere in this catalog.

RESIDENCE REQUIREMENTS

With the exception of established cooperative degree programs, to be
eligible for a baccalaureate degree from Clarion University a student
must meet all requirements for the degree, including a minimum of 45
semester hours of credit in residence out of the last 64 needed for
graduation, effective Fall, 1985, for students entering at that time. All
credits, including transfer credits, must be approved by the appropriate
college dean or director and department chair of the academic area in
which the degree is to be granted.

SECOND BACCALAUREATE DEGREE

Students may earn a second baccalaureate degree at Clarion by
completing a minimum of 30 credit hours (excluding physical education
activities) beyond those taken for the first degree and by completing all
of the requirements for the second degree. Students who remain in
continuous residence at Clarion University after obtaining one degree
may go on to finish the second in a total of 1 58 credit hours, but students
who have been graduated from Clarion and left the university and
students who have a baccalaureate degree from another institution,
must complete a minimum of 30 additional credit hours for a second
degree regardless of the number taken for the first degree.

It is not necessary to complete a second degree in order to earn a
second major. The student seeking a second major must fulfill all
requirements for that major but may choose not to meet requirements
related to earning a second degree. For example, a student working
toward the B.A. degree with a certain major may wish to earn teaching
certification for that same field and can schedule a good share of the
courses required f or cert if icat ion as free elect ives. Asa result the student
may be able to complete all teacher certification requirements without

earning a total of 30 credits beyond the 128 required for the B.A.. as
would be necessary to achieve the addition of the B.S. in Education.

SENIOR CITIZENS

Persons on social security or equivalent retirement benefits are given
remission of fees for classes where space is available.

STUDENT RECORDS

Student academic and personal records areconfidential in natureand
shall be released only to appropriate faculty and administrative officers
and to parents and guardians if the student is a dependent. Release of
these records to other persons, institutions, or governmental and legal
angencies shall occur only upon approval by the student or graduate or
upon subpoena.

Transcripts of academic work are available to the student or graduate
at the Office of the Registrar when requested by him or her in writing.
The first transcript is free; thereafter, the charge is $3.00 per transcript.

Clarion University uses students' social security numbers solely for
identification and recordkeeping purposes. Disclosure of the SSN is not
mandatory and alternative identification numbers will be issued if
requested.

POLICY ON CLASS ATTENDANCE

Clarion University of Pennsylvania regards student participation in
class as essential to the learning process. Therefore, regular classroom
attendance is required of all students. Faculty members determine the
absence policies for their own classes, except that participation in
university sanctioned activities will be excused and the student will be
given reasonable assistance when class work is missed. It is understood
that absence does not excuse the student from course work and the
responsibility to complete assignments on time. If a student knows that a
class must be missed, the instructor should be notified in advance and
arrangements made to complete the work. The instructor is not required
to give make-up examinations or accept class work missed as a result of
an unexcused absence.

INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION — STUDY ABROAD

Clarion University, as part of its mission to serve the educational needs
of the citizens of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, is dedicated to
strengthening the international and intercultural dimensions of its
programs and activities. The leadership of the University recognizes the
interdependence of nations and peoples throughout the world.

There are currently about 160 international students from more than
40 countries on the Clarion campus. International students are
important members of the Clarion University community. Their
presence reflects a deep appreciation for their intellectual capacities
and their cultural contributions to this University. The international
students on the Clarion campus also present the University with the
opportunity to influence significantly future leaders and scholars
around the world.

Clarion University offers an inexpensive summer program in Mexico.
Designed for students who are not majoring in Spanish, the program
includes, in addition to language instruction, a variety of cultural and
social experiences. Participants earn six academic credits. Many
students participate in the program as an alternative means of meeting
the foreign language requirements for the B.A. degree.

Clarion students may take advantage of a seven-week summer session
at the University of Valencia on the Mediterranean coast of Spain.
Courses in Spanish language and literature are offered at all levels, from
first semester Spanish through in-service teacher graduate work.

In the heart of French Canadaand within a reasonabledriving distance
from Clarion, the University of Quebec, Trois Rivieres, offers programs
and courses at all levels for the summer as well as the regular academic
year. The Summer Program at the University of Quebec has many
exciting features: large selection of courses, beautiful campus, excellent
food, many cultural activities, sightseeing trips in historical Quebec
Province, and the opportunity to live with French speaking families.

Among a wide choice of study programs in Germany, Clarion students
have most successfully attended summer courses at the University of
Stuttgart. Inexpensive housing with German families, free excursions to
the Black Forest and the Alps, social events, visits to theatre and opera,
field trips to Mercedes Benz and other factories are rounded off by a
unique peer-tutoring system of German students.

Clarion University is an active member of the Pennsylvania
Consortium for International Education (PCIE). PC IE summer programs
are available for Clarion students in England, France, Italy, and Austria.
Academic year-abroad program through PCIE member institutions are
conducted in England, Austria, Poland, and several other countries.

The International Student Exchange Program (ISEP), of which
Clarion is a member, offers Clarion students the opportunity to pay
tuition to CUP, but attend an institution in any of more than 25 countries
for a semester or academic year.

The CUP Office of International Programs (OIP) coordinates and

administers all international-related activities on campus, including the
International Student Office, Study Abroad Programs, and grant and
fellowship possibilities. International internship assignments are
coordinated through the OIP. The OIP also organizes forum and film
programs on important world issues each semester in conjunction with
the Clarion International Association.

SUMMER SESSION

The Summer Session is maintained for tne benefit of regular Clarion
University students, incoming freshmen, students in good academic
standing at other institutions, graduates of approved colleges and
universities, teachers who wish to meet certification requirements,
certain high school students, and any adults who wish to attend classes.
In addition to the regular undergraduate and graduate course offerings,
there are also workshops and special programs.

Clarion University and the surrounding area offer numerous
opportunities for summer activities. There are normally two consecutive
five-week sessions. Interested persons should contact the Summer
Sessions Office for details.

VETERANS' AFFAIRS

Clarion is approved by the Veterans Administration to offer the regular
degree curricula to veterans and children of deceased veterans.

Credit for educational experience in the armed services is allowed on
the basis of the recommendations of the American Council on
Education.

The university grants a maximum of 4 credits in Health and Physical
Education for active military service of 6 months or more with honorable
discharge or continued reserve status. Credit is normally given for HPE
111, (2 credits), and 2 HPE activity courses of 1 credit each. To assure
that the credit is granted, veterans should bring an honorable discharge
document to the Officeof the Registrar, Carrier Administration Building.

ADMISSIONS

ADMISSION OF FRESHMEN

In accordance with the principles governing admission adopted by the
Commission of Presidents, four general requirements have been
established for admission to Clarion University:

1. General Scholarship

2. Character and Personality

3. Health and Physical Vigor

4. College Entrance Examination Board Test or American College
Test.

Applicants for admission must satisfy the following requirements as
outlined in detail below:

1. General scholarship as evidenced by graduation from an approved
secondary school or equivalent preparation as determined by the
Division of Professional Certification and Credentials Evaluation
Division of the Pennsylvania State System of Higher Education. The
applicant must submit scores earned on the Scholastic Aptitude
Test administered by the College Entrance Examination Board or
scores earned in the American College Testing Program.
Arrangements for taking theseexaminationsareto be made through
the high school guidance counselor.

2. Satisfactory character and personality traits as well as proper
attitudes and interests as determined by the high school principal,
guidance director, or other school official acquainted with the
student.

3. Health and physical vigor: Clarion University subscribes to and
supports in letter and spirit Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of
1973 (Public Law 93-112), which prohibits discrimination on the
basisof handicap. Therefore, the roleof Admissions in application of
this criterion is to be aware of the institutional obligation under
Section 504 and to help the applicant understand that the university
wishes to support his/her efforts to meet the requirements of a
program he/she chooses. In instances in which a student has a
handicap which would render success in a chosen field unlikely, the
matter should be brought to the attention of the Director who will
alert the appropriate dean so that reasonable counseling may be
used. Specific questions related to this criterion should be referred
to the Director.

4. Request the College Entrance Examination Board of the American
College Testing Program to forward aptitude test scores to Clarion.

All liberal arts applicants and education applicants who intend to
major in a foreign language must schedule an achievement test in the

language, If that language has been studied in high school. The
achievement tests are administered by the College Entrance
Examination Board. Arrangements to take the tests may be made
through the high school counselor

ADMISSION OF FRESHMEN IN AUGUST, 1987

Applicants for admission to the freshmen class m 1987 should read
and observe carefully the following procedures:

1 . Come in or send to the Admissions Office of the University for the
forms necessary in making application for admission. There are two
of these: (1) application and personnel record blank and (2) the
report from secondary school officials.

2. Send the personnel record to the University along with an
application fee of $15.00 payable to Clarion University of
Pennsylvania. This fee is not refundable. The secondary school
record must be sent directly to the University by the principal or
other school official. A medical form is to be completed after the
applicant has been accepted.

3. A registration deposit of $50.00 must be paid when the applicant
receives notice of approval of his application for admission. Thisfee
is not refundable but is credited toward the student's basic fee upon
registration

4. Clarion University applicants may ask for a decision as early as July
1 following their Junior year in high school. This would require the
applicant to have taken theScholastic Aptitude Test or the American
College Test in the junior year.

PART TIME ADMISSIONS

Students who wish to participate in the part-time admissions program
must obtain a Quick admit form from the Admissions Office

A part-time student MAY apply for degree candidacy after the
completion of 1 1 credit hours. A part-time student MUST apply and be
approved for degree candidacy by the time he she has earned 1 1 credit
hours. This process includes the non-refundable application fee. high
school transcripts, and college transcripts, if applicable. STUDENTS
WHO HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED FOR DEGREE CANDIDACY
AFTER THE COMPLETION OF 11 CREDIT HOURS OF PART-TIME
STUDY WILL NOT BE PERMITTED TO CONTINUE AT THE
UNIVERSITY.

TRANSFER POLICY AND

ADMISSION WITH ADVANCE STANDING

Clarion University welcomes applications fronn students who wish to
transfer from another school to Clarion. Certain guidelines have been
established to provide uniformity of transfer standards.

1. Students may transfer credits from regionally accredited
institutions.

2. The student must be in good standing academically and socially. It is
the applicant's responsibility to have an official transcriptsubmitted
and other necessary materials to evaluate a transcript.

3. The initial evaluation of the transcript is done by the Admissions
Office. The student can learn which courses will be accepted by the
University. The final evaluation is done by the College Dean of the
student's major. It is the College Dean's responsibility to determine
whether the course will be considered as part of the major or as an
elective.

4. Credits are transferable but quality points are not transferable.

5. A student must receive at least a "C" grade or better in order to
transfer that course to Clarion.

6. All courses transferred must be recognized in content and quality as
similar to the curriculum approved for academic credit by Clarion
University.

7. Transfer students must fill out the regular application, have high
school transcripts sent to the Admissions Office, have college
transcripts sent to the Admissions Office and pay the $15 non-
refundable application fee.

Graduates of Pennsylvania Community Colleges with the Associate of
Science or Arts Degree are accepted by the University as transfer
students with two full years of academic credit.

Clarion University generally does not accept more than 64 credits
from two-year institution. Applicants from Pennsylvania Community
Colleges without the Associate Degree will be processed as any other
transfer applicant.

FOREIGN STUDENTS

Students who have been graduated from high school (or equivalent)
where the language of instruction is not English, will be exempted from
any general foreign language requirement at Clarion University. Neither
academic credit nor life experience credit will be granted for knowledge
of one's native language, except when specific courses offered at
Clarion University are taken or challenged by examination.

WITHDRAWALS

All class withdrawals must be made through the Office of the
Registrar. Classes from which a student withdraws during the first two
weeks of a semester will not appear on his/her record. Withdrawals
between the end of the second and ninth weeks may be made without
penalty. After the beginning of the tenth week of a semester or the
second half of a summer session, a course from which a student
withdraws shall be finally reported with a grade of "E " Exceptions may
be made for withdrawals due to extenuating circumstances such as
illness or some other unavoidable occurrence.

If a student is on probation at the time of withdrawal from all classes
and the withdrawal is after the twelth week of the semester, he/she will
not be permitted to return for the following semester unless the
withdrawal is based on extenuating circumstances.

If a withdrawal is not made through the Office of the Registrar, a failing
grade will be recorded for the affected course(s).

Any student who withdraws from the university either during or at the
end of the semester must notify the Office of the Registrar of his/her
intention to withdraw and the reason for withdrawal. This is necessary
for completion of the student's permanent record. Failure to comply with
this regulation will constitute an unofficial withdrawal and may affect the
student's chances of future readmission or his/her obtaining an
honorable dismissal.

SCHOLARSHIP REQUIREMENTS

Student progress is normally reported once each semester. Attheend
of the first six weeks, each staff member submits to the Office of the
Registrar a report of all freshman students doing unsatisfactory work in
their classes. These reports are recorded and then passed on to the
students.

GENERAL POLICIES

Scholarship policy at Clarion University is formulated by the Sub-
committee on Academic Standards, which is a sub-committee of the
Faculty Senate.

Scholastic standing of students is determined on the basisof aquality
point system in which agradeof "A "equals 4 quality points per semester
hour; "B" equals 3: 'C" equals 2: "D" equals 1: and "E" equals 0. The
number of quality points earned in a single course for one semester is
determined by multiplying the quality point value of the course grade by
the number of semester hours in the course; thus, a grade of "A" in a

three semester hour course has a quality point value of 12. A student's
quality point average at any specific time is determined by dividing the
total number of quality points earned in all courses bythetotal numberof
semester hours of credit attempted. For exam pie, if a student earns a total
of 30 quality points from 15 semester hours of course work in a single
semester, his/her quality point average for the semester is 2.00.

At the end of each semester, a student's quality point average is
calculated for that semester and also for all the course v\/ork he/she has
taken up to and including the semester just completed. The latter is
known as the cumulative quality point average.

Scholarship policy for two year programs requires that a student earn
a minimum quality point average of 1.75 his/ her first semester and a 2.00
his/her second semester and thereafter in order to be in satisfactory
academic standing. His/her cumulative quality point average should be
2.00 by the end of the second semester.

In order to remain in the Medical Technology Progam, students must
maintain the following grade pomtaverage: firstsemesterfreshmen,2.0:
second semester freshmen and first semester sophomores, 2.5:
thereafter 2.75 with a 2.75 in the natural sciences. Exceptions to these
requirements must be approved by the Coordinator of Medical
Technology.

Admisssion to the Medical Technology Program at the university does
not guarantee admission to the year in the hospital laboratory. Hospital
spaces are limited and admissions standards, which are under the
control of the individual hosptials, are quite high.

Business students pursuing the BSBA who enter the College or
University in the summer or fall of 1982 (or afterward) must apply for
admission to the Colleges Upper Division. Students should apply after
they have completed 50 semester hours of work and have met certain
other Upper Division requirements. In addition, businessadministration
students must meet graduation standards beyond general University
requirements. These academic standards are fully described under the
"College of Business Administration " entry later in this catalog.

TEACHER EDUCATON SELECTION AND RETENTION STANDARDS

Certification Requirements
A Complete all program requirements of the Teacher

Certification program at Clarion University
B Pass appropriate Pennsylvania Department of Education

examinations in:

1 . General Education

2. Content Area(s) of Certification

3. Professional Education

4. Basic Skills

'C. Satisfy mental and physical qualifications as established by
the Pennsylvania Department of Education.

"Compliance with the Public School Code of 1949. as amended.
Article XII. Section 1209, which in part provides that teaching
certification maynotbeissued if the "applicant 'se'thermentaliyor
physically disqualified, by reason of tuberculosis or any other
communicable disease or by reason of mental disorder from
successful performance of the duties of a teacher."

D. Any academic, physical, or mental deficiencies, noted at any
point in the student's program, that would prevent the
candidate from fulfilling the responsibilities of the certification
area, must be removed before admission to a teacher
certification program. Deficiencies identified after admission
to the certification program must be removed before the
candidate may continue in the program.

Certification Sequence

A. Admission to Teacher Certification Program Requirements:

1 . Completion of 60 semester hours including 6-9 semester
hours of introductory professional courses to be determined
by the appropriate departmental faculty of the College of
Education and Human Services. These introductory courses
must be completed with a grade of C or better.

2. Basic skill competency in written expression, oral
communication, and computation as evidenced by grades of C
or better in ENG 1 11, SCT 113, ED/CIS 21 7, and a mathematics
course numbered higherthan MATH 110. Accepted university
proficiency examinations may be substituted for courses as
specified in the catalog.

3. A minimum quality point average of 2.5 for all courses
completed.

4. Pass a Pennsylvania Department of Education competency
test of basic skills.

B. Admission to Student Teaching

1 Satisfactory standing in relation to all admission and
retention requirements of the University and the College of
Education and Human Services.

2. Completion of at least 90 semester hours of university
credit.

3. Satisfactory completion of all required professional
courses as determined by the appropriate departmental
faculty of the College of Education and Human Services.
These courses must be completed with a grade of C or
better.

4. A minimum cumulative quality point average of 2.5 for
all course work.

C. Graduation Requirements

1. Fulfillment of all university standards for graduation.

2. A minimum grade of C m each student teaching
experience.

3. A minimum cumulative quality point average of 2 5 for all
course work.

Procedures: Students are responsible for:

A. Seeing that application forms are completed for:

1. Admission to Teacher Certification

2. Admission to Student Teaching

3. Graduation from the University

4. Certification from the Commonwealth

Meeting with their advisors at each of these checkpoints for
conferencing and to obtain the appropriate forms.
Arranging for any tests needed to comply with the Public
School Code of 1949, as amended, Article XII, Section 1209.

GRADING SYSTEM

A Excellent

B Good

C Satisfactory

D Poor

E Failure

CR Credit

CX Credit by Examination

Inc indicates incomplete work

P Passing

W indicates withdrawal from a course

WX indicates withdrawal from the university

Z grade not submitted

Inc (incomplete) is not used unless a student has been in attendance
through a semester or session. It indicates that the work of a student is
incomplete and that the final grade is being withheld until the student
fulfills all the requirements of the course. It is used only when conditions
and circumstances warrant and when evidence is presented to justify its
being given.

Students receiving incomplete grades are required to make
arrangemets with the instructor who submitted the incomplete grade to
fulfilltherequirementsofthecourseby the end of the following semester
or the incomplete becomesa failing grade. Incompletes are not removed
by repeating the course.

Credit- No Record Courses. After a student has earned a minimum of 30
semester hours of credit and if he/she is in good academic standing,
he/she may schedule a maximum of 6 courses or 18 semester hours for
Credit - No Record. One such course may be taken each semester or
summer session. This regulation does not apply to internships in the
cooperative education program. All such internships are automatically
Credit - No Record. Courses in one's major field may not be taken for
Credit- No Record. The option for taking a course for Credit -No Record
is limited to the first five weeks of each semester, and the first four days of
any five week summer session. Satisfactory work in a Credit - No Record
course shall be shown on the grade report as "CR," with no record and

no credit for less than satisfactory work Satisfactory work is defined as
the equivalent of "C" grade or better under the letter grading system
currently in use by the university. Should a student desire to have a
Credit - No Record course changed from "CR" to a letter grade, he/she
must retake the course. Credit - No Record courses are counted in
determining the course load for a semester.

GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS

A student must present a minimum cumulative quality point average
(QPA) of 2.00 on a 4.00 scale except in Colleges where the stated QPA
requirements are higher. Beginning with enrollments for the summer or
fall of 1982. a student must also present a minimumQPAof 2.00on a4.00
scale in the major. Major courses are all those courses in Group II and III
on the check sheet. All candidates for undergraduate degrees must have
a minimum of 128 semester hours of credit (Music Education requires
130-131), and must have met all the general education requirement in
English 111 with a "C" or better in order to qualify for graduation.

For the Associate Science degree, the student must have a cumulative
quality point average of 2.00 on a 4.00 scale, and beginning with the
summer or fall of 1982. a student must also present a minimum of 2.00 on
a 4.00 scale in the major. All AS graduates must have a minimum of 62
semester hours of credit to qualify for graduation.

Students should study carefully requirements for individual programs
presented in the section of this catalog detailing the program.

CLASS STANDINGS

Class standings (freshmen, sophomores, etc.) are determined by
credits earned rather than by semesters of residence: Freshmen. 1-31
credits: Sophomores, 32-63 credits: Juniors. 64-95 credits: Seniors, 96-
128- credits.

GOOD ACADEMIC STANDING

To be in good academic standing at Clarion, undergraduate students
must maintain a minimum quality point average of 2. 00 for both semester
and cumulative averages. Individual programs may have higher
requirements.

STUDENT TESTING PROGRAM

All new freshmen and transfer students are required to participate in
the University testing program to measure the degree of growth among
its degree seeking students. A post-test will be required in order to
measure progress.

SATISFACTORY PROGRESS TOWARD A DEGREE

In order to continue to receive any Title IV assistance, a full time
student must be maintaining "satisfactory progress" (also referred to as
"normal progress") in his or her course of study. Section 497(e) of the
Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended, requires an institution of
postsecondary education to have standards of satisfactory progress. If
an institution or school does not have any standards, it can neither
commit nor disburse any Title IV assistance to its students because it has
no means of complying with the statute.

The requirement that a full time student be making satisfactory or
normal progress should not be confused with the good academic
standing requirement. A conceptual difference exists between the two.
Good academic standing means that a full time student is allowed by the
institution to continue in enrollment. Satisfactory or normal academic
progress means that the regular student is proceeding in a positive
manner toward fulfilling degree or certificate requirements in his or her
course of study.

A full time student must be certified by the institution as making
normal progress before receiving any additional Title IV assistance,
including GSL checks. This certification must be completed at least
annually under current federal regulations.

Under the guidelines governing the PHEAA grant program and all Title
IV assistance programs, a student must satisfactorily complete 24 new
credit hours every two semesters, including summer, to maintain
eligibility. Part-time students must satisfactorily complete 12 credit
hours per year, including summer, to maintain eligibility for some federal
programs.

ACADEMIC PROBATION

To be in good academic standing, undergraduate students must
maintain a minimum quality point average of 2.00 for both semester and
cumulative averages.

Students falling below the 2.00 standard in either the semester or
cumulative average will be placed on academic probation effective the
next semester of attendance.

Sophomore, junior, and senior students with a cumulative average
lower than 2.00 who fail to achieve at least a 2.00 semester average while
on probation will be suspended.

Second semester freshmen on probation who fail to achieve at least a
1.75 cumulative or a 2.00 semester average will be suspended.

ACADEMIC SUSPENSION

Students on probation who fail to achieve good academic standing
will be suspended. Most, but notall, suspensions become effective at
the end of the spring semester. Students who are placed on
probation or suspension are informed by letter, a copy of which is
sent to the student's parent or guardian if the student is a dependent
as defined elsewhere in this catalog.

Students notified of academic suspension have the following
alternatives:

a. The student may apply for readmission to Clarion after an
absence of one or more semesters provided the suspension was
the student's first.

b. The student may attend summer sessions at Clarion. If the
student earns the required cumulative average by the end of the
summer, the suspension will be rescinded and the student will be
continued on probationary status for the fall semester.

c. The student may appeal the suspension, in writing, to the
Academic Standards Committee if the poor academic
performance was caused by unusual circumstances beyond the
student's control or if for other reasons it is not indicative of
future performance. Such petitions should be filed with the
committee through the Office of the Registrar before January 5
for spring semester and August 15 for fall semesterenrollments.
The format of the appeal should follow the guidelines given
under READMISSION below.

Suspended students are permitted to take 6 credits at another
accredited institution after consulting with their dean. Clarion
permits transfer of these credits provided the credits are applicable
to the student's program andagradeof Cor better is earned. Clarion
accepts credits and grades from accredited institutions, but quality
points do not transfer.

READMISSION

The student appealing an academic suspension or applying for
readmission after an academic suspension must apply in writing to the
Office of the Registrar. Deadlines are August 15 to enroll for the fall
semester and January 5 to enroll for the spring semester. Students
readmitted following academic suspension are on probationary status
for at least the semester of their readmission regardless of their
academic performance during any interim summer periods.

Use the following guidelines when writing the petition. If possible,
include independent documentation and/or references in the petition.
1 . A statement indicating why the academic performance was so poor.

A statement indicating how the student expects to improve his/her

academic performance and how he/she intends to correct the

problem as stated in item 1.

If possible, a statement concerning the projected course of study, if a

change of majors is planned.

If a student is returning to school after a suspension, he/she should

indicate what he/she has been doing since he/she last attended

Clarion.

Any other statements and supporting evidence thought helpful to

the committee in deciding the petition.

MAXIMUM CREDIT HOUR LOAD

The normal credit hour load for undergraduate students in good
academic standing is 15 to 18 credit hours per semester and 6 to 7 credit
hours per five-week summer session. Students on academic probation
should not attempt more than 12 to 15 credit hours per semester.

Students wishing to register for 19 to 21 credit hours during any one
semester or more than 7 credit hours for a five-week summer session
must have a cumulative quality point average of 3.00 or better or the
written permission of the appropriate college dean. Students are
required to pay for each credit over 18.

All scholastic standards noted above are subject to change by the
university.

REPEAT GRADE POLICY

The student shall be permitted to repeat any and all courses as often as
he/she chooses.

The latest repeat grade shall be the counting grade in the quality point
average.

HONORS

Academic honors are recognized with a semester Dean's List and with
the traditional honors designations of Cum Laude, Magna Cum Laude,
and Summa Cum Laude at graduation.

To be included on the semester Dean's List, the student must be
enrolled for a minimum of 12 credits not including credits by proficiency
examinations, and achieve a semester QPAof at Ieasta3.50. Cum Laude

honors are awarded for a cumulative quality point average of 3 4 to 3 6:
f\/lagna Cum Laude for 3 6 to3.8; and Summa Cum Laudefor3 8to4 0 In
order to earn graduation honors, a student must have earned at least 32
credits at Clarion.

For information concerning honorary kinds of recognition that may be
accorded by various colleges and departments, the student should
inquire at the office of his/her major department and/or the office of the
dean of the college in which he/she is enrolled.

HONORS PROGRAM

The Clarion University Honors Program is designed for students
whose intellectual and creative interests and abilities extend beyond
conventional university offerings. The program gives outstanding
students the opportunity to enrich their education through special
courses, self-directed study, and extracurricular involvement.

In honors courses students pursue subjects in depth and across
disciplines. They interact closely with faculty members in informal
settings as well as in the classroom. Honors Program lectures, concerts,
travel, and recreational events contribute to an enhanced academic
environment

The Honors Program is available to qualified students enrolled in a
baccalaureate degree program of studies. Entering freshmen are
admitted by invitation on the basis of SAT scores, high school record,
and recommendations.

Honors courses may replace general studies courses and may
accompany a major in any department. To earn an honors degree, a
student must complete a minimum of 21 honors credits, maintaining a
quality point average of 3.5. Three of the 21 honors credits must be
earned in the student's majorarea of study. These hours are taken as part
of the student's degree program and do not represent credits beyond
normal graduation requirements.

Honors Curriculum

Freshmen year
fall Interdisciplinary communication skills course, 6 credits

spring Humanities. 3 credits

Sophomore year
fall Interdisciplinary social sciences course. 3 credits

spring Interdisciplinary science/math course. 3 credits

Junior year

spring Junior Honors Course. 3 credits

A synthesis course dealing with a major theme in
depth
Senior year

fall or spring Senior PaperProject in major field of study. 3 credits

Honors graduates receive special recognition at the annual honors

convocation and at commencement ceremonies. Their transcripts and
degree indicate that they have completed the Honors Program.

Excellent scholarships and finanical aid provisions are available for
students enrolled in the honors program. The Clarion University Honors
Program is a member of the National Collegiate Honors Council, placing
it in contact with active honors programs nationwide.

Additional information may be obtained by contacting the Honors
Program Director.

ACADEMIC SUPPORT SERVICES

DR. FRANCINE MCNAIRY, DEAN

103 Carrier Administration Building

The University is committed to the academic growth and development
of all students. In order to assure these goals, the University has
established the Office of Academic Support Services which
incorporates students and faculty development, academic advisement
and academic support for students. There are five programs within the
Division of Academic Support Services.

STUDENT DEVELOPMENT SERVICES
Mr. Lou Tripodi - Director

114 Egbert Hall

Student Development Services provides academic support services to
students who may encounter some form of difficulty with their academic
subjects and/or basic skills. Those students who are having trouble
understanding basic concepts, ideas or mechanical processes can
receive content tutoring in most lower division subjects. Students who
are experiencing difficulty with reading comprehension, notetaking.
and/or time management can receive assistance in Reading/Study
Skills.

The tutorial sessions give students the opportunity to receive indepth
clarification and to identify and apply specific reading/study skills
required in their academic programs Most sessions are one-to-one or
small group interaction.

Instruction in reading/study skills is available through course work
and individual tutoring. Areas covered by instruction and tutoring are
notetaking, listening, time management, and comprehension.

GS 100 - College Reading/Study Skills is a two-credit course offered
each semester Students will be helped to identify andapplythespecific
reading/study skills in their academic program.

Any student may request individual evaluation and tutoring This is
especially recommended for those students having limited problems as
well as for those needing long-term assistance.

EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITIES PROGRAM - ACT 101
Dr. Isaiah Sessoms, Director

110 Egbert Hall

Students enrolled in the Educational Opportunities-Act 101 program
participate m a six-week Pre-College Summer Experience. Participants
can earn up to six academic credits for courses in English and Math, and
also complete seminars in Reading/Study Skills, Speech, and Personal
Development. In addition, participants receive an extensive orientation
to university life. During both the summer and the academic year,
support services offered include financial aid counseling, individual
analysisof study habits and supervised study sessions, and assistance in
career planning and decision making. Finally, the Program sponsors
extracurricular activities intended to enrich the student's total
experience. Students accepted into this Program must meet eligibility
requirements as established by the institution and the Pennsylvania
State System of Higher Education.

SPECIAL SERVICES PROGRAM
Mr. Gregory Clary - Director

Davis Hall

Students admitted to the Special Services Program are provided
support services which include tutoring, academic advising, and career
and financial aid counseling. During the academic year, workshops and
on-going services which focus on academic survival and learning-to-
learn activities are offered. A reserved section of English 1 10 as well as
reserved slots in General Studies 100 - Reading/Study Skills are also
offered to program students. The Program seeks to provide physically
handicapped students enrolled at the University with the support
services which they may need to realize academic success. Students
accepted in the Program must meet eligibility requirements established
by the institution and the U.S. Department of Education.

PROJECT UPWARD BOUND
Ms. Cassandra Neely - Director

Davis Hall

As part of the University's commitment to serve the community.
Clarion's Upward Bound Program is designed to generate in selected
area high school students in academic skills and motivation necessary
for success in college. The Program operates in two segments - the
Academic Year Component and the Summer Residential Program.
Support services such as tutoring, visits to postsecondary educational
institutions, career and personal counseling are provided year-round
This six-week Summer Residential Program offers Program participants
an opportunity to experience college life while residing on campus.
Students receive intensive basic skills instruction and exposure to a
variety of cultural and social activities on and off campus. Students are
chosen for the program based on eligibility criteria as established by the
Program and the U.S. Department of Education.

MINORITY CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT PROGRAM
Dr. Malik Simba, Coordinator

136 Davis Hall

The Minority Curriculum Development Program is based on the
philosophy that we live in a multicultural world which must be reflected
in the University curricula. It emphasizes three objectives: (1) to infuse
the minority experience into the regular curriculum as opposed to
offering it as appendage material: (2) to expose students to the
multidimensional challenges that intergroup relations present, by both
expanding the students' knowledge base and by causing them to
reassess their values: and (3) to develop educational outcomes within
disciplines or professions that measure the students' ability to
understand and/or apply relevant information that infuses the minority
experience.

The Coordinator provides technical assistance to selected academic
departments in the identification of appropriate courses and resources
for the infusion of the Black experience in the curriculum. The
coordinator also provides bibliographies and teaching strategies which
include, but are not limited to, textbook suggestions, case studies,
biographies, and specific articles which will support the infusion model.

UNDERGRADUATE DEGREE
PROGRAMS

Clarion University offers combined academic and professional
curricula leading to the undergraduate degrees of Bachelor of Arts,
Bachelor of Fine Arts, Bachelor of Music, Bachelorof Science, Bachelor
of Science in Business Administration, and Bachelor of Science in
Education, as well as certification for teaching in the public elementary,
middle, and secondary schools of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.

Additionally, it offers associate degree programs and a Bachelor of
Science in Nursing at its Venango Campus in Oil City. See Venango
Campus, pages 190-211.

COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES

Anthropology (B.A.) Medical Technology (B.S.)
Art (B.F.A.) Music Marketing (B.M.)
Biology (B A , B.S.) Music Performance (B.M.)
Chemistry (B A., B.S.) Natural Sciences (B.A.)
Chemistry/Business* Philosophy (B.A.)
Chemistry/Pre-MBA* Physics (B.A., B.S.)
Earth Science (B.A., B.S.) Political Science (B.A.)
Earth Science/Geology* Psychology (B.A., B S.)
Economics (B.A.) Russian (B.A )
Engineering Coop. Programs Social Sciences (B.A.)
Engineering/Chemistry* Sociology (B.A.)
Engineering/Mathematics* Sociology/Anthropology (B.A.)
Engineering/Physics* Sociology/Psychology (B A.)
English (B.A.) Spanish (B.A.)
French (B.A.) Speech Communication (B.A.)
General Studies (B.S.) Speech Communication &
Geography (B.A., B.S.) Theater (B.A., B.S.)
German (B.A.) Theater (B.F.A.)
History (B.A.) Theater/Acting-
Humanities (B.A.) Theater/Design-Technical
Mathematics (B.A., B.S.) Director*
Mathematics/ Actuarial

Science*
Mathematics/ Applied*
Mathematics/Computer Science*

"Academic Concentrations

COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

All candidates for the Bachelor of Science or Associate Science
Degree in Business Administration are required to take a

broad program of business foundation subjects and then choose a
business field of specialization in one of the following majors

Accountancy (BSBA) Management/Library
Economics (BSBA) Science (BSBA)

Finance (BSBA) Marketing (BSBA)

Industrial Relations (BSBA) Office Management (BSBA)

International Business (Minor) Real Estate (BSBA)

Management (BSBA) Business Administration (AS)

(see Venango Campus)

COLLEGE OF COMMUNICATION AND
COMPUTER INFORMATION SCIENCE

Communication (B.S.)
Computer Science (B.S.)

Computer Application and Information Systems'

Computer Science'

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION AND HUMAN SERVICES

Teacher Education

Early Childhood Education (B.S.Ed.) certification for grades N-3

Elementary Education (B.S.Ed.) certification for grades K-6

Elementary Education Early Childhood Education (B.S.Ed.)

Elementary Education Library Science (B.S.Ed )

Elementary Education Special Education (B S.Ed.)

Library Science (B.S.Ed.) certification for grades K-12

Music Education (B.S.Ed.) certification for grades K-12

Special Education (B.S.Ed.) certification for grades K-12

Special Education^Habilitative Sciences (B.S.Ed.)

Speech Pathology & Audiology: Clinical (B.S.Ed.) certification for

grades K-12
Secondary Education (B S Ed.) certification for grades 7-12
Biology French Physics

Chemistry General Science Russian

Communication Arts German Social Studies

Earth & Space Science Mathematics Spanish

English

Students may plan their progrann to extend their certification to
include Environmental Education. They may also choose the 17-hour
coaching endorsement program in order to coach in Pennsylvania
public schools.

Human Services

Habilitative Sciences (B.S.)

Habilitative Sciences: Gerentology*

Habilitative Sciences: Substance Abuse*

Habilitative Sciences: Developmentally Disabled
Habilitative Sciences (AS.) - see Venango Campus
Speech Pathology and Audiology (B.S. 5-year program leading to the
M.S. degree)

"Academic Concentrations

COLLEGE OF LIBRARY SCIENCE

Library Science (B.S.Ed.)
Management Library Science (BSBA)

DIVISION OF NURSING

Associate of Science in Nursing Program (A.S.N.)

Bachelor of Science in Nursing Program (B.S.N.)

Bachelor of Science in Nursing - RN Completion Program (B.S.N.)

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

(Subject to Change Without Notice)

I ACTIVITY FEE

This fee. collected for all regularly enrolled students is
administered through a student organization approved by the
Council of Trustees. Itcovers the cost of athletic, social, musical, and
recreational activities. Students carrying twelve semester hours or
more must pay this fee Students taking fewer than twelve semester
hours may take advantage of the program by paying the fee. The
activity fee must be paid priortooratthetimeof registration. Referto
the Fee Summary section for the activity fee amount.
A Activity Fee refunds are governed by the following policy:

Refunds are not granted on an automatic basis. To be eligible fora

refund a student must officially withdraw through the Office of the

Registrar, and also submit in writing a request to the Student

Association Office for a refund

Upon request, a full refund of the activity fee will be granted to

students who have been dismissed from the university for academic

reasons.

Partial refunds will be granted to students who have made an official

withdrawal from the university based upon a percentage of the paid

activity fee according to the following schedule:

PARTIAL REFUND SCHEDULE

Date of Withdrawal Amount of Refund

Before registration day 100% refund

1 St and 2nd week 80% refund

3rd and 4th week 60% refund

5th and 6th week 40% refund

After 6th week 0% refund

B Student teachers and internship students practicing outside a 50-
mile radius of Clarion as established by the map on file at the
Clarion Student Association Office will be assessed one half of the
activity fee per semester.

C Student teachers practicing within the50-mile radius of Clarion will
pay the full activity fee.

D. Graduate students enrolled for 12 or more semester hours credit
must pay a $25.50 activity fee each semester. For graduate students
commuting outside a 50-mile radius of Clarion the fee is optional.

II. BASIC FEE

The basic fee is set by the Board of Governors of the State System of
Higher Education. The amount shown in the Fee Summary was correct
at the time this catalog was published, but like all fees, the basic fee is
subject to change without notice. Checks in the required amount should
be made payable to Clarion University of Pennsylvania or C.U.P.A.

A. See the Fee Summary section for the basic fee for Pennsylvania
residents, (students taking 12 to 18 credits). Credits over 18 are at
additional cost. Part-time students taking eleven (11) or fewer
semester hours of credit during a semester pay the per credit charge
for all credits.

B A student who does not have a Pennsylvania domicile is classified as
a non-resident. Domicile is defined as the place where one intends
to and does in fact permanently reside. The amounts for the activity
fee. room and meal charges and cost of books and supplies are the
same as for students who are Pennsylvania residents.
Determination of Pennsylvania domicile is made on the basis of
documentary evidence, statements from disinterested persons, and
the presumptions set forth below:

1 . Continuous residence in Pennsylvania for a period of 12 months
prior to intitial registration creates a presumption of domicile.

2. A person attempting to establish domicile must have citizenship
or proof of intention to become a citizen or must have been
admitted to the United States on an Immigrant Visa.

3. A minor is presumed to have the domicile of parent(s) or a
guardian, as is a student who is claimed as a dependent on the
parent(s) federal income tax return.

4. A member of the Armed Forces who was domiciled in
Pennsylvania immediately preceding entry into government
service and who has continuously maintained Pennsylvaniaasa
legal residence, will be presumed to have a Pennsylvania
domicile.

5. A student receiving a scholarship or grant dependent upon
domicile in a state other than Pennsylvania is not
domiciled in Pennsylvania.

Examples of factors which may provide convincing documentary
evidence include purchase or lease of a permanent independent
residence, payment of appropriate stateand local taxes, transfer of bank
accounts, stock, automobile, and other registered property to
Pennsylvania, driver's license, agreement for permanent full time
employment, membership in organizations, voter's registration,
statement of intention to reside indefinitely in Pennsylvania, statement
from parent(s) or guardian setting forth facts to establish a minor's
financial independence and separate residence.

A student may challenge residency classification by filing a written
petition with the Assistant Vice President for Administration, 218 Carrier
Hall.

C Basic Fee for non-Pennsylvania residents for each semester
amounts to approximately 80% more than the Basic Fee for
Pennsylvania residents.

D Summer School Fees

Both Pennsylvania and non-Pennsylvania residents pay the
Pennsylvania resident rate per semester hour during summer
sessions.

For meals and room the charge isadjusted on the basisof university
costs and is estimated at $350 per five-week session. Books and
supplies are estimated at $50.00 per five-week session.

III. Room Fee (Rates given in the Fee Summary are for university
residence halls. Private residence hall charges may vary. University
charges will be adjusted to reflect changes in the cost of food and
utilities.)

A For double occupancy of a furnished room, the charge will be as
shown in the Fee Summary. No reduction shall be allowed for
absences from the University.

B A supplemental charge of $100.00 shall be imposed in situations
where students choose to occupy a regulardouble room on a single
basis. A limited number of single rooms is available.

C. Students are responsible for damages, breakage, loss or delayed
return of university property. The charges shall be equal to the
extent of the loss. Students are also collectively responsible for
damages in common areas of residence halls.

D. The rental contract for university residence halls shall be for the
semester, mid-term graduates of student teachers excluded.

IV. FOOD SERVICE CHARGES

The charges for the full meal plan (20 meals per week) are as shown in
the Fee Summary. Partial meal plans (lunch only, or lunch and dinner,
five days per week) are available for students who do not live in
University residence halls. Resident students must obtain the full meal
plan.

V. MISCELLANEOUS FEES

A. Deposits. Residence Hall students are required to make a non-
refundable deposit of $75.00 to reserve a room for the fall semester.
Payment must be made by certified check or money order. Information
concerning this deposit will be received from the Office of the Vice
President of Student Affairs. Application for admission as either
freshman or transfer student must be accompanied by a $15.00 fee to
cover the cost of processing, interviewing, and admission. The fee will
not be credited to the student's account as part of payment of basic,
housing, or other fees. An additional fee of $50.00 must be paid upon
receipt of notice of approval of application. This $50.00 fee is not
refundable, but will be applied to the student's basic fee upon
registration. Certified check or money orders for these amounts must be
made payable to Clarion University of Pennsylvania. Please do not mail
cash.

B. Late Fee.

1 . Students, except off-campus cooperative or intern placements,
who were regularly enrolled during a pre-registration period,
who failed to pre-register, and who later registered for the next
succeeding semester, shall be charged a late fee of $25.00.

2. Students who were not regularly enrolled during the
immediately preceding pre-registration period who did not
complete their registration and/or pay their fees in full as of the
established due date shall be charged a late fee of $25.00.

C. Transcript Fee. One copy of a transcript of credits earned at Clarion
will be issued free of charge. A charge of S3. 00 is made for each
subsequent transcript. Persons desiring to have their credits
transferred to another institution should give the name and address
of such institution. Transcripts will not be issued to anyone who has
unpaid bills, library fines, or damage fees on his/her account.

D. Educational Services Fee. An Educational Service Fee isassessed at
the rate shown in the Fee Summary. This fee is placed in a restricted
account and is used by the University to upgrade instructional
equipment, improve library holdings, and for other instructional
support services.

E. Student Community Building Fee. This fee is mandated by State
Law to retire the general obligation bonds for the Reimer Student
Community Building. For part-time students, the fee is pro-rated. A
graduate student taking nine (9) or more credits is considered full-
time.

F. Health Center Fees. The fee shown in the Fee Summary is for all full-
time students. Exemptfrom the fee arestudentswhoare assigned to
an intern, student teaching or similar program outside a 50-mile
radius of Clarion and who are not scheduled for any classes or
student activities on the Clarion Campus. Reasonable charges for
dispensed prescription medication and laboratory tests ordered by
the Health Center will be billed directly to the student. Students have
the privilege of employing their own physician at personal expense
if they desire. If in the case of serious illness or injury, the university
physician or nurse believes that transportation is necessary to the
infirmary or to a local or home hospital, such transportation will be
provided by ambulance, but the expense must be borne by the
student.

A charge will be assessed to students who do not have a food
contractat Chandler Dining Hall tocoverthecost of meals whilethe
student is in the infirmary. The charge will be at the transient meal
rate.

G. Clinical Appraisal Fee. A $20.00 fee is charged for each clinical
appraisal conducted by the Speech and Hearing Clinic.

H. Nursery School Fee. The enrollment charge is Si 00.00 for each child

per semester; for part of a semester, $1.50 per day for each day

enrolled with the total of such daily charges not to exceed $100.00.

I. Placement Registration Fee. A fee of $10.00 is charged for

placement registration.

VI. APPLIED MUSIC FEES

Students who enroll m one or more Applied Mus'C courses are
required to pay a fee of S40.00. This fee must be paid each semester in
which Applied Music courses are scheduled.

VII. PAYMENT OF FEES

ALL FEES MUST BE PAID IN ADVANCE AND NO STUDENT WHO
HAS ANY UNPAID CHARGES SHALL BE ALLOWED TO ENROLL.
GRADUATE.ORRECEIVE A TRANSCRIPT OF RECORD THE CHECK
FOR FEES SHOULD BE MADE PAYABLE TO "CLARION UNIVERSITY
OF PENNSYLVANIA' OR -CUPA ■

When a check is presented covering fees, thestudent is responsible to
see that funds are available when the check is presented for payment at
the bank If an uncollectible check is returned by the bank, the Business
Office Return Check Recovery Station will notify the student that the
check IS uncollectible. The student will then be billed for the original
amount plus a $25.00 late registration fee, and a $10.00 cost of handling
fee for the uncollectible check. These charges must be paid by certified
check or money order within 10 days. Failure to pay the charges will
result in suspensions from the university.

VIII. REFUNDS

Students may be eligible for a partial refund on the basic fee and room
fee when they withdraw from the university. A student eligible for a
refund must officially withdraw through the Office of the Registrar and
also submit a written request for a refund to the Business Office.

For refund purposes, each "week" will be a university work week and
will end on Friday at the close of university business hours. The first
week will end on the first Friday following the start of classes.

The refund schedule will also apply to all part-time students reducing
their credit hour load

Except for a minimum forefeit of advanced deposits, refund for the
room fee and basic fee will be based on the following schedule:

PARTIAL REFUND SCHEDULE

Date of Withdrawal Amount of Refund

1 St and 2nd Week 80% Refund

3rd Week 70% Refund

4th Week 60% Refund

5th Week 50% Refund

After 5th Week No Refund

Students withdrawing prior to the start of the first class day of the
semester will be entitled to consideration for a 100% refund. A student
may be eligible for consideration for a meal ticket refund on a pro-rata
basis after returning his/her meal ticket to the Business Office.

There will not be any refund for the late fee, the Student Community
Building Fee, Health Center fee. Placement Registration fee, or
Educational Services Fee.

FIVE-WEEK SUMMER SESSIONS

1 St Week 60% Refund

2nd Week 40% Refund

After 2nd Week No Refund

AM basic fees, miscellaneous fees, room fees, meal charges, and
activity fees are due and payable on a full semester basis upon
registration. The university does not defer payment except in instances
where financial aid has been approved prior to registration. Students
who cannot pay all charges in full at registration should arrange a loan at
their bank. A student whose educational expenses are being partially
paid by a National Direct Student Loan, Basic Educational Opportunity
Grant, or Pennsylvania Higher Education Assistance Agency
Scholarship will be required to pay the balance of the charges due in
order to complete registration and avoid the $25.00 late registration fee.
The university does not assume responsibility for charges by privately
operated residence or rooming facilities.

SUMMARY OF FEE CHARGES PER SEMESTER

(Pennsylvania Residents)
Subject to Change Without Notice
(Does Not Include Activity Fee)

COMMUTING STUDENTS

Basic — 12 to 18 Undergraduates Credits or

9 to 15 Graduate Credits $800

Health Center Fee 25.

Educational Services Fee 10.

Student Comm. BIdg. Fee 10.

Activity Fee (Undergraduate rate shown) 51 .

TOTAL $896.

RESIDENT STUDENTS*

Basic -- 12 to 18 Undergraduate Credits or

9 to 15 Graduate Credits $800

Health Center Fee 25.

Educational Services Fee 10.

Student Comm. BIdg. Fee 10.

Room and Meals 1040.

Activity Fee (Undergraduate rate shown) 51.

TOTAL $1936.

'Private residence hall charges may vary.

MEAL STUDENTS ONLY

Basic -- 12 to 18 Undergraduate Credits or

9 to 15 Graduate Credits $800.

Health Center Fee 25.

Educational Services Fee 10.

Student Comm. BIdg. Fee 10.

Meals (Plan A) 460.

Activity Fee (Undergraduate rate shown) 51 .

TOTAL $1286.

EXTRA CREDITS

Per credit (undergraduate) $68.

Per credit (graduate) $89.

IMPORTANT: All fees are listed at the rate in effect at the time this
catalog was printed. All fees are subject to change without notice and
students are advised to contact the Office of Student Accounts for
current fee information or to refer to the fee payment information which
is published separately each semester.

FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE

Mr. Kenneth Grugei, M.A., Director

Financial assistance is available to students in the form of
scholarships, grants, loans, and employment. Detailed information and
necessary application forms may be secured from the Office of Financial
Aid. Since the determination of eligibility is based on an analysis of a
current Needs Analysis Application, students are encouraged to file a
Pennsylvania State Grant/Federal Student Aid Application and
designate Clarion University to receive a copy of that form. These
applications are available from Pennsylvania high schools or directly
from the Office of Financial Aid at Clarion University of Pennsylvania.

SCHOLARSHIPS, GRANTS,
AND LOANS

PENNSYLVANIA AND FEDERAL GRANTS

PENNSYLVANIA HIGHER EDUCATION ASSISTANCE AGENCY
GRANTS. — The determination of recipients of these grants is made by
the Agency. The grants vary in amount and are based on the financial
need of Pennsylvania students. Application forms may be secured from
the Agency, high school guidance counselors, or Clarion University of
Pennsylvania.

PELL GRANTS. — Federal grantsavailableto undergraduatestudents.
Recipients determined by the U.S. Department of Education based on
financial needs. The PHEAA application form can also be utilized as your
PELL grant application form.

SUPPLEMENTAL EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY GRANTS. --
Federal grants available to students with financial need as defined by the
U.S. Department of Education and awarded by the Financial Aid Office
at Clarion University of Pennsylvania. These awards are determined on
an individual basis by the Office of Financial Aid at Clarion University of
Pennsylvania.

LOANS

NATIONAL DIRECT STUDENT LOAN PROGRAM -- This program
provides for loans to students who have a demonstrated need for
financial assistance and who are in good academic standing.

To be eligible for consideration for a loan, a student must complete an
application form, have a current Needs Analysis Form on file in the
Office of Financial Aid, be a citizen of the United States or have declared
his/her Intention to obtain citizenship, and be enrolled or accepted for
enrollment as a student.

These loans, which are non-interest bearing while a student is
enrolled, are available to a maximum of $3,000.00 for the first two years
with a limit of $6,000.00 for the bachelor's degree. Repayment of the loan
may extend over a ten-year period beginning six months after
withdrawal or graduation from Clarion. Repayments are to bemadeona
quarterly basis with interest accruing at the rate of five percent peryear.

In specified teaching situations, as much as fifteen percent of the loan
may be canceled for each year of teaching. The borrower's obligation to
repay the loan is canceled in the event of death or permanent and total
disability.

GUARANTEED STUDENT LOAN PROGRAM - Loans to a maximum
of $2,500.00 per academic year to a limit of $12,500.00 in five years of
students in good academic standing are generally available from local
banks and savings and loan associations. Guaranteed Student Loans are
based on need which must be demonstrated through an approved need
analysis system by families whose combined income exceeds
$30,000.00. Application forms and detailed information may be secured
from the financial institution from which a loan will be requested. An 8' o
rate of interest for new borrowers begins accruing after graduation or
withdrawal, and repayment may extend over a ten-year period.

PARENT LOAN FOR UNDERGRADUATE STUDENTS (PLUS) ~
AUXILIARY LOAN TO ASSIST STUDENTS (ALAS) - Loansavailable to
parents of CUP studentsor independent students of up to $3,000.00 in an
academic year. Not based on financial need but may notexceed the cost
of instruction less other forms of assistance. Repayment begins sixty
days after receiving the loan and has a 1 2' j rate of interest. Applications
are available at participating lending institutions.

PHEAA ALTERNATIVE LOANS - PHEAA, Higher Education Loan
Plan (PHEAA/HELP) - These loans are designed to meet the needs of
students and families who can't borrow sufficient funds through theGSL
Program to meet their educational costs. This loan package combines
your eligibility in one GSL program with a privately insured
Supplemental Loan. Eligibility for the Supplemental Loan is based on
the need for funds as certified by the school and the creditworthiness of

the applicant. A co-signer will be required for each student applicant.
Currently the PHEAA/HELP loan can provide up to $10,000 annually to
meet costs of education. Undergraduateand graduate level applications
for PHEAA/HELP loans will be available through postsecondary
institutions and participating lenders. HELP Loans are mailed directly to
the Office of Financial Aid at Clarion University.

CLARION UNIVERSITY FOUNDATION REVOLVING LOAN FUND--
The Foundation has established a loan fund, for educational purposes
only, which is available to full-time students in good standing. Loans
may be granted to a maximum of $200. The loans are interest-free for60
days. Thereafter, a $10.00 late fee is imposed. Application forms may be
secured from the Foundation Office.

ALEXANDER HREACHMACK REVOLVING LOAN FUND --
EMERGENCY LOAN -- Similar in purpose and administration to the
Foundation Loan, H reach mack Loans have a maximum value of $100.00,
are interest-free for sixty days, and have a $25.00 late fee. Loans aredue
and payable prior to graduation or the end of each semester.
Applications are available in the Office of Financial Aid.

Loan Repayment Chart (Payback Period = 10 years)
Amount Approximate Monthly Repayment for:

Borrowed NDSL (5% interest) GSL (8% interest)

$ 5,000 $ 53.03 $ 60.67

7,000 74.25 84.93

10,000 106.07 121.33

11,000 116.67

12,000 127.28

15,000 182.00

EMPLOYMENT

Employment on a part-time basis is available to the extent that funds
are provided by the federal government and the Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania. The assignment of students to part-time campus
positions is generally based on financial need: however, it should be
recognized that such employment will not be sufficient to meet the total
expenses of attending Clarion

FEDERAL WORK-STUDY PROGRAM - The university participates in
the Federal Work-Study Program which permits eligible students to
work a maximum of 10 hours per week while classes are in session.
Eligibility requirements for employment include United States
citizenship, demonstrated financial need as determined by a current
Needs Analysis Form, and satisfactory academic progress.

STATE EMPLOYMENT PROGRAM -- Part-time positions are
available under this program to students who are maintaining
satisfactory academic progress. Most student positions are limited to 10
hours of employment per week.

CONDITIONS WHICH ACCOMPANY FINANCIAL AID

In order to continue receiving financial aid following initial enrollment
at Clarion University of Pennsylvania, students must meet certain
conditions each year. They must be enrolled for at least half-time and
must reapply for a id each year using the appropriate forms as mentioned
above. Baccalaureate students may receive assistance from most
federal, Title IV, and state aid programs for each of their undergraduate
years providing they maintain "normal academic progress." This means
that undergraduate students must successfully complete a minimum of
24 semester hours by the end of each academic year, including summer,
before they can be granted assistance for their next school year.

Part-time undergraduate students must successfully complete a
minimum of 12 semester hours during each academic year, including
summer, to continue receiving any financial assistance.

Graduate students must successfully complete 18 semester hours by
the end of each academic year, including summer, before they can be
granted assistance for their next school year.

Part-time graduate students must successfully complete 9 semester
hours during each academic year, including summer, to continue
receiving any financial assistance.

For financial aid purposes an undergraduate student becomes a
sophomore with 24 credits, ajunior with 48, and a senior with 72. These
credit levels for class standing apply to financial aid only and not to other
academic considerations. Students should also understand that
completing 24 semester hours per year will not qualify them for
graduation in four years but rather in 11 semesters. Providing that a
student has a 2.0 QPA or is officially permitted to attend Clarion, he/she
may continue to receive financial assistance as long as the 24 semester
hour progress requirement is met.

APPEAL PROCEDURE

A student denied financial aid for any reason may appeal thedenial as
follows:

1. Write to the Office of Financial Aid, Clarion University of
Pennsylvania, Clarion, PA 16214, noting the denial and stating the

reasons why financial aid should not be denied: Example A student
may be denied aid because it appears he/she has fewer than 24
credits for the year. Perhaps during the summer at another
institution the student has earned, for transfer to Clarion, credits
which fulfill the normal progress requirement but about which the
University has not been informed The student may present the
appeal in person at the Office of Financial Aid in Egbert Hall instead
of writing.

2. The Office of Financial Aid will review the denial in terms of
information provided by the student.

3. Following the review the Office of Financial Aid will report back to
the student concerning the appeal.

4. If the student questions the decision of the Office of Financial Aid
an appeal may be made to the Vice President for Student Affairs for
a final determination.

REFUND POLICY

Students receiving financial assistance from Clarion University are
subject to the same refund policies as those who are not aid recipients. It
shoud be noted that using any part of a student's financial assistance for
a portion of a semester is considered as using that entire semester award
for eligibility purposes, i.e. withdrawalafter2 weeks of classes will entitle
the student to an 80% refund and will utilize 20% of assistance; however,
one semester of eligibility in those aid programs has been used. This
may effect a student's academic progress eligibility for the following
semester.

GENERAL UNIVERSITY
SCHOLARSHIPS

ART--MUSIC--ATHLETICS

Clarence & Janet Lesser Scholarships: The trust fund provides 25-30 awards varying in
amount from S200 to S500 Awards may be renewed subject to the availability of fundsat the
discretion of the selection committee Talented candidates, both men and women, will
receive preferential consideration for awards to be made m the areas of art. music, and
intercollegiate athletics. High school students who have exhibited high interest and
achievement are urged to apply Criteria for selection are talent, academic promise and
leadership potential Application sf.ould be made in the spring The awards are paid each
semester as a tuition credit Contact the Dean of Graduate Studies for additional information.

ATHLETICS

Athletic Academic Scholarships: Two awards. SlOO each, presented to the senior male and
female athlete with the highest QPA Eligible students must participate on any athletic team.
Recipients are selected by the Physical Education Department Payment is made by the
Foundation as a tuition credit See the Athletic Director for further information

T. A. Carnahan Golf Award: A Si 50 award (S75 per semester) presented to a member of the
golf team for the purchase of textbooks Applicaton should be made to Mr Mel Mitchell in the
Mathematics Department at the beginning of each semester Selection is based on academic
record, golf team performance and participation in extra-curricular activities Payment is
made by the Foundation directly to the bookstore

W. S. Tippin Scholarships: The Athletic Scholarship Fund at Clarion is administered by the
Athletic Dirctor Scholarships are available to both men and women who compete on
intercollegiate teams at Clarion Interested students should have their high school coach
contact the respective coach at Clarion for additional information

FOREIGN STUDENT

Bishop's High School Alumni Scholarship: Scholarship made available by alumnus of
Bishop's High School. Tobago. West Indies in the amount of SIOOO per semester Eligible
applicants must be a graduate of Bishop High School attending or planning to attend Clarion
University and be enrolled as a full-time student. Application should be made to the
Foundation by letter Deadlines for application are November 1 forspring semesterand April
1 for fall semester

Sitzman Foreign Student Scholarship Award: An annual award to up to $500 will be presented
to the outstanding foreign student of the year based on services and activities performed at
the University, the Clarion International Association, civic and professional groups, and
other activities of academic and'or cultural enrichment Students receiving this award are
selected by a faculty committee Contact the Director of International Programs for more
information

MUSIC/BAND

Band Scholarships: Scholarships are available to students who participate m the Marching
and Symphonic Bands Criteria for selection are musicianship, instrumentation needs,
academic promise, and leadership potential Students are selected by the Conductor of
Bands The annual awards may be renewed subject to availability of funds. The number and
amount may vary each year For additional information, contact Dr Stanley Michalski.
Conductor of Bands

ROTC

Army Reserve Officer's Training Corp Scholarships: The U S Army offers two. three and four
year scholarships to students enrolled in ROTC program at Clanon University Army ROTC
scholarships pay for university tuition, textbooks, activity fee. laboratory fees and other
academic expenses plus a subsistence allowance. Applicants compete nationally with other
ROTC students Should a scholarship be granted, the student is required to take a minimum
of one semester of a foreign language and incurs a four-yearactiveduty military obligation as
a commissioned officer Contact the fvlilitary Science Department for further details

George C. Marshall Super Cadet Award: Award presented to the top cadet from each o( the
Universities in the nation which has an Army ROTC program The cadet must demonstrate
leadership and academic excellence Contact the Military Science Department foradditional
information

UNIVERSITY WIDE

APSCUF: Two S350 scholarships are awarded each spring by the Association of
Pennsylvania State College and University Faculties at Clarion University Eligible
candidates must have completed 60 credits at Clarion Other selection criteria include
academic record, contribution to the university and participation in extra-curricular
activities The award is paid directly to the student but must be used to cover educational
expenses Contact the APSCUF office for further information

Clarion University Alumni Association Scholarships: Ten S300 tuition credit awards made
annually be the Alumni Association through the Foundation Eligible candidates should have
completed at least 16 credits at Clarion Two scholarships are awarded to children of
university graduates; however, any student may apply for the other eight scholarships
Applications are available in Septemberand awardsare madeduring October Recipientsare
selected by a committee of the Alumni Association Contact Mr Ron Wilshire. Director of
Alumni Affairs, for additional Information

Clarion University Women's Club Scholarship: A S200 annual scholarship will be available in
the near future through the efforts of the Clarion University Women's Club Further
information may be obtained from the Organization's President

Mary/Martha Colegrove Educational Scholarships: The Foundation offers the Colegrove
Educational Fund Scholarships The awards are made to two women from McKean County
attending Clarion University in the amount of S3500 each and payable at the rate of S875 per
person per year The recipient will continue to receive the a ward during the second, third, and
fourth years if she is enrolled as a full-time studentand maintamsaOPAof 3 0 Foradditional
information contact the Dean of Admissions or McKean County High Schools Guidance
Counselors

Foundation Departmental Scholarships: Annually the Clarion University Foundation makes
available 32 S300 scholarships one to each academic department (27). two to Venango
Campus, three to staff scholarship committee (for dependents of university staff employees)
Eligible students must be of sophomore or junior standing as award is a tuition credit during
the following semester Criteria for selection include academic excellence and service to the
respective department Application is made during the spnng semester to individual
department committees Contact department chairperson for further information

James Gemmell Leadership Award: A Si 00 cash award presented to a graduating senior who
IS selected by the members of the Student Affairs staff on the basis of leadership qualities
The award is made each spring through the Foundation

Walter L. Hart Scholarship: The Admissions Office, through the Foundation, awards five
S1200 scholarships annually to incoming freshmen Applicants must have applied and been
accepted to the University for the upcoming academic year Consideration will be given to
those students ranked in the top 10% of their graduating class with SAT scores in excess of
1000. who have made outstanding accomplishments and significant contributions through
involvement in extra-curricular activities Two awards are reserved for minority students
Each award will be made in four S300 increments over a four year period for a total of SI 200.
providing that the student maintains a QPA of 3 0 Interested students complying with the
above criteria are encouraged to submit a letter of application along with three letters of
recommendation to the Dean of Admissions

Clara Louise Kiser Memorial Fund Scholarship: Scholarships, not limited in number or
amount, for students graduating from the Clarion Area School District The scholarships are
awarded according to financial need to students planning to attend vocational school or
college Instructions for completing the application process may be obtained from
Mr Stephen Kosak. Box 374. Oil City. PA 16301 Deadline for submissions of application is
April 15

Margaret and I rvin Lesher Foundation Scholarships: Scholarships not limited in number and
not specified m amount, granted only to graduates of Union Joint High School. Eligible
students may receive the award for up to four years providing they maintain a QPA of 2 5 or
above Recipients are selected on the basis of financial need and academic record
Instructions for complete application process may be obtained from Mr Stephen Kosak. Box
374, Oil City, PA 16301 Deadline for submission of application is April 15

Dr. Donald Nair -- Phi Eta Sigma National Honor Society Scholarship (Freshmen): The

Clarion University chapter of Phi Sigma, a member of the Association of College Honor
Societies offers one $300 cash award each year Candidates must be a member of the Honor
Society which requires a minimum 3 5 QPA after one or two semesters Selection is made by
the Career Counseling Center and is based on academic record and participation in extra-
curricular activities Contact Dr Donald Nair Phi Eta Sigma faculty advisor

Presidential Scholarships: Five S1000 awards are made annually to incoming freshmen and
transfer students Two of the scholarships are awarded to minority students Decisions are
made by a committee of University Deans and the Director of Admissions with special
emphasis placed on outstanding academic achievement, demonstrated leadership qualities,
and involvement in extra-curricular activities Recipients of the Presidential Scholarships will
be reviewed annually for consideration of renewal of the award The scholarshipsarepaidas
a tuition credit each semester by the Foundation Completed applications which include an
essay and three letters of recommendation must be submitted before April 30 to the Dean of
Admissions

State Board of Governors Scholarships: Twelve awards made each semester to minority
students Candidates must possess a minimum 3 0 QPA This tuition-based scholarship may
vary in amount, depending upon the student's need Selection criteria include academic
record, contribution to the university and participation in extra-curricular activities
Applications can be obtained in the Admissions Off ice Payment is madeasa tuition credit by
the State Board of Governors

Dana S. Still Scholarships: A number of S200 scholarships will be awarded annually to
incoming students Eligibility will be based upon financial need Interested students should
contact the Dean o' Admissions for further information

Frank & Clara Williams Scholarship: Scholarships, not limited in number and not specified m
amount, granted to Venango County residents Eligible students must be full-time freshmen
or sophomores Selection is made based upon financial need and academic record
Instructions forcomplete application process may be obtained from Mr Stephen Kosak, Box
374. Oil City. PA 16301 Deadline for submission of application is April 15

Wein Scholarship: Scholarship awarded on the basis of academic achievement to graduating
seniors of Clarion Area High School Further information as well as instructions for
completing the application process may be obtained from fvir Stephen Kosak, Box 374. Oil
City. PA 16301

COLLEGE OF ARTS
AND SCIENCES

BIOLOGY

Association of Pennsylvania State College and University Biologists Award: Award given to
one senior biology major at each of the state university campuses for outstanding
scholarship and contributions to the department and the university For additional
information, contact the Biology Department Chairperson.

Biology Department Fund Scholarships: Two S300 scholarships awarded to biology or
medical technology students who are currently freshmen or sophomores. Students should
apply in the spring to the Biology Department scholarship committee. The scholarship
committee makes a recommendation to the department based upon academic record,
contribution to the department and or university and participation in extra-curricular
activities Scholarships are paid direct as tuition credit by the Biology Scholarship &
Research Fund of the Foundation

Kim Rutherford Memorial Scholarship: A S300 tuition credit scholarship awarded each year
to biology majors of freshmen or sophomore standing. Recipient is selected upon the
following criteria academic excellence, participation in extra-curricularactivities. service to
the Biology Department and Clarion University, financial need and the student's goals in
biology. Application should be made in the spring to the Biology Department. Final selection
IS made by the department upon recommendation of the department's scholarship
committee Payment is made through the Kim Rutherford Scholarship Fund of the
Foundation

Scholars in Education Award: PHEAA (Pennsylvania Higher Education Assistance Agency)
offers over 100 scholarships each year to students in math or science who are committed to
teaching secondary math or science in a Pennsylvania school Undergraduates must have a
QPA of at least 3 0 in math or science High school seniors must have SAT scores of over
1000, a 3.0 average in math and science and rank in the top 1 5th of their high school class.
Available only to Pennsylvania residents, this scholarship ranges in amount from SI 500 up to
one-half of tuition at eligible schools. Contact Dr. Ken Mechling, Biology Deparment, for
further information. Application should be made prior to April 1 Payment is made by PHEAA
each semester to the university as credit towards tuition and fees.

CHEMISTRY

American Institute of Chemists Award: An award presented each year to an outstanding
senior chemistry maior The recipient is selected on the basis of academic achievement by
the department members Contact the Chemistry Department Chairperson for further
information

ORG Press - Freshman Achievement Award: An award presented each year to a freshman
chemistry ma|or The department selects the recipient on the basis of academic excellence
For further information, contact the Chemistry Department Chairperson

Chemistry Department Competitive Award: An award presented each year to a senior
chemistry ma)or Selection is made by the department based upon the results of a competitive
examination Contact the Chemistry Department Chairperson for additional information

Heagy Memorial Scholarship: This S200 scholarship is awarded annually to a chemistry
major of at least sophomore standing The candidate is selected by the Chemistry
Department on the basis of academic record The scholarship is paid by the Foundation as a
tuition credit For more details, contact the Chemistry Department Chairperson

Outstanding Senior Award: A SI 00 cash award to a senior chemistry ma|Or. sponsored by the
Society for Analytical Chemists of Pittsburgh Recipient is selected by the department on the
basis of academic record and contribution to the department Contact the Chemistry
Department Chairperson for further details

Western Pennsylvania Water Company Scholarship: A $700 tuition credit scholarship made
available by the Western Pennsylvania Water Company through the Clarion University
Foundation The recipient must be a chemistry major of at least junior standing and is
selected by the department on the basis of academic record For further details contact the
Chemistry Department Chairperson

ENGLISH

Joseph F. and Susannah Centorcelll Scholarship: This scholarship fund was established by
Mr Joseph F Centorcelli in memory of his wife, through the Clarion University Foundation
Two recipients are selected each year, one in English and one m
Speech 'Communication Theatre, to receive a S350 scholarship Appliants must be of at least
sophomore standing and have a 30 QPA English candidates must submit a narrative m
which they discuss academic interests and future goals Also, they will submit samples of
current critical and creative writing Application should be made in the spring semester to the
Chairperson. English Department.

English Association of Pennsylvania Slate Universities Award: An award sponsored by the
EAPSU providing paid expenses to their annual conference Student must be an
English Communication Arts ma|or of at least sophomore standing Also, thecandldate must
have a 3.0 minimum QPA Selection is based upon contribution to the department, academic
record, and participation in extra-curricularactivities Foradditional information. contact the
English Department Chairperson

Max Nemmer Award: A S50 cash award presented to the outstanding senior majoring in
English Communication Arts. The annual award is given based upon academic record,
contribution to the department and Involvement in extra-curricular activities Selection is
made by the English Department and paid through the Clarion University Foundation
Contact the English Department Chairperson for additional information

GEOGRAPHY/EARTH SCIENCE

Tracy Buckwalter Geology Award: Award given annually to a seniorearth science major who
has specialized in geology Contact the Geography Earth Science Department Chairperson
for more information.

Norman Humphrey Geography/Earth Science Award: Award given annually to a senior who
IS a geography earth science major The award is based upon academic excellence and
professional growth See the Geography Earth Science Department Chairperson for
additional information

HISTORY

Gilbert Hill Award: Annually, a gift Is presented to the outstanding senior history major by the
department Recipient is nominated by the History Department and is selected on the basis of
academic record, contribution to the department and participation in extra-curricular

activities.

HISTORY/SOCIAL SCIENCE

Frank Campbell Award: Annually a gift is presented to the outstanding senior with a major in
educational social science Rnd concentration in history Awardee is nominated by the History
Department and selected on the b: S'S of academic record, contribution to the department
and participation m extra-curricular activities

MATHEMATICS

Mathematical Association of America Award: Membership m the Mathematical Association
of America is presented to an outstanding senior math major Selection is made by the Math
Department and evaluation is based equally on three criteria QPA in math, interest m going
to graduate school or teaching mathematics, and faculty opinions

Pi Mu Epsilon Honorary Award: Membership into Pi Mu Epsilon is awarded each year to an
outstanding student Awardee selection is based upon academic record and completion of at
least four upper division math courses See the Math Department Chairperson for further
information

MODERN LANGUAGES

Canadian Consul Award in French: Award of books presented to an outstanding student of
sophomore or higher standing who has demonstrated excellent skills in French Selection is
made by the Modern Language Department faculty on the basis of the students academic
record See Modern Language Department Chairperson for further details

Consul General's Award for Achievement in German: Award of books presented to an
outstanding student of sophomore or higher standing who has demonstrated excellent skills
in German Selection is made by the Modern Language Department faculty on the basis of the
student's academic record See Modern Language Department Chairperson for further
details

Award for Excellence in Russian: Award of books presented to an outstanding student of
sophomore or higher standing who has demonstrated excel lent ski I Is in Russian Selection is
made by the Modern Language Department faculty on the basis of the students academic
record See Modern Language Department Chairperson for further details

Award for Excellence in Spanish: Award of books presented to an outstanding student of
sopfiomoreor higher standing who has demonstrated excellent ski I Is in Spanish Selection is
made by the f^odern Language Department faculty on the basis of the student's academic
record See Modern Language Department Chairperson for further details

MUSIC

string Scholarship: Two S500 awards made each year to full-time students majoring in music.
Auditions are required and selection is based upon service to the department orchestra and
string ensemble For additional information, contact Dr Lassowsky or Mr Berberian of the
Music Department.

Band Scholarships: Scholarships are available to students who participate in the Marching
and Symphonic Bands. Criteria for selection are musicianship, instrumentation needs,
academic promise, and leadership potential Students are selected by the Conductor of
Bands The annual awards may be renewed subject to the availability of funds The number
and amount may vary each year For additional information, contact Dr. Stanley Michalski.
Conductor of Bands.

PHYSICS

Paul Shank Award for Excellence in Physics: A S300 award established to honor a former
physics professor The scholarship is awarded based on grades in physics, math and
computer science. Award is presented to a junior physics major. In addition, the recipient's
name is inscribed on a plaque in the department office See the Physics Department
Chairperson for further details

PSYCHOLOGY

Three $75 cash awards given annually to students majoring in psychology Selection is based
upon the following criteria academic record and contribution to the psychology department.
Payment is made through the Psychology Scholarship & Research Fund of the Foundation
See members of the Psychology Department for more information.

SPEECH COMMUNICATION AND THEATRE

Alpha Psi Omega/ Allan Kroh Memorial: A cash award (varying in amount) presented each
year for outstanding theatre activities and contributions Award is made in the spring by the
Alpha Psi Omega Honorary Fraternity Contact the fraternity advisor for further information.

Joseph F. and Susannah Centorcelll Scholarship: This scholarship fund was established by
Mr Joseph F Centorcelli in memory of his wife, through the Clarion University Foundation
Two recipients are selected each year, one in English and one in
Speech Communication/Theatre, to receive a $350 scholarship Applicants must be of at
least sophomore standing and haveaS.OQPQ SCT candidates will be invited to appear for an
interview and are required to demonstrate their awareness of citizenship responsibilities and
hope for their career Application should be made in the spring semester to the Chairperson,
SCT Department

Daniel Preuh's Memorial for Musical Comedy: A $100 cash award presented each year to an
outstanding performer in the musical production Application should be made to the director
of the musical Selection is made following the production by a scholarship committee
Payment is made by the Foundation

Daniel Preuh's Memorial for Talent in Theatre: A $150 cash award presented each year to a
freshman demonstrating potential for success in the theatre. Selection is based upon
audition. Further information can be obtained from the Speech Communication and Theatre
Department

Silver Fox Award for Comedy: A cash award (varying in amount) made available for the
outstanding performance in the university's comedy production. Application should be made
to the director of the production. Selection is made following the performance by a
department committee Payment is made by the Foundation.

Mary Sterrett & Elbert Raymond Moses, Jr. Award: A cash award (varying in amount) made to
a graduating senior SCT major who plans to pursue graduate study. The department selects
the recipient on the basis of academic excellence, contribution to the department and to the
university, participation in extra-curricular activities and financial need. Application should
be made to the SCT Department Chairperson each spring

FOREIGN-LANGUAGE, ENGLISH, HISTORY,
PHILOSOPHY

Eileen M. Thornton Humanities Award: A cash award presented to a graduating senior
majoring in the humanities Recipient is selectd by a committee of the above mentioned
departments. Selection is based on academic excellence and participation in extra-curricular
activities.

MATH, PHYSICS, CHEMISTRY, GEOGRAPHY,
EARTH SCIENCE, BIOLOGY

William & Elizabeth Hart Scholarship: This scholarship was established to honor former
chemistry professor, Dr. William Hart. Currently, two scholarships are awarded in the amount
of current expenses for tuition, room, board, and some miscellaneous fees, including books.
Applicants must major in mathematics, physics, chemistry, geography/earth science, or
biology and have completed 45 credits. They must have a QPA of 3.0 overall and 3.3 in math
and science coursework. Selection shall be made by a competitive examination, testing the
student's ability in mathematics and English Application deadline is February. Contact a
member of the scholarship committee for additional information. Dr. Wollaston (Chemistry);
Dr Leavy (Geography): Mr Donachy (Biology): Dr Keth (Physics): and Mr Wimer
(Mathematics).

BIOLOGY, CHEMISTRY, EARTH SCIENCE

Pennsylvania Mining Professionals Scholarship: This $500 award is sponsored by the
Pennsylvania Mining Professionals, through the Clarion University Foundation, in support of
a senior student majoring in Biology. Chemistry or Earth Science who is interested in some
aspect of the coal industry. Prospective candidates must have a minimum QPA of 3.0
Selection is based upon financialactivitiesandcompletionof a statement of career goals. For
additional information, contact a member of the scholarship committee: Dr Ernissee
(Geography): Dr Sharpe (Chemistry): Dr.Aharrah (Biology), or Dr. Sessions (Dean.
Continuing Education and Graduate Studies).

COLLEGE OF BUSINESS
ADMINISTRATION

Charles P. Leach, Sr. Scholarship: A cash award of $500 awarded annually to an outstanding
business student Eligible students must be of at least sophomore standmg and are selected
on the basis of academic record, contribution to the College of Business and the university,
and participation in extra-curricular activities such as professional organizations.
Application is made to the chairperson of the Co liege of Business Ad mini strati on scholarship
committee during the spring semester Payment is made by the Foundation.

Phi Beta Alpha Outstanding Senior Award: Presented to the senior who is most outstanding
in academic performance, leadership and campus involvement See the chairperson of the
College of Business Administration scholarship committee for further information.

Wall Street Journal Student Achievement Award: Award made each year to a graduating
senior business major consisting of a wall plaque and a one year subscription to the Wall
Street Journal Candidates are recommended by faculty members and final selection is
based on academic record, contributions to the College of Business and the university, and
participation in extra-curricular activities. Further information can be obtained by contacting
the chairperson of the College of Business Administration scholarship committee.

ACCOUNTANCY

American Accounting Association — Arthur H. Carter Scholarship: A S2500 tuition credit
scholarship presented by American Accounting Association. Junior accounting majors in
the top of their class should make application during spring semester through the
department. Committee selection of the recipient is based on academic record, leadership
qualities and participation in extra-curricular activities

American College Scholarship: Outstanding accounting students are eligible to apply for this
award of $500, $1000, or $2000 Application should be made in the spring semester before
IVIarch 1 to the Accountancy Department scholarship committee. Selection is based on
academic excellence, creativity, motivation, and leadership. Letters of recommendation are
required. Contact the Accountancy Department Chairperson for further information.

Becker CPA Review Award: Award made each year to a graduating senior accounting major
consisting of the review course worth S850 and a cash award of $100, Selection is made by the
department based on academic record The recipient must have a minimum QPA of 3.75 in
accounting Contact Accountancy Department Chairperson for further information.

National Association of Accountants Senior Award: Award made each year to an outstanding
senior accounting major who is selected by the department The recipient receives a plaque
presented by theNational Assoc iat ion of Accountants Contact Accountancy Department for
information

National Association of Accountants Senior Award: A $300 award made by the Board of
Directors of the Northwest Keystone Chapter of the NAA to a senior accounting major
Students must maintain a 3.5 overall QPA as well as a 3.5 in accounting. Candidates should
apply to the Accountancy Department Chairperson by May 1 Recipient is selected on the
basis of scholastic achievement, involvement in extra-curricular activities and statement of
goals.

National Society of Public Accountants Scholarship: A tuition credit scholarship awarded to
a junior accounting major by the scholarship committee of the National Society of Public
Accountants. Candidate must have a 2 0 QPA overall in addition to a 3 0 in accounting.
Selection is based on qualities of academic excellence, participation in extra-curricular
activities, leadership abilities and financial need Candidates must also submit letters of
recommendation Application should be made to the Accountancy Department Chairperson
in February

Pennsylvania Institute of Certified Public Accountants Scholarship: Over 30 cash awards
varying in amounts of Si 00, $700 and $1400 are presented to junior accounting majors by the
Pennsylvania Institute of Certified Public Accountants Application should be made before
March 1 through the Accountancy Department. Eligibleapplicants must befull-timestudents
and have completed 12 semester credits in accounting Applicants are required to submit
letters of recommendation Selection is based upon scholastic achievement and qualities of
leadership and is made by the trustees of the PICPA scholarship fund

Pennsylvania Institute of Certified Public Accountants Senior Award: Award made each year
to an outstanding senior accounting student (minimum of 12 credits of accounting required).
Recipient is selected by the department on the basis of academics and leadership. A plaque is
presented to the awardee by the Pennsylvania Institute of Certified Public Accountants. A
small replica of the plaque is displayed in Still Hall Contactthe Accountancy Department for
more information.

American Accounting Association Fellowship Program in Accounting (Graduate Students):

A $1000 fellowship for second year graduate students in business administration or
accountancy sponsored by the American Accounting Association. Students should apply
prior to February 1 to the Accountancy Department Candidates must be interested m
teaching accounting and must show promise for such a career Payment is made as a tuition
credit paid each semester

American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Scholarship for Minority Graduate
Students in Business: Scholarship(s) made each year to accounting student in need of
financial assistance A maximum of Si 000 per year will be awarded by the AlCP A scholarship
committee as a tuition credit Application should be made to the Accountancy Department by
July 1 for the academic year and December 1 for the spring semester Applicant must be m
good academic standing and must submit a statement signed by the University Financial Aid
Officer

ECONOMICS

Omicron Delta Epsilon Award for Distinguished Service Award made by the local chapter of

Omicron Delta Epsilon in recognition of service to the fraternity and Clarion University.
Winner receives a plaque See Dr William Ross for further information.

Omicron Delta Epsilon Award of Honor for Academic Achievement and Leadership: Award

for senior students who have completed 12 credit hours m economics, possess a minimum
overall QPA of 3.6. minimum economics OPA of 3.0 and must demonstrate a high level of
leadership in university related activities. Winner receives a plaque and their name is
registered in the International Omicron Delta Epsilon Headquarters Book of Records See Dr
William Ross for further information

Omicron Delta Epsilon Award for Outstanding Achievement in Economics: Award for senior
students who have completed 21 credit hours in economics, minimum overall QPA of 3.4.
minimum economics QPA of 3 0 and who have demonstrated leadership ability in university
related activities. Winner receives a plaque and their name is registered in theOmicron Delta
Epsilon International Headquarters Book of Records. See Dr William Ross for further
information

MARKETING

Outstanding Marketing Student of the Year: The recipient of the award is a marketing major
who IS selected by the Marketing Department faculty as being outstanding in the areas of
scholarship, service to the university and service to the American Marketing Association The
award is presented by the Akron-Canton Professional American Marketing Association
Chapter

COLLEGE OF COMMUNICATION
AND COMPUTER INFORMATION
SCIENCE

COMMUNICATION

Dr. James Canelos Scholarship: A $750 scholarshipoffered to junior communication majors.
Eligibility requires a minimum QPAof 3.4. Final selection is made by department members on
the basis of academic record, contribution to the Communication Department and the
university, participation in extra-curricular activities and financial need Application should
be made in the fall to the department chairperson. Payment is made by the Clarion University
Foundation as a tuition credit.

Outstanding Communication Senior Award: Given each year to the senior who exemplifies in
greatest measure the qualities of mind and spirit that lead to success in the communication
profession Information can be obtained from the chairperson of the Communication
Department

COMPUTER INFORMATION SCIENCE

Computer Information Science Scholarships: A $300 scholarship offered under the same
conditions and procedures as the Foundation departmental scholarship and is awarded by
the scholarship committee of the CIS Department The purpose is to guarantee that students
from both majors in the CIS Department (CS-Computer Science and CAIS Computer
Application and Information Systems) are awarded a scholarship each year For additional
information, contact the CIS Department Chairperson

Data Processing Management Association Elizabeth Ross Scholarship: A $100 scholarship
awarded to a junior DPMA member majoring in CAIS. Selection is based on academic record,
and contribution to DPMA and the department. Additional information can be obtained from
the DPMA faculty advisor.

Data Processing Management Association Outstanding Student Award: Given by the Penn-
York DPMA Chapter to a Clarion University DPMA chapter member for high academic
achievement and chapter leadership For additional information, contact the DPMA faculty
advisor.

George R. Lewis Scholarship: This scholarship award is made available to deserving students
in computer science This Is a tuition based scholarship valued at a maximum of $1000 at this
time. Scholarships are renewable annually throughout four years providing that the student
maintains Q PA standards Contact the Dean of the College of Communication and Computer
Information Science for more information

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
AND HUMAN SERVICES

EDUCATION

Clarion County Retired Public School Employees Association Scholarship: One $200
scholarship awarded each year Candidate must have graduated from a Clarion County High
School or have been a resident of Clarion County at the time of high school graduation Apply
in the spring to the Education Department Chairperson. Selection is based on academic
record, contribution to department and university, participation in extra-curricular activities
and leadership skills. Letters of recommendation are required Payment is made by the
Foundation as a credit toward tuition.

Kappa Delta Pi Award: The purpose of this award is to honor senior Kadelpians who have
demonstrated outstanding leadership and achievement in their chosen fields The honorees
are selected by the faculty of the curricula they represent. Contact Kappa Delta Pi faculty
advisor for further information

ELEMENTARY EDUCATION

Parma Dixon Mooney Scholarship: One S300 scholarship awarded each year to a freshman or
transfer student maioring in elementary education. Candidate must be a resident of Clarion
County Apply in the spring to Education Department Chairperson. Selection is based upon
academic record, participation in extra-curricular activities and leadership skills Letters of
recommendation are required Payment is made by the Foundation asa credittoward tuition

SECONDARY EDUCATION -- MATH AND SCIENCE

Scholars in Education Award: PHEAA (Pennsylvania Higher Education Assistance Agency)
offers over 100 scholarships each year to students in math or science who are committed to
teaching secondary math or science in a Pennsylvania school Undergraduates must have a
QPAof at least 3.0 m mathorscience. High school seniors must have SAT scores above 1000.
a 3.0 average in math and science and rank in the top 1/5th of their high school class.
Available only to Pennsylvania residents, this scholarship ranges in amount from $1500 up to
one-half of tuition at eligible schools Contact Dr. Ken l^echling, Biology Department for
further information. Application should be made prior to April 1 Payment is made by PHEAA
each semester to the university as credit towards tutition and fees

SPECIAL EDUCATION

Ginny Thornburgh Recognition Scholarship: One S500 scholarship awarded each year to an
outstanding junior or senior majoring i n special education. Selection is based upon academic
record (minimum QPA 3.5) and service to exceptional individuals. Contact the Special
Education Department Chairperson

SPEECH PATHOLOGY AND AUDIOLOGY

National Student Speech, Language and Hearing Association Honor Award: Award
presented to a senior who has demonstrated high academic achievement, clinical excellence
and contnbution to NSSLHA Contact the Chairperson of the SPA Department for further
information

Speech Pathology and Audiology Honor Award: Award presented to a senior with a minimum
QPA of 3.4 who IS judged to be a superior clinician and is considered to be of honorable
character and respected by one's peers. Contact the Chairperson of the SPA Department for

further information

Marian Renn Marshall Graduate Fellowship (Graduate Students): This award fund was
established through the Clarion University Foundation in memory of Marian Renn Marshall.
This award offers assistance to graduate students for participation in special projects
Eligible students must be successfully admitted to the SPA graduate program Selection is
made by the SPA Department on the basis of academic record and financial need Contact
the SPA Department Chairperson for further information

COLLEGE OF
LIBRARY SCIENCE

H. H. Wilson Scholarship (Graduate Students): Awards totaling S3000 are made every five
years to graduate students majoring in library science Recipients are chosen on the basisof
academic excellence and financial need Selection is made by the departmental scholarship
committee and payment is made by the H W Wilson Foundation For further Informaton,
contact the Dean, College of Library Science.

VENANGO CAMPUS
GENERAL SCHOLARSHIPS

Oil City Adelphoi Club Scholarships: Four five awards varyin in amount (usually $300)
provided by the Adelphoi Club for Venango Campus students The scholarship may be used
for recruiting or for returning students Candidates must be residents of Venango County.
Scholarships are paid by the Foundation as a tuition credit during the fall semester For
further Information, contact Venango Campus Scholarship Committee Chairperson.
Administrative Office. Venango Campus

Venango Campus Scholarship: One S300 scholarship awarded annually from the Venango
Campus fund of the Foundation Recipient must be a freshman or sophomore: however, the
scholarship is used primarily for recruitment purposes. In selecting the recipient, the
scholarship committee considers academic record, participation in extra-curricular activities
and financial need. For further information, contact the Administrative Office. Venango
Campus

NURSING

Beverly Enterprise Scholarship: Four S250 scholarships will be awarded to students currently
enrolled In or accepted for the Associate of Science or the Bachelor of Science in Nursing
programs. Criteria for selection include academic excellence, financial need and service to
the community, university and the nursing profession. Contact the Nursing Department.
Venango Campus, for further Information

Dolores Sherman Scholarship: One $500 annual award for full-time students pursing a BS
degree in nursing Candidate selection criteria include grades in nursing course work, overall
academic record, finanical need, recommendation of nursing instructors and service to the
university and/or the nursing profession. Payment is made to the universityas a tuition credit
by the Foundation. Application should be made in the spring to the Nursing Department
scholarship committee Contact the Nursing Department. Venango Campus.

Laura A. Smedley Scholarships: Scholarships, not limited m number and not specified in
amount, granted to Venango Campus residents who are graduates of secondary schools
serving Venango County Eligible students must be full-time freshmen or sophomores
enrolled in the Registered Nursing Program. Selection is made based upon financial need
and academic record Instructions forcomplete application process can be obtained from the
Nursing Department at the Venango Campus or from Mr Stephen Kosak, Box 374, Oil City,
PA 16301 Deadline for submission of application is April 15.

Quaker State Scholarships: Two S650 awards given annually to students in nursing, by the
Quaker State Oil Refining Corporation Candidates must have successfully completed the
first year of the nursing program Eligibility criteria include nursing skills, scholastic
achievement and financial need Scholarships are paid to the University as a tuition credit.
For additional information, contact the Nursing Department. Venango Campus.

UNIVERSITY CURRICULA

All undergraduate curricula, with the exception of the two-year
Associate of Science curriculum in Nursing and Associate of Science
Degrees, lead to a bachelor's degree and have a common area of 48
semester hours in general education. Each student should select his
general education program carefully in consultation with his faculty
advisor.

GENERAL EDUCATION
DISTRIBUTION

Goals and Purposes

A university education as conceived by the faculty at Clarion
University of Pennsylvania consists of both professional and general
education. Professional education is the specialized education and
training which aims to prepare a student to earn a living in a particular
vocation, profession, discipline, or area of study.

General education is an essential complement to professional
education and aims to assist the student's general development as a
person and as a citizen through what is generally a liberal arts
curriculum. The general education program seeks to avoid the
narrowness resulting from highly-structured professional programs by
assuming that every student has the opportunity to develop an
understanding and appreciation of the intellectual, cultural, and moral
forces which have shaped our world, and to provide the basic knowledge
and skills that will allow them to enjoy a fuller life.

The breadth of the general education concept requires a broad,
coordinated program for its implementation. Students should be free to
select, in consultation with theiracademic advisors, a general education
program which meets their personal needs in attaining the general
education goals. Students should recognize thatcertain courses may be
more complementary to given professional programs than others. The
sum of the general education program selected should be directed
toward the student's understanding and appreciation of, and ability to
respond articulately to, the following general education areas and area
goals:

I. Modes of communication: To develop the academic knowledge

and ability to communicate personal ideas and philosophy.
II. The Natural World in Scientific Perspective: To show the use
of and to provide an appreciation of the scientific method for

inquiry and measurement so that the student may impart

scientific facts and principles pertaining to the physical and

biological world.

The Human World in Scientific Perspective: To provide a broad

understanding of man's social institutions, enabling the student

to make intelligent decisions and develop programs in matters

of social policy.

Interpreting Human Existence: To expand the student's

understanding and appreciation of the arts: to aid the student

in developing a perspective on the past: and to help the student

formulate a satisfying personal philosophy.

Personal Development and Life Skills: To learn and develop

those personal activities and life skills that will lead to a full

and self-satisfying life.

CREDIT HOUR DISTRIBUTION

The distribution below became applicable on August 25, 1975.
Students enrolled before that date should follow the general education
distribution in effect at the time of their admission, unless changing to
the present structure will expedite their degree work. The minimum
credit hour requirement in general education is 48 semester hours
distributed, in most programs, as follows:

I. Modes of Communication (minimum) 12 s.h.

English Composition' 3-6 s.h.

Courses to be selected from two of the following:
Computer Information Science. Elementary Foreign
Language-, Logic, Mathematics-, Speech
Communication- 6-9 s.h.

Unless exempted, all students are required to take ENG 1 1 1 and earn
a minimum grade of "C." Students may enrolled in ENG 110 only if they
are assigned to that course. Additional composition courses are
restricted to the following: ENG 1 1 0. 200. 201 . 202, 203. 204, 206: COMM
171, 200, 250, but only students required to do so may take ENG 110.

'May not be used to meet foreign language requirement for the B.A.
degree.

-Credit cannot be granted for MATH 100 if it is taken after successful
completion of, or concurrently with, any other course in mathematics.

-Selection is limited to the following courses: SCT 113, 114, 115, 154.
251. 256. 257, 258, 264.

II. Natural Sciences and Mathematics (minimum) 9 s.h.

Courses to be chosen from at least two of the following fields:
Biology, Chemistry, Earth Science, Mathematics ,
Physical Science, Physics

III. Social Sciences (minimum) 9 s.h.

Courses to be selected from at least two of the following fields:

Anthropology, Economics. Geograpy. History, Political
Science, Psychology, Sociology

IV. Humanities (minimum) 9 s.h.

Courses to be selected from at least two of the following fields:

Art, English, Intermediate Foreign Language, Literature,
Music, Philosophy, Speech Communication, Theater
v. Personal Development and Life Skills (minimum) 9 s.h.

Health 2 s.h.

Physical Education Acitivity Courses 2 s.h.

(Maximum of 2 credits in physical education activity courses

may be counted toward graduation.)
■ Courses chosen from General Studies or other disciplinary

areas or approved student activities for credit .. (minimum)

5 s.h.

'ENG 110, 111, 201, 206, 253. and SCT 113 may not be used to meet the
humanities requirement.

COLLEGE OF ARTS
AND SCIENCES

James J. Scanlon, Ph. D., Dean

Office: 204 Founders Hall
Telephone: 226-2225

The College of Arts and Sciences offers a wide variety of programs in
the arts, the humanities, the social and behavioral sciences, the natural
sciences, and mathematics.

In the arts, the College offers:

the B.F.A. degree with majors in art and theatre:

the B.M. degree with majors in music performance and music
marketing;

the B.A, degree with a major in speech communication; and theatre;

the B.S. in speech communication and theatre.

In the humanities, the following programs are available:

the B.A. degree with majors in English, French, German,
philosophy, Russian, Spanish, and speech communication as well
as a general major in the humanities.

In the social and behavioral sciences, students may select:

the B.A. degree with majors in anthropology, economics,
geography, history, political science, psychology, sociology,
sociology/anthropology, and sociology/psychology, as well as a
general major in the social sciences:

the B.S. degree with majors in geography and psychology.

In the natural sciences, options include:

the B.A. degree with majors in biology, chemistry, earth science,
and physics, as well as a general major in the natural sciences;

the B.S. degree with majors in biology, chemistry,
chemistry/engineering, chemistry/business, earth science,
medical technology, physics, and physics/engineering.

In mathematics, the College of Arts and Sciences provides several
programs:

the B.A degree with a major m mathematics;

the B.S degree with majors in mathematics, (with options in npphed
mathematics, mathematics/computer science, and
mathematics/actuarial science) and mathematics/engineering.

The College of Arts and Sciences offers pre-professional advisement
programs in the fields of business (pre-MBA). engineering, law.
medicine, dentistry, pharmacy, and theology. The College cooperates in
its engineering program with the Schools of Engineering at the
University of Pittsburgh and Case-Western Reserve University in
Cleveland.

The College of Arts and Sciences also cooperates with the College of
Library Science and the College of Education and Human Services to
provide certification programs in library science and in secondary
education, which may be earned concurrently with a B.A. or B.S degree.

Finally, the College offers an interdepartmental Language and Area
Studies Program.

The specific requirements of each of these programs are listed in the
pages that follow. Additional information may be obtained from the
dean, department chairperson or other individual in charge. All B.A.
programs require second year proficiency in a foreign language.

DEPARTMENT OF ANTHROPOLOGY, PHILOSOPHY,
POLITICAL SCIENCE, AND SOCIOLOGY

Robert A. Rath, Ph.D., Chair

Professors: Konitzky, Takei, Tu; Associate Professors: Bertsch, Girvan,
Graybill, Rath, Somers, Straffin, VanBruggen, Zailys

ANTHROPOLOGY, B.A. 51 credits

Required: ANTH 211, 213, 313, and 21 additional credits in
anthropology chosen in consultation with a departmental advisor. In
addition to 30 credits in anthropology, the following courses are
required: HIST 111, 112, 120, PS 210, 211, PSY 211 and SOC 211.

PHILOSOPHY, B.A. 42 credits

Required: PHIL 111, 212, 255, 256, and 15 credits of philosophy
electives chosen in consultation with a departmental advisor, with
PHIL 352 and 353 recommended. In addition to these 27 credits of
philosophy, 15 credits from among the following fields are required:
art, English, foreign language, music, speech, and theater.

POLITICAL SCIENCE, B.A. 51 credits

Required: PS 210. 211, 353, 365, or 366 and 18 credits of political
science electives. In addition to these 30 credits in political science
the following courses are required: ECON 211. 212: SOC 211, 300;
and 9 credits from history, anthropology, or psychology.

SOCIOLOGY, B.A. 57 credits

Required: SOC 211, 300. and 351, and 21 additional credits in
sociology chosen in consultation with a departmental advisor. In
addition, the following courses are required: PSY 211, 230, PS 210,
ECON 211, SW 311 plus 1 2 credits chosen from among anthropology,
computer science, history, economics, philosophy, political science,
psychology, and social work.

DEPARTMENT OF ART

Eugene A. Seelye, M.A., Chair

Professors: Hobbs: Associate Professors: Charley. Edwards. P-Jobb.
Joslyn. Grosch. Seelye: Assistant Professors: Dugan

ART. B F A. 72 credits

Required: ART 121.222,125,126: 12 credits in art history: 15 credits in
art foundation courses: 18 credits in an art concentration: 15 credits in
art electives: and the Senior Show.

DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY

Kenneth R. Mechling, Ph.D., Chair

Professors: Aharrah, Dalby, N. Donachy, Kodrich, Mechling. JR. Moore.
Morrow, Twiest, J. Williams: Associate Professors: Belzer, J. Donachy,
McPherson: Assistant Professors: Barnes, Jetkiewicz

BIOLOGY. B.A 53 credits

Required: BIOL 153, 154, 201, 202, 203, and 12 credits from approved
biology electives. In addition to these 29 credits in biology, the
following coursesare required: MATH 171: CHEM 153. 163. 154, 164.
254, 264: PH 251 and 252. CHEM 453/463 and GEOG 254 are
acceptable electives

BIOLOGY, B S 64 credits

Required: BIOL 153. 154.201.202,203, and 12 credits from approved
biology electives. In addition to these 29 credits in biology, the
following courses are required: MATH 171;CHEM 153, 163, 154, 164,
254, 264; PH 251, 252: also 11 credits from the following fields:
biology, chemistry, computer science, mathematics, physics. In
some instances the student may be advised to substitute CHEM 151 .
161. 152, 162, and CHEM 251, 252 for CHEM 153, 163, 154, 164, and
CHEM 254, 264. This is particularly true if the student plans to take
additional chemistry beyond the minimum requirements. CHEM 453,
463, and GEOG 254 are acceptable electives.

The Biology Department also offers a program in Secondary Education;
see page 154.

MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY. B.S. 78 credits

The Medical Technology program includes an academic preparation
of three years (96 semester hours including general education) at
Clarion and a twelve-month course of clinical study m a hospital-
based school of Medical Technology accredited by the Committee on
Allied Health Education and Accreditation (32 semesterhours). Upon
successful completion of two years of prescribed courses at Clarion,
the student is eligible to apply for admission to the hospital school.
Although application is made through theofficeof the Coordinatorof
Medical Technology at Clarion, acceptance is at the discretion of the
staff of the clinical school. Clinical school spaces are limited,
standards for admission are high, and admission to the Medical
Technology Program at Clarion does not guarantee admission to the
clinical school year. Clarion University maintains affiliations with
seven clinical schools, and students may apply to accredited, non-
affiliated schools, also. After graduation from Clarion University the
student is eligible to take any of several licensing examinations.
Successful completion of the exam permits practice of the profession
in all states in the United States. Further information on the exams can
be obtained from the Coordinator of Medical Technology.

The following courses are required during the three years at Clarion:
BIOL 153. 154. 341.444; CHEM 153. 163. 154.164.254.264,351,361;
either BIOL 203 or CHEM 453; PH 251. 252; and a math course by
advisement. Substitutions for the above courses must be approved in
writing by the Coordinator of Medical Technology. Students in the
program must maintain the following grade point averages: first
semester freshmen, 2.0; second semester freshmen and first semester
sophomores. 2.5; thereafter 2.75 with a 2.75 in the natural sciences.
Exceptions to these requirements must be approved by the
Coordinator of Medical Technology. Specific information about
courses, standards, and requirements established by the affiliate
hospital schools are provided to enrolled students by the Coordinator
of Medical Technology. Students wishing to transfer into the program

must be approved by the Coordinator of Medical Technology and
must plan to spend two years on the Clarion campus. Hospital
affiliates are The Altoona Hospital, Altoona, PA; The Benedum
School of Medical Technology, Western Pennsylvania Hospital,
Pittsburgh, PA; Conamaugh Valley Memorial Hospital, Johnstown,
PA; Divine Providence Hospital, Williamsport, PA; Harrisburg
Hospital, Harrisburg, PA; Saint Vincent Health Center, Erie, PA.

DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY

William N. Brent, Ph.D., Chair

Professors: Beck, Bower, Brent, Krugh, J. Laswick, P. Laswick,
McElhattan, Sharpe, Associate Professor: Wollaston.

CHEMISTRY, B, A. 62 credits

Required: CHEM 151, 161, 152, 162,251,261,252,257,262,270,352,
354, 355, 356, 456, 461, and 470. In addition to these 42 credits of
chemistry, the following courses are required: MATH 270, 271, 272;
PH 251 or 258, and 252 or 259.

Graduates who have met these requirements and one advanced
chemistry course will be certified as having completed an approved
program as determined by the Committee on Professional Training of
the American Chemical Society. Chemistry majors planningtoattend
graduate school should elect advanced inorganic, organic, or
physical chemistry. German is the recommended foreign language.

CHEMISTRY, B.S. 74 credits

REQUIRED: CHEM 151, 161, 152, 162, 251, 261, 252, 257, 262, 270,
352, 354, 355, 356, 357, 456, 461, and 470. In addition to these 42
credits of chemistry, the following courses are required: MATH 270,
271 , 272; PH 251 or 258, and 252 or 259 plus 1 2 credits of approved
science/math electlves.

CHEMISTRY major with BUSINESS minor 74 credits

Required: CHEM 151, 161, 152, 162, 251 , 261, 252, 257, 262, 270, and 8
credits of chemistry electives numbered 300 or above; ACTG 251;
MKTG 360; MGMT 320; CIS 206; ECON 221 ; MATH 221 or MATH 456;

and 9 credits chosen from ACTG 252.350,353; FIN 370,471 ; MKTG361 ,
460, 461, 465; MGMT 321 , 324, 420, 421 , 425; ECON 310.340,351,361.

The Chemistry Department also offers a program in secondary
education; see page 154.

FIVE-YEAR CURRICULAR SEQUENCE LEADING TO A

B.S. IN CHEMISTRY AND THE MASTER OF

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

The Department of Chemistry of the College of Arts and Sciences and
the College of Business Administration offer a five-year curricular
sequence leading to a B.S. in Chemistry and the MBA. degree. Students
electing this sequence must meet the entrance requirements of the
graduate business program. The undergraduate portion of the program
has the following components.

B.S. In Chemistry

I. General Education 48 credits

II. Requirements in the Major 74 credits

1. Required courses in Chemistry (44 credits)

2. Required supplemental courses (24 credits)

3. Additional required courses (12 credits)

III. Free electives - Business courses 12 credits

TOTAL 134 credits

An undergraduate student in this Chemistry MBA curricular sequence is
required to show competency or course equivalents in:

1. Finite mathematics, statistical processes, and quantitative methods

2. Economic theory

3. Financial and managerial accounting

4. Financial management

5. Marketing, distribution, and production

6 Management organization, policy, human behavior, and
interpersonal communication

7. Legal and social environment

8. Information systems

These competencies can be met by the normal course sequence of a
chemistry major with proper advisement with certain specialized
courses being taken as free electives. The graduate portion of the
program has the following components:

Master of Business Administration

ACTG

552

ECON

510

FIN

675

MGMT

521

BSAD

690

MGMT

626

MKTG

560

ECON

603

Electives
Total . . .

app

Management Accounting 3 credits

Agvanced Managerial Economics 3 credits

Advanced Financial Management 3 credits

Organization Structure & Behavior 3 credits

Business Policy 3 credits

Production Management 3 credits

Marketing Decision Making 3 credits

Quantitative Analysis 3 credits

approved by graduate advisor 9 credits

33 credits

COOPERATIVE ENGINEERING PROGRAM

Albert R. Exton, Ph.D., Coordinator

Committee members: Professors: Exton, Beck, Gendler

Clarion University has cooperative engineering agreements with the
school of Engineering at the University of Pittsburgh and with the Case
Instituteof Technology of Case-Western Reserve University. Students in
this program attend Clarion for three years and one of the engineering
schools for two years earning a B.S. degree in physics, chemistry, or
mathematics from Clarion and an engineering degree from the
engineering school. Students with a cumulative grade point average of
3.0 are virtually guaranteed admission to the engineering school.
Students with a cumulative grade point average between 2.75 and 3.0 are
considered for admission to the engineering school.

EARTH SCIENCE

EARTH SCIENCE, B.A. AND B.S. See Department of Geography and
Earth Science.

ECONOMICS

Instruction for this program is provided by the Department of
Economics in the College of Business Administration, but the program is
administered in the office of the dean of the College of Arts and
Sciences

ECONOMICS. B A. 51 credits

Required: ECON 21 1, 212, 221 , 222,310.31 1,490 and 12 credits of 300
and 400 level Economics courses chosen in consultation with a
department advisor. In addition to those 33 credits, the following are
required:

a. HIST 216, PS 210, PS 211

b. One course from HIST 120, 121, 215

c. One course from ANTH 211, SOC 211. PSY 211

d. One course (3 cr. hrs.) in a computer programming language to
be selected with advisor consultation

e. Math competency on the level of MATH 232 or270 is required but
may be met in the general education requirements.

ENGINEERING

See Cooperative Engineering Program, page 96. and Preprofessional
Studies in Engineering, page 107.

DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH

Larry Dennis, Ph.D., Chair

Professors: Dennis. Greco. Grejda, Knickerbocker, Park. Shumaker;
Associate Professors: Caesar. Newman, Reinhardt, Rocklin, Sheraw,
Wilson; Assistant Professors: Campbell. Jablon, Karl. Osterholm;
Instructor: MacBeth

ENGLISH. B.A. 54 credits

Required: ENG 221 . 222. 225. 226; and one of 252,253,457,458; one of
303, 305, 307, 342, 343, 401, 412, 413; one of 311, 332, 333, 344, 345,
441; one other course in English literature; and 18 credits of English
chosen in consultation with a departmental advisor. In addition to
these 42 credits in English, 12 credits representing each of the
following fields are required; art, music, philosophy, and speech
communication and theater.

The English Department also offers a program in secondary
education; see page 157.

DEPARTMENT OF GEOGRAPHY & EARTH SCIENCE

George S. Shirey, Ph.D.. Chair

Professors: Leavy. G. Shirey: Assistant Professors: Ernissee. Geiger,
Zamzow

EARTH SCIENCE, B.A. 49 credits

Required: ES 150, 200, 250, 255, 280, 385: GEOG 125, 225: and 6
credits from approved earth science/geography electives. In addition
to these 30 credits of earth science/geography, the following are
required: MATH 171, 232. and 12 credits from the following fields:
biology, chemistry, mathematics, and physics.

EARTH SCIENCE, B.S. 45 credits

Required: ES 150, 200. 250. 255. 270. 280. 385: GEOG 100. 125. 225.
400. In addition to these 33 credits of earth science/geography. 12
credits from among the following courses are required: BIOL 153.
154: CHEM 153. 154. 163. 164: MATH 171,270.221: and PH 251 . 252.

EARTH SCIENCE (Geology Track) 64 credits

Required: ES150. 250. 270.350. 355.360. 370, 375: GEOG 225, 400: 15
additional hours must be elected from the following — ES 225, 260.
275*. 280. 300: GEOG 125. 350. 450: BIOL 111: CHEM 351 or Field
Camp.** In addition to these 45 credits, the following courses are
required: CHEM 153. 154: PH 251. 252: MATH 232.

"Projected for future development.
**ln cooperation with another college or university.

GEOGRAPHY. B.A. 57 credits

Required: ES 111: GEOG 100. 125, 250, 257, 260, 275, and 9 credits
from among the following: GEOG 115. 255. 258. 300, 350, 385, 400,
and 450. In addition to these 30 credits of geography, the following
courses are required: ECON 21 1.21 2: HIST 11 1,1 12, 21 3: PS 21 0,211:
ANTH, PSY. or SOC 21 1 and one additional course in anthropology,
psychology, or sociology.

GEOGRAPHY. B.S. 42 credits

Required: ES 111: GEOG 100, 125, 225, 260. 325. 400. 450 and 6
additional credits in geography. In addition to these 30 credits in
geography. 12 credits from the following fields are required:
anthropology, economics, history, political science, psychology,
sociology, computer science, and mathematics withCISIOI. 102a"'^
MATH 221 recommended.

The Geography and Earth Science Department also offers a
program in secondary education; see page 156.

FRENCH

FRENCH, B.A., See Department of Modern Languages and Cultures.

GERMAN

GERMAN. B.A. See Department of Modern Languages and Cultures.

DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY

Brian Dunn, B.A., Chair

Professors: Day, Duffy, Khan, Swecker, VanMeter: Assistant
Professors: Abate, Crawford; Instructor: Dunn

HISTORY. B.A. 36 credits

Required: U.S. History - 6 credits; European History - 6 credits;
History of other geographical areas -6 credits; and 9 credits of history
electives. In addition to those 27 credits of history, 9 credits of
cognates to be chosen from the Arts and Sciences or in the
Department of Economics.

HUMANITIES

The interdisciplinary Humanities Program is administered in the office
of the dean.

HUMANITIES, B.A. 54 credits

54 credits are required from among the following fields: art, English
(not including 110 or 111 ), foreign language (beyond the first year),
music, philosophy, speech communication and theater. Each of the
fields must be represented by at least one course and a sufficient
number of courses at the 300 or400 levels must be elected to promote
a scholarly interest in at least one field.

LANGUAGE AND AREA STUDIES PROGRAM

The Language and Area Studies Program is jointly offered by the
Departments of Modern Languages and Cultures, Economics, History,
and Anthropology, Philosophy, Political Science, and Sociology. It is
not a degree program but a combination of courses that accompanies a
major in any one of the participating departments, completion of the
program is noted on the student's official record. The requirements are
as follows: proficiency in a foreign language at the second-year level: 24
credits (not including first and second year language) in the following
departments with each department represented: Modern Languages
and Cultures, Economics, Geography, History, Anthropology,
Philosophy. Political Science, and Sociology.

LIBRARY SCIENCE

The liberal arts curriculum at Clarion University does not include a
program in library science but liberal arts students, regardless of their
major may, by taking four courses in library science: LS 257, 258, 260.
357, qualify as provisional librarians under the Pennsylvania Public
Library Code. Additional credits may be elected in consultation withthe
Dean of the College of Library Science.

DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS

Benjamin M. Freed, Ph.D., Chair

Professors: Bezak. Cronin. Gendler, Mitchell, Ossesia. Singh: /Assoc/afe
Professors: Freed, Henry, Kopas, Linnan. Lowe. Ringland, Wimer:
Assistant Professors: Engle, Marchand. Northey

MATHEMATICS, B. A 40 credits

Required: MATH 270, 271, 272. 451, 452, 471, 472, Seminar and 15
credits of mathematics electives in courses numbered 300 or above.

MATHEMATICS. B.S. 46 credits

(Applied Mathematics Concentration)

Required: MATH 270. 271, 272, Seminar and 27 credits in
mathematics electives from courses numbered 300 and above. In
addition to these 40 credits of mathematics, two secondary-level
courses containing applications of mathematics from a list approved
by the Mathematics Department are required. Proficiency in
computer programming must also be demonstrated, either by course
work or by examination.

100

MATHEMATICS, B.S. (Computer Science Concentration 58credits
Required: MATH 270, 271, 272, 451, 452, 360, 370, Seminar and 15
credits in mathematics eiectives numbered 300 or above, in addition
to these 40 credits of mathematics, the following courses are
required: CIS 163. 164, 240, 253, 254, and one computer science
elective.

MATHEMATICS, B S. (Actuarial Science Concentration) 58

credits

Required: MATH 270, 271 , 272, 350, 360, 370, 455, 456, Seminar and 12
credits in mathematics eiectives. In addition to these 40 credits in
mathematics, the following courses are required: ECON 211, 212:
ACTG 251, 252, FIN 373, and an elective in insurance. Proficiency in
computer programming must also be demonstrated, either by course
work or by examination.

MATHEMATICS (Cooperative Engineering Program) 68 credits

Required: MATH 270, 271, 272, 350, 370. and 21 credits in
mathematics or approved engineering eiectives. In addition to these
39 credits, the following courses are required: PH 258, 268, 259, 269,
350.351:CHEM 151, 161 , 152. 162: CIS 151. See also the Cooperative
Engineering Program description on page 96.

A program in secondary education with a major in Mathematics is
described on page 161.

DEPARTMENT OF MODERN
LANGUAGES AND CULTURES

Brigitte Callay, Ph.D., Chair

Associate Professors: Callay, Fortis, Nikoulin: Assistant Professors:
Diaz, Kluesener

FRENCH, B.A. 42 credits

Required: FR 251, 252, 255. 256. 351, and 15 additional credits from
courses numbered above 252. In addition to these 30 credits of
French, ENG 252: and 9 additional credits in French, geography, and
history, and/or ENG 457 and 458, and/or other courses by advisement
are required.

GERMAN, B.A. 42 credits

Required: GER 251 , 252, 255, 256, 351 . and 15 additional credits from
courses numbered above 252. In addition to these 30 credits of
German, ENG 252 and 9 additional credits in German, geography,
and history and/or ENG 457 and 458, and/or other courses by
advisement are rquired.

101

RUSSIAN, B.A. 42 credits

Required: RUSS 251, 252,255, 256,351 , and ISadditional credits from
courses numbered above 252. In addition to these 30 credits of
Russian, ENG 252, and 9 additional credits in Russian and/or
geography, history, English are required.

SPANISH, B.A. 42 credits

Required: SPAN 251 , 252, 255, 256, 351 , and 15 additional credits from
courses numbered above 252. In addition to these 30 credits of
Spanish, ENG 252 and 9 additional credits in Iberian and/or Latin
American geography and history, and/or ENG 457 and 458 and/or
other courses by advisement are required.

The Department of Modern Languages and Cultures also offers
several programs in secondary education: see pages 158, 160, 163, 165.

See statement on International Education-Study Abroad, page 34.

DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC

Donald F. Black, M.Ed., Chair

Professors: Farnham, Michalski, Mitchell: Associate Professors:
Berberian, Black, Bohlen, Hall, Lazich, McLean, Urrico: Assistant
Professors: Amrod, Lassowksy, Wells

MUSIC, B.M. Performance

The primary emphasis of the Bachelor of Music degree in
Performance is on the development of the skills, concepts, and
sensitivity essential to the professional life of a performing musician.

As a performer, composer, scholar, or teacher the professional
musician must exhibit technical competence, a broad knowledge of
music and music literature, sensitivity to musical style, and insight
regarding the role of music in the life of man. Evidence of these musical
aspects and their continuing development is the objective of the
Bachelor of Music degree program.

PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS:

GENERAL EDUCATION

The general education distribution for all students in the college is
presented on pages 87-89.

SUPPORTING STUDIES IN MUSIC 69-71 credits

Required: 32 credits of applied music, MUS 135, 136, 235.236, 151,

102

1 52. 251 , 252, 300:01 . 365. or366. techniques and 'or pedagogy, music
literature and senior recital requirements are applicable to each
performance area, and secondary piano and voice requirements. In
addition, participation in a performing organization is required for a
minimum of eight semesters.

PIANO COMPETENCY TEST

All majors in music performance must pass the Piano Competency
Test by the end of the sophomore year.

JURY EXAMINATIONS

A jury examination in the majorapplied area is required of each music
performance major at the end of every semester. The jury
examination at the end of the sophomore year is the Upper Division
Jury, which may determine the student's retention in the Music
Performance program. Therefore, it requires a substantial
presentation of repertoire and technique. The successful
performance of the Upper Division Jury may serve as a permission for
an optional junior recital provided that the prepared repertoire
reflects the potential recital program.

JUNIOR RECITAL OPTION (MUS 300:02)

A student may perform a solo recital during the junior year upon the
permission of the applied teacher and upon passing the requisite
audition (see Upper Division Jury above).

SENIOR DEGREE RECITAL AND PAPER (MUS 300:03)

A full-length degree recital is required of every music performance
major during the senior year. In order to qualify for this recital, the
student must pass an audition at the end of the junior year (the
program committee may consider a successful junior recital In place
of the audition). The recital, which must include representative
literature for the medium from contrasting style periods, also requires
a formal paper containing analytical and historical informationabout
the works in the program

PARTICIPATION AND ATTENDANCE IN BI-WEEKLY STUDENT

RECITAL SERIES

All students in the department must attend the bi-weekly student
recital series presented in the department. Every major in music
performance is required to perform at least once a semester at these
recitals. Additional performances are encouraged at the discretion of
the student and the applied teacher.

SOLO APPEARANCES WITH PERFORMING ORGANIZATIONS
A solo appearance with the appropriate performance organization is
recommended in the junior and senior year: a freshman or a
sophomore may give a similar solo performance upon the permission
and recommendation of the applied teacher and the director of the
pertinent organization.

103

RETENTION STANDARDS

All majors in Music Performance must maintain the following
standards in order to remain in the program:

a. A semester average of at least 2.00 quality points in all General
Education studies.

b. A semester average of at least 2.50 quality points in all supporting
studies in music, and no grade lower than "C" in this category.

c. No more than two semesters with a grade of "C" or lower in the
eight semesters of applied area of performance required for
graduation (MUS 264-273).

MUSIC. B.M, Music Marketing 70-71 credits

The Bachelor of Music degree in Music Marketing is an
interdisciplinary major between the College of Arts and Sciences and
the College of Business Admin ist rat ion. The program provides thorough
training and a variety of experiences in music, business and
management. Graduates from Clarion University of Pennsylvania with a
B.M. in Music Marketing will be able to function competently and
compete successfully in the rapidly expanding and diverse music
industry (music retailing, management, sales, manufacturing,
publishing and private teaching).

The curriculum includes required studies in music, business, and
general education and offers the student opportunities for freeelectives
and for an internship in the music industry. Professional preparation in
the curriculum is dependent upon mastery of subject matter in theareas
of music, business, general education and elective areas combined with
field experience in the industry.

PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS

GENERAL EDUCATION

The general education distribution for all students in the college is
presented on pages 87-89.

REQUIREMENTS IN MAJOR

Required: MUS 135, 136, 235. 236, 300:01. 151. 152, 252. 274. 367, 7
credits of applied music (8 without optional internship), 4 credits from
MUS 280-286. secondary pianoand voice requirements, participation
in a performing organization is required each semester the student is
on campus. ACTG 151. M GMT 320, ECON 211 and 212, MKTG 360.
362, 363, 460 or 468. Internship optional.

ATTENDANCE AT RECITALS

Students pursuing degree programs are required to elect MUS 300
and to attend the bi-weekly student recital series for seven to eight
semesters as part of their curricular and performance requirements.
Performance participation is strongly encouraged.

104

SENIOR RECITAL

A senior recital is an option for the music marketing major Students
who wish to perform a senior recital must audition in the spring
semester preceding the academic year in which the recital is to be
scheduled. Students who successfully completethe audition process
should elect MUS 300, section 3 to receive credit for this optional
elective.

PIANO COMPETENCY TEST

The Piano Competency Test is required of all B.M. Music Marketing
majors in order to qualify either for senior recital or an internship.
Students are expected to complete the requirements and take the
Competency Test by the end of the sophomore year.

NATURAL SCIENCES

An interdisciplinary program.

NATURAL SCIENCES, B.A. 55-59 credits

Required: MATH 270, 271 ; PH 251 or 258 and 268, PH 252 or 259 and
269; CHEM 153, 154, 163 and 164 or CHEM 151, 152, 161, and 162;
BIOL 153, 154; ES 252, 258. In addition to these 44-46 credits, the
student must take 5 courses totaling not less than 15 credits; 3 of
these courses must be in one science (excluding mathematics) and
the other two in a different science or in mathematics. All five must be
from approved electives.

PHILOSOPHY

PHILOSOPHY, B.A. See Department of Anthropology. Philosophy,
Political Science, and Sociology.

DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS

William H. Snedegar, Ph.D.. Chair

Professors: Exton, Keth, McGowan, Snedegar; Associate Professors:
Rhode

PHYSICS, B.A. 58 credits

Required: PH 258, 268, 259, 269, 351, 352, 353. 354, 370. 461 and 4
courses from the following: PH 350, 355. 356, 357, 453, 455, 456, and

105

460. In addition to these courses in Physics, the following are
required: MATH 270, 271, 272, 350; CHEM 153, 163.

PHYSICS. B.S.

Required: PH 258, 268, 259, 269, 351 , 352, 353, 370, 461 and 4 courses
from the following: PH 350, 355, 356, 357, 453, 455, 456, and 460. In
addition to these courses in Physics, the following required: MATH
270, 271 , 272, 350: CHEM 1 53. 163; and 3 other courses selected from
the sciences, mathematics, or computer science, not including
physics.

The Physics Department also offers a program in secondary teacher
preparation, page 162. The cooperative engineering programs in various
fields of engineering other than Chemical and Petroleum Engineering
are also administered by the Physics Department, pages 96 and 107,

POLITICAL SCIENCE

POLITICAL SCIENCE. B.A. See Department of Anthropology.
Philosophy. Political Science, and Sociology.

PRE-LAW STUDIES

No particular course of study is required in preparation for lawschool.
The pre-law student may major in any of the degree programs listed
above, but certain fields of study are recommended in any case These
are: English, political science, English and American constitutional
history, philosophy, speech, accounting, corporate organization. In
particular, the following courses are recommended: PS 211, 354: HIST
357: SCT 256, 311; ACTG 251. Interested students should contact the
pre-law advisor for additional information.

PRE-MASTER'S OF
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION OPTION

The College of Arts and Sciences in cooperation with the College of
Business Administration has prepared a program at the baccalaureate
level which provides the basic courses needed for further graduate
training for business careers. Undergraduate students intending to
complete the pre-MBA option will meet the university's general
education and special College of Business Administration
requirements, will complete an Arts and Sciences major of choice, and
will be advised to enroll in specific business administration and related
core courses. Completion of the suggested undergraduate program,
however, provides neither certification, nor a minor in business
administration, nor a guarantee of admission to any graduate business
program. The courses provide the student with a background suitable
for study at the graduate level

106

ECON

211

ECON

212

CIS

110

MATH

221

MATH

232

MATH

270

ACTG

251

ACTG

252

BSAD

240

The student, through consultation with the pre-MBA advisor, will take
first lower division skills and general knowledge courses. These courses
should help students assess their ability and interest in business
subjects and may also provide background preparation for
assistantships during their graduate study. The courses, or approved
equivalents, include:

Principles of Macroeconomics
Principles of Microeconomics
Computer Information Processing
Statistics with Applications
Calculus for Business I

or
Calculus with Analytical Geometry I
Financial Accouting
Managerial Accounting
Legal Environment I

The student will gain admission to the upper division business courses
by (1) maintaining at least a 2.75 QPA both in business courses and
overall; (2) earning at least 60 credits, or junior standing: and (3)
planning to register for the GMAT during the junior year, taking the
examination during the first semester of the senior year. The upper
division courses suggested are:

Principles of Management
Principles of Marketing
Financial Management
Production Management

The Arts and Sciences pre-MBA student may not take more than 30
undergraduate credits in the College of Business Administration at
Clarion unless formally admitted to Clarion's MBA program. Changes in
the requirements for admission to the upper division courses, as well as
the list of suggested appropriate courses, may be made upon approval of
both the Colleges of Arts and Sciences and Business Administration.
Students should consult Dr. Gendler, the pre-MBA advisor, before
registration each term.

MGMT

320

MKTG

360

FIN

370

MGMT

425

PRE-PROFESSIONAL STUDIES IN ENGINEERING

Since curricular requirements vary among engineering schools and
fields of specialization, students planning to transfer to a school of
engineering must give careful consideration to the requirements of the
institutions to which they intend to apply and, with the exception of
those in the Cooperative Engineering Program, q.v., should plan to
transfer no later than at the completion of their sophomore year. The

107

following courses should be included in their programs at Clarion:
MATH 270, 271, 272, 350, 270: CHEM 151, 152, 161,162: PH 258/268 and
259/269. Interested students should contact Dr. Exton of the Physics
Department.

PRE-PROFESSIONAL STUDIES IN MEDICINE,
DENTISTRY, AND RELATED FIELDS

Students who enroll at Clarion intending to enter a professional
school for the study of medicine, dentistry, optometry, podiatry,
chiropractic, or veterinary medicine, areadvised by the Pre-Professional
Committee. While a student may choose any academic major, he/she
must complete sufficient course work in the sciences, mathematics, and
liberal arts to meet admission requirements established by the
professional schools. In addition to academic requirements many
professional schools expect applicants to have engaged in specific
kinds of services related to the profession and to be able to demonstrate
a knowledge of the profession through these services. Students must
also take an admissions examination designed by the professional
association to assist admissions committees in evaluating the
applicant's preparation for that profession Such examinations (MCAT,
DAT, GRE, etc.) are normally taken near the end of thejunioryearorthe
beginning of the senior year at Clarion.

Since the following courses are usually required by professional
schools, it is recommended that students complete the following work at
Clarion:

BIOL 153 Intro, to Animal Biol BIOL 451: Animal Phys'Ology

CHEM 153/163: General Chemistry I CHEM 154 164 General Chemistry II

OR OR

CHEM 151'161 Chem Principles I CHEM 152 162 Chem Principles II

CHEM 251/262 Organic Chem I CHEM 252-262 Organic Chem II

PH 251 General Physics I PH 252 General Physics II

MATH 270 Calc. w/Anal. Geom I ENG 200 Composition & Lit

ENG 111 English Composition OR

ENG 201 Advanced Composition

108

The student must also complete the requirements for an academic
major within a specific department. If the student chooses to major in
one of the sciences, the above courses may be included in the major.

Requirements for admission to specific professional schools vary
slightly; thus, the student must determine such requirements through
the Pre-Professional Committee.

Admission requirements for the professional schools are high and
competition is intense. Students usually should have high school SAT
scores of 1000 or better and high school grade average of 3.5 with
emphasis in the sciences, mathematics, and English before starting a
pre-professional program. To remain in the program, the student should
maintain an academic standing appropriate to admission requirements
for his or her particular professional school.

The Pre-Professional Committee will assist students in arranging to
take admissions examinations and preparing admissions materials. For
information send inquiriesto Dr. Paul E. Beck, Department of Chemistry,
Chairperson, Pre-Professional Committee.

To insure proper advisement, students must contact the Pre-
Professional Committee at once.

PRE-PROFESSIONAL STUDIES IN PHARMACY

It is possible fora student to transfer to a school of pharmacy afterthe
completion of either the freshman or sophomore year. In either case,
he/she should carefully check the requirements of the school he/she
wishes to enter. If the student plans two years of pre-pharmacy study at
Clarion, he/she should include the following courses in his program:
BIOL 153, 154; CHEM 153. 154. 163, 164. 251, 252; MATH 270; PH 251 and
252. Interested students should contact the pre-pharmacy advisor. Dr.
Beck, for additional information and assistance.

PRE-THEOLOGICAL STUDIES

There is no fixed pattern of pre-seminary studies, but the American
Association of Theological Schools recommends that students who are
planning to enter a seminary should major in English, philosophy, or
history. Interested students should contact the pre-theo logy advisor. Dr.
Bodoh

109

DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY

Richard Nicholls, Ph.D., Chair

Professors: Combs, McCauley, Nachtwey, Thornton, S. Williams;
Associate Professors: Nicholls, Potter, Semon; Assistant Professors:
Jolley

PSYCHOLOGY. B.A. 54 credits

Required: PSY 21 1 , 230, 251 , 470, and at least 1 8 credits in psychology
electives chosen in consultation with a departmental advisor. Three
elective courses at the 400 level, in addition to PSY 470, are required.
At least one course must be taken from the following: PSY 454, 457,
460, 464, or 499; and at least one from the following: PSY 452, 455, 458,
459, or 465. In addition to the 30 credits in psychology, students are
required to select 24 credits representing at least three of the
following fields: anthropology, biology, chemistry, computer
science, history, mathematics, philosophy, physical science, physics,
political science, sociology, special education, speech pathology and
audiology. Note: Only two of PSY 260, 321 , and 331 may be included
in the 18 elective credits. In addition to the above, students are
required to pass the final examination in their 252 numbered
language course.

PSYCHOLOGY, B.S. 54 credits

Required: PSY 21 1 , 230, 251 , 470, and at least 18 credits in psychology
electives chosen in consultation with a departmental advisor. Three
elective courses at the 400 level, in addition to PSY 470, are required.
At least one course must be taken from the following: PSY 454, 457,
460,464, or499; and at leastonefrom thefollwing: PSY 452, 455, 458,
459, or 465. In addition to the 30 credits in psychology, students are
required to select 24 credits representing at least three of the
following fields: anthropology, biology, chemistry, computer
science, history, mathematics, philosophy, physical science, physics,
political science, sociology, special education, speech pathology and
audiology. Note: Only two of PSY 260, 321 , and 331 may be included
in the 18 elective credits. In addition to the above, students must
complete either two computer courses, one mathematics course
(MATH 1 15 orabove), or one computer course and two mathematics
courses (MATH 115 or above). Either PHIL 111 or 112 is also required
of all students seeking the Psychology B.S. degreee.

RUSSIAN

Russian, B A See Department of Modern Languages and Cultures.

110

SOCIAL SCIENCES

The interdisciplinary Social Sciences progrann is administered in the
office of the dean.

SOCIAL SCIENCES, B. A. 54 credits

54 credits are required for the major, including 15 credits in one of the
following disciplines: anthropology, economics, geography, history,
political science, psychology, and sociology, 9 credits in one other,
and 6 credits in each of the remaining. At least 12 credit hours must
represent junior and/or senior level work.

SOCIOLOGY -- PSYCHOLOGY

Robert A. Rath, Ph.D., Coordinator

Committee members: Associate Professors: Rath, Semon

An interdisciplinary program.

SOCIOLOGY-PSYCHOLOGY, B.A. 54 credits

Required: SOC 21 1 , one of 351 , 361 , or 362, one of 352, 363, or 370 and
three courses of sociology electives: PSY 211, 230, 251 and three
courses of approved psychology electives. In addition to these 36
credits in sociology and psychology, 18 credits must be selected
representing at least two of the following fields: anthropology,
economics, geography, political science.

SPANISH

SPANISH, B.A. See Department of Modern Languages and Cultures.

111

DEPARTMENT OF SPEECH COMMUNICATION
AND THEATER

Adam Weiss, Ph.D., Chair

Professors: Hardwick. A. Weiss, Wright (PT). Associate Professors:
Clark, Marlin: Assistant Professors: Michel: Instructors: Hartley,
McCauliff, Nees

SPEECH COMMUNICATION. B.A 36 credits

Required: 36 credits selected from the following courses: SOT 115.
155,200.210.213.214.215.251.256.257.264.300,310.311,312,333.
358, 375, 400. 411, 415. 490 and 495.

SPEECH COMMUNICATION AND THEATER. B.A. 36 credits

Required: 12 credits from among the following: SOT 115. 155, 200,
210, 213, 214, 215, 251 , 256, 257, 264, 300, 310, 31 1,312, 333, 358. 375,
400, 411, 415, and 490: 12 credits from the following: SOT 120, 155,
161 . 201 , 21 5, 251 . 253, 254, 255, 262, 301 , 350. 351 . 352, 355, 359. 361 .
362. 364, 365. 366. 367. 401 . 461 . and 490: 12 credits among any of the
SOT courses above and 495.

SPEECH COMMUNICATION AND THEATER, B.S. 57 credits

(1) Concentration in Interpersonal Communication: Required: 15
credits from among SCT 200, 214, 264, 300, 312, 358, 375, 400,
and 415: a required elective and 18 credits selected from other
SCT courses: 6 credits from MATH 115, 171. 221: ECON 221.
222: CIS 151. 152. 200. 223. 224, 253: and 6 additional credits
from MATH, ECON, CIS courses previously listed, or from PSY
230, 251, 455. or PHIL 111, 112: and 9 credits by advisement in
one of the following: anthropology, business, communication.
English, history, philosophy, political science, psychology or
sociology.

(2) Concentration in Public Communications: Required: 15 credits
from among SCT 210, 213, 214, 215 (Rhetoric of Presidential
Campaigns), 256. 300, 31 1 : required elective from either COMM
152orCOMM 177. and 18 credits selected from among SCT 115,
200, 213, 215, 257. 310, 312, 358. 400. 415. OS 222: 6 credits
selected from MATH 115. 171 ,221 : ECON 221 . 222: CIS 151 . 152.
200. 223. 224. 253: and 6 additional credits from MATH. ECON.
CIS courses previously listed, or from among PSY 230, 251 , 455
or PHIL 111. 112: and the following three required core courses
of MGMT 220. MGMT 312. COMM 431.

112

THEATER. B F A. 53 credits

(1) Concentration in Acting Required SCT 155. 201, 251. 253. 254.
255. 301. 359. 361. 363, 365. 366. 461: MUS 162, 163. 172 and 12
credits from among SCT 113. 120, 161. 200. 264. 350. 351. 352.
355. 362. 400: ENG 172.343. 345.412. 413. Also required are an
audition, four non-credit production labs, a recital, and
periodic workshops

THEATER. B FA. 48 credits

(2) Concentration in Technical Design Direction: Required: SCT
120. 161 , 253. 262. 352. 359. 362. 363. 364. 367: ART 1 21 .125. and
12 credits from among SCT 155. 254. 350. 351. 495: ENG 172.
343. 345. 412: ART 111, 112. 113. 114,126,222: COMM 152,251:
and MUS 131. Also required area portfolio, four non-credit labs,
a design project and periodic workshops.

(3) Selection/Retention Standards for BFA/Theater majors:
Students must demonstrate potential forexcellence in acting or
technical design by means of an audition and/or a portfolio of
designs, and audition for acceptance into the degree no later
than the end of their second semester in the program.

After completing a total of 60 credit hours, or prior to entering
their junior year, B.F.A. students must appear before the theater
staff and demonstrate the following: a minimum of QPA of 2.50 in
at least 12 credits within the required core curriculum and a
written statement of career goals. At the time of this review, the
theater staff will inform the B, FA. /Theater student of any
program deficiencies and specify a time limit for removing the
deficiencies. If the student fails to meet the retention standard,
he/she will be dropped from the B.F.A, /Theater program.
Students may appeal the deicision of the theater staff through
the appropriate channels: Department Chair, Dean, Vice
President for Academic Affairs,

TEACHER CERTIFICATION

Liberal Arts students can gain teacher certification in secondary
education by taking required education courses as free electives in a
B,A, or B,S. program, Detailsareavailablein the Office of the Dean of the
College of Education and Human Services.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN GENERAL STUDIES

Administered by the College of Arts and Sciences, the B,S in General
Studies is a separate program designed to provideforstudents who have
not decided upon a specific school or major and may. therefore, benefit

from enrolling in a structured program through which they can explore a
number of disciplines. The program is also intended for students who
wish to develop a highly individualized program and follow it through to
graduation because their interests are not accommodated by the
established curricula and majors. However, it is not necessary for
students who enter the university undecided about a major to continue
in General Studies through graduation Many students who come to the
university and enter this program will develop interests that will lead
them to declare a specific major.

General Requirements

Admission requirements for the B.S. in General Studies are the same as
those for admission to the university.

The degree is based upon the standard eight-semester sequence of
courses and requires a minimum of 128 semester hours of credit for
graduation.

A candidate for the B.S. in General Studies may not declare a specific
major field. Students who decide upon a major field may not remain in
the program but must transfer to the college and department offering a
program encompassing the major.

Students may transfer from other areas into the General Studies
program, but those who wish to transfer in must have at least two
semesters of full time study remaining prior to graduation.

Academic standards for good standing in the program are the same as
the university standards for good standing.

To earn the B.S. in General Studies the student must have a minimum
cumulative quality point average of 2.00 for all course work.

Specific Requirements

General education is as required by the university (48 s h.)

A sufficient number of Arts and Sciences courses in addition to general
education courses is required for the program (51 s.h.)

Maximum course work in a single discipline (in addition to general
education above) is limited (39 s.h.).

A sufficient number of upper division courses, normally at the 300 level
or above, are required for the program (39 s.h.)

All courses must be selected in consultation with an advisor.

114

COLLEGE OF BUSINESS
ADMINISTRATION

Marguerite H. VanLandingham, Ph.D., Dean

Office: Still Hall
Telephone extension: 2600

PHILOSOPHY AND OBJECTIVES

The College of Business Administration offers curricula leading to the
degree of Bachelor of Science in Business Administration, the Master of
Business Administration and the Associate of Science Degree in
Business Adminisration. The description below is concerned mainly
with the undergraduate curriculum. For full information concerning the
MBA program, refer to the The Graduate Studies bulletin and the Master
of Business Administration bulletin, which may be obtained from the
College of Business Administration, Clarion University, Clarion. PA
16214. The description of the Associate of Science degree program is
found on pages 190-194.

The curriculum leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in
Business Administration is designed to assist students in arriving at a
better understanding of the complex relationships inherent in the rapidly
changing domestic and international world of business, industry, and
government; to provide educational experience that will help students
develop their potential for leadership and service; to stimulate the
growth of students as individuals and citizens; and to provide a
qualitative environment in which educational enrichment can take place.

Supplemented by broad general requirements in the humanities, the
social sciences, and the natural sciences, the businesscurriculum offers
a well balanced program of courses in business administration and
economics which will not only help prepare students for careers in
business, industry, and government, but will also give preparatory
training to students who plan to further their education through
graduate study in business, economics, or law.

Although there is opportunity to develop depth in certain areas, i.e.,
accountancy, economics, finance, industrial relations, manageme^nt,
management/library science, marketing, office management, and real
estate, emphasis in the program is not on deep specialization but rather
on the development of analytical ability, intellectual toughness,
imagination, the ability to communicate ideas, and adaptability so that
technological change does not render the education obsolete.

115

ACADEMIC STANDARDS

Math requirements. All students in the College of Business
Administration are required to take MATH 131 and 232 or their
equivalents. Advanced courses beyond MATH 131 and 232 are
accepted in lieu of this requirement. These may include MATH 171
or above for MATH 131. For MATH 232, students may substitute
MATH 270, 271, or 272.

Separation of upper- and lower-division programs of study. All
business students are required to apply for admission to the upper-
division course of study in the College of Business Administration.
The upper-division consists of all courses numbered 300 and above.
No student is permitted to take any 300- or 400-level course in the
College of Business Administration until the student has applied for
and been accepted into the upper-division. In order to apply and be
accepted for upper-division study in the College of Business
Administration each student shall:

a. Have completed MATH 131 and 232 or their equivalents:

b. Have completed all required courses in the business core with a
100- or 200-level designation:

c. Have completed not less than 50 hours with a minimum average
of 2.00/4.00. In addition each student shall have a minimum
average of 2.00/4.00 in all 100-level and 200-level course in the
business core.

Upper-division coursesareconsidered thosecourses numbered 300
or above. Each student shall have a minimum average of 2.00/4.00 in
all the 300-level or above courses in the business core. In order to
graduate a student must meet university requirements, the above
standards, and achieve a minimum grade of C in each course
presented as meeting the requirements for the major. The semester
hour credits required for the degree of Bachelor of Science in
Business Administration are summarized as follows:

General Education: 54 credits

Business Foundation subjects: 36 credits

Business and Economics Electives (Majors): 24 credits

Free Electives: 14 credits

Total required for graduation 128 credits

All business majors at Clarion are required to take at least six (6)
credits in courses with international content. These credits are to
be utilized to satisfy requirements in either the major or free
electives. At least three of these should be business credits and will
be applied to the major. Courses taken to satisfy this requirement
must be selected from the approved international course list.
Students should see their advisor or check with the Dean's Office,
Still Hall, for the approved list.

116

GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS

The general education program required for all students in the
university is presented on pages 87-89; however, students majoring in
Business Administration must include six credits in mathematics (at
least MATH 131, 232, or their equivalents, in fulfilling general education
or free elective requirements. They must also add six credits in
economics (ECON 211 and 212). The general education requirements
are summarized as follows:

Modes of Communication 12 credits

Natural Sciences & Mathematics 9 credits

Social Sciences 9 credits

Humanities 9 credits

Personal Development & Life Skills 9 credits

(includes Health and Physical Education)

Additional General Education (Economics) 6 credits

Total 54 credits

BUSINESS FOUNDATION REQUIREMENTS

Regardless of the major chosen, all students of Business
Administration must take 36 hours of Foundation Subjects. These
have been selected with the following primary objective in mind:

1. To give students an insight into the major functions of
organizations whether they be private business firms or local, state,
or federal government agencies.

2. To give students an understanding of the major problems within
organizations as they pursue their goals.

3. To assist students in using the insights and methods of the
humanities, social sciences, and natural sciences to analyze and
illuminate these problems. Each of the Foundation Subjects either
deals with an important aspect of organization or provides a tool
which can be used in attacking problems faced by individuals in
organizations. The courses as a whole comprise a common body of
knowledge in business and administration.

4. To provide students with an understanding of the domestic and
world-wide environment of business.

The following foundation courses are required of all business
administration students.

117

ACCOUNTING AND QUANTITATIVE

CIS 110
ACTG 251
ACTG 252
ECON 221
ECON 222

Computer Information Processing 3 credits

Financial Accounting 3 credits

Managerial Accounting 3 credits

Econ. & Bus. Statistics I 3 credits

Econ. & Bus. Statistics II 3 credits

ENVIRONMENTAL

BSAD 240: Legal Environment I 3 credits

ECON 310: Intermediate Microeconomics 3 credits

NOTE: ECON 211 and 212 are prerequisites for ECON 310.

FUNCTIONS

MGMT 320
MKTG 360
FIN 370
MGMT 425

Managment Theory and Practice 3 credits

Principles of Marketing 3 credits

Financial Management 3 credits

Production Management 3 credits

ADMINISTRATIVE PROCESS

BSAD 490: Admin. Decision Making 3 credits

Total 36 credits

MAJOR REQUIREMENTS

in addition to the general education and business foundatin courses
outined above, all students studying business administration must build
up a major consisting of at least eighteen hours in one of the following
areas:
Accountancy Management

Economics Management/Library Science

Finance Marketing

Industrial Relations Office Management

Real Estate

Tv^enty-four hours of business and economics electives are required
for each major. Of these twenty-four hour, at least eighteen are specified
for the major, and three hours must be an approved business or
economics course with an international emphasis. Any unspecified
hours in the major may be satisfied by any business or economics course
not used to meet other requirements. Specific course requirements for
each of these majors are outlined under the five academic departments
on the following pages.

118

CONCENTRATION IN INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS

The College of Business Administration also offers an
interdisciplinary Concentration in International Business, open to all
business administration and other majors meeting the prerequisites for
courses required in the program. Students wishing to formally elect this
Concentration are urged to contact their advisor or the Department of
Economics, which administers the program, early in their college career.
Additional information can be obtained from the Director of
International Programs office.

The Concentration in International Business includes four program
requirements:

1. International Business Courses: students must complete four
upper division international business courses (12 credits) from
among the following:

ECON 312: Comparative Economic Systems

(prerequisites: ECON 211: ECON 212)
ECON 361: International Economic Relations

(prerequisites: ECON 211: ECON 212)
FIN 480: Multinational Financial Management

(prerequisites: ECON 211: ECON 212: ACTG 251:

ACTG 252: FIN 270)
MGMT 426: International Business

(prerequisite: MGMT 320)
MKTG 469: International Marketing

(prerequisite: MKTG 360)

2. International Cultural Courses: students must complete two
courses (6 credits) from the College's Approved International
Course List (excluding business courses and elementary or
intermediate foreign language courses).

3. Foreign Experience Requirement: students meet their
requirements in a variety of ways including completing BSAD 437:
International Business Seminar: completing a COOP or Internship
course working with a foreign or international firm: orcompleting a
foreign study abroad experience. Students who opt for an
internship in a foreign country are advised to take a COMMERCIAL
Language course.

4. Modern Language Requirement: students must show competency
in a language other than English. This will be accomplished by
passing a nationally recognized language proficiency exam at
Level I as a minimum in any language covered by thatexamination.
Students interested in taking an internship in a foreign country are
required to be proficient in that language at Level II.

119

DEPARTMENT OF ACCOUNTANCY

Charles J. Pineno, Ph.D., Chair

Office: Still Hall
Telephone extension: 2626

Professors: Campbell, Dupree, Hong, Pineno. Que; Associate
Professors: Bagley. far\nacc\: Assistant Professors: Barnes, Brosnahan,
Otte

ACCOUNTING (BSBA)

The following course are required:

ACTG 350

ACTG 351

ACTG 352

ACTG 353

ACTG 354

ACTG 355

Intermediate Accounting

Accounting for Equities

Cost Accounting

Federal Taxes

Auditing

Advanced Accounting

credits
credits
credits
credits
credits
credits

One course from the following:

ACTG
ACTG
ACTG
ACTG
ACTG
■ACTG:
ACTG

451
452
453
454
455
490
499

Accounting Problems

Advanced Cost Accounting

Problem in Federal Taxation Accounting

Comparative Accounting Systems

Not-For-Profit Entities

Current Accounting Pronouncements & Practice

Tax Topics

'Prerequisite: COOP 420: Accounting Internship offered during the
spring semester of the senior year for 9 credits.

One international business course from the following:

MGMT 426
BSAD 437
ECON 312
ECON 361
FIN 480
MKTG 469

International Business
International Business Seminar
Comparative Economic Systems
International Economic Relations
Multinational Financial Management
International Marketing

Suggested Course of Study Sequence:

Refer to the eight semester sequence listed on pages 122-123. ECON
370 or ECON 410 and BSAD 241 are not required courses but should be
selected by students participating in the Five-Year Professional course
of study.

A ten-week, full-time Accounting Internship is available to qualified

120

seniors during the Spring semester for 9 credits. The last five weeks of
the Spring semester are for the ACTG 490: Current Accounting
Pronouncements and Practice course for 3 credits. A limited number of
accounting internships are available during the Summer for3-9 credits.

ACCOUNTING (BSBA/MBA)
PROFESSIONAL ACCOUNTANCY COURSE OF STUDY

The Professional Accountancy Program leads to both the Bachelor of
Science in Business Administration and the Master of Business
Administration degrees. The sequence of 164 semester hours of course
work (167 semester hours with any 400 level Accounting course
included) is designed to prepare persons for entry into the practice of
professional accountancy as prescribed by the American Institute of
Certified Public Accountants.

FRESHMAN YEAR

1. General Education 2. General Education

SOPHOMORE YEAR

1. General Education 2. General Education

and General Business and General Business

JUNIOR YEAR

1. General Business 3. General Education

2. Professional Accounting 4. Advisement and Review

Admission to Professional Accountancy Course of Study

SENIOR YEAR

1. Approval for Continuation 5. Advisement and Review
in Course of Study 7. Graduation

2. General Education a. Optional exit with

3 Professional Accountancy Bachelor of Science

4 General Education Degree

5. Admission to Graduate b. Bachelor of Science

School Continue in course

of study

GRADUATE YEAR

1. Approval for Continuation 3. Professional Accountancy
in Course of Study 4. Graduate with Master

2. General MBA Courses of Business Administration

121

Courses with 500 or 600 numbers are graduate level courses only.
Courses with 400 numbers may be graduate or undergraduate credit
(graduate credit must have prior approval)

Elective Credits:

In selecting electives to meet general education requirements
students should select the following:

Business Law: Three additional credits should be selected (BSAD 241:
Legal Environment II) 3 credits

Intermediate Economic Analysis and the Monetary System: Three
credits involved with the study of monetary system, (e.g.. ECON 370:
Money and Banking: ECON 410 Managerial Economics) should be
selected 3 credits

Written and Oral Communications: Six credits beyond English III in
written and oral communications must be selected.

Three of these credits must be related to written business
communications (e.g., ENG 206: Business Writing). Three additional
credits must be in oral communications (e.g., SCT 1 13: Fundamentals of
Speech: SCT 21 3: Advanced Public Speaking: SCT 300: Communication
in Organizations).

A student participating in the Professional Accountancy course of
study must select courses such that all of the general education
requirements are met. The courses to meet these education
requirements should be determined jointly by the student and his/her
advisor. If there are elective hours available at either the undergraduate
or graduate level, and if selected, such electives must be classified as
free electives on the existing check sheet for business students.

Suggested Course of Study Sequence:

It is conceivable that the course of study could be completed in as few
as ten semesters by following the suggested sequence. Students who
are awarded Graduate Assistantships should expect the extend the time
necessary to complete the course of study. Other students may wish to
spread their studies over eleven or twelve semesters, depending on their
particular needs and abilities.

FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER

MATH 131 Math for Business and

Economics 3

Written or Oral

Communications 3

General Education 10

BSAD

240: Legal Environment

...3

MATH

232: Calculus for Business 1
Written or Oral

.. 3

Communications ....

.. 3

General Education . . . .

.. 7

122

THIRD SEMESTER

FOURTH SEMESTER

ACTG
ECON

ECON
CIS

251
211

221
110

Financial Accounting .... 3

Principles of Macro-
economics 3

Economics & Bus
Stats I 3

Computer Info

Processing 3

Written or Oral
Communication 3

ACTG 252 Managerial Actg 3

ECON 212 Principles of Micro-
economics 3

ECON 222 Economics & Bus.

Stats II 3

General Ed . . 6

FIFTH SEMESTER

SIXTH SEMESTER

ACTG 350 Intermediate Actg 3

ACTG 352 Cost Acctg 3

ECON 310 Intermediate Micro 3

FIN 370 Financial Mgmt 3

MGMT 320; Mgmt Theory and Practice 3
General Ed or
Electives 3

ACTG
ACTG
MKTG

351
353
360

Acctg for Equities 3

Federal Taxes 3

Prm of Marketing 3

General Ed 6

Electives (ECON 370 or
410) 3

SEVENTH SEMESTER*

EIGHTH SEMESTER*

ACTG 354
ACTG 355
MGMT 425

Auditing

Advanced Accounting

Production Mgmt

General Education
Elective (BSAD 241)

3 Accounting Elective 3

3 MGMT 490: Administrative Decision

3 Making 3

3 General Education or

3 Internship 6-9

International Business ... 3

NINTH SEMESTER*

TENTH SEMESTER*

ACTG 653 Federal Tax Research

ACTG 652 Advanced Cost and

& Practices 3

MGMT 521: Org Structure & Behav . 3

ACTG 650 Theory of Accts 3

ECON 510 Managerial Econ 3

ECON 603 Quant Analysis for

Bus Decisions 3

Actg Electives 3

MKTG 560 Marketing Decision Making 3

Total Credits 164

ACTG

554

BSAD

601

BSAD

690

FIN

675

MGMT 626

Managenal Acctg 3

Advanced Auditing 3

Info Systems Analysis ... 3

Adm & Bus Policy 3

Adv Managerial

Finance 3

Product ions operations

Mgmt 3

'Students may possibly take graduate credits during their senior
year and summer, provided they have been admitted to the graduate
program.

123

DEPARTMENT OF ADMINISTRATIVE SCIENCE

James Pesek, Ph.D., Chair

Office: Still Hall, Room 335
Telephone extension: 2626

Professors: Maggio, Reed, Ackerman: Associate Professors: F. Clark,
Fulmer, McGee, Pesek: Assistant Professors: Kavoosi

MANAGEMENT (BSBA)

The following courses are required:

MGMT
MGMT

MGMT

321:
322:

324:

Three

courses f

MGMT

323

MGMT

420

MGMT

421

MGMT

426

MGMT

427

MGMT

445

MGMT

482

MGMT

483

MGMT

485

MKTG

361

MKTG

366

BSAD

437

Organization Theory and Behavior 3 credits
Selection and Mangement of

Business Information Systems 3 credits

Personnel Management 3 credits

rom the following:

Problems in Small Business

Operations Research I

Operations Research II

International Business

Small Business Seminar

Management Seminar

Collective Bargaining

Wage and Salary Administration

Industrial Relations and Public Policy

Marketing Management

Physical Distribution Management

International Business Seminar

MANAGEMENT/LIBRARY SCIENCE (BSBA)

The following courses are required:

MGMT

321

MGMT

324

257

260

Organization Theory and Behavior 3 credits

Personnel Management 3 credits

Basic Info. Sources & Services 3 credits
Development and Administration of

of Libraries 3 credits

124

Two of the following:
CIS 223:

ACTG 353:

ECON 351:

COBOL
Federal Taxes
Labor Economics

Required Library Science Course
(would appear on check sheet under free electives)
LS 258: Selection of Library Media

LS 357: Organization of Media

Recommended Electives:

Locally Produced Media Materials

Photography

Media Production Planning

FORTRAN I

Introduction to Media Librarianship

6 credits

COMM

240

COMM

315

COMM

440

CIS

151

255

OFFICE MANAGEMENT (BSBA)

The first two years of this major are offered only at the Venango
Campus and lead to the Associate of Arts degree. Students will, at their
option, be able to transfer to Main Campus, Clarion, with no loss of
credit.

Required courses first two years
General Education
General Business courses
Skill area:

OFMT 132

OFMT 136

OFMT 221

OFMT 230

OFMT 232

Production Typing
Executive Shorthand
Office Management
Office Procedures
Word Processing

Busmess Electives
Total for Certificate

17 credits
27 credits

18 credits

3 credits
3 credits
3 credits
3 credits
3 credits
3 credits
62 credits

Students moving into the bachelor's degree program will complete
their work on the Clarion Campus. They will beheld responsible for all of
the common requirements for the Bachelor of Science in Business
Administration degree and the following specific courses in
Administrative Science.

Organization Theory and Behavior
Personnel Management
Wage and Salary Administration
Industrial Relations and Public Policy

MGMT

321

MGMT

324

MGMT

483

MGMT

485

125

Additional course work to complete the twenty-four (24) credit
obligation for this major is recommended by the student's advisor,
subject to approval by the Department of Ad m mist rati ve Sciences Chair.
Such course work could include:

Business Information Systems
Management Seminar
International Business Seminar

MGMT

322

MGMT

445

BSAD

437

INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS (BSBA)

The following courses are required:

MGMT
ECON
MGMT
MGMT
MGMT

324
351
482
483
485

Personnel Management 3 cr.

Labor Economics 3 cr.

Collective Bargaining 3 cr.

Wage and Salary Administration 3 cr.

Industrial Relations and Public Policy 3 cr.

Two courses from the following:

HIST

MGMT

SOC

ECON

PSY

BSAD

299
321
445
351
311
350
437

History of American Labor
Organization Theory and Behavior
Management Seminar
Contemporary Social Problems
Macroeconomics Theory
Industrial Psychology
International Business Seminar

3 cr.
3 cr.
3 cr.
3 cr.
3 cr.
3 cr.
3 cr.

126

DERPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS

Enid Dennis, Ph.D., Chair

Office: Still Hall
Telephone Extension: 2626

Professors: E. Dennis, W. Ross. Sarjit Singh, Vernon: Associate
Professors: Balough, Fox, Sanders, Sohng, Stine, C. Yang

Students may take a major in Economics either in the College of
Business Administration or the College of Arts and Sciences.

ECONOMICS (BSBA)

Course requirements:

The Economics Department has instituted several tracks which help
students select a program to meet their interests and career goals. All
tracks require ECON 311: Intermediate Macroeconomic Theory. A
student may choose additional Economics courses from the following
tracks.

a. Monetary Economics Track (15 cr. hrs.)
ECON 370: Money and Banking
ECON 371: Public Finance

ECON 361: International Economic Relations

Select two additional Economics courses or one additional

Economics course and FIN 476: Securities Analysis

b. Ouantitative Economics Track (15 cr. hrs.)

ECON 410
ECON 423
ECON 470

Managerial Economics

Statistical Tools for Quantitative Analysis

Business Cycles and Forecasting

Select two additional Economics courses.

c. International Economics Track (15 cr. hrs.)
ECON 313: Comparative Economic Systems
ECON 361: International Economic Relations
MGMT 426: International Business
Select two additional Economics courses.

127

d Urban and Public Affairs Track (15 cr hrs )

ECON 314
ECON 340
ECON 351
Select two

Urban and Regional Economics
Governnnent Regulations
Labor Economics
additional Economics courses

or one additional

Economics course and PS 375: Public Administration.

e. General Economics Track (15 cr. hrs.)

Five courses in Economics to be selected in consultation with and
approved by the student's advisor.

DEPARTMENT OF FINANCE

Richard Hawk, M.B.A., Chair

Office: 336 Still Hall
Telephone extension: 2626

Professors: Yeaney, Stuhldreher: Associate Professors: Eicher;
Assistant Professors: Bish, Eichlin, Hawk, W. Henry, Swidzinski;
Instructors: Hall, Gray, Reed

FINANCE (BSBA)

The following courses are required:

FIN

373

FIN

375

FIN

376

FIN

471

fhree courses fror

FIN

374

FIN

473

FIN

476

FIN

480

371

471

ECON

370

ECON

371

Fundamentals of Insurance
Management of Fin. Institutions
Security Markets
Financial Problems

Property and Casualty Insurance

Retirement and Estate Planning

Security Analyis

Multinational Financial Managment

Real Estate Finance

Real Estate Investment Analysis

Money and Banking

Public Finance

3 credits
3 credits
3 credits
3 credits

128

REAL ESTATE (BSBA)

The following courses are required:

370

372

373

471

Real Estate Fundamentals

Real Estate Law

Real Estate Finance

Real Estate Investment Analysis

BROKERAGE TRACK

Three courses from the following:

371

374

470

BSAD

241

Real Estate Practice
Brokerage of Real Estate
Appraisal of Real Estate
Legal Environment II

INVESTMENT ANALYSIS TRACK

Three courses from the following:

470

FIN

376

FIN

476

ECON

314

3 credits
3 credits
3 credits
3 credits

9 credits

Appraisal of Real Estate

Security Markets

Security Analysis

Urban and Regional Economics

All courses with an RE designation have been approved by the
Pennsylvania Real Estate Commission for three credits each toward
meeting the education requirements for real estate brokerage licensing.

RE 370 and 371 are the only courses applicable toward meeting
requirements of the salesperson licensing examination.

129

DEPARTMENT OF MARKETING

Joseph Grunenwald, DBA, Chair

Office: Still Hall
Telephone extension: 2626

Professors: Grunenwald, Kinn, K. Traynor; Associate Professor: W.
Crawford; Assistant Professors: L. Felicetti, K. Stewart

MARKETING (BSBA)

The following courses are required:

MKTG 461: Market Research 3 credits

MKTG 465: Marketing Problems 3 credits

Two of the following: 6 credits

Marketing Management
Advertising Management
Consumer Behavior

]■ 6 credits

Retailing Management
Salesmanship
Industrial Marketing
Physical Distribution Management
Sales Management
363, 468, listed above

In addition each marketing major will be required to take one approved
business or economics course with international content.
Recommended Marketing course:

MKTG 469: International Marketing 3 credits

MKTG

361

MKTG

363

MKTG

468

Two of the f(

DilOW

MKTG

362

MKTG

364

MKTG

365

MKTG

366

MKTG

460

MKTG

361

130

COLLEGE OF COMMUNICATION

AND COMPUTER INFORMATION

SCIENCE

James H. Cole, Ed.D., Dean

Office: Becker Hall
Telephone Extension: 2328

DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNICATION

Patricia Marini, MA, Chair

Office: Becker Hall
Telephone Extension: 2245

Professors: Cole, Felicetti, Larson, Metcalf: Associate Professors: Baker,
Barlow, Fueg, Marini, Pfaff, Siddiqui: Assistant Professors: Lloyd

The Department of Communication offers a broadly-based program
leading to the Bachelor of Science Degree in Communication. It is
interdisciplinary in nature, requiring courses from English, Speech
Communication, Business, Philosophy, and the Department of
Communication.

The program is designed to develop the student's ability to write and
speak effectively, and to use other media -- radio, television, film,
photography, and the print media -- for specific purposes. Required
courses in business, computer science, and logic provide a basic
understanding of organizational behavior and skills necessary to
function effectively in a variety of organizations. Electives may be
selected from any academic area of the university. If desired, they may
be concentrated to provide additional training for specific career goals.

Graduates have assumed positions in business, industry,
governmental agencies and non-profit organizations in public relations,
advertising, radio and television broadcasting, employee training and
publication functions.

Students majoring in Communication must complete 48 credits in
General Education, which includes Modes of Communication, Natural
Science and Mathematics, Social Sciences, Humanities, and Personal
Development and Life Skills. In addition to general education, major,
and elective course requirements, students are required to participate a
minimum of two semesters in co-curricular media activities to consist of
one broadcast-oriented organizaton and one print-oriented
organization.

131

Broadcast organizations are Cable TV-5, WCUC-FM non-connnnercial
FM radio station, and WCCB carrier current AM radio station. Print
organizations are The Clarion Call campus newspaperand TheSequelle
yearbook. Students who wish to fulfill this requirement by working for
another radio or television station or newspaper may do so with
agreement of both academic advisor and employer The student is
expected to own or have access to a 35mm camera with variable focus
and f-stop, and a built-in or separate light meter. Guidance in selecting
an appropriate camera will be provided after the student has entered the
program

COMMUNCIATION, B.S. 61 credits

Required courses: ENG 200, 201, 206; SCT 113. 115, or 264, 300 or
MGMT 321: MGMT 320; ECON 211; CIS 110; PHIL 111; COMM 100,
152, 171, 251, 271, 351, 352, 451, 452.

DEPARTMENT OF COMPUTER INFORMATION SCIENCE
James Holden, M.Ed., Chair

Office: 106 Becker Hall
Telephone Extension: 2643

Professors: D. Brown, E. Ross; Associate Professors: C. Dean, T.
Schaeffer; Assistant Professors: M. Barrett, J. Holden, D. Kahle, A. Lege,
S. Traynor; Adjunct Faculty from Matliematics, Chemistry, and the
Computer Center

The Department of Computer Information Science offers two
concentrations leading to the Bachelor of Science Degree in Computer
Science. One of these is the concentration in Computer A pplicat ion and
Information Systems. It prepares students for careers in application
programming and system analysis. Major emphasis is placed on the
COBOL programming language and on the principles necessary for
computer usage in commercial, industrial, and governmental
environments. One hundred and thirty-two semester hours of credit are
required for completion of this concentration.

The other concentration is a Computer Science curriculum preparing
students for careers in systems programming, computer systems
analysis, and computer system management. It places heavy emphasis
on mathematical foundations of computation and principles of data
organization and computer system software. The concentration in
Computer Science requires one hundred and twenty-eight semester
hours of credit.

Students in both concentrations are strongly encouraged to enroll in
computer course work outside their major area. The Department's
emphasis is on practical computer application and the programs of
study are designed with this as a primary goal.

132

Clarion University of Pennsylvania is unique among the fourteen state
institutions in terms of thedepth and diversityof itscomputingfacilities.
The Still Business Administration Building houses the main campus
computing systems, ONE VAX 1 1-780 administrative system and a VAX
1 1 -785 which is totally dedicated to academic usage. Access facilities to
the academic system are maintained in Still Hall, in Pierce Hall, and in
Becker Hall. Becker Hall, where the classrooms and offices of the
Department of Computer Information Science are located, houses a
substantial number of terminals and a six hundred line per minute
printer, all connected to the academic system. In addition, two
minicomputers utilizing a full Unix operating system and providing
interactive terminal access for more than forty users are available for
student usage in Becker Hall. More than 20 microcomputer systems are
also located in the Becker Hall laboratory. Most of these are IBM PCsand
are equipped with dual disk drives, printers and current productivity
software including WORDSTAR, LOTUS 1,2,3 AND R:BASE 5000.
Clarion is committed to providing these computer resources required to
support the computing program. All major programming languages are
available on the University's systems.

Experience has shown that communication and mathematical skills
are fundamental to professional success in computer related areas. The
Department feels that SAT scores can be a valuable tool in predicting
successful acquisition of these skills. Although the CIS Department
accepts all students admitted to Clarion University, it is highly
recommended that students considering the C.A.I.S. concentration
have achieved SAT scores of at least 480 verbal and 450 in mathematics.
Similarly, it is recommended that students concentrating in Computer
Science should have achieved minimal scores of 450 verbal and 500
mathematics.

The CIS Department subscribes totally to the Students' Rights and
Regulations handbook of Clarion University. Specifically, the
Department maintains a document describing its interpretation of the
handbook's statements concerning academic dishonesty and misuse of
authorized identification as they relate to computer usage. This
document is posted in the academic access areas and it is expected that
all students utilizing campus computing facilities will be familiar with it.
REQURIED COURSES:

C.A.I.S. concentration:

ECON 211, 212, MATH 131, 232, ACTG251, 252, BSAD 240: ECON

221, 222, MGMT320, MKTG 360, FIN 370, MGMT 425, CIS 120, 223,

224, 301, 402, 403.

Computer Science concentration:

MATH 270, 271, MATH/CIS 240, MATH 370, CIS 163, 164, 253, 254,

255, 350, 355, 356, 357, 460, 469.

133

OTHER REQUIREMENTS:

Students concentrating in Computer Science are required to earn a
2.0 quality point average in the major. Prerequisite courses may be
passed with a grade of "C" before the student may enroll in
subsequent courses.

SUGGESTED COURSE SEQUENCING:
C.A.I.S. concentration:

CIS 120, 223, and 224 should betaken in sequence during the first two
years. CIS 151, 211, and 212, if elected, should betaken in the first two
years, but after CIS 120, 301 , 401 , 402 and 403 should betaken during
the last two years. Optional electives for the last two years are CIS
253, 302, and 462.

Computer Science concentration:

CIS 163 and 164 should betaken in sequence. CIS 253 and 254 maybe
taken simultaneously or in sequence, but neither should be taken
until the completion of CIS 164. Allothercoursesshouldgenerally be
taken using the rule of two hundred level courses in the sophomore
year, three hundred level courses in the junioryear, and four hundred
level courses in the senior year.

Computer Science Course Cycle:

Fall Semester Spring Semester

CIS 163 CIS 164

CIS 357 CIS 255

CIS 253 CIS 350

CIS 254 CIS 356

CIS 355 CIS 469

CIS 240 CIS 460

134

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
AND HUMAN SERVICES

Dr. Thomas J. Matczynski, Ph.D., Dean

Office: Stevens Hall
Telephone Extension: 2146

The College of Education and Hunnan Services offers programs to
prepare professional educators and other human services personnel.

Seven specialized curricula are offered in professional education:
early childhood education, elementary education, library science, music
education, secondary education, special education, and speech
pathology and audiology. An additional certification program is
available in environmental education. Each teacher education
curriculum is designed to meet the graduation requirements of the
university, the certification requirements of the state, and the
accreditation standards of various professional groups. In the human
services field, programs are offered in habilitative sciences and speech
and hearing science at the bachelor degree level, and in habilitative
services at the associate degree level. All programs involve classroom,
laboratory, and practicum experience.

TEACHER EDUCATION

Role Statement

In its teacher preparation program Clarion is committed to educating
its students to play six important roles in the educational process.

First, the teacher serves as a model of the academic cultures In this
role the teacher is expected to be competent in standard English in both
its written and oral forms; to be conversant with the major domains of
knowledge as they are reflected in the humanities, the social sciences,
and the natural sciences and mathematics; to be committed to
scholarship and intelligence.

Second, the teacher serves as a resource for a school and community
in a particular area of expertise. In this role the teacher is expected to
display comprehensive and extensive knowledge in an area of
specialization; todemonstrateability to elaborate upon content, simplify
material, and integrate knowledge; and to be sufficiently grounded in the
basic concepts, principles, and methods of operation associated with
that specialization to be able to pursue advanced study.

Third, the teacher serves as a facilitator of learning for his or her
students. In this role the teacher is expected to establish both short and

135

iong-range goals for student teaching, to provide sound and effective
learning experiences, to utilize a variety of assessment techniques, to
establish a positive learning environment, to utilize available time and
materials effectively, and to apply learning theory to classroom
practices.

Fourth, the teacher serves as a facilitator of democratic attitudes. In
this role the teacher is expected to respect students and individuals and
to be accepting of them in their differences, to help them develop
wholesome self-images, to s u pport thei r c reat i vi ty and original ity, and to
exhibit an awareness of and appreciation for the contribution that men
and women from various racial and ethnic backgrounds have made to
the human condition.

Fifth, the teacher serves as a professional educator. In this role the
teacher is expected to serve as a responsible member of a school's
professional staff, playing leadership and supportive roles as
appropriate; to demonstrate high ethical standards in working with
students, parents, and colleagues; to participate in the shaping of
educational policies for the school and the teaching profession; and to
be committed to continuing personal and professional development.

Sixth, the teacher serves as his or her own role definer. In this role the
teacher is expected to identify, develop, and articulate his or her own
truths about education, teaching and learning, schools, and the role that
a teacher should play in the educational community.

Certification

Students who complete one of the teacher education curricula at
Clarion and who are awarded a baccalaureate degree are qualified for
the Pennsylvania Instructional I Certificate, valid for six years of
teaching. Applications for the certificate must be made by the student
and the certificate issued before graduates may teach in the public
schools of Pennsylvania Since the recommendation for certification is
based upon program requirements in effect when the application Is filed,
students are urged to do this during the semester in which they plan to
graduate. Applications are available in the Office of Field Services.
Students should be aware that Act 24 of 1985 requires that prospective
employees of public and private schools present evidence from the State
Police or the Federal Bureau of Investigation that they have no criminal
record.

Any certificate may be extended to include other teaching fields by
completing approved programs in those areas. Students not enrolled In
a program leading to a Bachelor of Science in Education degree can
make application for teacher certification by obtaining admission to and
completing one of the university's approved programs in teacher
education. For further information, consult the Dean's office. College of
Education and Human Services.

136

HUMAN SERVICES

Programs in the Human Services area provide students with the
professional preparation to work with children, adolescents, and adults
in institutional and community settings. Students m these programs are
prepared to assist individuals who may experiences range of physical or
mental handicaps. They develop their skills in classroom, clinical and
field settings at the university and with cooperating agencies and
institutions. Completion of their degree program should help students
qualify for employment in a wide variety of roles based on the training
they receive in the various Human Services programs within the college.
Their responsibility will be to help persons acquire those competencies
necessary for independent living.

General Requirements for Teacher Education and Human Services

GENERAL EDUCATION

To qualify for graduation, each student must satisfy the general
education requirement of the university, which specifies the completion
of 48 hours of credit in accord with the distribution presented on pages
87-89.

PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION

Candidates for certification in a teaching field must complete the
professional and special requirements forthat field, as indicated below:
Early Childhood Education, see page 143.
Elementary Education, see pages 141-142.
Library Science Education, see pages 180-181.
Music Education, see pages 148-152.
Secondary Education, see pages 153-165.
Special Education, see pages 166-173.
Speech Pathology and Audiology, see pages 173-176.

137

TEACHER EDUCATION SELECTION
AND RETENTION STANDARDS

Certification Requirements

A. Complete all program requirements of the Teacher
Certification program at Clarion University.

B. Pass appropriate Pennsylvania Department of Education
examinations in:

1. General Education

2. Content Area(s) of Certification

3. Professional Education

4. Basic Skills

*C. Satisfy mental and physical qualifications as established by the
Pennsylvania Department of Education

*Compliance v\/ith the Public School Code of 1949, as amended,
Article XII, Section 1209, which in part provides that teaching
certification may not be issued if the "applicant iseithermentallyor
physically disqualified, by reason of tuberculosis or any other
communicable disease or by reason of mental disorder from
successful performance of the duties of a teacher."

D. Any academic, physical, or mental deficiencies, noted at any
point in the student's program, that would prevent the
candidate from fulfilling the responsibilities of the
certification area, must be removed before admission to a
teacher certification program. Deficiencies identified after
admission to the certification program must be removed
before the candidate may continue in the program.

Certification Sequence
A. Admission to Teacher Certification Program Requirements:

1 . Completion of 60 semester hours including 6-9 semester
hours of introductory professional courses to be
determined by the appropriate departmental faculty of the
College of Education and Human Services. These
introductory courses must be completed with agradeof C
or better.

2. Basic skill competency in written expression, oral
communication, and computation asevidenced by grades
of C or better in ENG 111, SCT 113, ED/CIS 217, and a
mathematics course numbered higher than MATH 110.
Accepted university proficiency examinations may be
substituted for courses as specified in the catalog.

3. A minimum quality point average of 2.5 for all courses
completed.

138

4. Pass a Pennsylvania Department of Education
competency test of basic skills.

B. Admission to Student Teaching

1. Satisfactory standing in relation to all admission and
retention requirements of the University and the College
of Education and Human Services.

2. Completion of at least 90 semester hours of university
credit.

4. A minimum cumulative quality point average of 2.5 for all
course work.

C. Graduation requirements

1. Fulfillment of all university standards for graduation.

2. A minimum grade of C in each student teaching
experience.

3. A minimum cumulative quality point average of 2.5 forall
course work.

III. Procedures: Students are responsible for:

A. Seeing that application forms are completed for:

1. Admission to Teacher Certification

2. Admission to Student Teaching

3. Graduation from the University

4. Certification from the Commonwealth

B. Meeting with their advisors at each of these checkpoints for
conferencing and to obtain the appropriate forms.

C. Arranging for any tests needed to comply with the Public
School Code of 1949, as amended, Article XII Section 1209.

IV. Transfer Students

Each transfer student must follow the selection and retention
standards of the College of Education and Human Services.
Transcripts will be evaluated by the College Dean and any
deficiencies will be noted. The transfer student and Dean will
develop an individual plan to remove any deficiencies identified.
Once deficiencies are removed, the student may be admitted to
teacher certification.

v. Petitions Procedure

The faculty of the College of Education and Human Services
recognizes that there may be times when special circumstances
arise which may legitimately justify the waiver of certain policies
and/or standards. Students who have failed to meet the policies
and/or standards because of unusual and extenuating
circumstances are permitted to file a petition with the College.

139

Petition forms are available in the Office of the Dean. All petitions
must be written, must be addressed to the Dean, and must be filed
prior to the last five weeks of classes. The Dean will submit each
petition to the College-Wide Petitions Committee for review and
recommendation. The Committee will make a recommendation to
the Dean based on a majority decision. The Dean will take this
recommendation under advisement and contact the student in
writing regarding the decision, with copies to the Petitions
Committee and the student's academic advisor.

APPLICATION PROCEDURES FOR STUDENT TEACHING

1 . Read the conditions for assignments and qualifications for student
teaching carefully.

2. Take this information and form entitled Application for Student
Teaching to your advisor.

3. Complete ALL sections of the form with the advisor.

4. Return the completed Application for Student Teaching Form tothe
Director's Office.

5. Questions concerning assignment should be presented to the
Director. Office of Field Services

CONDITIONS FOR ASSIGNMENT

Applicants will follow the UNIVERSITY CALENDAR for their entire

assignment. (Exception: Fall semester student teachers will begin

their assignments according to the public school calendar.)

Applicants will not be assigned to do student teaching in schools

which they have formerly attended as grade or high school pupils,

except under special conditions.

Applicants will be assigned to selected school clusters by the Office

of Field Services.

Applicant's assignments will be for five days a week -- for a full

semester.

Applicants will be encouraged to reside in the community to which

they are assigned However, student teachers will be responsible for

their own travel and rooming arrangements.

Tentative student teaching assignments for fall will be made before

spring break: tentative student teaching assignments for spring will

be made before Thanksgiving break.

Applicants will report any changes in status or plans to the Director,

Office of Field Services, whenever they occur.

All qualifications must be fulfilled prior to the start of the student

teaching.

140

DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION

Earl R. Siler, Ed.D., Chair

Professors: Baldwin, Moorhouse, Siler. J. Smith, P. Smith, Zaeske:
Associate Professors: Battista, Kenemuth, Klindienst, McLaughlin.
Palaggo. Yoho; Assistant Professors: L. Brown, Stalker;

The Education Department offers baccalaureate programs leading to
certification in Elementary Education (K-6) and Early Childhood
Education (N-3). In addition, dual certification programs* (ELED/ECH,
ELED SPED, and ELED LS) are offered. An endorsement to teach
environmental education may be acquired: a program in coaching is also
available. The Department is also responsible for graduate programs in
Elementary Education and Reading.

'Dual Cei*ification Programs: Students seeking dual certification
should be aware that an extra semester of course work is needed to
complete the requirements for both certification areas. This could be
accomplished by attending two or three summer sessions.

ELEMENTARY EDUCATION

Knowledge in all content areas of the elementary school curriculum,
pedagogical and human relation skills, as well as the philosophical and
psychological foundations of education are developed through a
combination of theoretical studies and field experiences.

Program Requirements

GENERAL EDUCATION

The elementary major should fulfill the general education distribution
requirements noted on pages 87-89.

PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCY

The elementary education major is expected to show competency in
the following content areas: biology, chemistry, computer science, earth
science. English composition, humanities, humanities elective, HPE
elementary activities, introduction to the English language,
mathematics, music, non-western culture, physics, political science,
social science elective, speech, and U.S. history.

141

ART

190

ECH

321

110

224

225

226

227

322

427

ELED

323

ELED

324

ELED

325

ELED

326

ELED

330

ELED

331

ELED

424

HPE

323

MUS

134

SCED

322

SPA

455

PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION

The following courses are required of all elementary majors:

c.h. s.h.

Teaching Art in the Elementary Grades

Child Development

Introduction to Education

Educational Evaluation

Multicultural Education

Basic Teaching Skills

Classroom Management

Educational Psychology

Exceptionalities in the Regular Classroom

Teaching of Reading

Teaching of Elementary School Mathematics

Teaching of Elementary School Soc Studies

Reading Problems in the Elementary School

Communication Arts in the Elementary School ....

Children's Literature

Elementary Student Teaching

Modern Curriculum and Methods

Basic Music Methods

Teaching of Elementary Science

Speech, Language and Hearing Problems in
the Schools

'Courses so designed are part of two professional blocks which will be taken during the
junior and/or senior years. Each of these blocks will include classroom participation in
surrounding schools.

NOTE: Students electing dual certification are required to take 6
semester hours of ELED 424: Elementary Student Teaching and 6
semester hours of student teaching in the other areas of certification.

Academic Concentrations for Elementary Majors

Elementary majors who choose not to enter a dual certification
program must meet with their advisors to plan a concentration of
courses selected from the humanities, natural science, the social
sciences and mathematics/computer science.

142

EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION

The program has a broad-based theoretical approach which includes
Bruner, Dewey, Erickson, Piaget, Rogers. Maslow, Montessori and
Skinner. Education of the child is approached from a holistic
perspective. Intellectual, social, emotional and psychomotor
development are all considered essential to the learning process.
Continuing opportunities are provided students to plan, implement and
evaluate learning experiences with young children two-to-eight years of
age. The process enables future teacher to integrate the theoretical
concepts of child development with the practical concerns of the
classroom environment. The structure of the program requires the
student to assess and develop personal and professional competencies
through interaction with professionals in Early Childhood Education.

Program Requirements

GENERAL EDUCATION

To qualify for graduation, each student must satisfy the general
distribution requirements noted on pages 87-89.

PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION

The following courses are required of all Early Childhood education
majors:

c.h. s.h.

ECH 121 Child Development 3 3

ECH 231 Creative Activities In Music and Art 3 3

ECH 235 Classroom Participation and Assessment 3 3

ECH 323 Early Childhood Communication Processes 3 3

ECH 324 Mathematics Learning Experiences for

Early Childhood 3 3

ECH 333 Developmental Programs for Infants and

Toddlers 3 3

ECH 334 Early Childhood Supervision 3 3

ECH 335 Early Childhood Curriculum 3 3

ECH 401 Creative Response to Conflict 3 3

ECH 420 Incidental Learning 3 3

ECH 424 Early Childhood Student Teaching 12

ED 110 Introduction to Education 3 3

ED 224 Educational Evaluation 3 3

ED 225 Multicultural Education 1 1

ED 226 Basic Teaching Skills 2 2

ED 322 Educational Psychology 3 3

ED 427 Exceptionalities m the Regular Classroom 3 3

ELED 330 Communication Arts in Elem, School 2 2

ELED 331 Children's Literature 3 3

HPE 410 Psychomotor Development in Early Childhood .... 3 3

SCED 322 Teaching of Elementary Science 3 3

SPA 455 Speech. Language and Hearing Problems in

the Schools 3 3

In addition Early Childhood majors must take 10 credits of electives
approved by the advisor.

143

ENVIRONMENTAL EDUCATION

Sponsored by an interdisciplinary committee, the curriculum in
environmental education, open only to students who are enrolled in or
have completed a teacher education program, leads to an endorsement
on any instructional certificate and prepares teacher-educators to
develop and implement in-school and outdoor environmental education
programs in both elementary and secondary schools. Since the program
is competency based, thetotal semester hours needed to complete it will
depend upon the student, his or her major field or study, and outside
work experience. Students applying for ad mission in their freshmen year
may normally expect to complete the program within the usual number
of hours required for graduation.

Graduate students in some areas may also complete as part of
Master's program an endorsement to their instructional certificate in
Environmental Education by selecting appropriate courses under
advisement.

Application for admission to the program is through the Chairman of
the Environmental Education Committee.

REQUIRED COURSES

c,h. s.h.

ENVR 401 Environmental Problems in Society 3 3

GEOG 254 Conservation of Natural Resources 3 3

ED 401 Methods in Environmental Education 3 3

ELED or

ED 424 Student Teaching Variable Credit

REQUIRED AREAS OF STUDY

In addition to the courses listed above, students need additional
experiences and competencies in field studies, nature oriented studies;
and man oriented studies to further their understanding of the
relationships between human institutions and value systems and their
supporting environment. A listing of courses appropriate to these areas
can be obtained from the Dean, College of Education and Human
Services.

144

DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH
AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION

Albert A. Jacks, Jr., M.Ed., Chair

Professors: Bubb, Lignelli, Taylor; Associate Professors: Baschnagel,
Jacks, D. Leas, Leonard, Pae, Ruslavage, Shope, Sobolewski; Assistant
Professors: D. Black, Davis, English, R. Leas, Miller, Oleksak, Truitt-
Bean

Through its general education courses and intramural program, the
department provides students with extensive opportunities to develop
sound health habits and life-long skills in a variety of sports and other
physical activities. Although the department does not offer any
programs leading to the bachelor's degree, it does offer an athletic
coaching program.

ACTIVITY AND RECREATION COURSES

INDIVIDUAL SPORTS AND ACTIVITIES

Archery

Badminton

Bowling

Golf

Handball and Racquetball {men's rules)

Racquetball (women's rules)

Cross Country Skiing

Beginning Tennis

Wrestling

Canoeing

Camping and Outdoor Recreation 2

Intermediate Tennis 1

TEAM SPORTS AND ACTIVITIES

HPE 161 Basketball (mens rules) 1

HPE 162 Basketball (women's rules) 1

HPE 163 Volleyball (men's rules) 1

HPE 164 Volleyball (Women's rules) 1

HPE

140

HPE

141

HPE

142

HPE

143

HPE

144

HPE

145

HPE

146

HPE

147

HPE

148

HPE

150

HPE

191

HPE

247

145

AQUATIC COURSES

HPE 131 Beginning Swimming 1

HPE 230 Senior Life Saving 1

HPE 231 Intermediate Swimming 1

HPE 233 Springboard Diving 1

HPE 330 Water Safety Instructor 1

HPE 332 Advanced Aquatics 1

DANCE COURSES

HPE 171 Modern Dance 1

HPE 173 Aerobic Dancing I 1

HPE 273 Aerobic Dancing II 1

HEALTH AND FIRST AID COURSES

HPE 111 Health Education 2

HPE' 314 Cardio Pulmonary Resuscitation 1

HPE 317 First Aid Safety 2

PHYSICAL FITNESS COURSES

HPE 181 Adapted Physical Education 1

HPE 182 Posture and Body Mechanics 1

HPE 1 85 Physical Fitness and Conditioning 1

HPE 1 86 Physical Fitness Through Weight Lifting 1

■Required for the Athletic Coaching Program
SPECIALIZED COURSES

Elective Theory and Technique of Coaching Individual Sports

HPE 343 Theory and Technique of Coaching Golf 1

HPE 344 Theory and Technique of Coaching Track & Field 2

HPE 345 Theory and Technique of Coaching Swimming 2

HPE 346 Theory and Technique of Coach'ng Gymnastics 2

HPE 347 Theory and Technique of Coaching Tennis 1

HPE 348 Theory and Technique of Coaching Wrestling 2

Elective Theory and Technique of Coaching Team Sports

HPE 351 Theory and Technique of Coaching Basketball 2

HPE 352 Theory and Technique of Coaching Baseball 2

HPE 353 Theory and Technique of Coaching Volleyball 2

HPE 354 Theory and Technique of Coaching Football 2

146

Required Coaching Courses

HPE 314 Cardio Pulmonary Resuscitation 1

HPE 406 Athletic Injuries 3

HPE 407 Physiological Foundations of Coaching 3

HPE 408 Principles and Problems of Athletic Coaching 3

HPE 409 Kinesiological Foundations of Coaching 3

Elementary lyiajor Courses

HPE 223 Physical Education for Elementary Majors 1

HPE 323 Modern Curriculum and Methods in Elementary

Physical Education 1

HPE 326 Adapted Physical Education for the

Elementary School 3

ATHLETIC COACHING PROGRAM --
19 semester hours

The athletic coaching program' is established for those who intend to
coach in interschool athletic programs but do not have a degree in
physical education. Students who complete the Athletic Coaching
Program successfully are issued a letter of verification.

The minimum requirement for this program is 19 credit hours, 13 of
which are required: HPE 314. 406. 407. 408, and 409. The other 6 credit
hours may be selected from the Theory and Technique of Coaching
courses: HPE 343, 344, 345, 346, 347, 348, 351 , 352, 353, or 354.

The university grants a maximum of 4 credits in HPE for active military
service of 6 months or more with honorable discharge or continued
reserve status. Credit is normally given for HPE 111, (2 credits) and 2
HPE activity courses of 1 credit each. To assure that the credit is granted,
students should bring an honorabledischargedocumenttotheOfficeof
the Registrar, Carrier Administration Building.

*Not a Public School Certification field.

LIBRARY SCIENCE

Information of certification as a school librarian in Pennsylvania is
included under the College of Library Science. See pages 179-181.

147

MUSIC EDUCATION

The curriculum for majors in music education at Clarion. leading to
the degree Bachelor of Science in Education Degree in Music
Education, combines a broad requirement in general education with
advanced study in theory, history and literature of music, applied music,
specialized courses in music education, and participation in performing
organizations. The emphasis of the program is two-fold.

A. The achievement of significant musical understanding and ability:
Musicianship.

B. The development of skills and techniques necessary for the effective
communication of music understanding and ability to others:
Teacher Ability.

The purpose of this program is to prepare prospective public school
teachers specializing in music education, with certification in all of the
following areas:

A. Elementary music education, from kindergarten through the sixth
grade, vocal and instrumental.

B. Junior high school music programs, including general music,
instrumental and vocal classes.

C. Secondary school music programs, including all vocal and
instrumental activities, general music, and elective academic
courses.

PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS

GENERAL EDUCATION

The general education distribution for all students in the college is
presented on pages 87-89. Teacher Education Selection and Retention
Standards are listed on pages 138-140.

PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION

Sem hrs

ED 1 10 Intro to Education 3

ED 322 Educational Psychology 3

ED 427 Exceptionalities in the Regular Classroom 3

MUS 333 Elementary Music Methods 3

MUS 334 Junior High and Secondary Music Methods 3

MUS 362 Instrumental Methods 2

MUS 363 Vocal Methods 2

ED 432 Student Teaching 12

Total 31

148

AREA OF SPECIALIZATION

Theory of Mus'C I 4

Theory of Music II 4

Theory of f^usic III 4

Theory of Music IV .4

History & Literature of Music I 3

History & Literature of Music II 3

History & Literature of Music III 3

History & Literature of Music IV 3

Conducting I 2

Conducting II 2

Orchestration 2

KEYBOARD AND VOICE PROFICIENCY

PIANO (required of all but piano majors')

MUS 160 Piano Class I 1

MUS 161 Piano Class II 1

MUS 171 Piano i

MUS

135

MUS

136

MUS

235

MUS

236

MUS

151

MUS

152

MUS

251

MUS

252

MUS

365

MUS

366

MUS

367

VOICE (required of all but voice majors*)

MUS 162 Voice Class I 1

MUS 163 Voice Class II 1

'Students whose applied area is Voice and Piano will substitute an approved music elective (3
credits)

PIANO COMPETENCY TEST

The Piano Competency Test is required of all music education majors
in order to qualify for student teaching. Students are expected to
complete the requirements and take the competency test by the end of
the sophomore year in order to qualify for the admission into the teacher
certification program and also to pursue the student teaching
experience.

149

MUS

280

MUS

281

II:

MUS

282

III:

MUS

283

IV:

MUS

284

MUS

285

VI:

MUS

286

VII

INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUES Minimum of 5

One course for each family of instruments is required.

Violin. Viola

Cello, String Bass

Flute, Oboe, Saxophone

Clarinet, Bassoon

Trumpet, French Horn

Trombone, Baritone Horn. Tuba

Percussion

APPLIED FIELD OF PERFORMANCE 7

Instrument - (MUS 164, 165, 166, 167. 168, 169, or 170): Piano {MUS 171): Voice (MUS
172): Organ (MUS 173)

PERFORMING ORGANIZATIONS

Seven semesters of participation is required. Option 1 credit per
semester may be counted toward graduation. No morethanScreditscan
be counted toward graduation requirements.
Total credits in specialization sequence 51-52

ATTENDANCE AT RECITALS

Students pursuing degree programs are required to attend the
biweekly student recital series for seven to eight semesters as an
extension of theircurricularand performance activities. Election of MUS
300, section 1 satisfies this requirement. All students are strongly
encouraged to perform.

JUNIOR/SENIOR RECITAL

For students in the B.S. in Education Degree in Music Education
program, a junior or senior recital is optional. Students wishing to
perform a junior or senior recital must audition in the spring semester
preceding the academic year in which the recital is to be scheduled.
Students who successfully complete the audition process should elect
MUS 300, section 2 and 3 respectively, to receive credit for this optional
elective.

150

TYPICAL PROGRAM IN MUSIC EDUCATION

Sample four-year curriculum for students whose field of performance
is instrumental. The curriculum for students whose field of performance
is piano or voice is similar. MUS 300, section 1 - Recitals should be
elected for each semester.

1ST SEMESTER: 16 s.h.

s h

Gen Ed requirements MUS 135 Theory of Music I 4

or Electives 9 Applied Music 1

9 MUS 160 'Piano Class I 1

"Inst Tecti 1

'"Performing Org 0-1

7-6

2ND SEMESTER: 17 or 18 s.h.

Gen Ed requirements MUS 136 Theory of Music 11 4

or Electives 9 Applied Music 1

HPE Physical Education 1 MUS 161 'Piano Class II 1

10 "Inst Tech 1

'"Performing Org 0-1

7-8

3RD SEMESTER: 17 or 18 s.h.

Gen Ed requirements MUS 235 Theory of Music III 4

or Electives 6 MUS 151- His & Lit of Mus. I 3

HPE Physical Education 1 Applied Music 1

7 'Piano 1

"Inst Tech 1

"'Peforming Org 0-1

10-11

4TH SEMESTER: 17 or 18 s.h.

Gen Ed. requirements MUS 236 Theory of Music IV 4

or Electives 3 MUS 152 His & Lit of Mus II 3

ED 110 Intro, to Education 3 Applied Music 1

HPE Health Education 2 "Inst Tech 1

8 '"Performing Org 0-1

9-10

151

322

MUS

333

MUS

363

5TH SEMESTER: 18 s.h.

Gen Ed requirements MUS 251 His & Lit of Music III ...3

or Electives 2 MUS 365 Conducting I 2

Education Psychology ... 3 Applied Music 1

Elem Mus Methods 3 MUS 162 'Voice Class I 1

Vocal Methods 2 "Inst Tech 1

10 "'Performing Org 0

6TH SEMESTER: 18 s.h.

Gen. Ed requirements MUS 252 His. & Lit of MuS- IV 3

or Electives 3 MUS 366 Conducting II 2

ED 427 Except in Reg CIsrm ... 3 Applied Music 1

MUS 334 Jr High & Sec Mus MUS 163 'Voice Class II 1

Methods 3 '"Performing Org 0

MUS 362 Inst Methods 2 7

7TH SEMESTER (or 8TH): 15 or 16 s.h.

Gen. Ed requirements MUS 367 Orchestration 2

or Electives 12 Applied Music 1

12 '"Performing Org 0-1

8TH SEMESTER (or 7TH): 12 s.h.

ED 432 Student Teaching 12

Total credits required for graduation: 130-131

'Students whose applied field of performance is Voice or Piano will substitute an approved
music elective

"Five out of seven Instrumental Techniques ( MUS 280-286) are the minimum requirement.
Each family of Instruments must be represented in the selection of Instrumental Techniques

"'Participation is required: however, a student may elect a performing organization for 1
credit or no credit No more than 8 credits can be counted toward the graduation
requirement.

152

SECONDARY EDUCATION

John J. ChJodo, Ph.D., Coordinator

Baccalaureate programs leading to certification in secondary
education (7-12) are available in biology, chemistry, communication
arts, earth and space science, English, French, general science,
German, mathematics, physics, Russian, social studies, and Spanish.
Each program is designed to provide students with a thorough
foundation in the teaching speciality and with the professional skills
needed to work effectively with adolescents in learning environments.

PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS

GENERAL EDUCATION

Secondary education students fulfill the general education
requirements by following the distribution noted on pages 87-89.
However, within certain majors there may be slight deviations from the
pattern presented and a secondary student should check with the
departmental office of the discipline in which he is majoring toascertain
any variations.

PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS

Introduction to Education 3

Educational Psychology 3

Educational Evaluation 3

Multi-Cultural Education 1

Basic Teaching Skills 2

Classroom Management 3

Teaching Reading in the Secondary Content Areas 3

Exceptionalities in Regular Classroom 3

Methods in 3

Secondary Student Teaching 12

SECONDARY CERTIFICATION SPECIALIZATION

Secondary Education majors may chooseareasof specialization from
the approved programs below. Curriculum requirements are noted for
each area of specialization.

110

322

224

225

226

227

333

427

SEC ED

XXX

SEC ED

424

153

BIOLOGY -- 50 Semester Hours

REQUIRED

c.h. s h

BIOL 153 Introductory Animal Biology 6 4

BIOL 154 Introductory Plant Biology 6 4

BIOL 201 Genetics 5 3

BIOL 202 Principles of Ecology 5 3

BIOL 203 Cell Biology 5 3

CHEM 153 General Chemistry I 6 4

CHEM 154 General Chemistry II 6 4

CHEM 254 Introductory Organic Chemistry 6 4

ED 332 Science Methods 3 3

MATH 171 Precalculus 4 4

PH 251 General Physics I 6 4

PH 252 General Physics II 6 4

ELECTIVES (Three required)

Courses taken as biology electives will be approved by the student's
advisor prior to registration.

MATH 151 and 152 may be substituted for 171. In meeting general
education requirements (see pages 87-89), the distribution in Natural
Sciences and Mathematics may be met with supplemental courses from
the field of specialization. Students should note that no more than one
non-laboratory elective may be included in credits for the major.

CHEMISTRY -- 30 Semester Hours

c h, s h.

Chemical Principles I 4 4

Chemical Principles Lab I 3 1

Chemical Principles II 4 4

Chemical Principles Lab 11 3 1

Organic Chemistry 3 3

Organic Chemistry Lab II 3 1

Organic Chemistry II 3 3
Spectroscopic Identification of

Organic Compounds 3 2

•CHEM 262 Organic Chemistry Lab II 3 1

Electives numbered 300 or above 9

CHEM 270 Chemical Information 1 1

'These laboratories must be taken concurrently with the lecture course.

REQUIRED

CHEM

151

•CHEM

161

CHEM

152

•CHEM

162

CHEM

251

•CHEM

261

CHEM

252

CHEM

257

154

ELECTIVES (Four required)

Courses taken as chemistry elect ives will be approved by the student's
advisor prior to registration.

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

MATH 171 Precalculus 4 4

MATH 270 Calculus with Analytical Geometry I 4 4

MATH 271 Calculus with Analytical Geometry II 4 4

and either

PH 251 General Physics I 6 4

PH 252 General Physics II 6 4

PH 258 Introductory Physics Lecture I 5 4

PH 268 Introductory Physics Laboratory I 3 1

PH 259 Introductory Physics Lecture II 5 4

PH 269 Introductory Physics Laboratory II 3 1

Students who have taken CHEM 153 and 154 may be permitted, upon

consideration of their performance, to substitute these courses for
CHEM 151 and 152. A total of 30 semester hours in chemistry must be
taken.

COMMUNICATION ARTS -- 42 Semester Hours

The Communication Arts program represents a new concept in the
preparation of prospective teachersof communication-related subjects.
It is designed to equip the teacher with the ability to help students make
meaning out of their experience through the uses of language and all
those behaviors, verbal and nonverbal, associated with the uses of
language. The candidate may develop a program that meets his special
needs and interests as a potential teacher of English, speech, drama, and
other communication subjects. Successful completion of the program
leads to the communication certification.

155

REQUIRED -- 18 credits

ENG 200 Composition and Literature

ENG 221 or 222 English Literature Survey

ENG 252 Intro, to the English Language

SCT 200 Interpersonal Communication Theory

SCT 154 Introductory Interpretation

SCT 253 Introduction to the Theater

SCT 251 Voice and Articulation

CONCENTRATION -- 24 credits

24 hours in either literature or speech; or 12 hours in each of two:
speech, theater, composition, literature, media, or linguistics.

ELECTIVES -- 2 credits

Courses taken as communication arts electives will be approved by
the student's advisor prior to registration.

EARTH SCIENCE -- 44 Semester Hours

c,h. s,h.

Physcial Geology 3 3

Solar Astronomy 3 3

Historical Geology 3 3

Oceanography 3 3

Meteorology 3 3

Map Interpretation 3 3

Introductory Animal Biology 6 4

Introductory Plant Biology 6 4

General Chemistry I 3 3

General Chemistry Lab I 3 1

General Chemistry II 3 3

General Chemistry Lab II 3 1

General Physics I 6 4

General Physics II 6 4

REQUIRED

150

200

250

270

280

GEOG

125

BIOL

153

BIOL

154

CHEM

153

CHEM

163

CHEM

154

CHEM

164

251

252

156

ELECTIVES

Courses taken as earth and space electives will be approved by the
student's advisor prior to registration.

In satisfying the general education distribution, pages 87-89, it is
recommended that Earth and Space majors schedule MATH 171.

For a concentration in geology, students should elect courses from:

ES 255

ES 260

ES 350

ES 355

Landforms ES 360: Mineralogy (Minerals)

Environmental Geology ES 370 Petrology (Rocks)

Structural Geology ES 375: Sedimentation and
Invertebrate Paleontology Stratigraphy

For a concentration in astronomy-planetarium operation, students will
elect the following:

ES 201 Stellar Astronomy COOP 306: Internship Planetarium

SCED 485 Planetarium Operation COMM 251: Introduction to Images

& Management

For a broad field of Earth Science, select any course with an ES number
except ES 111.

ENGLISH -- 45 Semester Hours

REQUIRED (27 credits hours)

ch sh

ENG 200 Composition and Literature 3 3

ENG 482 Pedagogy of Composition 3 3

ENG 252 Intro to the English Language 3 3

ENG 457 Intro to Linguistics 3 3

ENG 221 English Literature Beginning to 1800 3 3

ENG 222 English Literature: 1800 to the Present 3 3

ENG 225 American Literature Beginning to 1860 3 3

ENG 226 American Literature from 1860 to

the Present 3 3

ENG 370 Literature for Young Adults 3 3

ELECTIVES (18 credit hours)

Suggested Writing Electives (select 1); 3 3

ENG 200/201, ENG 202, ENG 203, ENG 204, ENG 206, ENG 306

Suggested Language Electives (select 1): 33

ENG 253, ENG 458

Literature Electives (12 Hours - Nine of which must 12 12

be taken on the 300/400 course levels)

157

FRENCH -- 42 Semester Hours

REQUIRED

c h s h

"FR 251 Intermediate French I 3 3

"PR 252 Intermediate French II 3 3

'May be omitted upon demonstration of proficiency at second year level,

FR 255 French Civilization I 3 3

FR 256 French Civilization II 3 3

FR 351 Advanced Grammar & Composition 3 3

ELECTIVES

FR 253 Commercial French 3 3

FR 260 The French Short Story 3 3

FR 265 Intermediate Conversation 3 3

FR 353 Development of the French Drama 3 3

FR 354 Development of the French Novel 3 3

FR 356 Development of French Poetry 3 3

FR 358 French Thinkers 3 3

FR 360 French Canadian Writers 3 3

FR 361 Black Writers m French Literature 3 3

FR 451 Supervised Readings in French Literature 3 3

A minimum of 6 s h must be taken m courses numbered 352 or above.

Students participating in foreign study programs must complete at
least six hours of French literature at Clarion, regardless of the number
of credits earned abroad.

158

GENERAL SCIENCE -- 42 Semester Hours

A program specifically designed to prepare students to teach science
at the junior high or middle school level General Science majors a re not
prepared to teach specialized high school courses such as biology,
chemistry, physics, or earth science. Likewise, a biology, chemistry, or
physics major is not prepared to teach General Science unless his
college program is broadened to include all of the required science
courses of the General Science curriculum. A student who desires to
teach only specialized courses should major in thespecific subjectarea

REQUIRED

c.h. s h

BIOL 153 Introductory Animal Biology 6 4

BIOL 154 Introductory Plant Biology 6 4

CHEM 153 General Chemistry I 6 4

CHEM 163 General Chemistry Laboratory I 3 1

CHEM 154 General Chemistry II 6 4

CHEM 164 General Chemistry Laboratory 11 3 1

•PH 251 General Physics I 6 4

•PH 252 General Physics II 6 4

ES 252 Physical Geology 3 3

ES 351 Meteorology 3 3

ES 200 Solar Astronomy 3 3

SCED 460 Science Curriculum In the M'ddle and

Junior High School 3 3

"MATH 171 IS a prerequisite MATH 151 and 152 may be substituted for 171 Majors m General
Science should not mclude BIOL 111. MATH 112. PHSC 111 and 112. and ES 111 m their
general education programs (see pages 87-89) MATH 171 or 151 and 152 should be elected

Three (3) additional science courses will be needed to give a minimum
of 42 credits. Students, with advisement, may elect courses from one
field only, or courses may be distributed among biology, chemistry, or
physics.

Since General Science is an interdisciplinary major, students must
maintain a quality point average of 2.00 in each of the following fields:
physics, chemistry, biology, and earth science.

A biology, chemistry, or physics major will be recommended for
Instructional I certificate in General Science only if his program of
courses has included, satisfactorily, all the basic courses in the General
Science curriculum

159

REQUIRED

••GER

251

•■GER

252

GER

255

GER

256

GER

351

GERMAN -- 42 Semester Hours

c.h. s.h.

Intermediate German I 3 3

Intermediate German II 3 3

Germanic Civilization I 3 3

Germanic C'villzation II 3 3

Advanced Grammar & Composition 3 3

"May be omitted upon demonstration of proficiency at second year level

Scientific German 3 3

Commercial German 3 3

The German Short Story 3 3

Intermediate Conversation 3 3

Survey of German Literature through the

Classical Age 3 3

The Modern German Drama 3 3

German Romanticism 3 3

Classical German Literature Goethe

Schiller & Lessing 3 3

German Lyric Poetry 3 3

Supervised Readings in German

Literature 3 3

A minimum of 6 s h must be taken 'n courses numbered 352 or above

Students participating in foreign study programs must complete at
least six hours of German literature at Clarion, regardless of the number
of credits earned abroad.

ELECTIVES

GER

253

GER

254

GER

260

GER

265

GER

352

GER

353

GER

355

GER

358

GER

361

GER

451

160

MATHEMATICS -- 34 Semester Hours

REQUIRED

MATH

270

MATH

271

MATH

272

MATH

240

MATH

321

MATH

357

MATH

370

MATH

451

MATH

49-

Calculus with Analytical Geometry I .
Calculus with Analytical Geometry II
Calculus with Analytical Geometry III
Discrete Mathematical Structures . . . .
Introductory Mathematical Statistics .

Modern Geometry

Linear Algebra

Modern Algebra I

Seminar

c h
4
4
4
3
3
3
3
3
1

sh
4
4
4
3
3
3
3
3
1

ELECTIVES (Six credits)

Courses taken as mathematics eiectives will be approved by the
student's advisor prior to registration.

Majors should select PH 258 and or CHEM 151 or 153 instead of Basic
PHSC 111-112. PHSC 111-112 may not count toward graduation.

Concurrent certification in Physics is possible with the election of PH
258, 259, 351 , 352, 353, 354, and 370 or 453. Students admitted into both
programs should substitute ED 335 for 324.

161

REQUIRED

258

•PH

268

259

•PH

269

351

352

353

354

••PH

370

CHEM

153

•CHEM

163

CHEM

154

PHYSICS -- 34 Semester Hours

c.h s.h.

Introductory Physics Lecture 1 5 4

Introductory Physics Laboratory I 3 1

Introductory Physics Lecture II 5 4

Introductory Physics Laboratory II 3 1

Mechanics; Dynamics 3 3

Electricity and Magnetism 3 3

Modern Physics I 3 3

Optics 3 3

Experimental Physics I 3-6 2

Experimental Physics II 3-6 2

General Chemistry I 3 3

General Chemistry Laboratory I 3 1

General Chemistry II 3 3

'CHEM 164 General Chemistry Laboratory II 3 1

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

MATH 270 Calculus With Analytical Geometry I 4 4

MATH 271 Calculus With Analytical Geometry II 4 4

MATH 272 Calculus With Analytical Geometry I II 4 4

MATH 350 Ordinary Differential Equations 3 3

Concurrent certification in Mathematics is possible with the election
of MATH 451 and two approved Mathematics eiectives. Students
admitted into both programs should take PH 460 as their Physics elective
and substitute ED 335 for ED 324.

'These laboratories must be taken concurrently with lecture courses.

**Physics majors should schedule twice, for 2 credits each.

162

RUSSIAN -- 42 Semester Hours

REQUIRED

RUSS

251

RUSS

252

RUSS

255

RUSS

256

RUSS

351

ELECTIVES

RUSS

253

RUSS

265

RUSS

352

RUSS

353

RUSS

354

RUSS

355

RUSS

361

RUSS

451

c.h sh

Intermediate Russian I 3 3

Intermediate Russian II 3 3

Russian Civilization I 3 3

Russian Civilization II 3 3

Advanced Grammar & Composition 3 3

Scientific Russian 3 3

Intermediate Conversation 3 3

Introduction to Russian Literature 3 3

The Russian Drama 3 3

The Russian Novel 3 3

Readings in Soviet Language 3 3

Dostoevsky 3 3

Supervised Readings in Russian 3 3

A mininum of 6 sh. must be taken in courses numbered 352 or above.

Students participating in Russian studies during summer in the USSR
or Europe must have 2 years of Russian and at least one course in
Russian Literature and Culture.

163

SOCIAL STUDIES - 45 Semester Hours

Selection must include courses in all seven of the following fields:
anthropology, economics, geography, history, political science,
psychology, and sociology.

REQUIRED COMPONENTS

S.H

American Culture 6

Behavioral Sciences 6

Economics 6

World Culture 6

Social Science Electives 6

A list of courses satisfying the above requirements may be obtained
from the coordinator of the Social Studies program.

DISCIPLINE CONCENTRATION

The student must choose 18 hours of course work in one area:
anthropology, economcis. geography, history, political science, or
sociology. Specific course listings may be located under the respective
department. With authorization of the Social Studies coordinator,
students can develop a behavional science concentration.

ANTHROPOLOGY

ANTH 213. 214 250. 251. 353. 354. 356. 357. 358. 359. 360. 361 362. 400. 401. 402.
ECONOMICS

ECON 310 311. 312 340. 341. 351. 361. 370. 371. 410. 453. 470. 490.
GEOGRAPHY

GEOG 115 125. 225 250 258 260. 265 275 300. 325 385 400 450

164

HISTORY

HIST 1 1 1 . 210, 21 5. 254. 255. 256, 310, 311 , 320. 330, 335, 340, 345. 355. 356. 357, 358, 359,
361 , 362, 365. 366, 370, 375, 376, 385, 400, 439, 440. 452. 453. 454. 456, 457, 458, 461 , 462,
463, 487. 471

POLITICAL SCIENCE

PS 210. 351, 352, 353, 354. 355. 365. 366. 375. 451. 452. 458
PSYCHOLOGY

PSY 225, 230. 251 . 260. 331 . 340. 350, 354, 360, 452, 454, 455, 456, 458, 459. 464.
SOCIOLOGY

SOC 300, 321, 340, 351, 352, 361, 362, 363, 370. 380. 395: SW 311, 312

SPANISH - 42 Semester Hours

REQUIRED

SPAN

251

SPAN

252

SPAN

255

SPAN

256

SPAN

351

c.h.

Intermediate Spanish I 3

Intermediate Spanish II 3

Hispanic Civilization I 3

Hispanic Civilizaition II 3

Advanced Grammar & Compositon 3

s.h.
3
3
3
3
3

'May be omitted upon demonstration of proficiency at second year level.

ELECTIVES

SPAN

253

SPAN

260

SPAN

265

SPAN

352

SPAN

353

SPAN

354

SPAN

355

SPAN

360

SPAN

451

Commercial Spanish 3

The Hispanic Short Story 3

Intermediate Conversation 3

Introduction to Spanish Literature 3

The Modern Spanish Drama 3

The Modern Spanish Novel 3

The "Generation of 1898" 3

Survey of Spanish American Literature 3

Supervised Readings in Hispanic Literature 3

A minimum of 6 s h must be taken in courses numbered 352 or above

Students participating in foreign study programs must complete at
least six hours of Spanish or Spanish-American literature at Clarion,
regardless of the number of credits earned abroad.

165

DEPARTMENT OF SPECIAL EDUCATION

Louis E. Gurecka, M.S., Chair

Professors: Huwar, Kern, Schreffler, Shirey, Vayda; Associate
Professors: Dunkle; Assistant Professors: Gurecka, K. Smith: Part-Time
Instructor: Rexford

The Special Education curriculum is a competency-based program
which has identified specific professional competencies regarded as
essential for performance as a diagnostic/prescriptive teacher of
children who have special needs. Some of these competencies are
acquired through the use of instructional modules which detail the
objective(s) to be achieved and identify the instructional materials and
processes which the student may employ. The instructional modules are
in the form of learning packets, or self-directed study guides, which the
student may use independent of the university instructor and/or
classroom. They have the characteristics of individualization, making it
possible for students to proceed at their own pace according to
individual abilities and initiative.

Human relations skills-training is presented through a series of
sensitizing exercises which focus upon fundamental social interactions
among teachers, students, administrators, and parents. These crucial
teaching attitudes and behavioral skills are deliberately planned instead
of being left to chance.

Training in the clinical skills of diagnosis of learning difficulties in
children is conducted with individuals who come to the Special
Education Department's educational appraisal clinic for intensive study.
Prior to such specialized training, studentsengage in a wide spectrum of
field experiences, observing and interacting with exceptional children in
school and community program settings.

Student teaching, which may be done in a team setting, is the
culminating field experience and is conducted during the senior year. All
student teachers will have at least two varied experiences, either with
two types of exceptionalities, or with one regular elementary class and
one special education setting.

166

Professional Education and Area of Specialization

ED 1 10 Introduction to Education 3

PSY 260 Developmental Psychology 3

PSY 322 Educational Psychology 3

ELED 323 Teaching of Reading 3

ELED 324 Teaching of Math 3

SPA 457 Dev Seq of Language/Speech 3

SPED 210 Human Exceptionalities 3

SPED 215 Human Relations Skills 3

SPED 220 Nature of Mental Retardation 3

SPED 225 Early Field Experience 1

SPED 240 The Physically Handicapped 3

SPED 305 Specific Learning Disabilities 3

SPED 310 Socially and Emotionally Disturbed 3

SPED 445 Career Education 2

SPED 410 Educational Appraisal 4

SPED 415 ID&SforM/MH 6

SPED 420 ID&SforS/PM 6

SPED 425 Behavior Management 3

SPED 450 Student Teaching 12

RELATED SERVICES 11

NOTE: General Education requirements are listed on pages 87-89.

TYPICAL PROGRAM FOR
SPECIAL EDUCATION MAJORS

FIRST YEAR -- 32 Semester Hours

s.h. s.h.

ENG 111 English Comp 3 HPE Activity 1

HPE 111 Health Education 2 General Education

SPED 210 Human Requirements or

Exceptionalities 3 Electives 23

167

SECOND YEAR -- 32 Semester Hours

PSY 111 General Psychology 3 SPA 457 Development Sequences

SPED 215 Human Relations of Languages & Speech 3

Skills 2 SPED 240 The Physically

SPED 225 Early F'eld Handicapped 3

Experience 1 PSY 260 Developmental

ED 110 Intro to Educ 3 Psychology 3

HPE Activity 1 PSY 322 Educational

SPED 220 Nature of Mental Psychology 3

Retardation 3 General Education

Requirements or
Electives 7

THIRD YEAR -- 32 Semester Hours

5th Semester 6th or 7th Semester

ELED 323 Teaching of SPED 410 Educational Appraisal

Reading 3 & Prescription I 4

ELED 324 Teaching of Elem General

School Math 3 Requirements 12

SPED 305 Specific Learning

Disabilities 3

General Electives 6

FOURTH YEAR -- 31 Semester Hours

7fh or 6th Semester 8th Semester

SPED 415 Instruc Dev & SPED 422 Professional

Strategies MMH 6 Practicum 2

SPED 420 Instruc Dev & SPED 450 Student Teaching 12

Strategies P'SH 6

SPED 425 Behavior Mgmt 3

SPED 445 Career Education 2

168

DUAL CERTIFICATION

Elementary Education and Special Education

FIRST SEMESTER

SECOND SEMESTER

110

ENG

111

BIOL

111

SPED

210

Intro to Educ 3 SPED 220

English Comp 3 ECH 321

Basic BioL Sci 4 SCI 113

Human Except 3

Human Elective 3 HUM 120

16 SPED 215

Nature of MR 3

Childhood Dev 3

Fund of Speech 3

Non-Western Culture .... 3

or 121 3

Human Rel Skills Trng . . 2
17

THIRD SEMESTER

FOURTH SEMESTER

PHSC 111 Basic Physical

Science: Chem 3

HPE 111 Health Education 2

MATH 111 Basic Math for

Elem Teachers 3

ES 111 Basic Earth Sci 3

SPED 225 Early Field Exp 1

SPED 240 Physically Handi 3

MATH 211

PSY

322

PHSC

112

224

HPE

SPED

305

Modern Concept of

Math for El Tchrs 3

Educational Psych 3

Basic Physical Sci 3

Educational Eval 3

Activity 1

Specific Learning

Disabilities 3

FIFTH SEMESTER

SIXTH SEMESTER

ENG

MUS

SPED

HIST

252
226

131

211
310

213

Intro, to Eng.

Language 3

Basic Teaching

Skills 3

Fund of Music 3

American Govt 3

Socially and

Emotionally

Disturbed 3

Hist, of the US 3

ELED

323

ELED

324

ELED

331

ELED

330

MUS

132

HPE

223

SPA

455

Teaching of Reading .... 3
Tchng Elem School

Math 3

Children's Lit 3

Communication Arts 2

Basic Music Methods .... 3
Physical Education

for Elem Majors 1

Speech Corr for the

Classroom Tchr 3

169

SEVENTH SEMESTER EIGHTH SEMESTER

ID & S M/MH 6

ID & S for S/PM 6

Behav Mgmt/Sp.Ed.

Settings 3

Career Education 2

ELED

325

Tchng of Elem

SPED

415

Scfiool Social

SPED

420

Studies

....3

SPED

425

ELED

326

Reading Problems

in Elem, School . . .

....3

SPED

445

SCED

322

Tchng. of Elem Sci .

.. .. 3

ART

190

Art in the Elem
Grade

....3

HPE

323

Mod Curr - HPE . . . .

SPED

410

Educ Appraisal 1 ....

. . .. 4
17

NINTH SEMESTER

ELED 424 Elem Student

Teaching 6

SPED 450 Student Teaching 6

B.S. DEGREE IN HABILITATIVE SCIENCES

Clarion University of Pennsylvania has developed a program to
prepare professional personnel to provide meaningful human services
to various groups of persons who have specialized needs such as those
who are developmentally disabled, aging, troubled youth, and
alcohol/drug abusers. Program graduates shall be competent in the
technology of individual client service planning and implementation.
They shall also be knowledgeable about the needs of the client-groups
and the fundamental concepts of service-delivery at the personal or
care-giving level as well as at the program level. They are skilled at the
entry-level in relevant career activities of client-programming/theory
and are prepared to be considered for supervisory/consultative roles as
program specialists.

170

PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS

AREA OF SPECIALIZATION

I. Habilitative Science Core - 41 credits

SPED 210 Human Exceptionalities 3

SPED 215 Human Relations Skills Training 2

SPED 225 Early Field Experience 1

SPED 240 The Physically Handicapped 3

SPED 310 Socially and Emotionally Disturbed 3

SPED 425 Behavior Management 3

PSY 464 Intro to Clinical Psychology 3

HS 460 Models of Delivery Systems ,3

HS 470 Therapeutic & Residential Svc Programs . .6

ACTG 151 Financial Accounting 3

PSY 354 Abnormal Psychology 3

SW 311 Principles of Social Work 3

SW 312 Social Work v>/ith Groups 3

HPE 31 7 First Aid and Safety 2

II Areas of Concentration (select one or more)

A Developmentally Disabled — 39 credits

SPED 220 Nature of Mental Retardation 3

SPED 415 ID & S M'MH 6

SPED 420 ID & S S/PM 6

HS 465 Assessment of Adaptive Behavior and

Vocational Potential 3

PSY 260 Developmental Psychology 3

HPE 326 Adapted Physical Education 5

HS 495 Field Exp with Develop Disab 15

B Substance Abuse -- 33 credits

SPED 305 Specific Learning Disabilities 3

HS 405 Substance Abuse 3

HS 465 Assess Adapt Beh /Voc Potential 3

PSY 321 Psychology of Adolescence 3

SOC 351 Contemporary Social Problems 3

GS 242 You and the Law 3

HS 495 Field Experience in Area of

Substance Abuse 15

C Gerontology - 33 credits

SPED 220 Nature of Mental Retardation 3

SPED 305 Specific Learning Disabilities 3

HS 405 Substance Abuse 3

PSY 457 Psychology of Adult Dev/ Aging 3

SOC 351 Contemporary Social Problems 3

SOC 352 The Family 3

HS 495 Field Experience with Elderly 15

III Electives — 0-6 credits

Students should select one of three areas of concentration.

NOTE: General Education requirements are listed on page 87-89.

171

SPECIAL EDUCATION AND
HABILITATIVE SCIENCES DUAL EMPHASIS

By taking a dual emphasis in Special Education and Habilitative
Sciences, students will gain expertise to serve in schools and with
community agencies. In addition to the general education requirements
for all students, the following three areas and one area of concentration
will constitute the program.

AREA OF SPECIALIZATON

1. Special Education — 49 credits

SPED 210 Human Exceptionalities 3

SPED 215 Human Relation Skills Training 2

SPED 220 Nature of Mental Retardation 3

SPED 225 Early Field Experience 1

SPED 240 The Physically Handicapped 3

SPED 305 Specific Learning Disabilities 3

SPED 310 Socially and Emotionally Disturbed 3

SPED 410 Educational Appraisal I 4

SPED 415 ID & S for MM Handicapped 6

SPED 420 ID & S for SP Multihandicapped 6

SPED 425 Behavior Managment in Sp Ea Settings 3

SPED 450 Student Teaching 6

2. Habilitative Sciences — 20 credits

HS 460 Models of Hum, Svcs Del, Sys 3

HS 470 Therapeutic'Residential Svc Programs 6

ACTG 151 Financial Accounting 3

SW 311 Principles of Social Work 3

SW 31 2 Social Work with Groups 3

HPE 31 7 First Aid and Safety 2

3. Professional Education — 15 credits

ED 110 Introduction to Education 3

PSY 322 Educational Psychology 3

ELED 323 Teaching of Reading 3

ELED 324 Teaching of Elementary School Math 3

SPA 457 Developmental Sequence Lang, Sp 3

AREAS OF CONCENTRATION (select 1 or more)

4. Developmentally Disabled — 13 credits

HS 465 Assessment of Adaptive Behavior 3

HPE 326 Adapted Physical Education 3

HS 495 Field Exp vy//Dev Disabled 7

5. Substance Abuse — 13 credits

HS 405 Substance Abuse 3

HS 465 Assessment of Adaptive Behavior 3

HS 495 Field Exp w/Dev Disabled 7

6. Gerontology — 13 credits

HS 405 Substance Abuse 3

PSY 457 Psychology of Adult Dev /Aging 3

HS 495 Field Experience 7

172

ELEMENTARY EDUCATION/SPECIAL EDUCATION

With careful planning, students can complete programs leading to
certification in both special education and elementary education in 9
semesters or 4 years and a summer, thereby becoming eligible to teach
in both regular and special classrooms. The dual certification will also
help students to meet the challenges of mainstreaming. In addition,
several states are now requiring dual certification to teach handicapped
individuals.

DEPARTMENT OF SPEECH PATHOLOGY
AND AUDIOLOGY

R. Dennis Hetrick, Chair

Professors: Dininny, Hartley, Hetrick: Associate Professors: Keenan,
McAleer, Smith; Assistant Professor: Simpson

This program, leading to the Bachelor of Science Degree in Speech
Pathology and Audiology, is designed to prepare students to function
with children and adults in school and non-school settings as speech
and hearing professionals. Since full professional status requires
certification by the American Speech Language and Hearing
Association, the program has been designed to provide not only
entering competence but a thorough foundation for advanced study,
with students selecting either a speech and hearing science or clinical
track option. Furthermore, the department has an articulation
agreement with Gallaudet College wherein interested majors may study
for a semester at Gallaudet College and transferall earned credits back
to Clarion University. A deaf education concentration is also available
for those who seek that career opportunity.

In addition to the undergraduate program the Department offers a
graduate degree program in Speech Pathology and Audiology.

173

SPA

125

SPED

210

SPA

450

SPA

451

SPA

452

SPA

453

SPA

456

SPA

457

SPA

458

SPA

460

SPA

463

SPA

468

110

ELED

323

PSY

ENG

457

MATH

221

SPA

423

SPA

422

REQUIRED COURSES -- CLINICAL TRACK

c.h. s.h.

Introduction to Communication Disorders 3 3

Human Exceptionalities 3 3

Speech Science 3 3

Anatomy of Speech and Hearing Mechanisms 3 3

Speech Pathology I 3 . 3

Speech Pathology II 3 3

Phonetics and Phonology 3 3

Developmental Sequences in Language 3 3

Language Disorders in Children 3 3

Hearing Problems 3 3

Speech Reading and Auditory Training 3 3

Speech and Hearing Clinic I: Practicum 7.5 3

Introduction to Education 3 3

Teaching of Reading 3 3

Electives 9 9

Introduction to Linguistics 3 3

or PSY 230 3 3

Professional Practicum 2 2

Clinical Externship 30 12

NOTE: For General Education requirements in Speech Pathology and
Audiology see pages 87-89.

SPEECH PATHOLOGY AND AUDIOLOGY --
SEQUENCES OF COURSES - CLINICAL TRACK

1ST SEMESTER

SPA 125 Introduction to Communication Disorders 3 3

SPA 450 Speech Science 3 3

2ND SEMESTER

SPA 456 Phonetics and Phonology 3 3

1ST or 2ND SEMESTER

SPED 210 Human Exceptionalities 3 3

3RD SEMESTER

SPA 452 Speech Pathology I 3 3

SPA 451 Anatomy of Speech and Hearing Mechanisms 3 3

174

4TH SEMESTER

SPA 457 Developmental Sequences in Languages

and Speech 3 3

SPA 453 Speech Pathology II 3 3

5TH SEMESTER

SPA 460 Hearing Problems 3 3

6TH SEMESTER

SPA 463 Speech Reading and Auditory Trainmg 3 3

STHorBTH SEMESTER

SPA 468 Speech and Hearing Clinic I; Practicum 7.5 3

SPA 458 Language Disorders in Children 3 3

7TH orSTH SEMESTER

SPA 423 Professional Practicum 2 2

SPA 422 Clinical Externship 30 12

REQUIRED COURSES -- SPEECH AND HEARING SCIENCE TRACK

oh. sh

Introduction to Communication Disorders

Computer Info. Process

Human Exceptionalities

Speech Science I

Anatomy of Speech and Hearing Mechanisms ....

Speech Pathology I

Speech Pathology II

Phonetics and Phonology

Developmental Sequences in Language

Language Disorders in Children

Hearing Problems

Speech Reading and Auditory Training

Speech and Hearing Clinic I

Introduction to Education

Teaching of Reading

Electives

Introduction to Linguistics

or PSY 230

Professional Practicum

Clinical Externship

NOTE: For General Education requirements in Speech Pathology and
Audiology see pages 87-89.

SPA

125

BCIS

200

SPED

210

SPA

450

SPA

451

SPA

452

SPA

453

SPA

456

SPA

457

SPA

458

SPA

460

SPA

463

SPA

468

110

ELED

323

PSY

ENG

457

MATH

221

SPA

4 23

SPA

422

7.5

175

SPEECH PATHOLOGY AND AUDIOLOGY --

SEQUENCE OF COURSES --
SPEECH AND HEARING SCIENCE TRACK

1ST SEMESTER

SPA 125 Introduction to Communication Disorders 3 3

SPA 450 Speech Science 3 3

2ND SEMESTER

SPA 456 Phonetics and Phonology 3 3

1ST or 2ND SEMESTER
SPED 210 Human Exceptionalities 3 3

3RD SEMESTER
SPA 451 Anatomy of Speech and Hearing Mechanisms 3 3

4TH SEMESTER

SPA 457 Developmental Sequences in Language

and Speech 3 3

5TH SEMESTER

SPA 452 Speech Pathology I 3 3

6TH SEMESTER
SPA 453 Speech Pathology II 3 3

7TH SEMESTER
SPA 460 Hearing Problems 3 3

8TH SEMESTER

SPA 463 Speech Reading and Auditory Training 3 3

7TH orSTH SEMESTER

SPA 458 Language Disorders in Children 3 3

SPA 467 Clinical Observation 3 3

ENG 457 Introduction to Lmguisitics 3 3

SPA 472 Seminar in Speech Science 3 3

176

COLLEGE OF GRADUATE STUDIES
AND CONTINUING EDUCATION

Frank H. Sessions, Ph.D., Dean

Office: Carrier Administration Building, Room 108
Telephone Extension — Continuing Education: 2227
Telephone Extension — Graduate Studies: 2337

GRADUATE DEGREE PROGRAMS

Clarion University of Pennsylvania offers 1 1 graduate level programs
leading to the Master of Arts, Master of Business Administration, Master
of Education, Master of Science, orMasterof Science in LibraryScience
(accredited by the American Library Association) degrees.

Biology (M.S.) Mathematics (M.Ed.)

Business (M.B.A.) Reading Education (M.Ed.)

Communications (M.S.) Science Education (M.Ed.)

Elementary Education (M.Ed.) Special Education (M.S.)

English (M.A.) Speech Pathology and
Library Science (M.S.L.S.) Audiology (M.S.)

Teacher certificate programsarealso availablefor Instructional Media
Specialist, Reading Specialist, and School Supervisor.

For more detailed information on graduate curricula and courses,
refer to the Graduate School bulletin.

CONTINUING EDUCATION PROGRAMS

The major thrust of continuing education is to organize and make
available to the community the vast resource of instructional talent that
resides in the area. Educational programming of all types, presented in
almost any format, and developed to meet the needs of a wide variety of
audiences, is possible through continuing education.

Generally continuing education activities will fall into one of three
program types: non-credit courses, open to the general public without
regard to educational backgrounds: credit courses offered to meet
professional needs: and conferences, a concentrated experiene
developed for a specific group.

Non-credit courses, as the name implies, do not carry academic credit.
do not require admission to the university, do not have examinations or
grades. They are mostly conducted on a basic level, thus allowing

177

everyone the opportunity for personal growth. Reasons for pursuing
non-credit courses could be for gaining job skills, personal
development, intellectual enrichment or just plain fun.

The fee for each non-credit course is determined largely by the costs
involved in presenting the course. This requires that a minimum
enrollment be achieved in order for a course to proceed.

Records of each student's participation in non-credit classes will be
maintained. The Continuing Education Unit, C.E.U., will be awarded
upon successful completion of a course. One C.E.U. represents 10 hours
of instruction.

Continuing education programs providing academic credit are
generally offered to meet an in-service or professional development
educational need of a specific professional group.

Conference activity at Clarion University of Pennsylvania will be
aimed at bringing to the campus various occupational, business,
fraternal, labor, and professional groups for concentrated day-long,
week-long educational activities. The extent to which Clarion faculty is
involved in the instructional component will vary with each conference.

The Evening University is offered in cooperation with the Colleges of
Business Administration and Arts and Sciences. This program,
addressed mainly to the adult, provides the means to earn a
baccalaureate degree while attending class only after5:00 p.m. Possible
majors are Bachelor of Science in Business Administration with a
concentration in Real Estate: and Bachelorof Science Degree in General
Studies. The College of Continuing Education provides the means of
admission and class registration.

As the educational needs of the area become more apparent through
observation, suggestion, and assessment, the College of Continuing
Education, in cooperation with the various academic units across the
campus, will develop and offer programs intended to meet those needs.
A class can take place at any time, at any place, and deal with almost any
subject.

178

COLLEGE OF LIBRARY SCIENCE

Office; Carlson Library Building, Room 166
Telephone Extension: 2271

Charles Economous, M.S., Chair

Office: Carlson Library Building, Room 181
Telephone Extension: 2377

Professors: Gamaluddin, Vavrek: Associate Professors: Economous,
Head, Jetter; Assistant Professors: Karp

On December 3, 1937, the State Council of Education approved a
curriculum for the education of school librarians at Clarion University.

Library Science courses are also offered as electives for Liberal Arts
and Business Administration students (see program description for
those degree programs).

Besides meeting state requirements for school librarianship, the
library science program at Clarion qualifies students for entry level
positions in public and special libraries.

Candidates for the B.S. degree in Education who specialize in library
science are required to complete 30 semester hours of library
science/communication courses. Upon receipt of the degree, the
graduate is recommend.ed for certification as a librarian in all grades of
the Pennsylvania public schools.

The undergraduate student begins library science courses in the first
semester of the freshman year with the course. Introduction to Media
Librarianship. A "C" average must be maintained in library
science/communication courses and a cumulative "C" average in all
courses must be earned to graduate. (Coursework morethanSyearsold
will not be acceptable in meeting certification requirements.) A student
planning eventually to work for a master's degree in library science may
need a reading knowledge of a modern foreign language and may,
therefore, wish to take one of these languages as an undergraduate. It is
also advisable to take one or more courses in computer information
science.

Before being assigned to student teaching, all students specializing in
library science must have completed the thirty hours required for the
specialization.

The student will find information on scholarship requirements for
Teacher Education students on pages 135-136.

A total of 128 semester hours must be completed for the B.S. in
Education.

179

THE CURRICULUM IN
LIBRARY SCIENCE EDUCATION

(Certification Program)

(Sequence of courses subject to change for administrative reasons.)

1ST SEMESTER

LS 255 Intro to Media

Librarianship 3

LS 432 Colloquium 0

3RD SEMESTER

LS 257 Basic Information

Sources & Serv 3

LS 357 Organization of

Media 3

LS 432 Colloquium 0

5TH SEMESTER

*LS 356 Media for

Adolescents 3

LS 490 Lib Mtis, & Serv

for Exceptional

Students 3

LS 432 Colloquium 0

7TH SEMESTER

ED 423 Lib Practice 30-12

'Prerequisite LS 258

2ND SEMESTER

LS 258 Selection of Library

Media 3

CIS 217 Application of

Microcomputers 3

LS 432 Colloquium 0

4TH SEMESTER

•LS 358 Media for Children 3

COMM 405 Presentation Graphics ... 3
LS 432 Colloquium 0

6TH SEMESTER

LS 360 Admin, of School

Media Centers 3

LS 459 Media. Methods and

the Curriculum 3

LS 432 Colloquium 0

8TH SEMESTER

LS 432 Colloquium 0

180

Elementary education majors electing to take library science as a
second major are required to take a professional core the seventh
semester.

Library science majors electing a second major are required to take
ED 423 -- 6 semester hours - and ELED 424 or ED 424 -- 6 semester
hours.

LIBRARY SCIENCE/COMMUNICATION

30 Semester Hours

REQUIRED;

c.h. s h.

Introduction to Media Librarianship 3 3

Basic Information Sources and Services 3 3

Selection of Library f\/1edla 3 3

Media for Adolescents 3 3

Organization of Media 3 3

Media for Children 3 3

Administration of School Media Centers 3 3

Media. Methods, and the Curriculum 3 3

Library Matis and Ser for

Exceptional Students 3 3

Colloquium 0 0

Presentation Graphics 3 3

Application of Microcomputers 3 3

Special Topics in Librarianship 3 3

Independent Study Seminar 1-3 1-3

Development and Administration

of Libraries 3 3

The College of Library Science offers a graduate program in Library
Science accredited by the American Library Association, preparing
personnel for first-level professional positions in public, school,
academic, and special libraries. It is recommended that students
planning to enter the masters program pursue a broad liberal arts
education at the undergraduate level. It would be well to seek counsel
from advisors and carefully plan the undergraduate program in order to
meet the requirements for entering the Master of Science in Library
Science program. Forfurther information regarding the program referto
the bulletin of the College of Library Science.

255

257

258

356

357

358

360

459

490

432

COMM

405

ELECTIVE

CIS

217

455

457

260

181

COOPERATIVE EDUCATION
INTERNSHIP PROGRAM

College Deans

Co-op study is a general term applied to voluntary, service, part-time
and full-time employment, and internship experiences.

Co-op courses (300 level) are based upon job assignments which are
related to the student's university major or career objectives and which
provide learning experiences as stated in their respective learning
objectives. Faculty coordinators from academic departments advise
students, review learning objectives, and term reports.

Cooperative education procedures are sufficiently flexible to provide
for student and employer needs. The program is designed to enhance
self-realization and direction by integrating classroom study with
planned and supervised experiences in educational, professional,
business, and cultural learning situations outside the formal classroom
environment. The joint efforts of faculty, participating employers, and
students are directed toward the achievement of an educational
experience where classroom studies and appropriate work experience
combine to reinforce each other. Prerequisite: junior standing, minimum
QPA 2.5, or approval of the appropriate college dean. Offered each
semester and summer session.

An internship (400 level) is usually a culminating experience for
seniors and graduate students. An intern should have completed most of
the required courses in his/her major area of study in order to accept
professional level assignments with appropriate supervision. An intern
operates in a manner similar to that of a student teacher, with the
emphasis upon application of knowledge in a realistic setting ratherthan
acquisition of new material. In other words, an intern is a person with
most entry level skills at least partially developed. He/she is expected to
render supervised professional services. The length of an internship may
be less than a semester or as long as a year. Many internships carry no
salary or stipend.

Because internships are tailored to fit the demands of the respective
professions as well as the needs of individual students, each col lege and
department is encouraged to establish requirements and criteria for
acceptance in the program and for successful completion which go
beyond the minimal requirements established by the cooperative
education/internship program. Each college through its departments is
expected to enforce its own requirements.

Minimally, students must have senior standing and a QPA of at least
2.50 or approval of the department.

182

CREDIT HOURS for co-op/internship registration carry from 1 to 12
credits as arranged. Any combination of co-op/internship credits earned
in excess of 12 semester hours cumulative total will be entered on
student records, but will not be counted as credits required for
graduation.

GRADING of co-op/internship experiences will carry "Credit/No
Record" evaluation of work performance. Individual students may
petition to receive a letter grade at the time of registration. This policy
does not apply to the Credit/No Record regulation promulgated as part
of the university grading system.

CO-OP COURSE NUMBERS

COOP

301

COOP

401

COOP

302

COOP

402

COOP

303

COOP

403

COOP

304

COOP

404

COOP

305

COOP

405

COOP

306

COOP

406

COOP

308

COOP

408

COOP

309

COOP

409

COOP

310

COOP

410

COOP

311

COOP

411

COOP

312

COOP

412

COOP

313

COOP

413

COOP

314

COOP

414

COOP

315

COOP

415

COOP

316

COOP

416

COOP

317

COOP

417

COOP

318

COOP

418

COOP

320

COOP

420

Co-op/ Anthropology

Intern/Anthropology

Co-op/Philosophy

Intern/Philosophy

Co-op/Political Science

Intern/Political Science

Co-op/Sociology

Intern/Sociology

Co-op/Social Work

Intern/Social Work

Co -op/ Art

Intern/Art

Co-op/ Biology

Intern/Biology

Co-op/Environmental Sciences

Intern/Environmental Sciences

Co-op/Outdoor Education

Intern/Outdoor Education

Co-op/Science Education

Intern/Science Education

Co-op/Chemistry

Intern/Chemistry

Co-op/Communications

Intern/Communications

Co-op/ Advertising

Intern/Advertising

Co-op/Journalism

Intern/Journalism

Co-op/Public Relations

Intern/Public Relations

Co-op/Radio

Intern/Radio

Co-op/Television

Intern/Television

Co-op/ Ac counting

Intern/Accounting

183

COOP

322

COOP

422

COOP

323

COOP

423

COOP

324

COOP

424

COOP

325

COOP

425

COOP

326

COOP

426

COOP

327

COOP

427

COOP

328

COOP

428

COOP

329

COOP

429

COOP

330

COOP

430

COOP

332

COOP

432

COOP

333

COOP

433

COOP

334

COOP

434:

COOP

335:

COOP

435:

COOP

336

COOP

436:

COOP

337:

COOP

437:

COOP

338:

COOP

438:

COOP

339:

COOP

439:

COOP

340:

COOP

440:

COOP

341

COOP

441

COOP

342

COOP

442

COOP

343:

COOP

443

COOP

344:

COOP

444:

COOP

345:

COOP

445:

COOP

346:

COOP

446:

COOP

348

COOP

448

COOP

349:

COOP

449

COOP

350:

COOP

450

Co-op' Banking

Intern/Banking

Co-op/Finance

Intern/Finance

Co-op/Management

Intern/ Management

Co-op/Marketing

Intern/Marketing

Co-op/Real Estate

Intern/Real Estate

Co-op/Economics

Intern/Economics

Co-op/ Administration

Intern/ Administration

Co-op/Office Management

Intern Office Management

Co-op/Management in Library Science

Intern/ Management in Library Science

Co-op/Early Childhood

Intern/Early Childhood

Co-op Elementary Education

Intern/Elementary Education

Co-op'Secondary Education

Intern Secondary Education

Co-op/Education

Intern/Education

Co-op/English

Intern/English

Co-op/Writing Center

Intern/Writing Center

Co-op/Geography

Intern/Geography

Co-op/Earth Science

Intern/Earth Science

Co-op/Urban Planning

Intern/Urban Planning

Co-op/Health and Safety

Intern/Health and Safety

Co-op/Physical Education

Intern/Physical Education

Co-op/Recreation

Intern/Recreation

Co-op/Coaching

Intern/Coaching

Co-op/ Athletic Training

Intern/Athletic Training

Co-op/Water Safety

Intern/Water Safety

Co-op/History

Intern/History

Co-op/Humanities

Intern/Humanities

Co-opLibrary Science

Intern/Library Science

184

351: Co-op/Media

451: Intern/Media

352: Co-op/Mathematics

452 Intern/ Mathematics
353: Co-op'Military Science

453 Intern Military Science

355 Co-op Frencti

455 Intern French

356 Co-op German

456 Intern/German

357 Co-op Russian

457 Intern Russian
358: Co-op/Spanish
458: InternSpanish
360: Co-op/Music
460 iniern Music

361 Co-op/Piano
461: Intern/Piano

362 Co-op/Instrumental

462 Intern/Instrumental
363: Co-op/Vocal

463 Intern/Vocal

364 Co-op/Music Marketing

464 Intern/Music Marketing
366 Co-op/Physics

466 Intern/Physics

368 Co-op/Psychology

468 Intern/Psychology

369 Co-op/Counseling

469 Intern/Counseling

370: Co-op/Student Life Services

470: Intern/Student Life Services

371: Co-op/Student Affairs

471 Intern/Student Affairs

372 Co-op/Student Development

472: Intern/Student Development

373: Co-op/Upward Bound

473: Intern/Upward Bound

374: Co-op/Human Relations
474: Intern/Human Relations

376 Co-op/Special Education

476 Intern/Special Education

377 Co-op'Habilitative Sciences

477 InternHabilitative Sciences

378 Learning Disabilities

478: Intern-Learning Disabilities
379: Co-op/Mental Retardation
479: Intern' Mental Retardation
381: Co-op/Speech Pathology

481 Intern/Speech Pathology

382 Co-op/ Audiology

482 Intern/ Audiology

383 Co-op/Speech

483 Intern/Speech

185

COOP

384

COOP

484

COOP

386

COOP

486

COOP

387

COOP

487

COOP

389

COOP

489

COOP

390

COOP

490

COOP

391

COOP

491

COOP

392

COOP

492

COOP

393

COOP

493

COOP

395

COOP

495

COOP

396

COOP

496

COOP

397

COOP

497

Co-op/Theatre
Intern/Theatre
Co-op/Nursing
Intern/Nursing
Co-op/Medical Technology
Intern/ Medical Technology
Co-op/Continuing Education
Intern/Continuing Education
Co-op/ Academic Services
Intern/ Academic Services
Co-op/Financial Aid
Intern/Financial Aid
Co-op/Research
Intern/Research
Co-op/ Ad missions
Intern/ Admissions
Co-op/Life Experience
Intern/Life Experience
Co-op/Paralegal
Intern/Paralegal
Co-op/Planetarium
Intern/Planetarium

MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE
CULTURES CONFERENCE

Clarion University holds nnembership ina consortium of Pennsylvania
universities which sponsor the Conference on Medieval and
Renaissance Cultures. Its appeal is to scholars, teachers, students, and
all others who have an interest in an appreciation of the art and culture of
the Middle Ages and the Renaissance. The Conference features
outstanding scholars and when possible, perfornning groups that
specialize in the music and drama of the two periods. It is held annually
in early spring either at one of the consortium or other invited institutions
The 1977 and 1983 meetings were hosted by Clarion University.

186

MILITARY SCIENCE

C. Gordon Smith, LTC, Chair

Offices: Thorn #1 (Operations) and #2 (Headquarters)
Telephone: 2292

Professor: LTC C. Gordon Smith; Assistant Professors: MAJ Gist Wylie,
OPT David Weatherby, CPT David Jackman, CRT Steven Maida;
Instructors: SGM Alan Wright, MSG Alvin Jasper, SGT John Rowers:
Civilian: Sal Mazzocchi

The Military Science progrann provides the student an opportunity to
learn and practice the art of leadership. The program has been
structured to give the student practical experience in leading people and
managing resources — training designed to prepare the student to reach
the pinnacle of his or her chosen profession.

The Military Science program enables the student to learn about the
military profession and the role it plays in our democratic system of
government.

The Military Science curriculum offers students the opportunity to
learn and apply management and leadership skills and to participate in
such exciting and challenging activities as rappelling.land navigation,
white-water rafting, and marksmanship. Theclassesenrich the student's
course of study and count toward graduation requirements. These
courses open an additional career option to the student, enabling him or
her to gain a commission and serveasanofficerof the Regular Army, the
Army Reserve, or the Army National Guard.

REQUIREMENTS FOR ENROLLMENT

Enrollment in Military Science courses (MS 101, 102, 203. 204) is open
to freshman or sophomore students without obligation to any military
service.

Qualified students may continue in the Advanced Military Science
Program (MS 305, 306, 407, 408) with approval of the Professor of
Military Science. Those students are eligible to receive a $100.00 a
month subsistence allowance during the academic year if they agree in
writing to complete the Advanced Program and accepta Commission as
a Second Lieutenant in the U.S. Army, the Army Reserve, or the Army
National Guard. Qualified veterans and Junior ROTO graduates may
receive advanced placement in the Basic course and enrollment in the
Advanced Program.

187

WHAT ROTC INCLUDES

Equipment and textbooks are issued to enrolled students.

Training in practical skills such as cross-country skiing, rappelling,
marksmanship, land navigation, first aid techniques, and water safety.

Opportunities to examine the military profession in detail. This
includes the Active Army, Army Reserve, and the Army National Guard.

Students successfully completing the Basic course are eligible to
apply to enter the Advanced course. Upon successful completion of the
Advanced course, a six-week summer camp, and acceptance for
graduation from Clarion University, the student is commissioned as a
Second Lieutenant.

THE MILITARY SCIENCE CURRICULUM

The Military Science curriculum is divided into two phases: the Basic
course, which includes the first and second academic years, and the
Advanced course which includes the third and fourth academic years.
Students enrolled in the ROTC program may count credits in Military
Science courses under the Personal Development area of the General
Education distribution or as free electives toward their graduation
requirements. A maximum of 14 hours of Military Science may be
applied toward the 128 required for graduation.

Bacis Course 8 Semester Hours

The first four semesters of Military Science constitute the Basic
course. Classes meet one hour per week and cover the history and the
development of the U.S. Army, its role in the support of national
objectives, and studies of topographical maps and terrain analysis. A
one hour leadership lab accompanies each class stressing leadership
and management skills through such vehicles as rappelling, rafting,
marksmanship, land navigation, and other outdoor skills.

MS 101 World Military History The Great Captains 2 credits

MS 102 American Military History 2 credits

MS 203 Fund of Topographic Map Interpretation 2 credits

MS 204 National Security Concepts 2 credits

188

Advanced Course

The 300 and 400 series courses constitute the Advanced course of
instruction for both men and women who desire a commission as a
Second Lieutenant in the Active Army, Army Reserve, or the Army
National Guard. This phase is composed of studies in advanced
leadership and management, tactics, military law, psychological and
social factors which affect human behavior, and modern instructional
and training techniques. Practical application is the rule and students
have the opportunity to practice and polish their skills.

MS 305 Fundamentals of Organizational Leadership

and Modern Learning Training Relationships 3 credits

MS 306 Study of Advanced Leadership and the Planning

and Executing of Modern Tactical Operations 3 credits

MS 407 Management of the Military Complex to Include

Fundamentals of Law 3 credits

MS 408 Seminar in Analysis and Management 3 credits

LEADERSHIP LABORATORY

A practical experience designed for the attainment and application of
leadership experience principles. Concurrently scheduled in
conjunction with all Military Science courses.

189

VENANGO CAMPUS

Thomas J. Rookey, Ed.D., Dean

Venango Campus offers the following Associate of Science Degrees:

Business Administration (A.S.)

Accounting*

Computer Processing*

Management*

Office Management*
Habilitative Services (AS.)
Nursing (A.S.N.)

'Academic Concentrations

Venango Campus offers the following Associate of Arts Degree:

Associate of Arts (A. A.) Degree in Arts and Sciences

The Bachelor of Science in Nursing Degree is also offered at Venango
Campus.

To complete an Associate Degree, a minimum of thirty credit hours
must be completed on the Venango Campus. The transfer of a specific
Associate Degree to a specific baccalaureate program may incur
deficiencies within the major.

ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE: MAJOR IN
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

OBJECTIVES

The Associate of Science program has as its principal objective the
providing of an opportunity in post-secondary education not found
elsewhere within the service area of Clarion University. Students
studying in this program may take general business training or
specialize in accounting, general business management, office
management, or computer processing. If after earning the Associate
Degree the student wishes to continue his/her education, he/she may
transfer into Clarion's baccalaureate program without loss of credit.

190

ACADEMIC REQUIREMENT

The program is divided into three blocks of required courses. Half of
the program is aimed at developing the general educational level of the
student's ability related to working and living in the business
environment. The remaining courses are in the field of business and
provide the basic and specialized knowledge needed for entry into the
business world.

GENERAL EDUCATION

ENG 1 1 1 English Composition 3

SCT 1 13 Fundamentals of Speech 3

PSY 211 General Psychology (3)

SOC 211 Prin. of Sociology (3)

ECON 211 Principles of Macroeconomics 3

HPE 1 1 1 Health Education 2

Electives in Science or Humanities 6"

"Office Management students need only 3 credits.

BUSINESS CORE:

The followinq business courses are required of all students regardless
of their area of specialization.

MGMT 1 20 Introduction to Business • 3

MGMT 121 Fundamentals of Management 3

MATH 131 Math for Business and Economics I 3

CIS 1 10 Computer Info Processing 3

ACTG 251 ,252 Financial and Managerial Accounting 6

BSAD 240 Legal Environment I 3

ENG 206 Business Writing 3

ECON 221 Economic and Business Statistics I 3

191

Each student will choose an area of specialization. Four areas are
available. Requirements are listed below for each area.

ACCOUNTING

ACTG 253 Factory Accounting 3

ACTG 254 Payroll Accounting 3

ACTG 255 Financial Statement Preparation & Analysis 3

ACTG 256 Income Tax Procedures & Forms 3

Business Elective 3

GENERAL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT

OFMT 221 Office IVIanagement 3

MGMT 228 Human Beha^-ior in Organiz 3

OFMT 227 Applied Supervision 3

Business Electives 6

OFFICE MANAGEMENT

•OFMT 132 Production Typing 3

•OFMT 1 36 Executive Shorthand 3

OFMT 221 Office Management 3

OFMT 230 Office Procedures 3

OFMT 232 Word Processing 3

Business Elective 3

•OFMT 132 and 136 require a proficiency level equal to two years of high school typing and
shorthand OFMT 131 and 135 are required for students who do not have this proficiency.

COMPUTER PROCESSING

CIS 223 Computer Program -- COBOL 3

CIS 271 Microcomputer Apphcatons 3

CIS 226 Computer Systems Development 3

Two courses from the following:

CIS 152 FORTRAN II 3

CIS 211 Report Program Generator 3

CIS 224 DSFU COBOL 3

CIS 225 Survey of Languages 3

192

RECOMMENDED FOUR-SEMESTER SEQUENCE

FOR ACCOUNTING, COMPUTER, AND

GENERAL MANAGEMENT

First Semester

PSY 21 1 or SOC 211 3 cr

CIS 110 3cr

MGMT 120 3 cr

ACTG 251 3 cr

'Elective 3 cr

15 cr

Second Semester

SCT 113 3 cr

MATH 131 3 cr

ACTG 252 3 cr

ENG 111 3 cr

Course from Specialization 3 cr

15 cr.

Third Semester

ECON 211 3 cr

ECON 221 3 cr

BSAD 240 3 cr

Course from Specialization 3 cr

15cr

Fourth Semester

ENG 206
HPE 111

3 cr.
2cr

MGIVIT212 3cr

"Electi

3 cr

Course from Specialization 3 cr

17 cr.

•MATH 100 and ENG 110 should be examined before electives are selected.

193

RECOMMENDED FOUR-SEMESTER SEQUENCE
FOR OFFICE MANAGEMENT

First Semester

ACTG 251 3 cr.

CIS 1 10 3 cr.

MGMT 120 3 cr.

'Elective 6-8 cr.

15-17 cr.

Second Semester

ACTG 252 3 cr

ENG 111 3 cr

MATH 131 3 cr

HPE 111 2 cr

OFMT 132 3 cr

OFMT 136 3 cr

17 cr

Third Semester

BSAD 240 3 cr

ECON 221 3 cr

ECON 211 3 cr

SCT 113 3 cr

OFMT 221 3 cr

15 cr

Fourth Semester

ENG 206 3 cr

MGMT 121 3 cr

PSY 21 1 or SOC 211 3 cr

OFMT 230 3 cr

OFMT 232 3 cr

15 cr

•MATH 100, ENG 110, OFMT 131 and OFMT 135 should be examined before first semester is
scheduled

194

VENANGO CAMPUS ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE:
MAJOR IN HABILITATIVE SERVICES

The associate degree program is designed to provide training for
persons desiring to work in paraprofessional roles with exceptional
citizens. The emphasis is on the blanket concept of "normalization" and
related topics such as deinstitutionalization, mainstreaming, etc. This
program is designed to help prepare persons to assist in the social-
vocational adjustment of handicapped persons to community living.

Since paraprofessional roles in habilitative services will vary, the
program of preparation offers both specialized and generic
competencies The person completing this program may opt for further
education in Special Education and/or Habilitative Sciences at the Main
Campus.

GENERAL EDUCATION

English Composition 3

Fundamentals of Speech 3

General Psychology 3

Psychology of Adjustment 3

Developmental Psychology 3

Educational Psychology 3

Principles of Sociology 3

Adapted Physical Education 2

Humanities or Natural Science 9

General or free elective 3

SPECIAL EDUCATON

Human Exceptionalities 3

Human Relations Skills Training 2

Nature of Mental Retardation 3

Early Field Experience 1

Behavior Disorders 3

Learning Disorders 3

The Physically Handicapped 3

Behavior IVIanagement 2

The Helping Relationship Principles and

Procedures 3

SPED 295 Field Experience 6

ENG

111

SCT

113

PSY

211

PSY

225

PSY

260

PSY

322

SOC

211

HPE

310

Electives

SPED

210

SPED

215

SPED

220

SPED

225

SPED

230

SPED

235

SPED

240

SPED

245

SPED

250

195

ENG

111

SCT

113

SPED

210

SPED

215

PSY

211

SUGGESTED FOUR-SEMESTER SEQUENCE

FIRST SEMESTER

English Composition 3

Fundamentals of Speech 3

Human Exceptionalities 3

Human Relations Skills Training 2

General Psychology 3

SECOND SEMESTER

PSY 225 Psychology of Adjustment 3

PSY 260 Developmental Psychology 3

SPED 220 Nature of Mental Retardation 3

SPED 225 Early Field Experience 1

SPED 230 Behavior Disorders 2

SPED 235 Learning Disorders 2

Elective -- Humanities or Natural Sciences 3

THIRD SEMESTER

SPED 240 The Physical Handicapped 3

SOC 211 Principles of Sociology 3

PSY 322 Educational Psychology 3

SPED 245 Behavior Management 2

Elective -- Humanities or Natural Sciences 6

FOURTH SEMESTER

SPED 250 The Helping Relationship Pnn & Proc 3

SPED 295 Field Experience 6

HPE 310 Adapted Physical Education 2

Elective — General Elective 3

196

ASSOCIATE OF ARTS IN ARTS AND SCIENCES

The Associate of Arts is a liberal arts degree program designed to
provide the traditional student with a wide range of experiences or to
provide the adult learner with a flexible educational program. To
complete an Associate Degree, a minimum of thirty credit hours mustbe
completed on the Venango Campus.

SUGGESTED PROGRAM OUTLINE

I Communication (12)*

A ENG 111

B MATH 121

C CST 113

D CIS 110

Humanities (12)'

A MUS 111

B ART 110

C ENG 170

D SCT 253

English Composition
Excursions in Mathematics
Fundamentals of Speech
Computer Information Process

Introduction to Music
The Visual Arts
The Literary Experience
Introduction to Theater

III Natural Science (12-13)*

A BIOL 111 Basic Biology
B PHSC 111 Physical Science - Chemistry
C PHS 112 Physical Science - Physics
D ES 111 Basic Earth Science

IV Social Science (12)"

A PSY 211 General Psychology

Principles of Sociology
Early Modern Civilization
American Government

V Personal Development (2)

VI Free Electives (14)

TOTAL 64

'Since this is a Liberal Arts degree, with the permission of academic advisor substitutions by
equivalent course w/ithm the area of study is allowable

SOC

211

HIST

112

211

197

VENAGO CAMPUS

GENERAL COURSE OFFERINGS

NOTE: Certain courses listed under general education below are also
applicable to major fields. Students should contact the university
catalog and their advisors to determine which courses should be taken
for specific majors.

I. MODES OF COMMUNICATION

Credits

ENG

111

COMM

100

CIS

110

MATH

111

MATH

112

SCT

113

SCT

200

SCT

214

English Composition 3

Explorations in Mass Comm 2

Computer Info Process 3

Basic Elementary Math 3

Excursions in Math 3

Fundamentals of Speech 3

Interpersonal Communication 3

Business and Professional Speaking 3

II HUMANITIES

ART

110

ART

125

ENG

170

ENG

201

ENG

202

ENG

209

ENG

291

GER

151

HUM

120

HUM

121

MUS

1 11

PHIL

1 11

PHIL

211

SCT

120

SCT

251

SCT

253

SPAN

151

The Visual Arts 3

Color and Design 3

The Literary Experience ; 3

Advanced Composition 3

Beginning Cieative Writing 3

Special Topics m Literature 3

Short Fiction , 3

German I 3

Humanities I 3

Humanities 11 3

Intro to Music 3

Elementary Logic 3

Intro to Philosophy 3

Theater Play Production 3

Voice & Diction 3

Intro to Theater 3

Spanish I 3

198

III. SOCIAL SCIENCE

ANTH

211

ECON

211

ECON

212

ECON

221

GEOG

100

GEOG

258

HIST

111

HIST

112

HIST

113

HIST

120

HIST

121

HIST

216

HIST

235

HIST

215

HIST

299

PSY

211

PSY

215

PSY

228

PSY

260

PSY

331

PSY

354

GEOG

254

GEOG

257

211

SOC

211

SOC

351

SOC

352

Intro to Anthropology 3

Prin of Macroeconomics 3

Prin of Microeconomics 3

Econ & Bus Stats I 3

Intro to World Geograpfiy 3

Geography of Pennsylvania 3

Ancient & Medieval Civ 3

Modern Civilization 3

Modern Civ . 1 789 to the Present 3

US History to 1877 3

U.S. History since 1877 3

Business in the American Economy 3

Topics in European History 3

Topics in American History 3

History of American Labor 3

General Psychology 3

Psychology of Adjustment 3

Human Behavior in Organizations 3

Developmental Psychology 3

Child Psychology 3

Abnormal Psychology 3

Conservation of Natural Resources 3

Geography of U.S. & Canada 3

American Government 3

Principles of Sociology 3

Contemporary Social Problems 3

The Family 3

IV. NATURAL SCIENCE/MATHEMATICS

BIOL

111

BIOL

258

BIOL

259

BIOL

260

BIOL

453

BIOL

454

CHEM

153

CHEM

163

CHEM

154

CHEM

164

Basic Biology 4

Anatomy & Physiology I 3

Anatomy & Physiology II 3

Microbiology 3

Pathophysiology: Endo 4

Pathophysiology; Exo 4

General Chemistry I 3

General Chemistry Lab I 1

General Chemistry II 3

General Chemistry Lab II 1

199

MATH

100

MATH

131

MATH

232

MATH

171

MATH

221

MATH

240

MATH

270

111

252

PHSC

111

PHSC

112

Practical Math 3

Math for Bus. & Econ I 3

Calculus for Business 3

Precalculus 4

Applied Statistics 3

Discrete Math Structures 3

Calculus w Analytical Geom. I 4

Basic Earth Science 3

Physical Geology 3

Basic Phys. Sci I (Chem.) 3

Basic Phys Sci II (Physics) 3

V. ELECTIVES FOR GENERAL EDUCATION

ENG

110

ENG

200

ENG

206

100

HPE

111

HPE

151

HPE

153

HPE

173

OFMT

232

270

271

272

Basic Composition Skills 3

Composition & Literature 3

Business Writing 3

College Reading Study Skills 2

Health 2

Basketball 1

Volleyball 1

Aerobic Dancing I 1

Word Processing 3

Real Estate Fundamentals 3

Real Estate Practice 3

Real Estate Law 3

BUSINESS EDUCATION SUBJECTS

ACTG

251

ACTG

252

ACTG

253

ACTG

254

ACTG

255

ACTG

256

CIS

151

CIS

226

CIS

255

CIS

211

CIS

217

CIS

223

CIS

224

CIS

253

BSAD

228

BSAD

240

BSAD

241

MGMT

120

MGMT

121

MGMT

227

Fin Actg 3

Managerial Actg 3

Factory Actg 3

Payroll Actg 3

Fin Statement Prep & Analysis 3

Income Tax Procedures & Forms 3

Intro to FORTRAN 3

Computer Systems 3

Survey of Languages 3

Report Prog Gen 3

Micro-Mini Computers 3

Computer Prog COBOL I 3

COBOL II 3

Comp Org & Assem Lang 3

Human Behav in Org 3

Legal Environm I 3

Legal Environm II 3

Intro to Bus 3

Fund of Mgmt 3

Applied Superv 3

200

OFMT

131

OFMT

132

OFMT

135

OFMT

136

OFMT

221

OFMT

230

OFMT

231

College Typing 3

Production Typing 3

College Shorthand 3

Executive Shorthand 3

Office Management 3

Office Procedures 3

Office Practice 3

SPECIAL EDUCATION SUBJECTS

SPED

210

SPED

215

SPED

220

SPED

225

SPED

230

SPED

235

SPED

240

SPED

245

SPED

250

SPED

295

Human Except 3

Human Re I in Skills Train 2

Nature of Ment Retard 3

Early Field Exp 1

Behav Disorders 2

Learn Disorders 2

The Phys Handicapped 3

Behav Mgmt 2

The Helping Hand Relationship; Prin. & Proc 3

Field Experiences 6

PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION COURSES

ED 323 Social Foundations of Education 3

ED 329 Audio-Visual Education 2

PSY 322 Educational Psychology 3

HPE 310 Adapted Physical Education 2

201

DIVISION OF NURSING
T. Audean Duespohl, M.S.M., M.Ed., Director

PHILOSOPHY

The philosophy of the Clarion University Nursing Division is
consistent with the philosophy of Clarion Univeristy in establishing as
the Division's primary goal the provision of educational experiences
designed to promote scientific inquiry, creative thinking, critical
judgment, and self-evaluation. The student's nursing education is
complemented by such curriculum offerings as humanities, natural
sciences, behavioral sciences, and free electives. The programs are
based on the concept of continued self-development so that graduates
will aspire to improve and expand their competencies on a continuing
basis after graduation.

Nursing is a profession concerned with the delivery of care to
individuals and groups of individuals who desire assistance with health
maintenance during their life processes. The nursing process is the
basis for communication between the nurse, client, and family who
collaborate to achieve maximum health potential. This process includes
health teaching by the nurse for the purpose of establishing and
maintaining a high level of well-being.

Man is a unified whole who continually interrelates with his
environment. Man as a sensing, thinking being makes conscious
choices and assumes responsibility for the consequences. Given
freedom of choice, man will make decisions regarding his health care
needs according to his priorities. He possesses and manifests traits that
are greater than but different from the sum of all his parts. Man's family is
made up of significant others within his framework of life.

Health, as defined by the client, is the primary focus of nursing care. It
IS a dynamic, ever-changing state based on man's ability to maintain his
optimum level of wellness. A client's concept of health-illness is derived
from patterns he has formulated based on his personal experiences.
Man, as an expert on himself, assumes responsibility for seeking
assistance throughout the health-illnesscontinuum. Therefore, hemust
be consulted concerning his own health goals and participate actively in
his health care.

Society is a dynamic organization which is composed of individuals,
families, and communities. Societal roles and trends interrelate with
man's experience to direct his behavioral patterns and life goals. This
interaction is demonstrated by man's practicing of health maintenance
and striving for well-being.

202

Education is a dynamic activity which involves the teaching-learning
process. Teaching is an organized activity that facilitates learning and is
accomplished by the active sharing of attitudes, skills, and knowledge.
Learning requires mental activity and is enhanced by a climate which
takes into consideration the learner's previous educational and life
experience.

Learning is a self-directed activity requiring motivation, desire, and
effort by the learner, and the learner's response to the process is unique
to that individual.

The Nursing Faculty endorses two levels to nursing practice — the
technical and the professional ~ and conceptualizes the nursing
profession as follows:

The first level of nursing is provided by the technical nurse who is
educated in associate degree nursing programs and the second level
by the professional nurse prepared in baccalaureate and post-
baccalaureate programs. The nursing care provided by the associate
degree nurse demonstrates a high degree of technical skill based
upon principles from an ever-expanding body of science. The
associate degree nurse works directly under the supervision of the
professional nurse, performing those skills necessary to carry out the
prescribed nursing care plan and the medical regimen. The
professional nurse, although proficient in technical skills, assumes
primary responsibility for the nursing care of individuals and groups,
coordinates the health team as it assists the client with his goals,
serves as a resource person for all persons giving direct client care,
and engages in research to evolve nursing theory.

DIVISION OF NURSING POLICIES

Academic Requirements in Nursing

The academic requirements of the university apply to all progams in
the Division of Nursing, but in addition the student must earn grades of at
least C in the theory and PASS in clinical practice in each of the following
nursing courses: NURS 101, 102, 103, 201, 202, 361, 462, 463, and 464.

All the nursing courses listed above entail (a) theory and (b) clinical
practice. The student receives two grades in each course. The theory
area of all nursing courses is graded on the conventional A-B-C-D-E
scale with any mark below C indicating failing achievement. Students
will be graded in theory according to the following:

GRADING SCALE

93-100

84-92

75-83

74-66

65-below

203

The clinical practice experience is graded Pass/Fail instead of being
awarded a letter grade. The associate degree student is evaluated by
four critical elements which must be met in order to receive a passing
grade in the clinical area. The baccalaureate degree student is evaluated
by an evaluation tool based on program and course objectives.

An unsatisfactory grade in either the theory or the clinical practice
experience or both areas of any of the nursing courses listed in this
section is regarded as a failure for the entire course and failure in the
nursing program

Transfer

The transfer policy for nursing students is consistent with that of
Clarion University.

a. Applicaton must be made directly to the Office of Admissions;

Dean of Admissions
Clarion University
Clarion, PA 16214

b. Official transcript of credits and certificates of honorable dismissal
must accompany the application for admission. A "C" or better is
required on all credits transferred. Transfer courses must be
comparable with those offered at Clarion Univeristy.

c. A student transferring into the Associate of Science in Nursing

Program must have a minimum of one year's residence (30
semester hours of credit) to qualify for a degree from Clarion
University. A student transferring into the Bachelor of Science in
Nursing Program must have a minimum of two years residence (45
semester hours of credit) to qualify for a degree from Clarion
Univeristy.

Nursing credits are only transferable if received from an Associate
Degree or Bachelor Degree Program within the preceding two years.
Only the courses NURS 101, NURS 102, NURS 103, and NURS 357 are
transferable and only if they are deemed comparable by the nursing
faculty.

Individuals transferring into the Division of Nursing Program will be
evaluated according to the follwoing criteria;

a. Personal Interview (See General Admission Interview Criteria)

b. Educational Transcript

c. Educational References

d. Competency Examination

(1 ) Theory

(2) Practice

204

Intercollegiate Transfer

A student presently enrolled in a program at Clarion University may
request admission into the Associate of Science in Nursing Degree
Program by filling out a Change of Status Form and submitting to the
Division of Nursing at Venango Campus.

1. A student must have the Change of Status Form completed and
sent to the Division of Nursing by January 31, for admission to the
program in September of that year.

2. Interviews of prospective transfer students from within the
university will begin February 1.

3. Students requesting intercollegiate transfer must meet the
following criteria:

a. satisfactory grades the previous semester at Clarion

b. an overall Q.P.A. of 2.00

c. a high school class rank of 2/5 or better

d. high school board scores

4. The candidate will be evaluated on:

a. Scholastic aptitude

(1) Class rank

(2) College Entrance Examination Board Tests

(3) Previous university semester grades

(4) University QPA

b. Personal interview (see General Admissions Interview Criteria)

Readmission

Students who are dropped from a nursing program because of
unsatisfactory performance as noted in theGrading Policy mayapply for
readmission to the nursing program. Readmission to the nursing
program involves the professional judgment of the nursing faculty with
its recommendation based upon a majority vote of the faculty. If the
student is readmitted into the nursing program after a failure, he/she
must repeat both components of the course in which achievement was
unsatisfactory regardless of the grade in either.

It should be understood that a student dropped from the nursing
program is not by such action dropped from the university. Either
academic probation or academic suspension from the university is
based upon the failure to achieve academic standards detailed in the
university catalog. Thus, a student who is dropped from nursing for
unsatisfactory performance in nursing courses may be eligible to
transfer into another area of study.

Students who withdraw from a nursing program are notautomatically
readmitted but must be evaluated individually by the nursing faculty.
Readmission to the nursing program involves the professional judgment
of the nursing faculty with its recommendation based upon a majority
vote of the faculty.

205

ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE IN NURSING PROGRAM

Barbara Stright, RN, MSN, Coordinator
Patricia Gracy, RN, MSN, Coordinator

Assistant Professors: Amsdell, Gracy, Harrison, Shiley. Stright, Weber

ROLE STATEMENT

Associate degree nursing education at Clarion University provides a
theoretical foundation for the development of knowledge and skills
necessary to assist individuals with their health care. Technical nursing
education prepares associate degree graduates to function as direct
care givers within hospital settings. Nursing care focuses on the person
with common recurring health problemsand incorporates those nursing
interventions which are based on previously established protocol. Upon
successful completion of the Associate Degree of Science in Nursing
Program, the graduate is eligible to take the National Council Licensure
Examination (NCLEX) to become a registered nurse (RN).

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS

Candidates for admission into the Associate of Science in Nursing
Program must make application to the Admissions Office at Clarion
University. All nursing individuals are required tohavea pre-acceptance
personal interview in order to evaluate:

a. Basic communication skills

b. Maturity

c. Motivation

d. Applicability

e. Previous educational and/or work experiences
Academic admission criteria for entrance include the following:

a. a high school class rank of 2/5 or better

b. exceptionally high college board scores

c. high motivation

Nursing applicants shall have completed work equal to a standard
high school course with a minimum of 16 units, including 4 units of
English, 3 units of Social Studies, and 2 units of Mathematics (one of
which is Algebra). In addition, they must have received a "C" average in
secondary school biology and chemistry within five years prior to entry
into the program.

The Division of Nursing has an Advanced Standing Policy for
Licensed Practical Nurses who desire to continue their education at the
collegiate level.

206

ENG

111

BIOL

258

PSY

211

NURS

101

BIOL
PSY

NURS
NURS

Associate of Science in Nursing Degree Program Curriculum

FRESHMAN YEAR
First Semester

Composition 3

Anatomy & Physiology I 3

General Psychology 3

Introduction to the Nursing Process:
Fundamentals of Nursing 8

Second Semester

Anatomy & Physiology II 3

Developmental Psychology 3

Elective 3

Nursing Process I: Parental and Child Health 4

Nursing Process II 4

SOPHOMORE YEAR

Third Semester

Fundamentals of Speech 3

tVlicrobiology 3

Principles of Sociology 3

Nursing Process III 8

Four Semester

Elective 3

Nursing Process IV 8

Nursing Seminar 2

Total Credits = 67

259
322

102
103

SCT

113

BIOL

260

SOC

211

NURS

201

ENG

HUM

NURS

202

NURS

203

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN NURSING PROGRAM

Mary Kavoosi, RN, MSN, Coordinator

Assistant Professors: Benson, Kavoosi, Lawrence

ROLE STATEMENT

The Bachelor of Science in Nursing Program at Clarion University
prepares the graduate to practice as a generalist in a variety of health
settings through the internalization of concepts relevant to professional
nursing. The BSN Progrann promotes the application of the natural.

207

social, and behavioral sciences, as well as nursing theory to the practice
of professional nursing. Through research, professional nursing
education extends the knowledge base and scope of nursing practice.
The Bachelor of Science in Nursing Program is based on the career
ladder concept, and is therefore a continuation of the Associate of
Science in Nursing Program. As such, this program requires a minimum
of four additional semesters of study beyond the associate degree.

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS

Candidates for admission into the Bachelor of Science in Nursing
Program must make application to the Admissions Office at Clarion
University and gain acceptance into the Associate of Science in Nursing
Program. During the fourth semester of the associate degree program,
individuals interested in continuing their education at the bachelor level
must notify the Admissions Office of their intent to further their
education by making application to the BSN program. Admission
criteria for entrance include the following:

a. Have graduated from Clarion's Associate of Science in Nursing
Program the previous Spring semester.

b. Have applied to take the licensure examination for registered
nurses in the state of Pennsylvania prior to Fall semester.

c. Show evidence of scholarship as demonstrated by a Q.P.A. of 2.5
on a 4.0 point system.

d. Earn a satisfactory score on the N.L.N. Comprehensive
Examination.

e. Complete a personal interview to determine:

(1) suitability for professional nursing

(2) personal goals related to professional nursing

Bachelor of Science in Nursing Curriculum

•FRESHMAN YEAR

•SOPHOMORE YEAR

JUNIOR YEAR

First Semester

Cr.

Man-Health-Nursmg 3

Advanced Nursing Process 6

General Chemistry I 3

General Chemistry I Lab 1

Educational Psychology 3

NURS

340

NURS

361

CHEM

153

CHEM

163

322

208

Second Semester

NURS 357 Leadership Skills m Nursing 3

NURS 462 Advanced Nursing Process: Chronic Care 6

CHEM 154 General Chemistry II 3

CHEM 164 General Chemistry II Lab 1

PSY. MATH Statistics 3

SENIOR YEAR

Third Semester

NURS 445 Inquiry in Nursing 2

NURS 463 Advanced Nursing Process Acute Care 6

BIOL 453 Pathophysiology I 4

CHEM 205 Nutrition 3

Fourth Semester

Cr
NURS 464 Advanced Nursing Process: Health Promotion

and Maintenance 6

BIOL 454 Pathophysiology II 4

Elective 3

HUM Elective 3

Total Credits = 128

'Refer to Freshman and Sophomore years of Associate of Science in Nursing Curriculum.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN NURSING
RN — COMPLETION PROGRAM

Mary Kavoosi, RN, MSN, Coordinator

Assistant Professors: Benson, Kavoosi, Lawrence

ROLE STATEMENT

The Bachelor of Science in Nursing completion program at Clarion
University prepares the graduate to practice asa generaiist in a variety of
health settings through the internalization of concepts relevant to
professional nursing. The BSN completion program promotes the
application of the natural, social and behavioral sciences, as well as
nursing theory to the practice of professional nursing. Through
research, professional nursing education extends the knowledge base
and scope of nursing practice.

209

upper division nursing education is built upon the fundamental
nursing knowledge and technical competencies acquired by the
registered nurses prior to entrance into the program. Thus, Clarion
University's Bachelor of Science in Nursing completion program is
designed to augment previously attained knowledge and experiences in
order to graduate individuals prepared to practice nursing at the
professional level.

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS

Admisson into the Bachelor of Science in Nursing RN - Completion
Program is contingent upon successful fulfillment of lower division
requirements. Nursing students can fulfill requirements of the lower
division by:

1 . Transferring 32 nursing credits from an associate degree in nursing
program, or successful completion of selected challenge exams.

2. Transferring 33 general education credits from an accredited
college or successful completion of selected challenge exams.

Admission criteria are as follows:

1. Be currently licensed as a registered nurse in Pennsylvania.

2. Have worked a minimum of one year as a registered nurse.

3. Show evidence of professional and personal liability insurance
coverage.

4. Show evidence of scholarship as demonstrated by School of
Nursing transcripts. The term "scholarship" shall be defined as
having achieved a Q.P.A. of 2.5 on a 4.0 point system, or a
comparable equivalent of a C+ during his/her technical nursing
education. (The applicant may submit additional evidence of
achievement.) The individual must have maintained a 2.5
Cumulative Grade Point Average in the Lower Division nursing and
general education requirements foracceptance into the Bachelorof
Science in Nursing Program.

5. Have at least one personal interview with a nursing faculty member
prior to admission to evaluate:

a. Suitability for professional nursing

b. Personal goals related to professional nursing.

6. Have met the admission examination requirements in one of the
following ways:

a. Graduated from a N.L.N, accredited associate degree program
within five years.

b. Earned a satisfactory score on the required N.LN.
examination(s) within five years.

c. Take the N.L.N, competency in the application of the nursing
score.

7. Demonstrate competency in the application of the nursing process.

210

Bachelor of Science in Nursing Curriculum
RN - Completion Program

Lower Division Requirements

Nursing

Credits

Maternal and Child Health Care 8

Child Health Care 8

Mental Health Care 8

Adult Health Care 8

General Education

English Connposition 3

Sociology 3

Speech 3

Natural Science andor Math 9

Psychology 6

Free Elective 9

Upper Division Requirements

Junior Year*
Senior Year*

Total Credits = 128

•Refer to Junior and Senior years of the Bachelor of Science in Nursing Curriculum

211

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Academic calendar sequence in which course is offered foilowseach
course description. The designated sequence is probable rather than
guaranteed, and is subject to change.

Each semester = annually

Fall = first semester

Spring = second semester

On demand = course offered if potential enrollment warrants.

ACCOUNTING

ACTG 251 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING 3 s.h

A study of the principles and procedures for collecting, recording, summarizing, and
reporting, financial information. Prerequisite: sophomore standing only at Clarion campus.
Each semester, summer.

ACTG 252 MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING 3 s.h

A study of the aspects of accounting that aid managers Included are budgeting, cash
behavior and systems, alternate choice decisions, international accounting aspects, and
cash flow Prerequisite sophomore standing only at Clarion campus, and ACTG 251 Each
semester, summer

ACTG 253 FACTORY ACCOUNTING 3 s h

This course presents fundamental accounting concepts and techniques applied in record
keeping and accounting control of the production process Prerequisite ACTG 252 Fall.
annually, only at Venango Campus.

ACTG 254 PAYROLL ACCOUNTING

This accounting course provides detailed coverage of payroll policy, records, wage
calculation, deductions, and government reporting with an emphasis on tax form
preparation Prerequisite: ACTG 252 Spring, annually, only at Venango Campus.

ACTG 255 FINANCIAL STATEMENT PREPARATION

AND ANALYSIS 3 s.h.

This course focuses on procedures for financial statement preparation and the use of
accounting information as a basis for decision making by management, owners, creditors,
and other users of fiancial statements Prerequisite ACTG 251 Fall, annually, only at
Venango Campus.

212

ACTG 256 INCOME TAX PROCEDURES AND FORMS 3 sh.

The course explains which types of income are taxable and which expenses are deductible
Both filling out and filing individual, partnership, and corporate tax returns will be covered
Prerequisite ACTG 251 Spring, annually, only at Venango Campus

ACTG 350 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING 3 Sh.

A study of accounting theory and practice Topics included are accounting for current
assets, investments, plant and equipment, and intangibles A special emphasis will be placed
upon developing the student's technical and problem-solving ability Prerequisite ACTG
252 Each semester, summer

ACTG 351 ACCOUNTING FOR EQUITIES 3 S.h.

A study of accounting theory and practice. Topics included are accounting for current and
long-term liabilities, corporate equity, pension plans, long-term leases, income taxes,
changes in financial position, financial statement analysis, and price-level adjusted
statements A special emphasis will be placed upon developing the student's technical and
problem-solving ability Prerequisite ACTG 350 or consent of instructor Each semester,
summer

ACTG 352 COST ACCOUNTING. CONTROLS & ANALYSIS 3 sh.

Basicconsiderationof cost principles, procedure, control and analysis Cost accounting as
a "tool" of management is stressed based on management information systems Prerequisite:
ACTG 252 Each semester, summer

ACTG 353 FEDERAL TAXES 3 sh.

A study of federal income, estate, and gift taxation Problems of compliance with the law by
individuals, partnerships, corporations, estates, and trusts are considered Prerequisite:
ACTG 252 Each semester, summer

ACTG 354 AUDITING 3 s.h.

A study of the purposes, the ethical and legal environment, financial analysis, and selected
operational techniques of auditing Prerequisite ACTG 351 Each semester, summer.

ACTG 355 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING 3 s.h.

A consideration of modern development in accounting, including recent studies and
pronouncements by accounting authorities such as the American Institute of Certified Public
Accounts and the Securities and Exchange Commission Included is a study of the problems
of accounting for consolidation and partnership equity A Special emphasis will be placed
upon devleoping the student's technical and problem-solving ability Prerequisite ACTG
351 Each semester, summer

ACTG 451 ACCOUNTING PROBLEMS 3 s.h.

A problem-oriented study of topics most often tested on the CPA exam Included are
inventory methods, long-term contracts, partnership, leases, consignments, installment
sales, receivership. fiduciaryaccountin1'«8n| governmental accounting Preparations for the
practice portion of the CPA exam are emphasized Prerequisite ACTG 355 Each semester

213

ACTG 452: ADVANCED COST ACCOUNTING 3 s.h.

A study of advanced concepts of cost accounting as a means of providing useful
quantitative information for decision making. Topics include inventory valuation, cost
allocations, joint-product costs, process costing, accounting systems, profit center costs,
and segment performance measuring. Prerequisite: ACTG 352. Each semester.

ACTG 453: PROBLEMS IN FEDERAL TAXATION ACCOUNTING 3 s.h.

Federal Income Tax concepts and compliance problems of partnerships, corporations,
estates, and trusts. Also a brief consideration of the concepts of social security, estate, and
gift taxation. Prerequisite: ACTG 353. Each semester.

ACTG 454 COMPARATIVE ACCOUNTING SYSTEMS 3 s.h.

The major objective of the course is to help the student to develop a holistic approach to the
concepts and practices for the examination and exploration of accounting systems.
Specialized accounting systems will be discussed in detail dependent upon the interest and
desires of students. Prerequisites: ACTG 251. 252. 350. 351, 354. CIS 223 and 301 Each
semester.

ACTG 455: NOT-FOR-PROFIT ENTITIES 3 s.h.

A study of the principles and practices of budgeting and accounting for activities of entities
that are operated for purposes other than making profits. Prerequisite: ACTG 351 Each
semester.

ACTG 490: CURRENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

AND PRACTICE 3 s.h.

A research study of current Financial Accounting Standards Board statements of
standards, interpretations, concepts, exposure drafts and discussion memorandums. The
internship experience and completed term paper will be discussed and integrated with the
pronouncements. Prerequisite: COOP 420, Accounting Internship. Spring semester.

ACTG 499: TAX TOPICS ' 3 s.h.

Various current topics affecting accounting practice and the accounting profession will be
studied. The topics will vary from year to year depending on the changes in such things as the
current tax laws, announcements by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the CPA's.
the Cost Accounting Standards Board and other such bodies which promulgate the
standards and conduct of professional accountants. Prerequisite: ACTG 453 or consent of
instructor. Spring semester.

ANTHROPOLOGY

ANTH211: ANTHROPOLOGY 3 s h.

This course deals with the origin, diversification, and evolution of man's way of life
(cultures) from extinct primitive systems to modern industrial civilizations. This course is an
introduction to anthropology (the study of man) with emphasis on the nature and concept of
culture Some work is done in physical anthropology Emphasis is placed on the simple and
complex cultures of the world with specific readings in each category Each semester.

214

ANTH 213 INTRODUCTION TO BIOANTHROPOLOGY 3 s.h

A survey of the human species in time, place, and culture and the investigation o( factors
underlying human variation. No prerequisite Each second year

ANTH 214 PRINCIPLES OF HUMAN ECOLOGY 3sh

A study of the functional inter-relationships of man and his biophysical environment No
prerequisite: Every second year.

ANTH 250; PREHISTORIC NORTH AMERICA 3sh.

The course examines the development of North American Indian cultures from the
beginning of human migration in the late Pleistocene to the coming of Europeans Emphasis
will be on man's interrelationship with the various New World environments in time and space
which led to the rise of prehistoric cultures, food production, trade, etc. No prerequisite.
Every second year.

ANTH 251: HISTORIC INDIANS OF NORTH AMERICA 3 s.h

This course is an ethnographic survey of American Indians Cultural processes, historic
events, and ecologicaladjustmentsareexploredinordertounderstandthediversity of Indian
culture at the time of their discovery by Europeans. American Indian acculturation and
contemporary Indian issues are also considered No prerequisite Every second year

ANTH 290: INTRODUCTION TO FOLKLORE 3 s.h

The course covers the main aspects of oral traditions such as folklore, legend, myths,
riddle, folksong, etc., and analyzes the relationship of oral traditions to literature The
systematic study of folklore, its methods, research approaches, and related subjects are
investigated. No prerequisite. Every second year.

ANTH 353: ARCHAEOLOGY OF EASTERN NORTH AMERICA 3 s.h.

The course provides a detailed survey of prehistoric developments in North America east of
the Missippi from Late Pleistocene to the Colonial Period The principal aim is to familiarize
students with the prehistory of the Amerind populations in the area, including the gradual
emergence of the Woodland pattern Summers only

ANTH 354: CULTURAL HISTORY OF ASIA AND AFRICA 3 s.h.

A survey of major cultural trends of Old World cultures exclusive of Europe Beginning with
prehistoric Middle East, the spread of food production and its consequences is traced
through space and time Special emphasis is given to the rise and development of Asian
cultural patterns. The second section of thecourse deals with African tribal cultures and their
history. Every second year.

ANTH 356 FIELD ARCHAEOLOGY 4 s h

This course will give undergraduate students an opportunity to participate actively in all
phases of archaeological field investigation of a limited section of the Allegheny river
drainage in order to determine cultural sequence, settlement patterns, population density,
economy, cultural influences, technologies, and human ecology Procedures will include
reconnaissance, testing of suspected sites, site survey, conirolled excavation, site mapping,
interpretation and recovery of specimens, and a final site report. Summers only

215

ANTH 357 INDIANS OF SOUTH AND CENTRAL AMERICA 3 s h

A survey of Indian cultures from the beginnings m the Late Pleistocene to the coming of the
Conquistadores. special emphasis is placed upon culture developments, the rise of states,
native agriculture, and the development of arts and crafts, including architecture and
ceremonial art. No prerequisite Every second year

ANTH 358 WORLD PREHISTORY 3 S.h.

This course covers the cultural development of Man from the Lower Paleolithic to the
beginnings of urbanism m the Bronze and Iron Age The course examines mans
development in Europe. Africa. Asia, and the New World; draws comparisions between
cultures: studies the diffusion of cultural traits; and summarizes recent developments m
research No prerequisite Every second year

ANTH 359 PRIMITIVE SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY 3 s.h.

This course is designed to provide a better understanding of Mans relationship with and
the utilization of environment It traces the development which ultimately leads to the rise of
technological societies In investigating Man s attempts to come to an understanding of the
forces around him. the course provides a survey of the history of scientific thought No
prerequisite Every second year

ANTH 361 WITCHCRAFT MAGIC AND RELIGION 3sh

This course is a cross cultural comparative analysis of mans environment with the
supernatural The role of religion is explored and theories dealing wth the nature and
function of various aspects of supernaturalism are discussed from an anthroplogical
perspective No prerequisite Every second year

ANTH 362 HISTORY AND METHODS OF ANTHROPLOGY 3 s h.

This course provides a general overview of the history of anthropology as an academic
discipline, combined with a survey of anthropological theory and research methods. Every
second year

ANTH 363 HISTORICAL ARCHAEOLOGY 3 s.h

Designed to provide an introduction to the problems and methods of historical
archaeology with special emphasis on North America Usually to betaken in conjunction with
ANTH 356 (Field Archaeology) as an alternative to ANTH 353 (Archaeology of Eastern North
America )

ANTH 370 PRACTICUM IN MUSEOLOGY 3 s.h.

The course is designed to provide undergraduates with an introduction to the role and
operation of museums through lectures, field trips, student projects and individual research.
No prerequisite Every second year

216

ANTH 400 INDIVIDUAL RESEARCH 2sh

Individual research, designed as an advanced course in anthropology, provides for the
students individual approach to a specific problem, defined in conference with the
instructor Regular sessions with the faculty member m charge evaluate the progress of the
work and chart 'ts direction Students are expected to acquire research techniques in dealing
with their topics All branches of anthropology may be used to select a topic Credit and
grades will be given only If the project (term paper, survey, investigation, etc ) has been
completed to the satisfaction of the project advisor and the departmental chairman.
Prerequisite ANTH 211 On demand

ANTH 401 INDIVIDUAL RESEARCH ARCHAEOLOGY 2 S.h.

Individual research, designed as an advanced course m archaeology, provides for the
student's individual approach to a specific problem, defined in conference with the
instructor Regular sessions with the faculty member in charge evaluate the progress of the
work and chart Its direction Students a re expected to acquire researc h tech niquesm dealing
with their topics All branches of archaeology may be used to select a topic Credit and grades
willbegivenonlyifthe project (term paper, survey, investigation, etc ) has been completed to
the satisfaction of the project advisor and departmental chairman Prerequisites ANTH 21 1 .
356 On demand

ANTH 402 INDIVIDUAL RESEARCH BIOANTHROPOLOGY 2 S.h.

Individual research, designed as an advanced course in bioanthropology. provides for the
student's individual approach to a specific problem, defined in conference with the
instructor Regular sessions with the faculty member in charge evaluate the progress of the
work and chart its direction Students are expected to acquire research techniques dealing
with their topics All branches of bioanthropology may be used to select a topic Credit and
grades will be given only if the project (term paper, survey, investigation, etc ) has been
completed to the satisfaction of the project advisor and the departmental chairman
Prerequisites ANTH 211. 213 356. or the consent of the instructor On demand

SUIVIIVIER ARCHAEOLOGICAL FIELD SCHOOL 9 S.h.

An integrated program especially designed to provide undergraduates wth a practical and
theoretical background in modern archaeological research The program combines
classroom and laboratory work with field research, including excavation All participants
must register for ANTH 353 (Archaeology of Eastern North America) orANTH 363 (Historical
Archaeology), and ANTH 356 (Field Archaeology ) Pennsylvania teachers may take the
program for credit toward permanent certification

ART

ART 110 THE VISUAL ARTS 3 S.h.

This IS an introductory art course which deals with form and content as well as the
processes and products of art. intended to enrich and deepen the student's awareness and
understanding of visual art forms Each semester

217

ART 111; ART HISTORY I 3 s.h.

A study of the visual arts in the western world including Prehistohc, Egyptian,
Mesopotamian, Greek. Roman, Early Christian, Romanesque, and Gothic periods. Emphasis
on stylistic and historical analysis. Fall semester.

ART 112: ART HISTORY II 3 s.h.

A study of the visual arts in the western world beginning with the Renaissance through
Baroque, Mannerist, Rococo, and French art of the 19th century. Emphasis on stylistic and
historical analysis. Spring semester.

ART 113: HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE 3 s.h.

A survey of the visual heritage of Africa south of the Sahara, focusing on the arts of
sculpture, masking, crafts, and rituals related to their use. Consideration will be given to the
appearance of African traditions in the Western Hemisphere. Annually.

ART 114: HISTORY OF 20TH CENTURY ART 3 S.h

A Study of the major movements and masters of painting and sculpture in Europe and the
United States in the 20th century: its relation to other elements of culture, and its place inthe
historical tradition of Western art. Papers, reading assignments. Annually.

ART 115: AFRICAN TRADITIONS IN ART 3 s.h.

ART 121: INTRODUCTION TO DRAWING 3 s.h.

An introductory course designed to develop the Innate drawing ability of students by direct
observation on inanimate objects through the use of a variety of traditional techniques and
tools Required of art majors Fall semester.

ART 125: COLOR AND DESIGN 3 s.h

A study of two-dimensional design concepts and their applications with an emphasis on
the principles and elements of design. Required of all art majors. Fall semester.

ART 126: THREE DIMENSIONAL DESIGN 3 s.h.

The exploration of three dimensional design forms in order to gain a deeper understanding
of the elements and principles of design. Required of all art majors. Spring semester.

218

ART 127 COMMERCIAL DESIGN 3sh

An elective studio course designed to survey graphic design, product design and
environmental design The course material is based on performance and may encompass
problems relative to designs people read, the design of things people use and design
concerning where people live, work and play On demand

ART 131 PAINTING I 3 s h.

An introduction to painting in oil or acrylic in which the student explores basic materials
and techniques of painting Fundamentals of pic tone I organization and visual expression will
be stressed Each semester

ART 141 SCULPTURE I 3 s.h.

A studio course utilizing clay modeling as the predominate means to record and relate
information required from direct observation of the figure. A three-dimensional analysis of
the human figure through lecture demonstration and studio work in wax and clay from live
models IS the mam focus of this offering, in addition to life size portraiture and multiple figure
compositions All finished work will be bisque fired Each semester.

ART 151 CERAMICS I 3 s.h.

Design and construction of clay pieces in varied techniques and approaches Basic clay
and glaze technology, hand buildmg. throwing, turning, and firing processes. Each semester.

ART 161 FIBER I 3 s.h.

An introduction to color and design and woven and construction textiles. Structural
processes in two-and three-dimensional form, using loom and non-loom techniques Basic
dyeing methods for fibers Fall semester,

ART 165 FABRIC I 3 s.h.

Modular or repeat pattern applied to fabric surfaces by stamping and silkscreen Spring
semester

ART 171 PRINTMAKING I 3 s.h.

Problems m composition utilizing basic techniques and principles of the printmaking
processes, le , collage prints, lino cuts, engraving, calographs, and serigraphy. Each
semester

ART 180 ARTS AND CRAFTS 3 s,h.

An enrichment course for students desiring basic experience with crafts, skills, techniques,
and processes using a variety of materials Each semester

ART 181 JEWELRY I 3 S.h.

Design and construction of individual piecesof jewelryfromsterlingsemi-preciousstones,
exotic woods, and other materials. The course deals with soldering techniques, casting
techniques, methods of setting stones, chain construction, and all methods known for
fabricating jewelry for human adornment Annually,

219

ART 190: TEACHING ART IN THE ELEMENTARY GRADES 3 S,h

A study of the place of art in the elementary public school curriculum, along with an
acquisition of the skills and knowledge needed to assist or teach art Classroom planning,
presentation, motivation methods. & lesson plans will be developed in workshops or actual
teaching situations Each semester

ART 222 FIGURE DRAWING 3 s.h

An introductory course designed to develop the innate drawing ability of students by direct
observation of the human form through the use of a variety of traditional techniques and
tools Required of art majors Spring semester

ART 232 PAINTING II 3 s.h.

Continued exploration of a wide range of materials and techniques with an emphasis on
solving visual and color problems as a vehicle for personalized expression. Prerequisite: ART
131 Each semester.

ART 242 SCULPTURE II 3sh

A workshop course investigating the uses and properties of primary materials and the
processes associated with the forming of plaster, clay, and wax as well as approaches to
problems using unusual or uncommon materials Prerequisite: ART 141 Each semester.

ART 252 CERAMICS II 3 s.h.

Students work with the technical aspects of ceramics-glaze formulation, glaze
calculations; experiment with natural local clays and desired clay bodies, decorating
methods, glazing, and firing techniques while pursuing individual interests The student
works on an independent level investigating his/her interests leading to a final individual
critique of work accomplished Prerequisite ART 151 Each semester.

ART 262: FIBER II 3 s.h.

Principles of woven structures and pattern development Design principles,
professionalism, and expressive content are emphasized. Prerequisite; ART 161. Fall
semester.

ART 266 FABRIC II 3sh

Surface design processes and development of expressive imagery Prerequisite: ART 165
Spring semester.

ART 272: PRINTMAKING II 3 s.h.

Problems in color utilizing techniques and principles of the printmakmg processes
Prerequisite: ART 171 Each semester

ART 282 JEWELRY 11 3 s.h

A continuation of study in the design and construction of jewelry pieces The student
continues advancing his skills and knowledge of metals, stones, woods, and other materials
Prerequisite ART 181 Annually

220

ART 323 ADVANCED DRAWING 3 S.h.

Designed to allow students the opportunity to further their drawing skills Special emphasis
will be upon the development of expressive drawing. Offered concurrently with ART 121 and
222 Prerequisites ART 121, 222 Each semester

ART 333 PAINTING III 3 S.h.

Learning about the materials and techniques of the modern masters by studying and
emulating the concepts involved in the art movements of the 20th century. Prerequisite: ART
232 Each semester

ART 343 SCULPTURE III 3 S.h.

A studio course designed to develop working skills in model and mold making, leading to
casting and forming m terracotta and metals as well as direct carving Prerequisite ART242.
Each semester

ART 353 CERAMICS III 3 S.h.

The student explores the fundamentals of glaze tests, materials test, eutectics, the
calculation of glazes, ceramic kilns, and their design The materials used will be studied,
along with the design of ceramic equipment and their special uses Production of pots will be
downplayed for the concentration on the technical aspects and equipment m the production
of the pot Prerequisite: ART 252. Restricted to art majors or permission of instructor. Each
semester

ART 363 FIBER III 3 s.h.

Advanced studies of loom controlled structures and off-loom structures Research into the
historical context of fibers and textiles. Prerequisite: ART 262. Fall semester.

ART 367 FABRIC III 3 S.h.

Research on a historical surface design process and advanced studio work based on that
process Prerequisite ART 266 Spring semester

ART 373 PRINTMAKING III 3 s.h.

Advanced problems in composition and color utilizing techniques and principles of
Intaglio, relief, planographic or stencil processes. (The student may choose 2 processes.)
Prerequisite ART 272 Each semester

ART 300 SPECIAL TOPICS IN ART

Topics of interest m various areas of art The format will be selected by the instructor.
Offered when faculty available

221

ART 400: SUPERVISED STUDY IN ART 1-6 s.h.

Opportunity to explore in depth an areaof art according to need or interest. Regular weekly
sessions with a faculty member to evaluate the progress of the work and chart its direction.
Credit and grade will be given only if a scholarly paper or special project has been completed
to the satisfaction of the faculty advisor. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor and
department chairman.

ART 434: PAINTING IV 3 s.h.

An investigation into the expressive and visual aesthetic concepts of figure and portrait
painting. Prerequisite: ART 333 Each semester.

ART 444: SCULPTURE IV 3 s.h.

The student will employ direct modeling in wax from which the bronze is cast. This course
stresses a sculptural approach that is permanent, utilizing both traditional and advanced
means of "lost wax. " Open studio work periods are intended to encourage the student along
independent and personal lines of development. Prerequisite: ART 343. Each semester.

ART 454: CERAMICS IV 3 s.h.

The students works and sets goals in his/her own creative interests for a semester of work.
If the student chooses handbuilding or thrown pottery, he/she beg ins work toward a portfolio
for a career or entrance into an M.F.A. program. Prerequisite: ART 353 Restricted to art
majors or permission of instructor Each semester.

ART 464: FIBER IV 3 s.h.

Suitably complex structural and design problems with student-directed research into
technical and historical areas of interest. Prerequisite: ART 363. Fall semester.

ART 468: FABRIC IV 3 s.h.

Research into hand or industrial technologies in surface design, and development of
personal imagery. Prerequisite: ART 367. Spring semester.

ART 474: PRINTMAKING IV 3 s.h.

Advanced problems utilizing one technique of printmaking. Prerequisite: ART 373. Each
semester.

BIOLOGY

BIOL 111: BASIC BIOLOGY 4 s.h.

This course deals with the principles of biology Topics include cellular structure and
physiology, growth and repair, reproduction and development, control, sources of food
energy, inheritance and man's interrelationship with his biological environment. The
classification of plants and animals is reviewed briefly Credit not to be applied toward
Biology major. Each semester.

222

BIOL 153: INTRODUCTORY ANIMAL BIOLOGY 4sh

A survey of the animal kingdom, emphasizing structural, physiological and evolutionary
relationships. The laboratory exercises reflect this approach; dissections and experimental
procedures are also introduced. Three lectures and three laboratory hours weekly. Each
semester.

BIOL 154 INTRODUCTORY PLANT BIOLOGY 4 s.h.

Complementary to BIOL 153 A phylogenetic approach to the study of the plant kingdom,
with emphasis on the evolution of plants, life cycle, reproductive patterns, physiology,
morphology, and genetics. Two hours lecture and four hours laboratory weekly. Each
semester

BIOL 201 GENETICS 3 S.h.

A study of the principles of inheritance in plants, animals, and microorganisms. Topics
include: Mendelian genetics, linkage, recombination, cytogenetics, microbial genetics,
human genetics, and molecular genetics. Three lectures and two laboratory hours weekly.
Prerequisite: BIOL 153. 154 and CHEM 254 or consent of the instructor Each semester

BIOL 202: PRINCIPLES OF ECOLOGY 3sh.

Interaction of organisms and their biotic and abiotic environment; population dynamics
and interactions; the reality of communities; energy transfer with an ecological system;
components of the ecosystem. Two lectures and three laboratory hours weekly. One field
trip Prerequisites: BIOL 153 and 154 or equivalent or consent of the instructor. Each
semester

BIOL 203: CELL BIOLOGY 3 s h.

Structure, biochemistry, and function of plant and animal cells. Two lectures and three
laboratory hours weekly Prerequisites: BIOL 153, 154, and CHEM 153. 154, 163, 164 and 254
or their equivalents or consent of the instructor Each semester.

BIOL 258: ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY I 3 s.h.

A study of the normal structure of the human body and how it functions Special attention is
given to the integumentary, skeletal, muscular, nervous, and endocrine systems and their
interrelationships Two lectures and three lab hours weekly. Fall, annually Venango
Campus. Not for Biology majors.

BIOL 259: ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY II 3 S.h.

A continuation of BIOL 258. Anatomy and Physiology I This course includes the
circulatory, respiratory, digestive, urinary, and reproductive systems and their
interrelationships Two lectures and three laboratory hours weekly Prerequisites: BIOL 258.
Spring, annually Venango Campus Not for Biology majors

223

BIOL 260 MICROBIOLOGY 3sh

A study of microorganisms including viruses, bacteria, fungi, and protozoa, withemphasis
on those associated with human health and disease Consideration is given to immunity
resistance to infectious diseases and to their epidemiological and public health aspects.
Laboratory emphasis is on pathogenic bacteria and the bacteriological and microscopic
techniques Two lectures and three laboratory hours weekly. Fall, annually Venango
Campus Not for Biology majors

BIOL 341: GENERAL MICROBIOLOGY 4 s.h

A study of microorganisms including viruses, fungi, and bacteria. Culturing. isolation,
classification, and ecology of microscopic life from air. water, soil, and dairy products
including beneficial and pathogenic forms Two lectures and six laboratory hours weekly
Prerequisite BIOL 203 and CHEM 154. Each semester

BIOL 351 FIELD BOTANY 3sh

Collection and preparation of plants using herbarium methods Emphasison identification
of flowering plants in a variety of habitats Prerequisites BIOL 153 and 154 Summers, on
demand

BIOL 352 TAXONOMY OF VASCULAR PLANTS 3sh

Systems of classification collection and identification of flowering plants and ferns of the
region: use of keys and herbarium collections Prerequisites BIOL 153 and 154 Spring, even
numbered years

BIOL 353 ORNITHOLOGY 3sh

An introduction to the biology of birds. Lectures deal with internal and external adaptation
for aerial travel, classification, migration, habitats, plumage changes, nesting habits and
ecologic relations Two lectures and three laboratory or field trip hours weekly Spring, even
numbered years

BIOL 354 ENTOMOLOGY 3 s,h,

A general study of insects including structure, physiology, classification, economic
importance, and relationships Two lectures and three hours of laboratory or field work
weekly Fall, even numbered years,

BIOL 356 FIELD ZOOLOGY - INVERTEBRATE 3 sh.

A study of invertebrates of the field including the collecting and preserving of such forms.
Emphasis will be placed on taxonomy and ecological relationships Summers, on demand,

BIOL 357 FIELD ZOOLOGY - VERTEBRATE 3sh

A study of the taxonomy and ecological importance of the vertebrates Field trips will be
taken to various ecological areas to observe and collect Emphasis will be placed on the
identification of living rather than preserving specimens If BIOL 420 has been taken.
permission of instructors of both courses must be secured to elect BIOL 357 Summers, on
demand.

224

BIOL 360 PROBLEMS IN BIOLOGY 1-4 s h

Acquaints the student with skills and techniques used in research The student identifies a
problem (or investigation and completes all phases of its study including the writing of a
research report Approval must be secured prior to preregistration from the staff member who
will direct the student

BIOL 400 SPECIAL TOPICS 1-6 sh

Advanced topics in various areas of biology The format used will be selected by the
professors as most suitable to the study. The course may be offered on request of students,
subject to the availability of staff Enrollment by consent of the instructor. On demand

BIOL 401 RADIATION BIOLOGY 3sh

A course presenting the fundamental aspects of the science of radiology with emphasis on
biological applications The topics studied are physical and genetic effects of radiation on
plants and animals: radioactive fall-out and its biological consequences: application of
radioisotopes in biological research: and use of radiation sources and detectors.
Prerequisite: One year of chemistry Spring, annually

BIOL 420 VERTEBRATE BIOLOGY AND SYSTEMATICS 3s.h.

A survey course dealing with the various aspects of classification, evolutionary
relationships, morphology , zoogeography . ethology, ecology, and physiology of vertebrates,
with special reference to those from Pennsylvania If BIOL 357 has been taken, permission of
instructors of both courses must be secured to elect BIOL 420 Prerequisites BIOL 153 and
BIOL 202. or permission of the instructor Spring, odd numbered years.

BIOL 424 FRESHWATER ICHTHYOLOGY 1 s h.

Identification of families and species of fishes from the eastern United States, with
emphasis on Pennsylvania forms. Two clock hours weekly PA fishing license required.
Prerequisite: BIOL 202 Fall, odd numbered years

BIOL 425 FISHERIES BIOLOGY 3 s h.

Ecology of fish populations including taxonomy identification, age and growth, population
estimation and analysis, food habits, management, and environmental requirements.
Application of microcomputers in fisheries work will be emphasized in data analysis Five
clock hours weekly, including laboratory Prerequisite Environmental Biology or consent of
the instructor Fall, odd numbered years

BIOL 442 MICROBIAL PHYSIOLOGY 4sh,

A study of the physiological reactions involved in the growth, reproduction, and death of
microbes Emphasis will be placed upon the metabolism of carbohydrates, proteins,
vitamins, and fats Enzymes, oxidation-reduction potentials, energy relationships,
membrane potentials, and nutrients will be considered Two lectures and four laboratory
periods weekly Prerequisites BIOL 341 and CHEM 453 or permission of the instructor On
demand

225

BIOL 443 VIROLOGY 3 s.h.

A study of plant, animal, and bacterial viruses with emphasis on biochemistry, structure,
life cycles, and disease-causmg mechanisms. Three clock hours per week Prerequisites:
CHEM 453. BIOL 341 , or consent of the instructor. Fall, annually.

BIOL 444 IMMUNOLOGY 4 s.h.

An introduction to the fundamental concepts of immunology, immunochemistry. serology,
and the role of immunology m epidemiologic studies. Three lectures and three laboratory
periods weekly Prerequisite BIOL 341 or permission. Fall, annually.

BIOL 446 PATHOGENIC MICROBIOLOGY 4 s.h.

A study of the bacteria, fungi, and viruses which cause human disease Laboratory
emphasis is on isolation and identification of pathogens and on elementary immunology.
Two lectures and four laboratory hours weekly. Prerequisite: BIOL 341. Spring, annually.

BIOL 451: ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY 3 S.h.

Study of the comparative physiology of animals, includes water and ion regulations,
circulation, respiration, nutrition, nervous activity, endocrine functions, and responses to
temperature, light, gases, and pressure Two lectures and three hours laboratory weekly.
Prerequisites: BIOL 203 and CHEM 254 or permission of instructor. Each semester.

BIOL 452: PLANT PHYSIOLOGY 3 S.h.

Life processes and responses of plants to the environment Topics include water relations,
transpiration, translocation, photosynthesis, respiration, matabolism, plant hormones and
rTXjrphogenesis. photoperiodism. temperature responses, environmental and stress
physiology Two lectures and three hours laboratory weekly Prerequisite: BIOL 201 . 203. and
CHEM 254 Spring, odd-numbered years.

BIOL 453: PATHOPHYSIOLOGY ENDOGENOUS AGENTS 4 s.h.

The study of mechanisms by which disease occurs in humans The course emphasizes
responses to the disease process, and the effects of pathophysiologic mechanisms on the
normality of cell, tissue, organ and system functions, and the response of the body to the
disease process Prerequisites Prior courses in Physiology desired. Upper division nursing
students, or two years of study in biology, or permission of Instructor Fall, annually.

BIOL 454 PATHOPHYSIOLOGY: EXOGENOUS AGENTS 4 s.h.

The study of mechanisms by which disease occurs in humans Emphasis in this course is
on disease related to heredity, physical, chemical, and biological stressors. Spring, annually.

BIOL 455 555: ENDOCRINOLOGY 3 S.h.

A survey of the chemical and physiological principles of hormonal integrations in animals.
Three hours of lecture week Prerequisite: BIOL 451 Spring, annually.

226

BIOL 460 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ANATOMY 3 s h.

This course traces the most important trends in the evolution of basic structures in
vertebrate lines, and conveys an appreciation of how the mammals came to possess the
combination of characters that make this group unique Two lectures and three laboratory
hours weekly Prerequisites BIOL 153. 154 Spring, even numbered years.

BIOL 461 VERTEBRATE EMBRYOLOGY 3 s.h.

A descriptive study of the development of vertebrates, including early processes and the
formation of organ systems. Two lectures and three laboratory hours weekly Prerequisite:
One year of biology Spring, odd numbered years.

BIOL 462 HISTOLOGY 3 s.h.

A study of the microscopic structure of tissues comprising the organ system of animals,
including man One lecture and two double-period laboratories. Prerequisite: One year of
biology On demand

BIOL 464 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY 3 s h.

A study of the major processes in development and their underlying mechanisms Includes
a descriptive study and mechanisms such as differentiation, induction, and morphogenesis.
Materials deal primarily with animal development. Two lectures and three laboratory hours
weekly. Prerequisite BIOL 153. 154. 201. and General Chemistry. Fall, annually.

BIOL 470 ANIMAL ECOLOGY 3 s.h.

A course dealing with the interrelationship of animals and their environment, including
physical and biological factors Discussions and investigations will include animal
distribution, predator-prey interrelationships, competition, species diversity, reproduction,
and community organization Field and laboratory studies included. Prerequisite: BIOL 202.
Spring, even numbered years.

BIOL 471: PLANT ECOLOGY 3 s.h.

A study of the structure, development, and causes of distribution of plant communities
based upon individual studies of the major plants in each group. Emphasis upon plant
association in western Pennsylvania visited during the course Prerequisite: BIOL 202. Fall
semester, even numbered years.

BIOL 472 PARASITOLOGY 3sh

A study of parasites in relation to man and his domesticated animals. Emphasis is placed
upon morphology and life histories in addition to the ecology of the parasite Two lectures
and three laboratory hours weekly Fall, annually.

BIOL 478 BIOME STUDIES 3sh.

A travel-study program which offers opportunties for study in the various biomes, eg .
grasslands, montane, seashore, etc Summers, on demand

227

BIOL 482 EVOLUTION AND POPULATION GENETICS 3sn

This course examines modern evolutionary theory Topics include the gene pool concept,
adaptive evolutionary forces and non-adaptive evolutionary forces in population, population
laws, evidence of evolution, mechnisms of diversity, punctuated equilibrium, and hominid
evolution. Fall, even numbered years

BIOL 483 MOLECULAR BIOLOGY 3sh

A study of the biochemistry of the cell On demand

BIOL 491 BIOGEOGRAPHY 3sh

The subject matter sn\\\ cover aspects of the distribution of plants and animals f^ am topics
of concern will include interpretive approaches to biogeography, paleobiogeographic
evidence of past distributions, the centers of the origin of various groups, mechanics and
routes of dispersal and colonization, and the dynamics of extinction Prerequisites: BIOL 201
and BIOL 202 or permission by the instructor. Fall, odd numbered years.

BIOL 492/592 ETHOLOGY 5sh

A study of the biological concepts of animal behavior An investigation of topics such as
sensory receptors, internal mechanisms, genetics, learning and habituation, social
organization, and communication. Laboratory exercises involve techniques of observation
and experiments in animal behavior Two lectures and three hours laboratory or field work
weekly Prerequisites BIOL 153 or permission of the instructor Fall, annually

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

BSAD 240 LEGAL ENVIRONMENT I 3sh

Legal Environment I is a survey course of law and society Its purpose is to orient students
to the judicial systems of the United States and the legal remedies and mechanisms at their
disposal. It compares and contrasts both civil and equitable court functions through the
illustrations of common law contracts, torts, criminal law, property law and the
administration of decedents estates. Each semester

BSAD 241 LEGAL ENVIRONMENT II 3 s,h.

This course is an application of the concepts attained in BSAD 240, Legal Environment I. in
a business context Emphasis is placed on general substantive business law topics; i.e.:
agency, partnerships, corporations, sales, negotiable instruments; and real property. Each
semester.

BSAD 242 METHODS OF LEGAL RESEARCH 3sh

Students learn the traditional legal research materials and brief writing techniques
including use of digests and citators The course also emphasis legal research in the area of
Administrative Law Prerequisite: BSAD 240 Each semester.

228

BSAD245 FIELD EXPERIENCE 1 S.h.

An early exposure to types of legal practices for various types of legal programs including
community programs, institutions, and courts Each fall semester at Venango Campus.
Prerequisite BSAD 240

BSAD437 INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS SEMINAR 3-6 s.h.

The focus on this course Is on developing an understanding of the problems and
opportunities faced by international organizations In order to best achieve both micro and
macro perspectives in the study of international aspects of the business, students enrolled
will visit businesses abroad for discussions with top-level executives In addition to the
international travel, the students will meet with the instructor for a series of briefing and
debriefing sessions An additional three credits may be taken (for a total of 6) on an
individualized basis Prerequisite MGf^T 320. Junior standing. Offered at special times
between the regular school semesters

BSAD 490: ADIVIINISTRATIVE DECISION MAKING 3 s.h.

This course requires the student to synthesize what had been learned in the separate
business fields and to utilize this knowledge in the analysis of complex problems of various
businesses - from single proprietorships to multinationals. This is the capstone course for a
degree in business administration. Prerequisite: MGMT 320, MKTG 360 and FIN 370. Each
semester

BSAD 491 INDEPENDENT STUDIES IN BUSINESS 1-3 s.h.

Opportunity to explore in depth a problem or area of business under the direction of a
faculty member of the college. Prerequisite: 2 75 grade point average and consent of both
instructor and department head Maximum credit granted in BSAD 491 is 6 credits. Each
semester

BSAD 494 BUSINESS EXECUTIVES LECTURE 1 S.h.

The course is designed to introduce the student to successful business practices. The
course will call upon several prominent business men/women from the local area to give a
series of lectures concerning their business philosophies and practices. An objective of the
course if to assist the student in bringing together knowledge attained from the business
curriculum and to suggest practical applicationsof that knowledge. Prerequisite; MGMT320.
Offered when resources are available

CHEMISTRY

*No student may take for credit, a chemistry course at the 100 level after having successfully
completed any chemistry course numbered 300 or above,

229

CHEM 050: PREPARATION FOR CHEMISTRY 3 s.h.

This course is intended for students who may not have sufficient background for college
chemistry. Placement in this course is recommended by the Chemistry Department based on
high school record and test scores. Emphasis is on developing verbal and mathematical
skills, abstract reasoning, and a basic scientific vocabularly. The credits for this course do not
count toward graduation Spring, annually

PHSC111 BASIC PHYSICAL SCIENCE: CHEMISTRY 3 s.h.

This course is intended for non-science majors and does not assume familiahty with
chemistry It does not count toward requirements for science majors, but can be applied to
fulfill the general education math-science requirements for non-science majors.

Selected chemical principles are explored with the purpose of providing a background that
will enable the student as a citizen to understand issues involving the interaction of science
and society; brief experiments are often included. Students who prefer a more traditional
chemistry course may elect either CHEM 151 or 153 to fulfill their general education
requirements. No prerequisite: Each semester.

CHEMIST CHEMICAL PRINCIPLES* 4 s.h.

Intended for chemistry majors, pre-medical students, and others who desire a rigorous
introductory course. CHEM 151 and 152 comprise the foundation for all subsequent courses
in the major sequence. Principal topics include atomic theory, gases, solids, and liquids. A
strong background is desirable but not required. Students must concurrently schedule
CHEM 161 Four hours lecture Fall, annually.

CHEM 152: CHEMICAL PRINCIPLES 11* 4 s.h.

Continuation of CHEM 151. Principal topics include second law, equilibrium, acids and
bases, electrochemistry, kinetics, radiochemistry and descriptive chemistry. Prerequisite:
CHEM 151. Students must concurrently schedule CHEM 162. Four hours lecture Spring,
annually

CHEM 161: CHEMICAL PRINCIPLES LABORATORY I 1 s.h.

Laboratory exercises to exemplify and augment the material in CHEM 151 This course
must be taken concurrently with CHEM 151 unless it is being repeated. Three hours
laboratory. Fall, annually.

CHEM 162: CHEMICAL PRINCIPLES LABORATORY II 1 s.h.

Laboratory exercises to exemplify and augment the material in CHEM 152. This course
must be taken concurrently with CHEM 152 unless it is being repeated Three hours
laboratory. Spring, annually.

CHEM 153: GENERAL CHEMISTRY I* 3 s.h

This is the initial course in the fundamental concepts of chemistry for students not
majoring in chemistry; it can serve as a preparation for CHEM 254 or as a terminal course. The
major topics included are atomic theory and structure, stoic biometry, chemical bonding, and
the physical states of matter. Must be taken concurrently with CHEM 163 Three hours
lecture. Fall, annually.

230

CHEM 154 GENERAL CHEMISTRY ir 3 S.h.

Continuation of CHEM 153 This course includes a discussion of mixtures,
thermodynamics equilibria, kinetics, acids and bases, oxidation-reduction, and radioactivity.
Must be taken concurrently with CHEM 164 Prerequisite CHEM 153 Three hours lecture.
Spring, annually

CHEM 163 GENERAL CHEMISTRY LABORATORY I 1 s.h.

Laboratory exercises to exemplify and augment the material in CHEM 153. This course
must be taken concurrently with CHEM 153 unless it is being repeated. Three hours
laboratory Fall, annually

CHEM 164 GENERAL CHEMISTRY LABORATORY II 1 s.h.

Laboratory exercises to exemplify and augment the material in CHEM 154 This course
must be taken concurrently with CHEM 154 unless it is being repeated Prerequisite: CHEM
153. 163 Three hours laboratory Spring, annually.

CHEM 205: NUTRITION 3 s.h.

An introduction to the basic principles of human nutrition The structure of proteins, fats,
carbohydrates, vitamins and minerals and their roles in metabolism are explored. Nutritional
needs of various age groups, nutrition and disease, and recent research in nutritional
problems are discussed Required of all B S Nursing majors Prerequisite: one semester of
general chemistry or consent of instructor

CHEM 211: SCIENCE AND SOCIETY 3 S.h.

A major goal of this course is to equip the citizen to make intelligent choices and to take
effective action in areas where science or technology appear to pose threats, offer benefits,
demand funding, or require regulation. For this purpose, and for the additional goal of
achieving a minimum level of scientific literacy, the needed technical principles are
presented in non-mathematical fashion Emphasis is placed on the similarities and
differences between life and other chemical processes, and on the consequences of the
Second Law of Thermodynamics. Open to students in all academic areas Prerequisite:
Sophomore standing Three hours lecture. Offered occasionally

CHEM 251 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY I 3 S.h.

The study of bonding, structure, stereochemistry, nomenclature, and the mechanisms of
free radical substitution, nucleophilic substitution, electrophilic addition and electrophilic
aromatic substitution Organic syntheses, reactions and methods will be emphasized
Students must concurrently schedule CHEM 261 Prerequisites: CHEM 151. 152. or 153. 154
Three hours lecture. Fall, annually.

CHEM 252 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY II 3 S.h.

A continuation of CHEM 251 A discussion of functional groups, their preparation and
reactions. Synthesis and mechanisms will be emphasized. Students must concurrently
schedule CHEM 262 Prerequisite CHEM 251 Three hours lecture. Spring, annually

231

CHEM 257 ORGANIC SPECTROSCOPY 2sh

The application of modern spectroscopic techniquestothe determination of the structures
of organic compounds is exiained Techniques such as infrared, nuclear magnetic
resonance, and mass spectroscopy are discussed with emphasis on their application toward
the elucidation of structures of organic compounds. Necessary theoretical background and
practical applications are presented. Required of all chemistry majors and must be taken
concurrently with CHEM 252. Prerequisites for other students. CHEM 1 54. 264 and consent of
instructor.

CHEM 261 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY LABORATORY I Ish

The laboratory consists of experiments using important techniques, natural product
isolation and synthesis using modern instrumental methods This course must be taken
concurrently with CHEM 251 unless it is being repeated Three hours laboratory. Fall,
annually.

CHEM 262 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY LABORATORY II 1 s.h.

This laboratory will consist of complex synthesis and organic qualitative analysis, both
using modern instrumentation. The important spectroscopic methods of infrared and
nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy and mass spectrometry will be emphasized This
course must be taken with CHEM 252 unless it is being repeated. Prerequisite: CHEM 261.
Three hours laboratory Spring, annually.

CHEM 254 INTRODUCTORY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 3 s h.

A modern course which surveys the entire field of elementary ogranic chemistry, both
aliphatic and aromatic, with emphasis on nomenclature, simple reactions and mechanisms,
and the structure of organic compounds, together with their relation to biology. This course
does not count toward the requirements for a major in chemistry and must be taken
concurrently with CHEM 264 unless it is being repeated Prerequisite: CHEM 152 or 154.
Three hours laboratory Each semester.

CHEM ^34: INTRODUCTORY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY

LABORATORY 6-1 s.h

Important techniques, synthesis and functional group analyses of organic compounds.
This course must be taken concurrently with CHEM 254 unless it is being repeated. Three
hours laboratory Each semester

CHEM 255 INDUSTRIAL CHEMISTRY 3 s.h

This course deals with the application of theories, laws, and calculations of chemistry to
industrial process. This work is supplemented by reading of current literature and trips to
chemical industries. Prerequisites CHEM 151, 152, or 153, 154. Offered occasionally

CHEM 270 CHEMICAL INFORMATION 1 s.h.

This course covers sources, organization, and the effective use of chemical information
Aspects of both printed and computer based chemical information sources will be discussed
Problem assignments will provide illustration and practice in effective searching of the
chemical literature. Co-requisite: CHEM 251, 261. Fall, annually.

232

CHEM 320 APPLICATIONS OF COMPUTERS IN CHEMISTRY 3sh

This course is concerned with the application of computers m chemistry After a review of
the scientific programming languages, attention will be focused on the use of computer
methods for problem solving in such areas as theoretical, analytical, and organic chemistry
Coverage will include data acquisition methods, experimental controls, chemical structure
elucidation, and chemical information retrieval methods Prerequisites CHEM 152 or 154.
and CIS 151 or CIS 163 (may be taken concurrently) Fall, alternate years

TECHNIQUES AND INSTRUMENTS l-V

Utilizing t he depart me nt'sextrf!mely complete line of modern equipment, this sequence of
laboratory-centered courses has been designed to develop or reinforce skills, techniques,
theories, and familiarity with Instruments used in all branches of chemistry There is a
progression from those operations and concepts that are essential in many areas, including
biological sciences, to those that are somewhat specialized but yet of considerable
importance to most chemists The last courses in the sequence permit some individual choice
of topics

The following are representative of the total content: classical wet analytical techniques,
quantitative spectrophotometry calorimetry. electrochemistry, glass-blowing, vacuum-line
operations, thermodynamic and kenetic studies, electronic data processing,
characterization of macro-molecules, surface studies, molecular and crystal structure
determinations by diffraction and spectral methods, quantitative separations, electro-
analytical methods, nuclear magnetic resonance, radiochemical techniques, syntheses,
basic electronic circuitry

Course details and prerequisites are listed below

CHEM 351; INTRODUCTION TO TECHNIQUES AND

INSTRUMENTS 3 s.h.

The theory and applied techniques and instrumentation of analytical chemistry for majors
in the allied health professions Someof the topics in eluded a re spectrophotometry, methods
based on equilibrium systems, electroanalytical methods and separation procedures as
applied to health professions This course does not count toward the requirements for a
ma)or in chemistry Students must concurrently schedule CHEM 361 Prerequisite CHEM
152 or 154. Three hours lectuie. Spring, annually,

CHEM 352 TECHNIQUES AND INSTRUMENTS I 4 s,h

This course serves students both in chemistry and in related fields. Prerequisites CHEM
152 or 154 Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory Fall, annually

CHEM 356 TECHNIQUES AND INSTRUMENTS II 2 s.h.

Prerequisite CHEM 354 This course will normally be taken concurrently with CHEM 355
Six hours laboratory. Spring, annually

233

CHEM 357: TECHNIQUES AND INSTRUMENTS III 3 s.h

Prerequisites: CHEM 352, 354; CHEM 355 concurrently, or consent of department. Two
hours lecture, three hours laboratory. Spring, annually.

CHEM 361: INTRODUCTION TO TECHNIQUES AND

INSTRUMENTS LABORATORY 1 s.h.

Laboratory exercises to exemplify and augment materials in CHEM 351. This course must
be taken concurrently with CHEM 351 unless it is being repeated. Three hours laboratory
Spring, annually.

CHEM 461: TECHNIQUES AND INSTRUMENTS IV 2 s.h.

Prerequisite: CHEM 357 One hour lecture, three hours laboratory Fall, annually

CHEM 354: PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY I 4 s.h.

This course is concerned primarily with the principles of thermodynamics. Kinetics is
discussed in the latter portion of the term. The laws of thermodynamics are applied to many
problem solving situations. Calculus is used heavily, and a basicfamiliarity with thehandling
of simple differentials and integrals is necessary. Kinetics is treated from experimental and
mechanistic points of view Prerequisites: CHEM 152, 162: PH 252 or 259: MATH 271. Four
hours lecture. Fall, annually.

CHEM 355: PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY II 4 s.h.

Both the classical wave formulation and the concept of operators are developed as
approaches to the study of quantum mechanics, and simple one-electron problems are
solved This groundwork is then extended to molecular problems. Spectroscopy isexamined
in detail, particularly as a tool in the determination of molecular structures. Powder and
single-crystal x-ray diffraction techniques are discussed and their use as research tools
investigated Prerequisite CHEM 354 Four hour lecture Spring. annually.

CHEM 359: ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 3 s h.

A study of reaction mechanism, synthetic methods, and structure elucidations Emphasis
is placed on correlation of structure and reactivity and on stereochemistry Prerequisites:
CHEM 252, 355 Three hours lecture Spring, alternate years.

CHEM 453: BIOCHEMISTRY 3 S.h

An introduction to modern cellular biochemistry A study of proteins, enzymes, nucleic
acids and fats: the metabolic transformations of amino acids, carbohydrates, lipids, protein
synthesis and photosynthesis: and the respiratory chain and oxidation phosphorylation.
Prerequisite: CHEM 251 or 254 Three hours lecture Spring, alternate years.

CHEM 455 ADVANCED PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY 3 s.h

This course is concerned primarily with statistical mechanics and additional aspects of
quantum mechanics. Prerequisite: CHEM 355 Offered occasionally.

234

CHEM 456 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY 3 S.h

Various concepts of bonding, encountered in previous courses, are extended and
compared to gain some appreciation of their uses and shiortcomings. Considerable attention
is given to steric relationships m many environments. The desc. iptive chemistry includes
recently discovered compound types as well as the classical period-group -- subgroup
patterns of behavior Prerequisite CHEM 355 (may be taken concurrently) or consent of
department Three hours lecture Spring, annually.

CHEM 459 DEMONSTRATIONS IN CHEMISTRY 3 S.h.

Studies are made of various demonstration techniques v^^ith students devising and applying
each with many examples Special attention is given to the study of the material of the Chem
Study Committee of the American Chemical Society prepared for the purpose of vitalizing
high school chemistry courses. Prerequisites: CHEM 151. 152, and at least one other major
course. Offered occasionally.

CHEM 460 RADIOCHEMISTRY TECHNIOUES 2 s.h

A general course dealing with radioactive materials, their radiations, preparation of
isotopes in various chemical forms, detection, identification and applications Aspects of
safety and basic laws and regulations are stressed Emphasis is placed on nuclear
instrumentation, including G.M.. scintillation and gas flow counting techniques. Work with a
neutron howitzer.including basic activation analysis with its associated gamma ray
spectroscopy, is studied. Prerequisites: CHEM 152 or 154: MATH 151 or 171. One hour
lecture, three hours laboratory Offered occasionally

CHEM 465.466 CHEMICAL RESEARCH 1-3 s h. each

An independent laboratory problem in some field of chemistry of special interest to the
student. Admission only be consent of the instructor and the approval of the Department
Chairman. Prerequisites: CHEM 355. 357 Each semester

CHEM 470 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR 1 S.h.

Search of the chemical literature on a topic of current interest, compilation of a
bibliography, preparation of an abstract, and presentation of a seminar Prerequisites: CHEM
252, 355. Spring, annually

CHEM 471 SPECIAL TOPICS IN CHEMISTRY 3 S.h.

Topics of current interest in the field of chemistry will be presented. The choice of topics
will vary from year to year, but the subject areas each, year will include topics from three
different areas Topics such as non-aqueous solvents, solid state chemistry, polymers,
chemical physics, group theory, stereochemistry, organometallicsand recent developments
in spectroscopy will be discussed. Prerequisite: CHEM 355 (may betaken concurrently). Fall,
alternate years.

235

CHEM 485: PROBLEMS IN CHEMISTRY EDUCATION 1-3 s.h.

An opportunity to explore m depth a problem area in chemistryeducation according to the
student's need or interest under the direction of a faculty member. Admission only by consent
of the instructor and the approval of the Department Chairman. Prerequisites: Junior
standing or consent of the Department Not open to Chemistry majors in the Liberal Arts or
Bachelor of Science Curriculum. Each semester.

COMMUNICATION

COMM 100 EXPLORATIONS IN MASS COMMUNICATION 2 s.h.

A systematic study of the field of communication. Content includes historical perspectives,
characteristics and functions of various media and communication fields, a study of career
options, and competencies required of a professional in each area. Current issues, trends,
and employment opportunties will be examined as they relate to career areas. Fall, annually.

COMM 152 MESSAGE DESIGN 3sh.

Investigates the elements of effect ive communication , including the dimensions of sensory
perception, meaning, environment, attitude, and technology. Students shall be required to
apply theoretical concepts to practical problems. Each semester.

COMM 171: WRITING FOR MEDIA 3 s.h.

Develops fundamental skills in writing and,'or visualizing for a variety of media forms.
Emphasis will be placed on print and broadcast newswriting, advertising copywriting and
public relations writing Prerequisite: ENG 111 or consent of Instructor. Each semester

COMM 200 NEWSWRITING 3sh

Principles and practice of evaluating, gathering and writing the fundamental news story
and news feature: preparation of copy for publication, interviewing, and laboratory
experience. Spring, annually.

COMM 251 INTRODUCTION TO IMAGES 3 s.h

Develops an awareness of the perceptual cues in the environment with the goal of enabling
the student to use this awareness in thedesign of graphic films, electronic and sound images.
An introduction to the production process Camera required. See specifications under
"College of Communication" section. Each semester.

COMM 271: REPRODUCTION GRAPHICS 3sh

Develops basic skills m graphic arts processes, layout design, and preparation of copy for
reproduction with emphasis on offset lithography, $50equipment deposit required. Camera
required. See specifications under "College of Communication" section. Prerequisites:
COMM 152, 171, and 251, Each semester.

236

COMM 315 PHOTOGRAPHY 3 S.h.

Provides basic principles of photography and Intermediate principles of photojournalism.
Study of camera and darkroom techniques: the production of photographs for news,
advertising, scientific, and instructional use Camera required. See specifications under
"College of Communication" section On demand.

COfwIfVI 351 PRODUCTION APPLICATION 5 S.h.

Provides the student with training in television production and experience In the
application of communication theory and production techniques Integrates skills in writing,
photography, audio and graphics in a total production context Camera required. See
specifications under "College of Communication" section. Prerequisite: COfvllVI 271 . Each
semester.

COfVlfVI 352: COIVIfVIUNICATION RESEARCH IVIETHODS 3 S.h.

Develops entry level skills in use of the research process to the study of human behavior.
Emphasizes the role of research in the various communication professions. Requires the
possession of a hand calculator with square root and preferably with Algebraic Operating
System (AOS) logic Prerequisite COf^M 152. Each semester.

COtVIM 360: PUBLICATIONS EDITING 3 S.h.

This course provides fundamental instruction in editing skills, copy editing, headline
writing, typography, photographs, copy control and layout It also examines the role and
responsibilities of the editor Prerequisite: COf^M 271. On demand.

COMf^371: ADVANCED tVIEDIA WRITING 3 s.h.

Extensive work in research, writing, and marketing of written products for magazines,
newspapers and broadcasting The coursework also requires the selection and acquisition of
appropriate photographs and graphics to comlement the articles. Prerequisites: COfvltVI 1 71
and 251 , Fall, annually.

COfVlfVI 400: t^EDIA IN ADVERTISING 3 s.h.

Introduces the student to media strategies, creative development, and budgeting of
advertising plans for national and major-market media. The course includes a review of basic
concepts m advertising. Fall, annually.

COMM 402: INTERNSHIP 5 s.h.

Provides experience during which the student applies theory and techniques to
communication tasks of a cooperating business, industry, agency or institution. The student
will be required to obtain approval of a detailed proposal before registering for the course.
Prerequisites: COMM 351 , 352, senior standing, minimum 2.5 OPA, and endorsement of two
communication faculty members. Individual exceptions may be granted upon application to
the faculty through the advisor Arranged

COMM 405: PRESENTATION GRAPHICS 3 s.h.

This course covers the design and production of graphic materials for the presentation of
information in training sessions, sales and stockholder meetings, and other small and large
group situations Each semester.

237

C0MM411 FOUNDATIONS OF BROADCASTING 3 s.h.

An overview of the broadcasting industry, including history, technical aspects, station and
network organization, sales, ratings, programming and social influences A foundation
course for radio-TV career preparation, related fields of communication, and the
development of knowledgeable consumers of broadcast media. On demand

COMM 412: FOUNDATIONS OF CABLE TELEVISION 3 S.h.

An overview of the cable television industry, including history, technical aspects, industry
and system structure and organization, economics, law and programming, with emphasis on
cable management/operations. Spring, odd-numbered years.

COMM415: LOCAL ADVERTISING 3 S.h.

A professional course m planning scheduling, producing, and buying and selling
advertising at the local level, with specific attention to the small business client Spring,
annually

COMM431: PUBLIC RELATIONS PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE 3 s.h.

This course is designed to provide fundamental instruction in public relations practices,
including program planning and evaluation, working with the media, writing for public
relations and coordinating special events and functions. The structure and process of public
relations in business, institutions and American society will be explored through readings
and discussion. On demand.

COMM451: COMMUNICATION EVALUATION 3 S.h.

Develops skills in the selection, development, and use of specific evaluation tools for
various communication professions. Both qualitative and quantitative procedures are
applied Emphasis is placed on formative evaluation and the role of objectives. Prerequisite;
COMM 352 Each semester

COMM 452: COMMUNICATION LAW 3 s.h.

Introduces the student to various laws such as those of libel, privacy, copyright, access,
and FTC and FCC rules and regulations governing the fields ot communication. Ethical
considerations in communication fields and potential restrictions, such as union and
company policies, on communication are also discussed. Each semester.

COMM 491 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-3 S.h.

Allows the imaginative student to structure an independent research project in the area of
communication with a minimum of faculty supervision. A proposal specifying objectives,
methods, and evaluation techniques must be submitted to and approved by the student's
advisor and dean

COMM 499 SPECIAL TOPICS IN COMMUNICATION 1-3 sh.

Focuses on the single, broad contemporary topic of current interest in communication and
related fields Course content varies from semester to semester Topics to be discussed will
be announced in advance. May be taken three times for credit On demand.

238

COMPUTER INFORMATION SCIENCE

CIS 110 INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER INFORMATION

SYSTEMS 3s.h.

This IS an introductory survey of the needs for and roles of computer information systems
in contemporary society It is intended as a first course for the non-computer major to satisfy
the need of students from every discipline to be "computer literate," as well as providing the
necessary basis for further computer related studies Emphasis is on computer requirements
in organizations, history, hardware concepts, programming, application software, systems
development, and computer operations Introductory level programming will utilize the
BASIC language and time sharing facilities of the universities VAX computer system. This
should not be taken by any Computer Science or CAIS major, and will not count toward
graduation for any student who has also taken CIS 120 or CIS 163. Each semester.

CIS 120: PRINCIPLES OF APPLIED INFORMATION SYSTEMS 3 s.h.

Introduction to the tools, techniques, and processes utilized by computer professionals in
developing and utilizing applied computer information systems Heavy emphasis is placed on
the logical and comu meat ion skills utilized in the field and on the development of elementary
programming proficiency Thiscourseisrequiredof all CAIS. majors but notofC.S. majors.
May not be taken by C S majors or by any student who has taken CIS 110. Prerequisites:
Permission of Department or both ENG 111 and MATH 131 withgradesof'C" or better. Each
semester.

CIS 151: FORTRAN I 3 s.h.

Introductory course in programming using FORTRAN The FORTRAN language
exemplifies the use of a high level language processor which can solve problems requiring
scientific methods as well as commercial applications. All material is presented in an orderly
fashion designed to aid the student in understanding the various algorithms underlying
solutions to a variety of problems. Each semester.

CIS 152 FORTRAN II 3 s.h.

An advanced course in FORTRAN programming designed to acquaint the student with the
many facets and extensions of the FORTRAN language. Many advanced features of the
language which are not covered in the introductory course but will be explored, particularly
Disk and Tape operations, built in functions and debugging techniques. Prequisite CIS 151.
An elective course offered as student demand warrants

CIS 163: INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING AND

ALGORITHMS I 3 s.h.

Required of all C.S. majors (but not of CAIS. majors). An introduction to the concepts of
algorithms and problem solving. A computer programming language is presented as a tool in
examining these concepts. Prerequisite: Permission of Department or MATH 270 with a
grade of "C" or better Each semester.

239

CIS 164 INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING AND

ALGORITHMS 11 3 S.h.

Required of all C S majors (but not C.A I S^ majors) An examination of complex problems
solvmg techniques, top down design, and program debugging and testing Prerequisite CIS
163 Each semester

CIS 211: RPG II REPORT PROGRAM GENERATOR 3 S.h.

This computer course introduces the theory and application of the report program
generator language utilized by commerical users with small configurations of computer
equipment Prerequisite; Sophomore standing or consent of instructor Annually.

CIS 212: MICRO MINI COMPUTER SYSTEMS 3 s.h.

This course studies three aspects of small computer systems: micro'mini computer
architecture, software systems available including an m-depth study of at least two popular
software packages, and programming the small computer system in BASIC and'or PASCAL
with hands-on experience using a widely available system Prerequisite CIS 110 or CIS 120.
Each semester

CIS ED 217 APPLICATIONS OF MICROCOMPUTERS 3 s.h.

An introduction to the basic concepts of microcomputers and software applications.
Topics include microcomputer hardware, commonly available software packages, graphics
and programming Not open to students who have completed CIS 212 Each semester

CIS 223: COMPUTER PROGRAMMING COBOL 3 s h.

This is designed to be the first programming course for the C A.I S major (but not for the
C S major) Emphasis is on structured programming concepts and the COBOL language.
Programs written in the course emphasize commerical. industrial, and governmental
applications. Prerequisite: CIS 120 Each semester

CIS 224 DATA STRUCTURE AND FILE UTILIZATION COBOL 3 s.h.

Primary consideration is given to the concepts of file structure, file processing, and
COBOL programming in relationship to organizational processes and needs. COBOL is used
to implement, test, and explore systems concepts, including simulations and data base
design Prerequisite CIS 223 Each semester

CIS 226 COMPUTER SYSTEMS DEVELOPMENT

WITH HIGH LEVEL TOOLS 3 S.h.

This IS a study of the process of developing a computer-based solution to an information
management problem The student will study the methods of system ana lysis and design with
emphasis on practical solutions to real problems. Course content will be directed toward
existing, available systems development too Is for both large computers and microcomputers.
"Fourth-generation" tools will be used to develop an underlying database and generate
programs to implement a business application Offered in the spring semester at Venango
Campus only. Prerequisite: CIS 110 and CIS 217 or permission of the instructor.

CIS 230 PRACTICUM IN COMPUTER INFORMATION SCIENCE 1-2 sh.

The course is designed to provide undergraduates with an introduction to the role of
computer specialists in the everyday operation of a computer machine room and user area.
The course provides real experience in such routine exercises as: machine event logging,
backup restoration of on-line information, preparation, organization, and revision of system
documentation, allocation of user accounts, monitoring of system resources, and fielding of
user problems and complaints A maximum of 6 credits of the practicum may be applied

240

toward graduation Students enrolled in the course are required to gain actual experience in
everyday machine operation by acting as machine room supervisors and interacting with
computer users Prerequisites CIS 164 or 224 Each semester

CIS 240 DISCRETE MATHEMATICAL STRUCTURES 3sh

An introduction to the mathematical expertise necessary to facilitate he efficient computer
manipulation of data Topics include permutationsand combinations, boolean logic, lattices,
graphs, etc Each semester

CIS 253: COMPUTER ORGANIZATION AND

ASSEMBLY LANGUAGE 3 s h.

This course consists of two major parts The first part is an introduction to assembly
language programming and the second part concentrates on an introduction to computer
organization and the structuring of major hardware components It develops a basic
understanding of the mechanics of information transferand control and the fundamentals of
logic design Prerequisite CIS 164 or 224 Annually

CIS 254 INFORMATION STRUCTURE 3 s.h

An introduction to the representation of information in both primary and secondary
storage and a foundation for further study in data structures Topics include sequential and
random access, searching, sorting, linked lists, hashing, and trees The majorconceptsof the
course are reinforced through the use of programming assignments Prerequisite: CIS 164 or
224 Annually

CIS 255 SURVEY OF LANGUAGES 3sh.

A survey of several popular programming languages with emphasis on the types of
problems for which each language was designed Students are exposed to both the syntax
and semantics of the languages and are expected to complete several small programming
projects in each of them Prerequisite CIS 164 or 224 Annually.

CIS 301 COMPUTER SYSTEMS ANALYSIS 3 s.h

This computer course studies informational needs and patterns of information flow within
a large organization The primary emphasis is on the analysis and design of computer
software systems Prerequisites CIS 223. and at least one of the following: CIS 21 1 or 224
Annually

CIS 302 EDP AUDITING AND SECURITY 3 s.h

EDP Auditing and Security is concerned with the EDP audit process, provision and
evaluation of controls in all aspects of EDP system operation, and the provision and
maintenance of computer security. Internal control is stressed as specific controls and
security are studied Prerequisites ACTG 252. CIS 224 Annually.

CIS 350 MACHINE ARCHITECTURE AND

SYSTEMS SOFTWARE 3 S.h

This course investigates the basic concepts of machine architecture together with their
realization and software implications in various categories of computer systems.
Prerequisite CIS 253 Annually

241

CIS 355: OPERATING SYSTEMS I 3 s.h.

This course is a study of computer operating systems. Topics covered are the functions of
operating systems, the design of operatmg systems at the register transfer and programming
levels, the important relationships betw^een operating systems and computer hardware.
Prerequisites: CIS 350 and 254. Annually

CIS 356: DATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHM ANALYSIS 3 S.h.

This course develops skills in the application of alogrithmic methods to the solution of
decision problems in the use of data structures Prerequisites: CIS 253 and 254. Annually.

CIS 357: STRUCTURE OF PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES 3 s.h.

This course investigates the programming features of several common languages from the
point of view of implementation of these languages The student is exposed to the language
characteristics along with the details (difficulties) in the implementation of them. The desired
effect is to train the student to choose and use languages in a competent manner.
Prerequisites: CIS 253. 254, and 255. Annually

CIS 401: SYSTEMS DEVELOPMENT PROJECT 3 s.h.

A student in this course will develop a computer-based solution to a real problem obtained
from the university or the community. Working as a memberof a group/ team, the student will
evaluate an existing system, identify alternative solutions, select a solution, develop a project
plan, design, implement, test and document the system. Current technology will be used
whenever possible, including microcomputers, word processing, and a relational database.
Prerequisite: CIS 301.

CIS 402 DATA BASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS 3 s.h.

A study of Data Base Management Systems with "hands on" experience The student will
Investigate the analysis, design, implementation and maintenance of a modern Data Base
Management System. Prerequisites: CIS 223 and 301 Annually.

CIS 403 DATA COMMUNICATIONS 3 s.h.

Data communications cover fundamental communication concepts such as
synchronous/asynchronous transmission, modulation and half and full duplex: hardware of
data communications, techniques such as multiplexing, multipoint line control and
switching: error detection and correction, tariffs and costs: the design of a basic data
communications network Prerequisite: CIS 223. Annually

CIS 422 INTERNSHIP IN COMPUTERS

The internship provides the student with the opportunity for practical computer experience

in commerical, industrial, governmental, or other participating organizations Prerequisites:
CIS 164 or 224 Junior or Senior standing Each semester

CIS 460 INTRODUCTION TO THEORY OF COMPUTATION 3 S.h.

An introduction to the theory underlying the design, use and limitations of computers
Includes finite state and Infinite machines, computability. formal systems Prerequisites: CIS
164 or 224, 240 Annually,

242

CIS 461 OPERATING SYSTEMS II 3 s.h

This course is devoted to ttie study of the computer programs that are used to control and
monitor the overall functioning of the computer as it serves the application programs This is
an advanced course in operating systems following Operating Systems I Prerequisites: CIS
355 and MATH 455. An elective offered as student demand warrants

CIS 462: SIMULATION AND MODELING 3 s.h.

This course covers the advantages and disadvantages of using computer simulation in
modeling. Students will learn and practice techniques of computer simulation Prerequisites:
CIS 164 or 224 and either MATH 221 or 455. or consent of instructor

CIS 469: SEMINAR IN COMPUTER & INFORMATION SCIENCE Ish

A brief look at diverse subjects in computing and information systems. Each student will
research an approved topic and offer a related verbal presentation to th class. Prerequisite:
Senior standing Spring semester.

CIS 499: INDEPENDENT STUDY IN COMPUTERS

This course permits students to explore an area of special interest using computers. The
special project must be under the direction of a department faculty member Prerequisites:
CIS 164 or 224, Junior or Senior standing

EARTH SCIENCE

NOTE Earth Science courses carry natural science credits only.

ES111 BASIC EARTH SCIENCE 3sh

A survey of the Earth Sciences including Earth-space relations Earth motions,
development of land forms, weather and climate, soils and related vegetation, water as a
resource of the land, oceans Emphasis is on the lithospere (mountain building and erosion)
and the atmosphere. Called Basic Geography in older catalogs. Each semester.

ES150: PHYSICAL GEOLOGY 3 s h.

A study of the earth, including minerals and rocks, and the processes, both constructional
and destructional. which have shaped it since it was formed. Constructional processes
include volcanism, mountain building, and sedimentation Destructional processes include
theerosional activity of streams, glaciers, ground water, waves, and wind. In connection with
these topics, an effort is made to acquaint the student with the methods and work of
geologists and with some of the research at the frontiers of geology The course includes a
field trip into local areas No prerequisites Each semester

ES 200: SOLAR SYSTEM ASTRONOMY 3 S.h

The course topics include the motions of Earth, moon, and the planets and their effects on
the appearance of the sky; the nature of the sun and the planets: the instruments of the
astronomer and the role that the history of astronomy played in the development of our
understanding of the sky The course also includes constellation identification through the
use of the planetarium Each semester.

243

ES201: STELLAR ASTRONOMY 3 s.h.

The objectives of this course are to study man's understanding of the nature, formation and
evolution of those celestial objects that lie beyond the solar system. Topics included are
stellar properties and spectra, stellar evolution, special stars and star systems, the milky w/ay
and other galaxies, cosmology and cosmogony The planetarium is used for constellation
study and the development of co-ordinate systems. Prerequisite ES 200 Spring, annually

ES 250 HISTORICAL GEOLOGY 3 s.h.

The course deals w^ith the interpretation of the record of the rocks and the geologic history
of the earth with emphasis on North America, The physical history of the continent and the
development of life, especially backboned forms, are discussed Regional geologic history is
illustrated by selected areas, notably Appalachia. Prerequisite: ES 150, Offered annually.

ES 255: LAND FORMS 3 s.h

A study of the physical forces that sculpture and modify the landforms of the earth,
including chiefly weathering, streams, glaciatlon, and shore processes Some preliminary
work on topographic and geologic maps and rocks is included. Called Geomorphology in
older catalogs Prerequisite: ES 150. Offered annually.

ES 260: ENVIRONMENTAL GEOLOGY 3 s.h.

A study of the uses of geology in the solution of man's problems with his physical
environment. Topics include hazardous geologic environments, mineral and energy
resources, water supply, waste disposal, and the uses of geology in urban and regional
planning. Many examples are drawn from western Pennsylvania Prerequisite: ES 150 or ES
111. Every third semester,

ES270: OCEANOGRAPHY 3 s h.

A study of the physical properties, marine biology, chemistry, and geology of the oceans
and to a minor extent, the role of the sea in the history, culture, and technical developments of
man. Once annually

ES 280: METEOROLOGY 3 s.h.

A systematic study of the atmosphere, analyzing the laws and underlying principles of
atmospheric change. Students have the opportunity to become familiar with the common
weather instruments, to observe and record weather data, to read and interpret weather
maps, and to consider the problems of aviation growing out of atmospheric conditions.
Offered annually.

ES 300 SPECIAL TOPICS

Topics of special interest in various areas of earth science. The format used will be selected
and designed by the professor as the most suitable to the study. Enrollment by consent of the
instructor Offered occasionally.

ES360: MINERALOGY (MINERALS) 3sh

The identification, uses, physical and chemical properties, occurrence, origin, and
crystallography of the common minerals. Prerequisites at least high school chemistry Every
other year.

244

ES350 STRUCTURAL GEOLOGY 3 s h,

A study of the geometry, origin, and recognitlonof the ma In structural features of the rocks
of the earths crust, including folds, faults, joints, unconformities, larger igneous bodies,
cleavage, lineation, etc Attention is given to interpreting structure from geologic maps, and
an introduction to structural petrology and geophysical methods used in structural geology
IS included Prerequisite: ES 150 Every other year.

ES355: INVERTEBRATE PALEONTOLOGY 3 s.h.

A study of the outstanding invertebrate animals preserved in the fossil record Alsotreated
in the nature of the fossil record itself, evolution as shown by fossils, and classification
problems in paleontology Prerequisite ES 250. Every third semester.

ES370: PETROLOGY (ROCKS) 3sh

The identification, occurrence and origin, classification, physical and chemical properties,
and uses of the common rocks. Includes a brief study of the important rock forming materials.
Called Petrology in older catalogs Prerequisite: ES 150 Every other year

ES375: SEDIMENTATION AND STRATIGRAPHY 3 s.h.

A study of several aspects of the stratigraphic column, stratigraphic proceduresand maps,
and the properties, classifications, description, origin, correlation, fades, and environments
of sedimentary rocks Prerequisites: ES 150 and 250 Every third semester.

ES 380: ADVANCED METEOROLOGY 3 s.h

Students study and interpret weather data which are received directly from NOAA by way
of a weather facsimile recorder. Also, local meteorological data are used to study and
compare atmospheric characteristics and trends. Prerequisite: ES 280. Every other year

ES 385 or

GEOG 385 CLIMATOLOGY 3 s h.

A systematic study of three major components of climatology. Physical aspects of the
atmosphere are analyzed as a series of long-term weather phenomena Regional
characteristics of climate are studied on the basis of world-wide patterns Applied aspects of
climate demonstrate the interrelationship and importance of both physical and regional
climatology to man. Acceptable for social science or natural science credit. Prerequisite: ES
1 1 1 or 280. Every other year

245

ECONOMICS

ECON 175: ECONOMICS OF FREE ENTERPRISE AND

PUBLIC POLICY 3 s.h

A basic Introduction into the history of economics as a social science, the theory and
application of microeconomics and macroeconomics, international economics, and
economic alternatives in current social problems. This is a freshman level course and can be
used only as general education elective in either the associate degree program or the
baccalaureate degree programs. Majors in the school of business administration are
excluded from the course. Each semester.

ECON 211 PRINCIPLES OF MACROECONOMICS 3sh

Introduction to macroeconomics, national incomeanalysis, money and banking, monetary
and fiscal policies, inflation, and unemployment. Note ECON 211 and 212 may be taken in
either sequence Each semester

ECON 212 PRINCIPLES OF MICROECONOMICS 3 s.h

Introduction to microeconomics, consumer behavior and demand, organization of
production, market structures and the pricing of inputs and outputs and international
economics Note: ECON 211 and 212 may be taken in either sequence Each semester.

ECON 221 ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS STATISTICS I 3 s.h.

Topics covered are descriptive statistics, probability, probability distributions,
mathematical expectation, sampling distributions, and confidence intervals. Application of
these statistical techniques in the areas of business and economics will be emphasized.
Prerequisite: College Algebra or equivalent and sophomore standing. Each semester. (This
course cannot be used to meet general education requirements.)

ECON 222 ECONOMIC AND BUSINESS STATISTICS II 3sh

Topics covered are hypothesis testing, the analysis of variance, regression and correlation
analysis, non-parametric statistics, and time series and index numbers analysis. Applications
of these techniques in th area of business and economics are emphasized. Students are
introduced to the use of a prewritten computer statistical estimation program. Prerequisite
ECON 221 Each semester. (This course cannot be used to meet general education
requirements )

ECON 310 INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMIC THEORY 3 s.h.

The behavior of consumers, producers, and the economic theory of practice and output
determination in commodity and resource markets. Prerequisites: ECON 212. Each
semester.

ECON 311 INTERMEDIATE MACROECONOMIC THEORY 3 s h.

National income accounting and analysis, theories of consumption and investment
expenditures, the role of money in a dynamic economy, economic growth, and public policy.
Prerequisite ECON 211 Fall, annually

246

ECON312 COMPARATIVE ECONOMIC SYSTEMS 3 s.h

Analysis of alternative patterns of economic control, planning, and market structure.
Experiences under capitalism, socialism and mixed economics are compared and evaluated
Prerequisite ECON 211 and 212 Spring, annually

ECON314 URBAN AND REGIONAL ECONOMICS 3 s.h.

Introductory subnational economics Includes elementary trade theory, location theory,
systems of cities, land use changes, and the employment and income gene rating activities of
cities. The economics of housing, transportation, poverty, discrimination and public sector
activity are emphasized Prerequisite: ECON 211 and ECON 212 Spring, biennially.

ECON 340 INDUSTRIAL ORGANIZATION AND PUBLIC POLICY 3 s.h.

A theoretical and empirical analysis of the effects on market structure, business behavior
and government policy on economic performance and consumer welfare. Topics include
welfare economics, market structure, pricing, technological change, regulation and antitrust
policy. Prerequisite ECON 211 and 212 Fall, annually

ECON 341 THE ECONOMICS OF REGULATED INDUSTRIES 3 s.h.

A theoretical and empirical study of regulated industries with emphasis on transportation
energy and communications Topics include regulatory theory, deregulation and public
utilities Prerequisites: ECON 211 and 212 Spring, annually.

ECON 351 LABOR ECONOMICS 3 s.h.

A study of union history, structure, and functions m the United Stateseconomy Collective
bargaining, labor laws, and government policies toward labor are included. Management
reaction to organized labor unions and related labor problems are stressed. Prerequisites
ECON 211 and 212 Fall, annually.

ECON 361 INTERNATIONAL ECONOMIC RELATIONS 3 s.h

Theory and practice of international trade. Balance of payments, foreign exchange.
national commercial policies, international investment, and foreign aid are considered
Prerquisites: ECON 211 and 212. Fall, annually.

ECON 370: MONEY AND BANKING 3sh

Nature and origins of money: the commercial banking system and money creation: central
banking and the Federal Reserve System: monetary policy and domestic and international
economic stability. Prerequisites: ECON 211 and 212. Spring, annually

247

ECON371: PUBLIC FINANCE 3sh

Public sector activity and its impact upon resource allocation, and income distribution
Topics include the theory of public expenditures, public choice, cost-benefit analysis and
fiscal federalism The structure, incidence and incentive efforts of the personal income tax,
corporate income tax, and various consumption and wealth taxes are investigated.
Prerequisites: ECON 211 and 212 Fall, annually.

ECON410 MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS 3sh.

Use of economic analysis in the formulation of business policies. Decision theory and
criteria for decision-making by the firm: output and "scale" decisions: linear programming:
profits, production functions and cost functions: competitive equilibrium (industry and firm):
demand theory, pricing policies, capital budgeting and investment: uncertainity: inventory
management Prerequisites: ECON 222, 310 and ACTG 152 On demand

ECON 423 STATISTICAL TOOLS FOR QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS 3 s h

Application of the statistical methods of probability, sampling, estimation, analysis of
variance, regression, and correlation in the areas of economics and business. Prerequisite:
ECON 222 Spring, biennially

ECON 470 BUSINESS CYCLES AND FORECASTING 3 s.h.

Theories of business fluctuations: applications of modern income theory to business
cycles: examination of business cycle indicators and forecasting techniques. Prerequisites:
ECON 211 and 222. or consent of the instructor Spnng. annually.

ECON 490 HISTORY OF ECONOMIC THOUGHT 3 s.h.

Development of economic ideas from ancient times to the present. Emphasis upon the
period from Adam Smith onv^/ard Considers the economic and political environment in which
ideas emerged as well as the leading economists advancing or defending the ideas
Prerequisites ECON 211 and 212 and senior standing Spring, annually

ECON 491 INDEPENDENT STUDIES IN ECONOMICS 1-3 s.h.

Opportunity to explore in depth a problem or areas of economics, according to the
student's interest, under the direction of a faculty member of the Department Prerequisite:
2.75 grade point average and consent of both instructor and department chair Maximum
credit granted m ECON 491 is 6 credits

ECON 492 SPECIAL TOPICS IN ECONOMICS 3 s.h.

An opportunity for students to investigate specific topics or current issues Prerequisites
depend upon the subject to be covered.

248

EDUCATION

ED 110: INTRODUCTION TO EDUCATION 3 s.h.

This introductory course will familiarize students with the public school system. Topics
covered include philosophical, sociological and historical backgrounds of education,
organization and governance of schools, the role of the teacher and choosing teaching as a
career. Planned visits to elementary and secondary schools are required Each semester.

ED/CIS 217: APPLICATIONS OF I^ICROCOMPUTERS 3 s.h.

An introduction to the basic concepts of microcomputers and software applications
Topics include microcomputer hardware, commonly available software packages, graphics
and programming Not open to students who have completed CIS 212 Each semester

ED 221: DEVELOPI^ENTAL READING 3 S.h.

A broadly based course which emphasizes improvement in rate, comprehension, reading
taste, and independence in reading Students are introduced to wide and varied sources of
reading and numerous means of improvement in reading skills Instruction in theory and an
introduction to the possibilities of a supplementary mechanical program for reading
improvement are included. Not recommended for students who have taken GS 1 00 College
Reading Study Skills Fall semester

ED 224: EDUCATIONAL EVALUATION 3 S.h.

This course addresses the construction, selection, administration, interpretation, and
utilization of evaluation instruments and techniques. Students will be required to analyze
standardized tests applicable to their certification area, as well as construct and utilize
informal instruments Participation experiences in the schools are required Each semester.

ED 225: MULTICULTURAL EDUCATION 1 s.h.

The purpose of this course is to assist the student in developing an awareness and
understanding of our multicultural-pluralistic society and in acquiring interpersonal and
pedagogical skills needed to provide optimum learning opportunities for students. Skills and
concepts developed in this course will be applied in selected methods courses Each
semester

ED 226 BASIC TEACHING SKILLS 2 s.h.

This course will provide the prospective teacher, through a clinical approach to teaching
with the basic skills of planning, organizing, implementing and evaluating the teaching-
learning process. The course will emphasize the body of research findings that focus
specifically on the pedagogical skills necessary for quality teaching utilization of micro-
teaching approaches, and simulations will be an integral component of this course.
Participation experiences in the schools are required Each semester

249

ED 227 CLASSROOM MANAGEMENT 3 s h

This course prepares pre-service professional educators to organize and manage
instructional environments through a variety of instructional formats, classroom
organizational methods, as well as teacher leadership roles The course w\\\ provide the
competencies necessary to plan positive instructional activities, organize classroom space
and time, direct the acquisition of knowledge and appropriate social behavior, and apply a
range of classroom control techniques Participation experiences in the schools a re required-
Each semester

ED 311 METHODS OF TEACHING AND EVALUATING MODERN

LANGUAGES (French. German. Spanish. Russian, as applicable
to major )

Introduction to the psychological and linguisitc foundations of modern language
acquisition Techniques of teaching modern languages and cultures Evaluative techniques
for testing modern language acquisition Long-range and short-range planning in Modern
Language teaching Prerequisite ED 226 Basic Teaching Skills Scheduled as needed

ED 322 EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY 3 s h.

Examines the major theories, research procedures, and empirical data germane to
educational psychology and their application to educational strategies Each semester

ED 324 METHODS OF TEACHING AND EVALUATING

MATHEMATICS 3 sh

Place and function of mathematics in secondary education, content improvement and
evaluation of instruction m mathematics, acquaintance with current literature and research;
observation in secondary schools. Observations and teaching experiences in area schools
are included. Prerequisites' 9 hours of college mathematics Fall, annually

ED 326: METHODS OF TEACHING AND EVALUATING

SOCIAL STUDIES 3sh

This course is geared to coordinate knowledge of the social sciences with various
strategies of teaching in a social studies program in the secondary schools Emphasis Is
placed on the inquiry method Students a re expected to develop competencies in formulating
objectives, in questioning, in planning lessons, in evaluation of materials, programs, and
student performance and in designing leaning activity packets. Students are afforded the
opportunity to observe and to engage in clinical teaching experiences. Open to juniors and
seniors Fall

ED 328 METHODS OF TEACHING AND EVALUATING

COMMUNICATION ARTS 3 s h

The course is designed to prepare the aspirmg secondary teacher m the methods of
teaching such language based subjects as speech, composition, literature, grammar, and
reading, and in such language-related, communication oriented activities as dramatics,
journalism, yearbook production, and media use. Observations and teaching experiences in
area schools are Included Fall annually

250

ED 332 METHODS OF TEACHING AND EVALUATING SCIENCE 3sh

A course designed to prepare biology teachers for the secondary schools Emphasis is on
formulating objectives, selecting and organizing content, developing skill in using a variety of
teaching strategies, and evaluating pupil progress The investigatory approach to teaching
biology is stressed in laboratory, field, and simulated teaching experiences Observations
and teaching expenences in area schools are included. Fall, annually

ED 333: TEACHING READING IN THE

SECONDARY CONTENT AREAS 3 s.h.

An examination of the techniques for helping secondary students develop the reading
skills needed to comprehend content-area textbooks. Students will examine those skills in
their certification area Skills and competencies developed in ED 225: Multicultural
Education will be applied A required course for secondary education majors Participation
experiences in the schools are required Fall, annually

ED 334: METHODS OF TEACHING THE PHYSICAL SCIENCES 3 s.h.

Modern concepts of chemistry, physics, and general science teaching and evaluating with
emphasis on a laboratory oriented approach The philosophy, laboratory techniques,
curriculum testing, and extra-curricularaspects of secondary school chemistry, physics, and
general science teaching will be presented. Prerequisite: For secondary chemistry majors —
16 s.h. in chemistry: for physics majors — 10 s.h. in physics. Observations and teaching
experiences in area schools are included Fall, annually.

ED 335: METHODS OF TEACHING AND EVALUATING

PHYSICS AND MATHEMATICS 3 S.h.

This course is designed for those students desiring to become certified in both Physics and
Mathematics It contains the modern methods of teaching and evaluating in both these
disciplines, as described in the courses listed as Education 324 and 334, in that the student
will divide his time between these two methods courses according to schedule presented in
consultation with the instructors in these courses. Observationsand teaching experiences in
area schools are included. Fall, annually

ED 401: METHODS OF ENVIRONMENTAL (OUTDOOR

AND CONSERVATION) EDUCATION 3 s.h.

Philosophy, history, development, theory, and methods of outdoor, conservation, and
environmental education. Skills in developing material and activities Relation of the out-of-
doors to school curricula. Prerequisites: Education major, upper division standing Each
spring, and summer on demand

ED 403: FIELD EXPERIENCE IN MODERN CONCEPTS

OF OUTDOOR EDUCATION 3 s h.

(McKeever Center in Sandy Lake, Pa. will be utilized for presentation of this course.)

This course focuses on the application of current educational concepts, i.e . learning
stations, team teaching, creative writing, dramatic role playing, and other creative activities to
outdoor education The relationship of all curriculum areas to outdoor education is examined
and practiced The course may be taken for graduate credit with the approval of the
Education Department Chairman and the instructor Offered for two week sat a time between
the end of the spring semester and the beginning of regular summer school only.

251

ED 423, 424: LIBRARY PRACTICE AND SECONDARY

STUDENT TEACHING (6 6) - 12 s.h.

Two major assignments are required: The equivalent of one-half time in public school
library practice and the equivalent of one-half time in classroom academic teaching, both
under the supervision of approved cooperating librarians and teachers in public school
student teaching centers affiliated with the University. Fall semester, annually.

ED 424: SECONDARY STUDENT TEACHING 12 s.h.

Observation and participation in teaching and in activities related to the performance of a
teacher's work in the area of the student's specialization. Assignments for secondary student
teaching are completed at off-campus public school teaching centers associated with the
University. Each semester.

ED 427: EXCEPTIONALITIES IN THE REGULAR CLASSROOM:

IDENTIFICATION AND SERVICES 3 s.h.

This course is designed to prepare students to deal with the nature and needs of the
exceptional person in a regularclassroom Contemporary methods of identification, services
for the exceptional individual and legal aspects of the least restrictive environment are
examined. Each semester.

ED 432: STUDENT TEACHING IN MUSIC 10 s.h

Observing and teaching, under supervision, in vocal and instrumental music in the
elementary, junior and senior high school. Each semester.

ED 434.534: WORKSHOP IN EDUCATION 3 s.h

The workshop provides opportunities for in-service teachers to encounter new ideas,
knowledge, and methods in meeting problems in today's schools Prerequisite: teaching
experience in the elementary or secondary schools.

ED 450: INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-3 s.h.

This course is designed to provide students with opportunity to explore an area of special
need or interest in Education in depth under the supervision of a member of the department
Students must develop a proposed study plan and secure the approval of the proposed
director and department chair prior to registration. Prerequisite: Junior or Senior standing.

ED 452/552: READING PROBLEMS WORKSHOP 3sh.

Within a format that includes the identification of problems and their possible causes, the
sriection of solutions, and procedures for the evaluation of results, participants will examine
reading issues relevant to their current or anticipated professional roles. Emphasis will be on
problems which affect groups of students: rather than individuals. Consultation with school
districts repesented will be sought Graduate students will be required to complete one
additional assignment Prerequisite: One course in reading or one year of teaching
experience Every other year

ED 499/599: SPECIAL TOPICS IN EDUCATION 1-3 sh

Examines current topics and issues in education Topics, which will be announced in
advance, will focus on the needs and interests of in-service educators

252

ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION

ECH 121 CHILD DEVELOPMENT 3 S.h.

Acquisition of understanding and appreci at ion of the cognitive, psychosocial and physical
dimensions of child development Emphasis on individual differences in personality, growth,
abilities and interest Stress on holistic and systematic development of the young human
organism Lectures, films, discussions, and first hand involvement v^^ith young children are
included Each semester

ECH 231: CREATIVE ACTIVITIES -- ART AND MUSIC 3 S.h.

Exploration of the nature and value of creativeness together with classroom opportunities
for its development Simulated teaching experiences that employ creative teaching in the
areas of art. music and aesthetics Each semester

ECH 235 CLASSROOM PARTICIPATION AND ASSESSMENT 3 S.h.

Students are involved in classroom participation two hours weekly for eight weeks at the
kindergarten preschool level and for eight weeks in a primary classroom (1-3). Lectures
focus on early childhood education as a career, relevance of course from other disciplines,
and application of theories and concepts of child development,

ECH 323 EARLY CHILDHOOD COMMUNICATION PROCESSES 3 s h.

The course focuses on the oral language experiences of the child from birth through age
eight. The early graphic experiences of children in kindergarten through grade three are also
examined Commercially produced and teacher made oral language activities as well as
graphic learning activities in encoding and decoding are demonstrated and evaluated.
Prerequisites: ENG 252 and ED 322 or permission of instructor.

ECH 324 MATHEMATICS LEARNING EXPERIENCES

FOR EARLY CHILDHOOD 3 S.h.

This course examines activities and experiences designed and recommended by the
National Council of Teachers of Mathematics Pre-number experiences for young children
stress the development of concepts through manipulation, observation, and oral language.
Early number experiences for kindergarten and the primary grades are examined.

ECH 333 DEVELOPMENTAL PROGRAMMING FOR INFANTS

AND TODDLERS 3 s.h.

This course examines the content of child development from birth through age three.
Focus is placed on the normal processes of language, cognitive, social 'affective, motor
development, and on strategies for stimulating development in these areas Instructional
methods include lectures, films, examination of model programs, case studies, simulation
exercises, group and individual projects Prerequisite: ECH 321. Fall, annually

253

ECH 334: EARLY CHILDHOOD SUPERVISION 3 s.h.

The course comprehensively reviews the emergence and evolution of ideas, philosophies,
and theories affecting only chilhood education in order to highlight their historical continuity
with current issues and trends. Management of early childhood programs is examined in
terms of time and space utilization, instructional strategies, management of student behavior,
and parent-teacher relationships. Prerequisite: Junior standing.

ECH 335: EARLY CHILDHOOD CURRICULUM 3 s.h.

This course examines the function of curriculum in relation to Early Childhood Education
and the growth and development of young children Emphasis will be placed upon the
components of curriculum for pre-kindergarten, kindergarten, and the primary grades.
Students will experience application in designing curriculum, creating learning centers, and
developing units Prerequisite: ECH 334 or permission of instructor.

ECH 401: CREATIVE RESPONSE TO CONFLICT:

SOCIALIZATION AND DEVELOPMENTAL VIEWPOINTS 3 s.h.

The course is designed to support the participants in understanding theory and in planning
techniques of conflict resolution. The course examines and practices cooperation
(community building), communication effectiveness, and affirmation (self-concept) as
primary components for actual creative responses to personal and group conflicts. Human-
capabilities for resolving conflicts at various life stages and in various situations are
examined and practiced. Spring, annually.

ECH 420: INCIDENTAL LEARNING 3 s.h.

The course examines incidental learning gained by young children through their
interactions with the people and products of their society's major institutions. It asks such
questions as these: how do children learn as incidental by-products of these interactions:
how can teachers, for example, plan encounters (with people, materials, and environments)
so that the encounters contribute to children's learning goals rather than subvert them. Fall,
annually.

ECH 424: EARLY CHILDHOOD STUDENT TEACHING 12 s.h

Participation in two assignments under the direction of cooperating teacher and a college
supervisor in an elementary school kindergarten experience or an approved early childhood
program and a primary grade experience in a selected elementary school. Students are
limited to 15 credits for the semester. Open only to students who are meeting the selection
and retention standards of the college. Each semester.

ELEMENTARY EDUCATION

ELED 323: TEACHING OF READING 3 s.h.

An overview of the physiological and psychological aspects of reading and the materials
and methods applicable for group and individual instruction in the elementary grades. Each
semester, summer.

254

ELED 324 TEACHING OF ELEMENTARY SCHOOL MATHEMATICS 3sh

This course examines topics from both the "traditional" and modern" elementary school
mathematics instructional program Emphasis is placed upon the scope and development of
the subject matter of some of the more recent programs and upon the recent psychological
contributions in the area of the conceptual stages styles and tempos related to teaching
elementary school mathematics The development and implementation of a reperto're of
mathematics teaching strategies, instructional media, and diagnostic procedures are
stressed throughout the course Prerequisite MATH 111 Each semester, summer

ELED 325 TEACHING ELEMENTARY SCHOOL SOCIAL STUDIES 3sh

A course coordinating theory and practice in the teaching of elementary school social
studies An historical perspective and examination of current national curriculum programs
IS developed along with methods and materialsapplicable to unit type teaching in the social
studies Emphasis is placed on selection and organization and evaluation of materials and
experiences that foster the inquiry approach in social studies Skills and competencies
developed m ED 225 Multicultural Education, will be applied Each semester

ELED 326 READING PROBLEMS IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 3sh

Provides theory and practicum for the remedy of reading and learning problems in the
classroom and the diagnostic tools and methods with which to discover and correct the
academic, emotional, and physical factors involved m children with specific and non-specific
learning disorders in the field of reading Prerequisite ELED 323 Each semester, summer.

ELED 330 COMMUNICATION ARTS IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 2 s h.

Pre-service teachers are required to develop teaching strategies in the communication arts
at the elementary school level In a series of learning modules set ma workshop atmosphere,
students prepare techniques and methods of instruction to be integrated into the process of
communication for children Each semester

ELED 331 CHILDREN'S LITERATURE 3 s.h.

The course directs students in the study of the historical growth and development of
children's books Pre-teaching students are required to develop teaching strategies to
introduce literature to children, to extend children's language experiences, and to develop
children's aesthetic appreciation for literature and art in a program which integrates literary
activities across the curriculum Skills and competencies developed m ED 225 Multicultural
Education will be applied Each semester

ELED 422 PROFESSIONAL PRACTICUM INCLUDING SCHOOL LAW 2 s h.

Problems practices and regulationsattendmg studentteaching professional experiences.
Coordination of the student teaching program with the educational objectives of the student
teaching centers Pennsylvania school laws relevant to the work of the beginning elementary
school teachers Practical interpretations of professional ethics and the functions of
professional organizations Limited to student teachers Each semester

255

ELED424: ELEMENTARY STUDENT TEACHING 12 sh.

Observation and participation in teaching and in activities related to the performance of a
teacher's work. The semester's program is divided into two student teaching assignments
involving experiences at two grade levels Most assignments for elementary student teaching
are completed at public school off-campus student centers associated with the University.
Each semester

ELED 423,

424: LIBRARY PRACTICE AND ELEMENTARY

STUDENT TEACHING (66)-12s.h.

Observation and participation in teaching and in activities related to the performance of a
teacher's work. The semester's program is divided into two teaching assignments involving
experience at one grade level and an elementary school library. Most assignments for
elementary student teaching are completed at public school off-campus student teaching
centers associated with the University. Each semester.

ENGLISH

ENG110 BASIC COMPOSITION SKILLS 3 sh

This course is designed to provide instruction in the fundamentals of writing. Students are
preassigned to ENG 1 10 All students who take English 110 must also take ENG 111: English
Composition Each semester

ENG 111: ENGLISH COMPOSITION 3sh.

This course emphasizes the development of practical skills in expository writing through
writing experiences and the study and analysis of prose models. When necessary, work is
done in punctuation, basic grammar, and spelling This course is a college- wide requirement:
however, it may under some circumstances be exempted Each semester

Placement in ENG 110 or ENG 111 is based on the student's SAT verbal score Students
with SAT verbal scores of 350 or less must enroll in ENG 110: students with SAT verbal scores
of more than 350 should enroll in ENG 111: students with SAT verbal scores of 580 or better
are excused from ENG 111

ENG'SCT125 MODES OF DISCOURSE 6sh

ENG-'SCT 125 is an interdisciplinary course which aims to integrate the students'
production of both written and spoken discourse. The course is an alternative method of
teaching communication, and draws upon the skills of instructors from English and Speech
Communication Theatre ENG SCT 125 will be taken by freshman enrolled in the Honors
Program, and will replace both ENG 111 and SCT 113 (Not open to students who have taken
ENG 111 or SCT 113.)

256

ENG 170 THE LITERARY EXPERIENCE 3 S.h.

This introductory course provides a wide selection of literature to acquaint the student with
various literary genres No prerequisite Recommended for all students Each semester

ENG 172: INTRODUCTION TO FILM AS LITERATURE 3sh

This course is designed to explore narrative in literature and film to demonstrate the
relationships between the two media, and should enhance th student'sability to interpret and
respond to narrative encountered in visual or printed form No prerequisites. Each semester

ENG 174: INTRODUCTION TO DRAMA AS LITERATURE 3sh

This course Is designed to introduce students to formal properties/features that both link
drama to and separate it from prose fiction and poetry, and to teach them the art of reading
the text of a play so as to perceive the special cues it uses to stimulate imaginative
engagement. No prerequisites. Each semester.

ENG 200: COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE 3sh

This course stresses the writing of papers as a direct result of reading, discussion, and
interpretation of a variety of literary types. The short story, the drama, and the poem are
examined from several points of view. Research techniques and related skills are utilized as
needed. Prerequisite: exemption from or completion of the General Education English
requirement. Each semester.

ENG 201: ADVANCED COMPOSITION 3sh.

Advanced composition emphasizes writing experience in critical, expository, descriptive,
argumentative, and creative work through intensive study of examples, frequent papers, and
critical discussion of students' work. Prerequisite: exemption from or completion of the
General Education English requirement. Each semester

ENG 202: BEGINNING CREATIVE WRITING 3 s.h.

This course introduces students to the techniques of creative writing in prose and poetry.
Major emphasis is on writing practice for students and opportunities for guidance and critical
examination of their work. Prerequisite: Completion of General Education English
requirement. Fall, annually

ENG 203: THE CRAFT OF FICTION 3 S.h.

The course provides extensive practice in the writing of short narrative fiction. Student
work is subjected to intensive group criticism Course standards roughly approximate those
of commercial fiction editors. Prerequisite ENG 201 or 202 or permission of instructor based
on examination of writing samples. Spring, even-numbered years.

ENG 204 THE CRAFT OF POETRY 3 s.h.

This course is designed to provide the advanced writer intensive practice in the writing of
poetry A significant portfolio of high-quality poetry is expected of each participant by the
end of the course Prerequisite: ENG 201 or 202 or permission of instructor based on
examination of writing samples Spring, odd-numbered years

257

ENG 206: BUSINESS WRITING 3 s.h.

This course is designed to meet the specific needs of those students whose skills in written
communications are oriented toward the world of business. Prerequisite; satisfactory
completion of or exemption from the General Education English requirement. Each
semester.

ENG 209: SPECIAL TOPICS IN LITERATURE 3 s.h.

This course will focus on themes and topics of universal and/or current interest as
embodied in literature. Thespecial subject of each semester's offerings will beannounced in
preregistration. It is suitable for both English and non-English majors and may be taken up to
three times for credit, provided that different topics are offered. On demand.

ENG 211: VOICES IN CANADIAN POETRY 3 s.h.

This course is designed to introduce the student to some of the ma)or figures who have
influenced the development of Canadian poetry since its inception in the nineteenth century.
Works will be studied from traditional, modern and contemporary poets such as Carman and
Scott, E. J. Pratt, A. J f^. Smith, Layton, Page, Atwood, Nowlan, Livesay, Ondaat)e and
others No prerequisites: Fall, odd-numbered years

ENG 221: ENGLISH LITERATURE: THE BEGINNING TO 1800 3 s.h.

First part of a survey study beginning with the Boewulf poem and extending through the
works of such figures as Chaucer, Spenser, Shakespeare, fyiilton. Pope, and Swift Fall,
annually.

ENG 222: ENGLISH LITERATURE: 1800 TO PRESENT 3sh

Second part of survey study including the works of such major writers as Wordsworth,
Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, Keats, Tennyson, Browning, Hardy, Yeats and Eliot. Spring,
annually.

ENG 225: THE LITERATURE BEGINNING TO 1860 3 s.h

This course is a survey of the major periods in and the major writers of American literature
from its beginning to 1860. It is designed to enable students to understand the continuities
and discontinuities of American literature Both historical and/or thematic approaches (eg.
the persistence of Puritanism, the quest for authenticity, and hero/ine as innocent, the garden
vs. the city) may be utilized by the individual instructor. Fall, annually

ENG 226 THE LITERATURE 1860 TO THE PRESENT 3sh

This course is a survey of the major periods in and the major writers of American literature
from 1860 to the present It is designed toenable students to understand thecontinuitiesand
discontinuities of American literature Both historical and/or thematic approaches (eg the
alienated self, the impact of industrialization, the hero/ine as American, vision and revision)
may be utilized by the individual instructor Spring, annually.

ENG 230 CONTEIVIPORARY BLACK AMERICAN LITERATURE 3sh

This course is designed to give insight into the Black experience through the reading and
discussion of the works of Black writers who have made significant contributions to
literature. Fall, annually

258

ENG 249 SATIRE 3 S.h.

This course is designed to provide the student with an understandingof what satire is, what
it does and how it is related to other literary modes This will be attennpted with the following
specific areas m mind (1) to establish a workable definition of the mode: (2) toconsequently
enable the student to differentiate between satire and comedy, satire and tragedy, satire and
romance, etc; (3) to provide an understanding of satiric technique and all the terms thus
resurrected: (4) to identify the types of satire written: (5) to analyze the role of psychology in
the mode, and (6) to study the development of satire. No prerequisite. Fall, annually

ENG 250: STUDIES IN WESTERN MYTHOLOGY 3 S.h.

This course will concentrate upon Greco- Roman and British (Arthurian) legends in order
to demonstrate the systematic nature and recurrent patterns of mythology It is designed not
only to give the student a thorough knowledge of content but to clarify questions of form
Spring, annually

ENG 252: INTRODUCTION TO THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE 3 S.h.

This introductory course in language deals generally with the nature of language and
specifically with the structures of modern English, its regional and social varieties, and
certain highlights of its historical development Each semester.

ENG 253 ENGLISH GRAMMAR AND USAGE 3 s.h.

This course is devoted to an intensive study of English grammar and problems in usage.
Each semester.

ENG 270: TRAINING FOR WRITING CENTER TUTORS 1 s.h.

In four meetings of three hours each, tutors are instructed in methods of explaining to
students the nature of writing problems and corrective measures to be taken Tutors are
trained in critical analysis and evaluation of student writing, recognizing individual errors in
grammar and punctuation, and learning effective methods of explaining grammatical and
rhetorical principles Emphasis is on holistic evaluation Attention is directed to appropriate
attitudes and behaviors in peer-tutor/student relationships. Prerequisites: Tutors are
accepted by invitation only on the basis of performance in writing courses: grade point
average must equal or exceed 3 0 Fall, annually

ENG 303 SIXTEENTH CENTURY PROSE AND POETRY 3 S.h.

Examination of the non-dramatic literature of the sixteenth century focusing upon Sidney,
Spenser, and Shakespeare Fall, odd-numbered years.

ENG 305 STUDIES IN SEVENTEENTH CENTURY

ENGLISH LITERATURE 3 S.h.

Literary exploration of works by such figures as Bacon. Browne. Jonson. Donne. Herbert.
Marvell. and Milton. On demand

259

EN G 306 SCIENTIFIC AND TECHNICAL WRITING 3 s.h.

This course will provide the student with a broad introduction to practical expository prose
in science and technology, through examples of which are the proposal, the technical report,
and the manual of instructions Thewritingwill involve description processes and equipment
and require definitions of technical terms. The course is designed to accommodate those
students in any of the technical disciplines. Including computer science, biology, physics,
chemistry, nursing, laboratory technology, pre-engineering, pre-medical, and others. Also,
business majors will benefit from the very practical writing the course will stress.
Prerequisite Junior standing Each semester

ENG 307 STUDIES IN EIGHTEENTH CENTURY

ENGLISH LITERATURE 3 s.h.

Critical examination of the works of such representative writers as Dryden, Pope, Swift,
Boswell. Johnson, and Goldsmith Spring, even-numbered years

ENG 311 STUDIES IN NINETEENTH CENTURY

ENGLISH LITERATURE 3 s.h.

Intensive examination of works by such representative writers as Carlyle, Newman,
Tennyson, Browning, Arnold, and Morris Spring, odd-numbered years.

ENG 325 EARLY AMERICAN LITERATURE 3sh.

This course surveys 17th and 18th century American literature, emphasizing the impact of
Puritanism. Bradstreet, Taylor, Edwards, and Franklin are among the major figures studied.
The course also deals with the Revolutionary era and the attempts to mold a distinctively
"American" literature Spring, even-numbered years.

ENG 326: AMERICAN ROMANTICISM 3 s.h

This course is a study of a selected group of wnters to illustrate their contributions to
American art and thought and their relationships with the development of Romanticism in the
first half of the 19th century Emphasis is given to Poe, Hawthorne, Melville, Emerson,
Thoreau, and Whitman. Fall, annually

ENG 327 AMERICAN REALISM AND NATURALISM 3 s h.

This course is a study of a selected group of writers to illustrate the development of realism
and naturalism in American literature in the latter half of the 19th century. Emphasis isgiven
to Twain, James, Howells, Crane, Norris, and Dickinson, Spring, annually.

ENG 328: AMERICAN LITERATURE FROM 1900-1945 3 s.h.

This course is designed to survey the major developments in American writing and the
contexts in which they originated from the turn of the century until the end of World War II.
Poets include Frost, Eliot, W. C. Williams, Pound, Cummings, Miliary, Cullen, and others:
prose writers include Wolfe, Hemingway, Faulkner, Richard Wright, Steinbeck, Toomer, and
others. Dramatists include O'Neill and Tennessee Williams. Fall, annually

260

ENG 329 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN LITERATURE 3 s.h.

This course reviews the major trends in American literature since 1945. As such, it
examines the innovations of postmodernism and new realism as reflections of contemporary
culture Discussions of works authored by ethnic and minority writers contribute to
understanding our composite culture Readings include poetry and prose by writers such as
Allen Ginsberg, Nikki Giovanni. CharlesOlson. Amari Baraka, Philip Roth. Thomas Pynchon,
Vladimir Nabokov, and Gilbert Sorrentino Spring, annually.

ENG 332 NINETEENTH CENTURY BRITISH NOVEL 3 S.h.

This course offers an opportunity to explore the English novel from Austen to Hardy Nine
or ten novels are studied with selections from Austen, Scott, Eliot. Dickens, Thackeray,
Disraeli. Meredith, Trollope., the Brontes, Gaskell. No prerequisite: however, one semester of
English literature survey (ENG 221 or 222) is recommended. Fall, annually.

ENG 333; TWENTIETH CENTURY BRITISH NOVEL 3 s.h.

This course is an in-depth study of the modern British novel from Its beginnings in the late
nineteenth century to the present Nine or ten novels are Intensely examined, with selections
from such authors as Hardy, Conrad, Wilde, Lawrence, Joyce, Forester V. Woolf, Orwell,
Green No prerequisite; however one semester of English literature survey (ENG 221 or 222)
recommended Spring, annually

ENG 339; SHORT FICTION OF THE TWENTIETH CENTURY 3 s.h.

This course concentrates on the developments in the short story of the twentieth century.
Readings are drawn from such modern writers of wide reputation as Kafka, Joyce, Faulkner,
Camus, and Lagerkvlst. Fall, annually.

ENG 341; TWENTIETH CENTURY POETRY 3 s.h.

Explication and discussion of works by such writers as Yeats, Frost, Eliot, Auden, Roethke,
and Lowell Fall, odd-numbered years.

ENG 342; ENGLISH DRAMA TO 1642 3 s.h.

This course presents an overview of the development of English drama in Its first two
phases, concentrating particularly on the great drama produced in the Renaissance by
Shakespeare's contemporaries Students will discuss the plays as literature while taking
account of the relevant theatrical considerations No prerequisites; Fall, odd-numbered
years

ENG 343; ENGLISH DRAMA FROM 1660 TO 1850 3 s.h.

This course will be a selective look at some of the major forms of drama In this extremely
varied two-hundred-year period, with possible focuses on, for example, heroic tragedy.
Restoration Comedy, Sentimental Comedy, Victorian Melodrama, and the precursors of
modern English drama. Lectures, discussions. Imaginary scene-stagings, and where
possible, trips to productions will be used. No prerequisites. Fall, even-numbered years.

261

ENG 344 MODERN DRAMA TO 1950 3 s.h

This course surveys influential dramatic literature of the Continental, British, and American
theater from 1850 to 1950 through lectures, discussion, and experiences related to the
modern stage No prerequisites Spring, even-numbered years.

ENG 345: CONTEMPORARY DRAMA 3 s.h.

This course explores the diversity and vitality of Continental, British, and American theater
since 1950 through selected texts and theatrical experiences. No prerequisites. Spring, odd-
numbered years

ENG 355: TOPICS IN LITERARY THEORY 3 s.h.

The course is a historical study of literary criticism and aesthetic theory with emphasis

upon modern trends. On demand.

ENG 365 IMAGES OF WOMEN IN LITERATURE 3 s.h.

The course examines several stereotypes of women reflected in myth and literature and
formed by the historical, sociological and psychological forces which shapeour perceptions
of the self and of the other The study of these images is informed by the study of the craft of
literature, how things such as imagery and point of view enable the writer to successfully
convey his/her idea, story. Spring, annually.

ENG 370: LITERATURE FOR YOUNG ADULTS 3 s.h.

This course introduces future teachers to the field of literature for young adults. It
accomplishes this by providing them with the opportunity to read and discuss examples of
classical and contemporary adolescent literature. In addition to developing first-hand
knowledge of important works in the field, students will also become familiar with its history
and with the controversies which have shaped it.

ENG 372: NARRATIVE GENRES IN FILM 3 s.h.

This course explores genre as sets of narrative conventions that have vitalized mainstream
American film. Genre is demonstrated to be a socializing force as well as a mirror of social
change Two or three genres are highlighted each time the course is offered With additional
requirements also listed for graduate credit as ENG 572. On demand.

ENG 401: CHAUCER 3 S.h.

A study in Middle English of Chaucer's early poems. Troilus and Criseyde, and the
Canterbury Tales. Fall, even-numbered years.

ENG 412: SHAKESPEARE: COMEDIES AND HISTORIES 3 s h.

Study and discussion of problems of style, characterization, and motivation in
Shakespeare's experimental and maturing comedies, chronicles and Roman plays, and
tragedies Plays to be selected from the first two periods of Shakespeare's creative
production. Fall, annually.

262

ENG 413 SHAKESPEARE: TRAGEDIES AND ROMANCES 3 s.h

Study and discussion of problems of style, characterization, and motivation in
Shakespeare's mature comedies, Roman plays, tragedies, and romances. Plays to be
selected from the last two periods of Shakespeare's creative production Spring, annually.

ENG 441 WRITERS IN REVOLT ENGLISH ROMANTICISM 3 S.h.

The major works of Wordsworth. Coleridge. Bryon, Shelley, Keats and their
contemporaries are considered and related to the intellectual, political, and social currents of
the time. Spring, even-numbered years.

ENG 455 STUDIES IN DRAMA AND DRAMATIC THEORY 3 S.h.

This course is an intensive exploration of drama, concentrating especially on
contemporary developments in both drama itself and in the theoretical study of drama,
including recent critical attempts to synthesize literary and theatrical approaches into a new
poetics The exact focus of the course will vary with each offering No prerequisites On
demand.

ENG 456: ENGLISH HONORS SEMINAR 3 S.h.

Devoted to Intensive study of selected writers and their works, the seminar is designed to
offer excellent students opportunities for advanced and unusually challenging study in
literature Admission by departmental invitation. On demand,

ENG 457: INTRODUCTION TO LINGUISTICS 3 S.h.

This course presents basic theories and analytical procedures used in contemporary
linguistics systems An introduction to psycholinguistics is provided in conjunction with
extensive studies in transformational grammar Fall, annually

ENG 458/558 HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE 3 S.h.

This history of the English language: a study of its origins and changes in structure, usage,
pronunciation, spelling, vocabulary, and meaning. Intensive readings in Old and Middle
English. With additional requirements, also listed for graduate credit as ENG 558 Spring,
odd-numbered years.

ENG 460 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-6 sh.

This course permits students to explore an area of special interest in the English language
or its literature Students must develop a plan of study, secure the approval of a member of the
English faculty willing to supervise the project, and submit the plan to the department
chairperson Maximum credits — 6. Prerequisite: junior or senior standing.

ENG 461 WRITERS' WORKSHOP 3-6 sh.

The Clarion Writers' Workshop provides an opportunity for students of writing to work with
professionals in the congenial give-and-take atmosphere of the workshop situation Visiting
writers and or coaches of writing may be in residence to work with students who wish writing
experience in a variety of modes. Summers only.

263

ENG 482 THE PEDAGOGY OF COMPOSITION;

THEORY, RESEARCH, AND PRACTICE 3 s.h.

A systematic study of theory, research, and practice in the teaching of composition,
conducted through workshop methods The course requires extensive writing and a major
written project Prerequisites Secondary education majors in English must have completed
ENG 111. 200, or 201, and have taken or be taking their Methods course; others by permission
of the instructor With additional requirements also listed for graduate as ENG 582. Fall,
annually.

ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES

ENVR 401 ENVIRONMENTAL PROBLEMS IN SOCIETY 3 S.h.

Interdisciplinary study of how the human species and their social institutions interact with
the physical and biological systems of the environment Fall, annually

ENVR 475; FIELD NATURAL HISTORY 3 s.h.

Competencies in biology, meteorology, geology, and astronomy a re explored Emphasis is
placed on developing competencies which will be valuable in teaching Environmental
(Outdoor and Conservation) Education. For non-science majors Prerequisites; Upper
division standing. Spring, annually.

NOTE For additional courses related to Environmental Education certification endorsement,
see ART 373, ED 401, and ELED and ED 403.

FINANCE

FIN 370; FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 3 s.h.

A study of the theoretical and analytical framework that a financial manager can use to
make decisions in a dynamic economy Planning the need for funds, acquiring funds, and
efficiently utilizing those in domestic and multinational firms are some of the topics covered.
Prerequisites; ECON 212 and ACTG 252 Each semester, summer

FIN 373; FUNDAMENTALS OF INSURANCE 3 s.h.

A survey of the principal methods of handling risk with particular attention to the various
types of insurance and how they relate to business and personal affairs. Insurance areas
covered will include Life. Accident and Health. Social. Fire and Allied Lines, Transportation
Casualty and Surety Principles of selecting insurance for the firm and private citizen will be
discussed Fall, annually.

FIN 374; PROPERTY AND CASUALTY INSURANCE 3 s.h.

Treatment of property and liability exposures by application of coverages — fire and allied
lines; inland and ocean marine, and casualty and surety bonding Attention will be paid to
rating, loss preventing, claims administration and corporate risk management. Spring,
annually.

264

FIN 375 MANAGEMENT OF FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS 3sh

A descriptive analysis of the operations of financial institutions, such as commercial banks,
savings banks, insurance companies Examines techniques and principles involved in the
management of financial institutions Prerequisites one course in Macroeconomics; FIN 370.
or consent of instructor Spring annually

FIN 376 SECURITY MARKETS 3sh

Analysis of the organization and operation of stock and bond markets: security
speculations: brokerage houses, exchange relations with other institutions: security price
behavior: exchange regulation: and risk types and returns from securities Prerequisite FIN
370. Fall, annually

FIN 377: MEDICAL CARE FINANCE 3sh

The role of a financial manager in the health care setting A study of the theoretical and
analytical procedures involved in medical fund raising, capital budgeting, expense analysis.
rate structuring and hospital asset management as well as other financial abilities required in
the operation and planning of modern health care facilities. Prerequisite FIN 370 or consent
of the instructor Once, annually

FIN 471: FINANCIAL PROBLEMS 3 s.h.

A consideration by the case method of the financial problems of business firms.
Prerequisite: FIN 370. Fall, annually

FIN 473 RETIREMENT AND ESTATE PLANNING 3sh

A study of both retirement and estate planning, including an in-depth look at pensions,
profit sharing, and other deferred compensation plans, trusts, bequests and tax laws.
Prerequisites: FIN 373 and 476. Once annually

FIN 476 SECURITIES ANALYSIS 3 s.h

A study of securities as an investment device, and the study of techniques of analysis used
in selecting securities Prerequisite: FIN 370 or 376 Spring, annually

FIN 480 MULTINATIONAL FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 3 s h

The theory and practice of financial management in the multinational firms: focuses on
important differences between domestic and international financial decision making
Prerequisite FIN 370 or an international business course Once annually

FRENCH

In addition to courses listed below, students of French have an opportunity to study for a
summer, a term, or an entire academic year in France andor Canada An opportunity to
participate in a program of international business internships is made available to qualified
students

265

FR101: SPECIAL TOPICS: THE EUROPEAN MIND 3 s.h.

Historical and contemporary developments on the European intellectual scene are covered
by experts on individual countries with regard to their relevance for the present American
student generation.

The special subject is announced at pre-registration. Open to all students of the university
without prerequisites and may be taken up to three times for credit provided that different
topics are offered. Two-year cycle.

FR 109: FRENCH LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION 3 s h.

A study of representative French literary works, with particular emphasis on the characters
and ideas which have influenced both French and other literatures The course is conducted
in English; no knowledge of French required; no prerequisite.

FR151: FRENCH I (ELEMENTARY I) 3 s h.

Essentials of grammar with emphasis on aural comprehensive and oral expression Each
semester.

FR152: FRENCH II (ELEMENTARY II) 3 s.h.

Continuation of FR 151, with increasing emphasis on graded reading material.
Prerequisite: FR 151 or equivalent. Each semester.

FR153: ELEMENTARY FRENCH CONSERVATION 3 s.h.

Conversational practice, with extensive oral drill on grammatical patterns. Designed for
those who have met the prerequisites for FR 251 but are lacking in aural-oral proficiency. May
be taken concurrently with FR 251. Spring, annually

FR 225: INTRODUCTION TO PHONETICS

AND PRONUNCIATION 3sh

An introduction to the French phonetic system, including the study of phonemes,
intonatin, stress and rhythm. Intensive aural-oral training through phonetic dictation with
transcription in the International Phonetic Alphabet and practice in diction. Introduction to
corrective phonetics Recommended for majors Prerequisite: FR 152 or equivalent Three-
year cycle

FR 251 FRENCH III (INTERMEDIATE I) 3sh

Systematic review of basic grammar; graded readings, conversation, translation, and
composition on selected topics Prerequisite: FR 152 or two years of high school study and/or
satisfactory placement Fall, annually

FR 252: FRENCH IV (INTERMEDIATE II) 3sh

Intensive reading of selected works, outside reading, with oral and/written reports.
Prerequisite: FR 251 or satisfactory placement Spring, annually

FR 253: COMMERCIAL FRENCH 3sh

A study of commercial terminology and style, with extensive writing of business letters of
various kinds. Prerequisite: FR 152 or equivalent. Two-year cycle

266

FR 255 FRENCH CIVILIZATION I 3 s.h.

A survey of French geography, history, literature, and culture designed to equip students
with the materials and understanding necessary to the presentation of the language as a rich,
meaningful, and integral part of a great civilization. Prerequisite: FR 252 or four years of high
school study and/or satisfactory placement Required of French majors. Three-year cycle.

FR 256 FRENCH CIVILIZATION II 3 S.h.

Continuation of FR 255, which is prerequisite Required of French majors. Three-year
cycle.

FR 260; THE FRENCH SHORT STORY 3 s.h.

A study of representative short stories of the nineteenth centuries. All readings and
discussions in French. Three-year cycle.

FR 265 INTERMEDIATE CONVERSATION 3 S.h.

Practice creative language use in conversation, to develop proficiency for everyday
situations and travel at intermediate level. Intensive vocabulary enrichment for students who
have completed elementary or intermediate language courses and are lacking in aural-oral
proficiency, f^ay be substituted for either FR 251 or 252 or used for major credit Two-year
cycle

FR351: ADVANCED FRENCH GRAMIVIAR AND COfVIPOSITION 3 s.h.

Intensive oral and written drill with emphasis on finer points of grammar, colloquial, and
idiomatic usage English-to-French translation, free composition, and conversation of
everyday topics. Prerequisites: FR 255 and 256 or one literature course. Three-year cycle.

FR 353: DEVELOPIVIENT OF THE FRENCH DRAf^A 3 s.h.

A study of the development of French drama from medieval drama to modern drama.
Selections from medieval mysteries, miracles, and jeux. to the theater of the absurd. Three-
year cycle

FR 354 DEVELOPMENT OF THE FRENCH NOVEL 3 S.h.

A study of the development of the French Novel from the medieval romance to the roman
nouveau. Selections from major authors from Chretien de Troyes to Nathalie Sarraute.
Three-year cycle.

FR 356 DEVELOPMENT OF FRENCH POETRY 3 S.h.

Development of French Poetry from the Middle Ages to Modern Times A study of poetic
form from the ballad to free verse Three-year cycle.

FR 358 FRENCH THINKERS 3 S.h.

A study of major French Thinkers from 16th, 17th and ISthcentunes Rabelais. Montaigne.
Pascal, Descartes. Montesquieu, Voltaire, Diderot and Rousseau. Three-year cycle.

267

FR 360 FRENCH CANDIAN WRITERS 3 s,h.

A study of the major trends in French Canadian theater, prose and poetry with
concentration on Gelinas. Anne Hebert. Theriault, Gabneile Roy, Nelligan, and Grandbois,
Three-year cycle

FR 361 BLACK WRITERS IN FRENCH LITERATURE 3 s,h.

A study of the major trends in African Literature written in French Selections from among
the works of Jacques Roumam, Sembene Ousmane, Amadou Kourouma, Francis Bebey.
Ferdinand Oyono, Leopold Sedar Senghor, Ame Cesaire, Leo Damas, Bernard Dadie and
others Three-year cycle,

FR451: SUPERVISED READINGS IN FRENCH LITERATURE 3 s.h.

As the title suggests, the course is devoted to selected readings determined in relation to
the needs and interests of the individual major On demand.

GENERAL STUDIES

Courses carrying the GS label are interdisciplinary in nature or are courses which do not fit
into any of the ususal academic disciplines. They are taken as free electives. as Personal
Development and Life Skills under general education, or may with departmental approval be
substituted for required courses in some majors

GS 100 COLLEGE READING STUDY SKILLS 2sh

This course develops the reading study skills required at the college level. Students are
helped to organize study plans according to the purpose of the assignment and the nature of
the materials Emphasis is placed on applying these skills to courses students are currently
studying. No prerequisite Each semester,

GS 109 FOREIGN LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION 3sh

Offered by the Department of Modern Language and Cultures, listed as FR 109, GER 109,
RUSS 109, or SPAN 109

GS110: THE STUDENT IN THE UNIVERSITY 3 s.h.

This course is designed to (1) enable the freshman student to explore and understand
himself.'herself as a developing adult interacting in a higher education environment: (2)
identify and/or utilize campus and community resources that will enhance his/heracademic
program: (3) develop stategies to facilitate the learning process: and (4) apply those
strategies in practical manner in order to build upon a resource base for academic skill
transference Note This course is designed for freshman students only and is a general
elective under Personal Development and Life Skills Each semester

268

GS 123 INTRODUCTION TO LOCATING AND

ORGANIZING INFORMATION 3 S.h.

Study of information souces and information organization; methods for surviving
information explosion Recommended as an elective for non-library science students Not
credible toward library science specialization GS 123 earns credit toward graduation only
when taken by freshmen and sophomores Juniors and seniors will receive credit, but such
credit will not count toward graduation On demand

GS 220 HUMAN SEXUALITY 3 s h.

A basic course m self-understanding The student is given the opportunity to be informed
on (a) the physical, psychological, ethical, social, and legal components of sexuality as they
relate to attitudes toward self and others; (b) the roles involved in being male and female; (c)
relationships as they are affected by attitudes; and (d) the responsibilities of such
relationships Each semester

GS 222 CREATIVE PROBLEM SOLVING 3 S.h.

An investigation of the elements of solving a variety of problems, beginning with the closed
problems such as puzzles or cryptograms and progressing through simple games and
complex games to the complexities of open ended problems of personal and political life.
Emphasis is on development of proficiency in dealing with new situations and techniques
through actual practice No prerequisite Each semester.

GS 225; HUMAN GENETICS AND SOCIETAL PROBLEMS 3 s.h

Technological and medical advances pose serious threats to all the quality of man's genetic
future. The relationship between major advances in genetic knowledge and their
significance, both immediate and potential, are presented and discussed The medical and
social benefits and risks of large scale genetic screening, genetic counseling and prenatal
diagnosis with abortion are thoroughly explored. The theoretical and practical possibilities of
genetic engineering are considered in the light of contemporary human values A paper on
some aspects of societal problems involving human genetics is required This course does
not meet the genetics requirements for a biology major Prerequisite: Basic Biology or
permission of the instructor Alternate years on demand

GS 230: SPECIAL TOPICS - THE EUROPEAN MIND 3 S.h.

Offered by the Department of Modern Languages and Cultures, listed as FR 101 . GER 101 .
RUSS 101 , SPAN 101 See course description under appropriate language listings.

GS 240: CONSUMER ECONOMICS 3 S h.

Major aspects of personal financial management Including budgeting of income and
expenditures, transactions and relations with banksand otherlending institutions, insurance
and retirement plans, home ownership, personal taxes, savings and investment plans
Alternate years on demand.

GS 242: YOU AND THE LAW 3 s.h.

A survey of the major fields of law with an emphasis on historical development, basic legal
principles, legal theory and procedure, and their relation to the individual. Business
Administration majors may not take this course Annually

269

GS 250: THE LIFE AND MINISTRY OF JESUS 3 s.h.

A study of the life and ministry of Jesus In the light of modern contemporary biblical
scholarship. Sophomore standing. Alternate years on demand.

GS 255: SURVEYING 3 s.h.

Use of the transit, angle mirror, bypsometer. sexant, and other measuring instruments:
simple map-making exercises and elementary surveying; construction — use of student-
made instruments and teaching devices. Prerequisites: MATH 152 or 171 or equivalent.
Summers, and on demand

GS411: SCIENCE AND SOCIETY 3 s.h.

See cross-listing under CHEM 211.

GEOGRAPHY

NOTE: Geography courses carry social science credit only.

GEOG 100: INTRODUCTION TO WORLD GEOGRAPHY 3 s.h.

A geographic study of man's interaction with the global environment and resulting
humanized, cultural landscapes. Students examine related problems of population and
settlement, the origin and diffusion of culture elements, levels of culture, agricultural and
industrial complexes, and other impact upon ourdeteriorating environment. Each semester.

GEOG 115: CONSERVATION OF NATURAL RESOURCES 3 s.h.

The use and conservation of the nations resources of water, land, forest, wildlife, minerals,
power, and human resources. Each semester.

GEOG 125: MAP INTERPRETATION 3 s.h.

A broad study of maps, charts, and atlases which is designed to develop an awareness of
the great variety of maps available and to promote skill in their use. Emphasis is given to
understanding map characteristics and properties needed for effective map usage,
projections upon which maps are commonly drawn, coordinates and grid systems, map
scales, aerial representations of relief, and statistical data. Prerequisite: Consent of
instructor. Offered annually

GEOG 225: CARTOGRAPHY I 3 s.h.

A systematic study of the basic concepts and components of thematic map making.
Emphasis is placed upon familiarization with and utilization of drafting instruments and
equipment essential to map design and construction. Techniques of photographic
reproduction of student map projects are also presented. Two lectures and three hours of
laboratory weekly. Offered annually

270

GEOG 250 GEOGRAPHY OF EUROPE 3 s h

A study of European landscapes and regions, which seeks to develop an understanding of
the geographic basis of Europe's major economic and social problems Emphasis is upon
western Europe: the Soviet Union is not included in this course Recommended tor majors in
history and social science Every other year.

GEOG 255: GEOGRAPHY OF ASIA 3 s.h.

A regional course stressing the interrelationship of the economic, social, and political life
of the people with their spatial environment Problemsof over population, standards of living,
natural resources, industry, and government are emphasized. The Soviet Union is not
included in this course. Every third semester

GEOG 257: GEOGRAPHY OF THE UNITED STATES AND CANADA 3 s h.

An analysis of geographic problems, natural and cultural, of the US and Canada: the
synthesis of physical, biotic. economic, and social patterns and problems of geographic
regions of North America: the interrelationship of North American political structures and
their ties with the rest of the world. Each semester.

GEOG 258: GEOGRAPHY OF PENNSYLVANIA 3 S.h.

A regional analysis of Pen nsy Ivan ia. emphasizing mans cultural and economic response to
environmental factors Special attention is given to the resources of the state, analyzing their
extent, their use. the need for well directed conservation, and the regional planning program
of the Commonwealth. Offered occasionally.

GEOG 260: ECONOf^lC GEOGRAPHY 3 s.h.

The production, exchange, and use of the basic commodities of the world: the relationship
between the physical factors and economic conditions and the patterns of major economic
activities, world trade routes: economic landscapes: problems of economic development.
Recommended for majors in economics, history, and political science Every other year.

GEOG 265: TRADE AND TRANSPORTATION 3 s.h.

A geographic inquiry into world-wide forces of supply and demand and related transport
modes and media. The central producer and service functions of population centers: world
trade patterns of commodities, economic blocs, stages of economic development: and
problems related to the economic interdependence of regions and nations A course based
on concepts learned in GEOG 260 Every other year.

GEOG 275: HISTORICAL GEOGRAPHY OF THE UNITED STATES 3 s.h.

The natural and cultural regions of the pre-Columbian United States and the geography of
settlement and regional development of the country to 1890 This course isverydesirablefor
history majors Offered occasionally

GEOG 300 SPECIAL TOPICS

Topics of special interest in various areas of physical, human or regional geography. The
format used will be selected and designed by the professor as the most suitable to the study.
Enrollment by consent of the instructor Offered occasionally.

271

GEOG 325 CARTOGRAPHY II 3sh

A systematic study of the new dimensions of cartography in use today Emphasis placed
upon the techniques used in the construction of three-dimensional maps and models of
statistical surfaces, diagrams, cartograms, negative scribing, and color separation Two
lectures and three hours of laboratory weekly Prerequisite: Cartography I and consent of
instructor Every other year

GEOG 350: COMPUTER CARTOGRAPHY 3 s.h

A systematic study of the newest dimension of cartography in use today Designing and
constructing computer maps is an integral part of the course Background in computer
programming is desirable. No prerequisites. Every other year

GEOG 385 or

ES385 CLIMATOLOGY 3sh

A systematic study of three major components of climatology Physical aspects of the
atmosphere are analyzed as a series of long-term weather phenomena. Regional
characteristics of climate are studied on the basis of world-wide patterns Applied aspects of
climate demonstrate the inter-relationship and importance of both physical and regional
climatology to man Acceptable for social science ornatural science credit. Prerequisite: ES
111 or 280 Every other year

GEOG 400 AERIAL PHOTO INTERPRETATION 3sh

A systematic study of aerial photographs for geographic investigation of physical and
cultural features of the landscape: the application of remote sensing to topographic and
planimetric map construction, agricultural and land use identification, landform study, and
forestry Prerequisite: consent of instructor Every other year

GEOG 450 FIELD GEOGRAPHY 3 s.h.

A systematic study of the techniques essential to geographic field investigation. Emphasis
is placed upon practical, first-hand experiences in the field where students learn the
techniques and procedures of compass traversing, plane tabling, rural and urban land use
surveying, and field research. Prerequisite: Cartography I and consent of instructor Offered
occasionally

GERMAN

In addition to the courses listed below, students of German have an opportunity to study for
a summer, a term or an entireyearinGermany and.' or Austria. An opportunity to participate in
a program of international buisness internships in Germany is available for qualified
students.

272

GER 101 SPECIAL TOPICS THE EUROPEAN MIND 3sh

Historical and contemporary developments on the European intellectual scene are covered
by experts on individual countries with regard to their relevance for the present American
student generation

The special subject of each semester offering is announced at pre-registration Open to all
students of the university without prerequisites and may be taken up to three times for credit
provided that different topics are offered Two-year cycle

GER 109 GERMAN LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION 3sh.

A study of representative German literary works, with particular emphasis on the
characters and ideas which have influenced both German and other literatures The course is
conducted in English: no knowledge of German required; no prerequisites Two-year cycle

GER 151 GERMAN I (ELEMENTARY I) 3 s.h

Essentials of grammar with emphasis on aural comprehension and oral expression Each
semester

GER 152; GERMAN II (ELEMENTARY II) 3sh

Continuation of German 151, with increasing emphasis on graded reading material.
Prerequisite; GER 151 or equivalent Each semester.

GER 153 ELEMENTARY GERMAN CONVERSATION 3sh

Practice in conversational patterns and development of useful proficiency for everyday
situationsand travel Designed for those students who have met the prerequisite forGerman
251 but are lacking in aural-oral proficiency May be taken concurrently with GER 251
Spring, annually

GER 225 INTRODUCTION TO GERMAN PHONETICS

AND PRONUNCIATION 3sh

An introduction to the German phonetic system, including the study of phonemes,
intonation, stress and rhythm Intensive aural/oral training through phonetic dictation with
transcription in the International Phonetic Alphabet and practice in diction Introduction to
corrective phonetics. Recommended for majors. Prerequisite; GER 152 or equivalent Three-
year cycle.

GER 251; GERMAN III (INTERMEDIATE I) 3 s.h.

Brief systematic review of basic grammar; graded readings, conversation, translation, and
composition on selected topics Prerequisite GER 152 or two years of high school study
and or satisfactory placement Fall, annually.

GER 252 GERMAN IV (INTERMEDIATE II) 3 s.h

Intensive reading of selected works; outside reading with oral and or written reports
Prerequisite; GER 251 or satisfactory placement Spring, annually

GER 253 SCIENTIFIC GERMAN 3sh

A study of scientific terminology and style, with extensive readings m various scientific
fields Prerequisite GER 251 or equivalent Science and mathematics majors may substitute
this course for GER 252 Three-year cycle

273

GER 254 COMMERCIAL GERMAN 3sh

A study of commercial terminology and style, with extensive practice in writing of business
letters of various kinds Prerequisite Elementary German Two-year cycle

GER 255 GERMAN CIVILIZATION I 3 s.h.

A survey of German geography, history, literature, and culture. designed toequipstudents
with the materials and understanding necessary to the presentation of the languagesas rich,
meaningful, and integral part of a great civilization Prerequisite: GER 252 or four years of
high school study and/or satisfactory placement Required for German majors Three-year
cycle,

GER 256 GERMAN CIVILIZATION II 3sh

Complement to GER 255 Required for German majors Three-year cycle

GER 260 THE GERMAN SHORT STORY 3 s.h

A study of representative Novellen of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries All readings
and discussions in German Two-year cycle

GER 265: INTERMEDIATE CONVERSATION 3 s.h.

Practice creative language use in conversation, to develop proficiency for everyday
situations and travel at intermediate level Intensive vocabulary enrichment for students who
have completed elementary or intermediate language courses and are lacking in aural-oral
proficiency May be substituted for GER 251 or 252 or used for major credit Two-year cycle.

GER 351 ADVANCED GERMAN GRAMMAR AND COMPOSITION 3 s h.

Intensive oral and written drill, with emphasis on finer points of grammar, colloquial, and
idiomatic usage English-to-German translation, free composition, and conversation on
everyday topics Required for German majors Three-year cycle

GER 352 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE THROUGH

THE CLASSICAL AGE 3 s h.

Study and discussion of the mam trends of German thought and literary expression.
Emphasis is placed upon the works of Goethe, Schiller, and Lessmg Three-year cycle.

GER 353 THE MODERN GERMAN DRAMA

German drama from the middle of the 19th century to the present, covering representative
writers of the Realist, Naturalist, and Expressionist movements, as well as selected
contemporary writers Three-year cycle

GER 355: GERMAN ROMANTICISM 3 S.h.

The older and younger schools of German Romanticism (Jena. Berlin, and Heidelberg)
with emphasis on the revival of folk poetry and consideration of influences upon American
Romanticism Representative authors Holderlin, Novalis. Arnim, and Brentano Three-year
cycle.

274

GER 358 CLASSICAL GERMAN LITERATURE GOETHE,

SCHILLER AND LESSING 3 s h

Goethe's Faust and other great works of the Golden Age of German literature Three-year
cycle.

GER 361 GERMAN LYRIC POETRY 3sh

The German lyric from Moerlke. Hofmannsthal, Rilke, and George to the post-
expressionist movement and contemporary poets such as Benn, Nelly Sachs, and
Enzensberger Three-year cycle

GER 451: SUPERVISED READINGS IN GERMAN LITERATURE 3 S.h.

This course is devoted to selected readings determined in relation to the needs and
interests of the individual major On demand.

HABILITATIVE SCIENCE

HS 405: SUBSTANCE ABUSE 3 s h.

This IS a study of the physiological and psychosocial implication of drug or alcohol abuse,
over-medication, and drug dependence, with concern for the processes of intervention,
advocacy, treatment, and prevention Fall, annually

HS 460/560: MODELS OF HUMAN SERVICES DELIVERY SYSTEMS 3 s h.

This course analyzes the purposes, structure and context of the entire network of human
services delivery models in Pennsylvania with comparative reference to selected models
outside of Pennsylvania. Prerequisite: SPED 310 Fall, annually.

HS 465: ASSESSMENT OF ADAPTIVE BEHAVIOR

AND VOCATIONAL POTENTIAL 3 s.h.

This course provides a conceptual frame of reference for the theoretical aspect of adaptive
behavior (social and vocational), the instrumentation and systems of assessment, and
directed experience in the processes of actual client-assessment, documentation and
reporting. Fall, annually.

HS 470, 570 THERAPEUTIC AND RESIDENTIAL

SERVICE PROGRAMS 3-6 s.h.

This course analyzes the entire spectrum of habilitative, therapeutic, recreational, and
residential programs, at the service delivery level, that are mandated and provided in
Pennsylvania for persons with special needs Statutes and regulations are studied and
practicum experiences are conducted in human service programs. Spring, annually.

275

HS 495: FIELD EXPERIENCE IN HABILITATIVE SCIENCES 15s.h.

This IS a full-time, semester-long supervised experience in communtiy based habilitation
programs for developmentally disabled persons, including professional development
experiences in community residential programs, vocational reliabilitation services and
I^H MR Base Service Units, or similar social services Eacfi semester.

Waiver: Change in prerequisite may be made with approval of the department chair and
course instructor

HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION

ACTIVITY AND RECREATION COURSES

The following activity courses are offered for fulfillment of the general education

requirement. Courses emphasize the fundamental techniques, strategy, and rules of the
activity

HPE 140: ARCHERY 1 s.h,

HPE 141: BADMINTON 1 s.h

HPE 142: BOWLING 1 s.h.

HPE 143: GOLF 1 s.h

HPE 144: HANDBALL AND RACQUETBALL (Men's Rules) 1 s.h.

HPE 145 RACQUETBALL (Women's Rules) 1 s.h

HPE 146: CROSS COUNTRY SKIING 1 s h.

HPE 147: BEGINNING TENNIS 1 s h

HPE 148 WRESTLING 1 s h

HPE 150: CANOEING 1 s.h.

HPE 161 BASKETBALL (Mens Rules) 1 s.h.

HPE 162: BASKETBALL (Women's Rules) 1 s.h.

HPE 163: VOLLEYBALL (Men's Rules) 1 s.h.

HPE 164: VOLLEYBALL (Women's Rules) 1 s.h.

HPE 191 CAMPING AND OUTDOOR RECREATION 2 s.h.

HPE 247: INTERMEDIATE TENNIS 1 S.h.

276

AQUATIC COURSES

The following aquatic courses are offered for fulfillment of the general education
requirement

HPE 131 BEGINNING SWIMMING 1 s.h.

For students who cannot swim one length of the pool. The course consists of drown-
proofing and elementary back, breast, and freestyle strokes.

HPE 230: SENIOR LIFE SAVING 1 S.h.

Prerequisite: Students must demonstrate advance swimming skills. Successful completion
of the course leads to the Red Cross Life Saving Certificate.

HPE 231 INTERMEDIATE SWIMMING 1 S.h.

Prerequisite: Students should be able to swim one length of the pool. The course consists
of multi-stroke refinement, drown-proofing, and physical conditioning through swimming.

HPE 233: SPRINGBOARD DIVING 1 s.h.

Prerequisite Students should be competent in the basic swimming strokes and drown-
proofing The course consists of advanced swimming and diving skills, stroke refinement,
aquatic games, and recreactional skills

HPE 330 WATER SAFETY INSTRUCTOR 1 s.h.

Prerequisite Students must hold a valid Red Cross Life Saving Certificate Successful
completion of the course leads to a Red Cross Safety Instructor Certificate.

HPE 332: ADVANCED AQUATICS 1 s.h.

Prerequisite Students should be competent in the basic swimming practices and drown-
proofing The course consists of advanced swimming and diving skills, stroke refinement,
aquatic games, and recreational skills

DANCE COURSES

HPE 171 MODERN DANCE 1 S.h.

A study in beginning dance technique, incorporating both barre and centre work Correct
form and body placment along with flexibility and control are covered.

HPE 173: AEROBIC DANCING I 1 S.h.

This course is designed to integrate basic modern dance techniques with scientific
principles of aerobic fitness An enjoyable way to develop cardiovascular endurance

HPE 273 AEROBIC DANCING II 1 S.h.

A continuation of Aerobic Dancing I, with advanced dance routines and techniques.
Emphasis on cardiovascular endurance as well as general body conditioning Prerequisite;
Basic knowledge in dance or Aerobic Dancing I

277

HEALTH EDUCATION 2 s.h.

Consideration of the physical and mental equipment of the individual and of the practical
application of health knowledge and concepts in personal, family, community, and
environmental living. Special emphasis is placed in the areas of mental health, drug abuse,
human sexuality and marriage, and the major diseases and health problems confronting
society. A requirement of all students. Offered each semester through the team teaching
concept.

HPE314; CARDIO PULMONARY RESUSCITATION 1 S.h.

A requirement for the Athletic Coaching Program, the course is designed to follow the
recommendation and guidelines of the American Red Cross. Students will receive an
American Red Cross CPR Certificate upon successful completion of the course. Each
semester.

HPE317: FIRST AID SAFETY 2 s h.

The responsibilities and dutiesof the teacher in the development and teaching of programs
in first aid and safety that are related to the student's school and communtiy. The American
Red Cross Standard First Aid Course will be included. Each semester.

PHYSICAL FITNESS COURSES

HPE181 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION 1 s.h.

A modified or corrective physical education course for those who by reason of illness or
disabi..ty are unable to participate in the more vigorous forms of physical education activities.
On demand.

HPE182: POSTURE AND BODY MECHANICS 1 s.h.

An analysis and application of correct postures and body mechanics through a physical
fitness program of exercise and aerobic dance. On demand.

HPE 185: PHYSICAL FITNESS AND CONDITIONING 1 S.h.

This course enables students to develop a fitness and conditioning program to fit their
individual needs through knowledge gained in areas such as nutrition, use of conditioning
equipment, weight control, and fitness tests Each semester.

HPE 186: PHYSICAL FITNESS THROUGH WEIGHT LIFTING 1 s.h.

This fitness course covers all basic weight lifting techniques and modern principles for
developing and improving anaerobic fitness for both male and female students. Each
semester.

278

SPECIALIZED COURSES

Athletic Coaching Program

The athletic coaching program is established for those who intend to coach m inter-school
athletic programs but do not have a degree in physical education

The minimum requirements of this program is 19 credit hours, 13 of which are required The
other 6 credit hours may be selected from the Theory and Techniques of Coaching courses:
HPE 343, 344. 345, 346, 347, 348, 351, 352. 353, or 354

HPE 343-354: THEORY AND TECHNIQUES OF COACHING

The purpose of these courses is to acquire knowledge in threories and techniques of
coaching specific sports, f^ain areas covered are rules and regulations, fundamentals,
organizational principles, specific conditioning programs, scouting, and technical tactics.

HPE 343: THEORY AND TECHNIQUE OF COACHING GOLF 1 cr.

Fall, even numbered years.

HPE 344: THEORY AND TECHNIQUE OF COACHING TRACK

AND FIELD 1 cr.

Spring, even numbered years.
HPE 345: THEORY AND TECHNIQUE OF COACHING SWIMfVIING 2 cr.

Spring, odd numbered years.
HPE 346: THEORY AND TECHNIQUE OF COACHING GYMNASTICS 2 cr.

Spring, even numbered years.
HPE 347: THEORY AND TECHNIQUE OF COACHING TENNIS 1 cr.

Fall, even numbered years.
HPE 348: THEORY AND TECHNIQUE OF COACHING WRESTLING 2 cr.

Spring, odd numbered years.
HPE 351: THEORY AND TECHNIQUE OF COACHING BASKETBALL 2 cr.

Fall, odd numbered years.
HPE 352: THEORY AND TECHNIQUE OF COACHING BASEBALL 2 cr.

Spring, odd numbered years.
HPE 353: THEORY AND TECHNIQUE OF COACHING VOLLEYBALL 2 cr.

Fall, odd numbered years.

279

HPE 354 THEORY AND TECHNIQUE OF COACHING FOOTBALL 2 cr

Fall, even numered years

REQUIRED COACHING COURSES

HPE 406 ATHLETIC INJURIES 3 cr

This IS a course on care and prevention of athletic injuries The latest principles and
techniques of taping common athletic injuries and new theories on the prevention of athletic
injuries are the basics of the course Fall, annually

HPE 407 PHYSIOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS OF COACHING 3 cr

The primary purpose of this course is the study of basic scientific principles of physiology
and how they can be applied to conditioning programs for the athlete All phases of physical
training are covered along with evaluation of modern training devices Spring, annually,

HPE 408 PRINCIPLES AND PROBLEMS OF ATHLETIC COACHING 3 cr

A study of modern techniques and practices used in the organizational procedure of
athletic programs. Major problem areas such as practice and game organization, purchase
and care of equipment, budget and finances, public relations, legal liability, drug abuse, and
sports psychology Modern trends and issues m athletics are analyzed as well as various
philosophical views of athletics as a part of the educational curriculum. Fall, annually.

HPE 409 KINESIOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS OF COACHING 3sh

This course is designed to help the coach increase his or her understanding of basic
scientific information concerning athletic movement by utilizing the conceptual approach
The three main areas of study are applied anatomy, the production of motion, and
application The application of scientific principles to athletic skills will aid in the coaching
and teaching of skills Spring, annually.

ELEMENTARY MAJOR COURSES

HPE 223 PHYSICAL EDUCATION FOR ELEMENTARY MAJORS 1 cr.

Required of all students majoring in Elementary Education. Emphasis is placed on modern
physical education skills and activities of the elementary child Each semester.

HPE 323 MODERN CURRICULUM AND METHODS IN

ELEMENTARY PHYSICAL EDUCATION 1 cr.

Required of all students majoring in Elementary Education The course is designed togive
the elementary major practical experience in integrating physical activities into academic
learning. Each semester.

280

HPE 326 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION FOR THE

ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 3 cr.

The study and iapplication of the modified or restricted activities to be provided at all grade
levels for the child who may not safely participate in the regular instructional class Spring,
annually

HPE 410: PSYCHOMOTOR DEVELOPMENT IN EARLY CHILDHOOD

RATIONALE AND INTEGRATED ACTIVITIES 3 cr

This course is designed for Early Childhood majors and elementary education majors, and
concentrates on developing a better understanding of the child's physical development
sequence Through this understanding, pre-school experiences are designed that integrate
cognitive formation processes with developmental movement activities. Students will have
an opportunity to teach an integrated academic and movement lesson with area pre-school
and early elementary age children Prerequiste The course should be taken in the student's
fifth semester and HPE 223 Each semester.

HISTORY

HIST 111 ANCIENT AND MEDIEVAL CIVILIZATION 3 s.h.

The course includes a survey of prehistoric cultures and civilization from Its historical
beginning to 1300 Its purpose is to present a knowledge of the origins of the broad social,
political, intellectual, and economic movements of the past from which the student may gain
an understanding of civilization today. Each semester.

HIST 112: EARLY MODERN CIVILIZATION. 1300 TO 1815 3 s.h.

A study of significant movements and events from 1 300 to 1 81 5. The course emphasizes the
interrelationships between cultures of various world regions. The influence of European
development on other world areas is also stressed Each semester

HIST 113: MODERN CIVILIZATION, 1789 TO PRESENT 3 s.h.

A study of significant movements and events of 1789 to the present. The course emphasizes
interrelationships between the cultures of various world regions, with major attention on the
influence European development has exerted on other world areas in the 19th and 20th
centuries Each semester

HIST 120: UNITED STATES HISTORY TO 1877 3 s.h.

A survey of the United States history from the period of exploration through the
Reconstruction period. Each semester.

HIST 121 UNITED STATES HISTORY SINCE 1877 3 S.h.

A survey of United States history from Reconstruction to the present Each semester

281

HIST 150 HISTORY IN THE HEADLINES 3 s.h.

Students will develop historical perspective and depth through inquiry and analysis of
social, political, economic and technological world events. Through the use of a basic news
source such as the Christian Science Monitor and use of library resources on special topics,
students will increase their global consciousness, their skills in classification and their
knowledge about third world and major powers' relationships. Each semester.

HIST 215: TOPICS IN AMERICAN HISTORY 3 s.h.

A topical approach to the study of American history, permitting students to pursue an
indepth examination of selected problems. No prerequisite. On demand.

HIST 216: BUSINESS IN THE AMERICAN ECONOMY 3 s.h.

A survey of the historical development of the American economy, emphasizing the role of
the private business sector. Fall, alternate years.

HIST 220: TOPICS IN NON-WESTERN AND THIRD WORLD HISTORY 3 s.h.

A topical approach to the study of non-western and Third World history and culture,
permitting students to examine selected problems. On demand

HIST 230: WOMEN IN THE UNITED STATES 3 s.h.

A survey of American Women's History from colonial times to the present. This course will
examine both the history of the female experience in the United States and the relationship
between women and the rest of society. Topics will include the power of the domestic sphere;
suffragism: female reform; and modern feminism.

HIST 235: TOPICS IN EUROPEAN HISTORY 3 s.h.

A study of the major social, economic, and political ideas of Europe in the Eighteenth,
Nineteenth, and Twentieth Centuries. On demand.

HIST 254: HISTORY OF LATIN AMERICA: COLONIAL PERIOD 3 s h.

This course surveys the development of Colonial Latin America from its discovery to 1825.
The economic, social, political, and cultural development receives detailed attention. Fall,
alienate years

HIST 255 HISTORY OF LATIN AMERICA: NATIONAL PERIOD 3 s h.

The main emphasis of this course is on the history of the Latin Amehan countries since
1825 The economic, social, political, and cultural development receives detailed attention.
Fall, alternate years.

HIST 256 HISTORY OF PENNSYLVANIA 3 s.h.

A study of the founding and development of Pennsylvania from its colonial beginning to the
present time Emphasis is placed on the social, economic, and political development in the
different periods of its history. Special attention is given to the diversity of the people, their
institutions and problems, and the growth of Pennsylvania to a leading position in our
modern industrial world Fall, annually.

282

HIST 260 FASCISM HITLER, AND THE HOLOCAUST 3 s.h.

An examination of the rise of the facist government in Europe from 1919 through World War
II Special emphasis is given to the rise of Nazism and the personalities of the Third Reich
leadership The course ends vi/ith an examination of the holocaust Spring, annually

HIST 275 INDIA THROUGH THE AGES 3 s h.

Examination of the historical development of Indian Civilization from its early origins to the
coming of the Europeans, with emphasis on the classical period, religion, social
organizations, and the ancient Hindu and Medieval Moslem periods. Spring, annually.

HIST 277 VIETNAM WAR AND PEACE 3 s.h.

The course presents an outline of the history of Vietnam and its colonization by the French
during the 19th century to the so-called Peace Settlement of 1973 and the nev*^ war which
followed It The main focus of the course is from 1945, and the nature of the Vietnamese
Revolutionary War is examined The history of American involvement, their objectives and
consequences of the Vietnamese debacle is studied. The course closes with consideration of
the global impact of war. Fall, annually.

HIST 286: HISTORY OF MODERN CHINA AND JAPAN 3 S.h.

A historical study of the transformation which has taken place in China and Japan in
modern times as a result of an external impact as well as forces within far Eastern societies.
Fall, alternate years.

HIST 299 THE HISTORY OF AMERICAN LABOR 3 S.h.

The course examines the history of the American working men and women from the
colonial period to the present It examines not only the growth of the trade union movement
and its socio-political and economic impact, but also the nature of the work performed by
labor and the way laboring people have lived. On demand

HIST 300: THE AMERICAN MILITARY EXPERIENCE 3 s.h.

A study of the relationships and impact of warfare and military forces in the establishment,
expansion, preservation, and development of the United States. Emphasis on understanding
the principles of war and their utilization in understanding the political and military decisions
that were made in shaping this nation. Spring.

HIST 320 MEDIEVAL HISTORY 3 s.h.

Astudy of the Middle Ages from the fall of Rome to 1500. Prerequisite: HIST 111 or consent
of the instructor Every third semester.

283

HIST 330 EUROPE DURING THE RENAISSANCE 3 s.h.

A survey of the course of Europe's development from the thirteenth through the sixteenth
centuries with emphasis on political, social economic, and cultural trendsand achievements
and the problems of historical interpretation they pose Every third semester.

HIST 335: EUROPE DURING THE REFORMATION 3 s.h.

A survey of Europe's development during the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries with
particular attention to the role of religion and religious issues and the Interaction between
religion and political, economic, and cultural affairs Every third semester.

HIST 340: HISTORY OF EUROPE FROM 1660 TO 1814 3 s.h.

A study of the social, economic, political, religious, and cultural experiences of the
European people from the Age of Louis XIV through the Napoleonic Wars. On demand.

HIST 345: HISTORY OF EUROPE FROM 181 5 TO 1924 3 s.h.

A study of the social, economic, political, religious, and cultural experiences of the
European people from the Congress of Vienna to the death of Lenin. On demand

HIST 350 COLONIAL AMERICA 3 s h.

A study of colonial history beginning with the European background of colonization and
continuing through the American Revolution. Fall, alternate years.

HIST 351: UNITED STATES THE EARLY REPUBLIC 3 s.h.

A study of the Federalist Era. Jeffersonian and Jacksonian America. This course will
examine the formation of the republic through the Federal Constitution, the Jeffersonian
revolution and the Age of Jackson The ideas and personalities that shaped the nation will be
examined

HIST 352 CIVIL WAR AND RECONSTRUCTION 3sh

This course is a basic study of the growth of sectional differences between North and South
from 1820 to 1850. It further examines the failure of compromise efforts m the 1850'sand the
causes of secession The war and the consequences of reconstruction policies to 1877 are
traced in light of modern civil rights problems. Fall, alternate years.

HIST 353 US, AGE OF REFORM (1870-1920) 3 s.h,

A detailed look at the Gilded Age. Populist, and Progressive Periods In American history.
The course will examine the reform phenomena that characterized the late 19th and early
20th centuries The emphasis will be on the motivation, objectives, accomplishments, and
failures of the various reform movements Each reform group will be considered In the
context of a period of rapid social and economic change

HIST 354 RECENT AMERICAN HISTORY 3 s.h.

A study of the political, social, and economic developments and foreign affairs of the US
from World War I to the present. On demand

284

HIST 357 TUDOR-STUART ENGLAND 3sh

An examination of the significant political, cultural, social and religious developments in
England from the accession of Henry VII to the death of Queen Anne and the transition to the
House of Hanover Spring, alternate years

HIST 361 HISTORY OF AMERICAN SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY 3sh.

Students will survey the development of the American technological experience and be
able to assess the historical impact of science on US society and politics Students will
discuss cases and issues on The rise of America as an industrial nation, the role of scientific
responsibility and black scientists. US nuclear, environmental and international policies
and procedures, and the reshaping of technology today Spring, alternate years

HIST 362 HISTORY OF AFRO-AMERICA 3 s.h.

A survey of Afro-American history from its African beginnings to contemporary times
(1969) Special emphasis is placed on tracing the role of the Negro in American History in
order to develop a better perspective on his contribution to the American way of life. A close
study will be made of the junctures in American History where the problems of the Afro-
American took on new meaning for American growth. Spring, alternate years.

HIST 366 RUSSIAN SINCE 1815 3 S.h.

An examination of Russia's development during the 19th and 20th centuries The first part
of the course will focus on Russia and its people under the Czar and the drift to Revolution
The second part of the course will focus on Soviet society and Communism in theory and
practice

HIST 368 CHINA SINCE 1949 3 s.h.

An examination of the Chinese revolutionary struggle under Mao Tse-Tung and the
Communist programs of socioeconomic construction through ideology and organization
Special emphasis is given to internal restructuring and international relations. On demand.

HIST 370 HISTORY OF THE MIDDLE EAST 3 s.h.

This survey is an area of study of the early classical era by way of an advanced intensive
exploration of the civilization in the Mediterranean East and Middle East. After an
introduction to the religion of Judaism and Christianity in their political setting, the cultural
contributions of the Semites. Greeks, and Romans are examined The Islamic Age is stressed.
Emphasis is placed upon modern identification of the countries that make this an explosive
part of the world — Jordan. Israel. Lebanon. Iran, Iraq. Arabia. Syria. Egypt Their relationship
to the great powers is given attention On demand

HIST 385 SOUTHEAST ASIA SINCE 1945 3 s.h.

Different systems of World colonial rule, with major emphasis on territorial expression,
political administration, and economic patterns; reaction to alien rule, rise of nationalism,
and social, economic, and political problems since independence On demand

HIST 401 INDEPENDENT STUDY 3 s.h.

Students may explore special fields of interest after locating a department advisor and
submitting a plan of study On demand

285

HIST 410: HISTORIOGRAPHY 3 s.h.

An introduction to Historical method and theory This course will explore a variety of
interpretive theories and specialized approaches employed by contemporary historians to
traditional and non-traditional problems The emphasis will be upon development of the
student's critical abilities. Permission of instructor required.

HIST 451: DIPLOMATIC HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES

FOR THE AMERICAN REVOLUTION TO 1912 3 s.h.

This course is designed to examine patterns of realism and idealism in American diplomacy
from the Revolution to the Era of T.R. and Taft. Attention is given to diplomatic thought on
concepts such as the national interest, the Monroe doctrine, manifest destiny, the balance of
power, and the emergence of the United States as a world power. Fall, alternate years.

HIST 452: DIPLOMATIC HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES

SINCE 1912 3 s.h.

This course is designed to examine patterns of realism and idealism in American diplomacy
from Woodrow Wilson to the present. Attention is focused on diplomatic thought upon the
issues of the national interest. World War I, Neutrality, World War II, Internationalism, the
Cold War, and the United States response to Europe and new emerging powers. Fall,
alternate years.

HIST 458: ENGLISH CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY 3 s.h.

A consideration of constitutional government in England from the beginning of English
history to the present. A study of governmental powers, political and judicial processes, and
the relationship of liberty and authority to the individual living under the government is
included. Fall, alternate years.

HIST 471: THE FRENCH REVOLUTION 3 s.h.

The Old Regime and its critics of the 18th century are examined; the social and political
changes m France from 1798 to 181 5 are analyzed: the diplomatic and international influence
of the French Revolution are surveyed. Spring, alternate years.

HUMANITIES

HUM 120 HUMANITIES I: ANTIOUITY THROUGH THE MIDDLE AGES 3 s.h.

This interdisciplinary course in the humanities focuses on western man's values, beliefs,
and accomplishments as reflected in the arts, and man's historical development from the
Classical period to the close of the Middle Ages No prerequisite. On demand.

HUM 121: HUMANITIES II: THE RENAISSANCE TO THE PRESENT 3 s.h.

A continuation of the study of western culture from the Renaissance to the present. No
prerequisite On demand.

286

LIBRARY SCIENCE

LS255: INTRODUCTION TO MEDIA LIBRARIANSHIP 3 S.h.

Broad overview of libraries and library media centers and the profession of librarianship
beginning with the history of libraries and concluding with the impact of technology on
libraries. Fall, annually

LS257: BASIC INFORMATION SOURCES AND SERVICES 3 s.h

Emphasis on the approaches to locating information. The criteria for selection of reference
materials and the examination of reviewing media for new reference aids Organization of
reference service The study of a selected list of reference works. Fall, annually.

LS258 SELECTION OF LIBRARY MEDIA 3 s.h.

Familiarity with basic bibliographical tools, including current reviewing media and the
book trade. The establishment of policies and criteria for the selection of and evaluation of
book and non-book materials. Prerequisite to LS 356 and LS 358. Spring, annually

LS260: DEVELOPMENT AND ADMINISTRATION OF LIBRARIES 3 s h.

The development of the library as an institution. The concept of philosophy of
librarianship General principles of administration and their application to the organization
and management of different types of libraries Problems and practices with respect to a
library's function, staff, collections, and building Fall, odd numbered years

LS356: MEDIA FOR ADOLESCENTS 3sh

Survey of adolescent literature and other media. Study of the reading interests of high
school age students and characteristics of adolescent literature and methods of introducing
young adults to books. Techniques of preparing and delivering book talks and developing
young adult programs. Prerequisite: LS 258 or permission of the instructor Fall, annually.

LS357: ORGANIZATION OF MEDIA 3 s.h.

Organization of print and non-print materials for effective service. Principles and methods
of descriptive cataloging The structure and application of the Dewey Decimal Classification,
the Library of Congress Classification, and standard subject authority lists. The use of
printed cards and the utilization of other work simplication techniques. The study of filing
rules Maintenance of library catalogs — shelf lists, divided and dictionary card catalogs, and
the printed book catalog Fall, annually.

LS358: MEDIA FOR CHILDREN 3sh

Survey of children's literature and related materials A study of the principles of selection
and evaluation of books, periodicals, and other materials for children. Reading guidance,
with attention to materials for special groups Development of general and subject
bibliographies, preparation of annotations Techniques of story-telling and the selection of
materials for the story hour. Prerequisite: LS 258 or permission of the instructor Spring,
annually

287

LS 360: ADMINISTRATION OF SCHOOL MEDIA CENTERS 3 s.h

Study of the objectives and functions of the modern school library media center
Techniques and administrative procedures, budget preparation, personnel space, and
equipment Acquisition, preparation, and the circulation of all forms of media Maintenance
of the collection Standards for evaluation of school library media centers Relations with
other school libraries and the public library. The development of a functional school library
media program Spring, annually

LS 432 COLLOOUIUM no credit

A series of lectures, discussions, and film demonstrations presented by visiting lecturers
and members of the staff Required of all library science students. Each semester

LS 455 SPECIAL TOPICS IN LIBRARIANSHIP 3 s.h.

In-depth discussion, study, and research of a selected topic related to the role of the library
in responding to social issues, service to special groups, or problem areas, such as Media and
Minorities, OCLC On-Line Bibliographic Control and Media Programs for the Gifted. (Not
creditable toward library sciene certification ) On demand.

LS457 INDEPENDENT STUDY SEMINAR 1-3 Sh

Opportunity to explore in depth a facet of librananship according to need or interest, under
the direction of a faculty member of the college Special area to be approved by a faculty
committee Development of research techniques The preparation of a scholarly paper or
completion of a special project

LS 459 MEDIA, METHODS, AND THE CURRICULUM 3 s.h

Planning for the effective use of school library media services in cooperation with the
instructional staff Examination of school library media philosophies and educational
objectives Development of a library media program Examines the librarian's role in
designing curriculum, in developing teaching-learning strategies, and in working with
teachers, students and administrators. Prerequisites; LS 257, 258, either356or360, 490, and
COMM 405. Spring, annually.

LS 490 LIBRARY MATERIALS AND SERVICES FOR

EXCEPTIONAL STUDENTS 3 s.h.

An opportunity for library science students to explore the unique characteristics and
instructional needs of exceptional students who use the school library in order to develop
collections of materials and to design programs of services to accommodate those needs.
The role of bibliotherapeutic techniques is investigated to determine their validity tor the
exceptional student. Fall, annually.

288

MANAGEMENT

MGMT120 INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS 3sh

An introductory course which emphasizes the philosophical and historical background of
business Institutions, the functional relationship withm the business firms, and relates the
firm to the overall framework of society Freshmen only Recommended for business
students who have not selected a specific major. Required for the AS Degree at Venango
Campus Each semester

MGMT121 FUNDAMENTALS OF MANAGEMENT 3 s.h.

This course is an Introduction to management and organization. The emphasis Is placed on
managerial processes and functions and the Interface of the manager with supervisors,
subordinates, and the work environment Each semester only at Venango Campus.

MGMT227 APPLIED SUPERVISION 3 s h.

This course Is designed to prepare the student for a position as a first-time supervisor and
includes the essential elements of good management practices, and stresses application
rather than theoretical supervision concepts Prerequisite: Sophomore standing and MGMT
120. Spring, annually only at Venango Campus

MGMT PSY 228: HUMAN BEHAVIOR IN ORGANIZATIONS 3sh

A survey of the application of psychological theory, techniques, and research to
organizations The psychological principles of selection, training, attitudes, motivation, job
satisfaction, job evaluation, and performance are analyzed. No prerequisite. Offered only at
Venango Campus.

MGMT 320 MANAGMENT THEORY AND PRACTICE 3 s.h

This course focuses on the development of management thought and its application.
Topics covered Include planning, organizing, controlling, decision-making, motivation,
leadership, work groups, and organizational change and development Special areas to be
considered are the domestic and international environments and changing societal values
Prerequisite: Junior standing. Each semester.

MGMT 321 ORGANIZATION THEORY AND BEHAVIOR 3 s.h.

A theoretical development of the relationship between organizational effectiveness,
organizational design, and organizational resources. The perspective Is that of the
administrator and focuses on managerial variables. Prerequisite: MGMT320. Each semester.

MGMT 322 SELECTION AND MANAGEMENT OF BUSINESS

INFORMATION SYSTEMS 3 s h

This course shows how to develop business managment information systems, either on his
own or with the aid of system technicians It stimulates the systems techniques In organizing
and analysis which the student will use in practice Prerequisite: MGMT 320. Spring,
annually

289

MGMT 323: PROBLEMS IN SMALL BUSINESS 3 s.h.

The study of the problems of initiating and operating a small business^ Emphasis is on the
use of existing data and sources of information available to the small businessman as well as
formal knowledge of course work. Prerequisite: MGMT 320. Fall, annually.

MGMT 324 PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT 3 s.h.

A study of the activities involved in human resource management. Topic areas include the
following: job analysis, human resource planning, recruitment, selection, equal employment
opportunity, training and development, performance appraisal, compensation practices, and
safety and health. A system approach is stressed Prerequisite: MGMT 320 Each semester.

MGMT 420: OPERATIONS RESEARCH I 3 s.h.

Scientific methods which provide executive departments with a quanititative basis for
making decisions Emphasis is placed on deterministic methods such as the transportation
problem linear programming, dynamic programming and PERT. Prerequisite: ECON 221.
Fall, annually

MGMT 421: OPERATIONS RESEARCH II 3 s.h.

Scientific methods which provide executive departments with a quantitative basis for
making decisions Emphasis is placed on stochastic processes such as inventory control,
queuing theory and markov chains. These processes are examined in acomputersimulation
environment Prerequisite: ECON 222. Spring, annually.

MGMT 425 PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT 3 s.h.

Philosophy of F W Taylor and other management pioneers Nature of the production
cycle. Simplification and diversification of product lines, purchasing, materials, control,
routing, scheduling, dispatching, plant layout. Prerequisite: ECON 221, MGMT 320, and
senior standing Each semester

MGMT 426: INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS 3 S.h.

This is an introductory course designed to acquaint the student with the international
environment and the growing discipline of multinational business in this environment — i.e.,
multinational management of: strategic planning, organization, production, research and
development, marketing, finance, and human resources Prerequisite: MGMT 320 Each
semester.

MGMT 427 SMALL BUSINESS SEMINAR 3 S.h.

The course is designed for a "hands-on" approach to small business, manufacturing,
wholesaling, or retailing The student will have an opportunity to perform a managerial audit
of an existing small business, do the necessary work preliminary to the purchase of a small
business, or start a new small business. The course will enable the student to put into practice
the knowledge obtained in MGMT323, which isa prerequisite, and to explore further sources
of research data. Spring, annually.

290

MGMT445 MANAGEMENT SEMINAR 3 s.h.

Designed (or management majors as a follow-up course to MGMT 320 The course
presents the views of numerous management theorists and practitioners. It includes broad
ranging areas of study and an integration of these areas through discussion, individual
written and oral reports and some case analyses The student has the opportunity to analyze
and integrate theory and management process Prerequisite MGMT 320 and senior standing
Spring, annually

MGMT 482 COLLECTIVE BARGAINING 3 S.h.

A study of the negotiation and scope of collective bargaining contracts; the substance of
bargaining power and institutional goals are applied in the resolution of industrial conflict.
Prerequisite MGMT 324 Each semester

MGMT 483 WAGE AND SALARY ADMINISTRATION 3 s.h.

A study of the formation and administration of compensation systems as they relate to the
changing nature of employee rewards and expectations Emphasis will be given to )ob and
performance evaluation, fringe benefits, and rewards for special groups. Prerequisites:
Junior standing and MGMT 324 Spring, annually.

MGMT 485 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS AND PUBLIC POLICY 3 s.h.

An examination of the industrial relations f unctions as they relate to federal, state, and local
statutes and industrial policies Specific topics covered include OSHA, EEOA, NLRA, LMRA,
and LMRDA Prerequisite: MGMT 324 Fall, annually

MGMT 499 SPECIAL TOPICS IN MANAGEMENT 3 or 6 credits

Various current topics affecting management practice or theory will be presented.
Different topics may be covered from year to year as subjects of critical importance or interest
occur Prerequisite: Junior standing and MGMT 320

MARKETING

MKTG 360 PRINCIPLES OF MARKETING 3 s.h.

The topics included are the role of the consumer motivation; selling and buying functions;
physical distribution management; and government regulation and control in marketing The
purpose of the course is for the student to develop an understanding of the increasing
complexity of the modern marketing system, why it is essential, and how it performs in both
domestic and international marketing situations Prerequisites ECON 211, 212, and junior
standing Each semester

MKTG 361 MARKETING MANAGEMENT 3sh

A study of coordinative effort m planning, organizing, and controlling marketing activities
that direct the flow of goods and services from producer to consumer Prerequisite MKTG
360 Each semester

291

MKTG 362 RETAILING MANAGEMENT 3sh

Retailing management is designed to introduce students to the field of retailing where they
will study such areas as organizational structure, merchandising practices and procedures,
promotional activities, store planning, control, etc. Prerequisite MKTG 360. or instructor
approval Each semester

MKTG 363 ADVERTISING MANAGEMENT 3 s h.

The uses of advertising and advertising campaigns by business which give emphasis to the
patterns and types of marketing strategy and its various functions, legal and moral
obligations, problems in developing and evaluating advertising programs, budgeting,
scheduling, and client-advertising agency relationship Prerequisite: MKTG 360 Each
semester

MKTG 364 SALESMANSHIP 3 s h

Introduction to the principles of selling Concerned with influencing, persuading, or
leading other individuals to buy goods and/or services Useful for anyone considering a
career in sales or sales management Prerequisite Permission of the instructor Fall,
annually

MKTG 365 INDUSTRIAL MARKETING 3sh

An examination of the characteristics of the industrial market; principles and practices in
purchasing raw materials, supplies, and equipment, methods of selling: channels of
distribution: promotional activities, and sales organization and policies Prerequisite: MKTG
360 Each semester.

MKTG 366 PHYSICAL DISTRIBUTION MANAGEMENT 3 S.h.

Concerned with factors involved in the selection of marketing channels and problems
involved in managing the task efficiently Prerequisite: MKTG 360 Fall, annually

MKTG 460 SALES MANAGEMENT 3sh

Designed to cover all aspects concerned with the management of a sales force including
the selection and testing of salesmen, training, devising compensation plans and expense
accounts, territories, quotas, and evaluations Case studies and problem solving techniques
are utilized Prerequiste MKTG 360 Annually.

MKTG 461 MARKETING RESEARCH 3 S.h

The application of scientific and statistical methods and tools to the solution of marketing
problems are studied Prerequisites ECON 221. 222 and MKTG 360 Each semester

MKTG 465 MARKETING PROBLEMS 3 s h

A consideration by the case method of the problem facing the producer and middleman
Prerequisites MKTG 360 and senior standing Each semester

292

MKTG 468 CONSUMER BEHAVIOR 3 s.h.

The study of theories, models, recent research and research techniques in consumer
motivation and decision making Prerequisite MKTG 360 and PSY 21 1 or permission of the
instructor Each semester

MKTG 469 INTERNATIONAL MARKETING 3 S.h.

An analytical approach to study marketing management decisions involving multinational
operations The focus of the course will be on the management of the marketing functions
within the multinational corporation Prerequisite MKTG 360 On demand

MKTG 495 SPECIAL TOPICS IN MARKETING 3 S.h.

Various current topics which affect marketing practice or theory will be presented.
Different topics will be covered from year to year as subjects of critical importance arise.
Prerequisite MKTG 360 or permission of the instructor

MATHEMATICS

The usual entry level for students in the natural sciences and mathematics and for other
students with good math ability and background, regardless of their major, is MATH 270, but
science and math majors with Insufficient background may select MATH 115, 152, or 171.
Business students normally enteral MATH 131, Elementary Education majors at MATH 111.
MATH 112 is the ususal course for students with no mathematics requirements outside
general education, but MATH 221 is a good alternative and other electives are also available.
For more detail, students should contact their advisors or the chairman of the Mathematics
Department.

MATH 100 PRACTICAL MATHEMATICS 3 S.h.

An introduction to basic algebraic concepts, review of algebraic and mathematical
manipulation, emphasis on individual attention (No student who has satisfactorily
completed another mathematics course may subsequently receive credit toward graduation
for MATH 100 ) Each semester, each summer

MATH 111: BASIC MATHEMATICS FOR ELEMENTARY MAJORS 3 S.h.

Structure of the real number system Elementary set theory Open only to students in the
College of Education, others only with permission of the department Each semester

MATH 112: EXCURSIONS IN MATHEMATICS 3 S.h.

A course designed to acquaint the student with the nature and scope of modern
mathematics and its applications Emphasis is on concepts and understanding rather than
the acquisition of techniques The course is intended for majors in the arts, humanities, and
social sciences. Each semester.

293

MATH 115: COLLEGE ALGEBRA 3 s.h.

Polynomials, equations and inequalities, exponents and radicals, logarithms. Prerequisite:
2 years of high school algebra, or MATH 100. Students completing MATH 131 or 171 may not
select MATH 115. Each semester.

MATH 131: MATHEMATICS FOR BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS 3 s.h.

Mathematical techniques with special applications in business and related areas. Topics
include matrices, linear programming, math, of finance, probability, and statistics.
Prerequisite: two years of high school algebra. Each semester.

MATH 152: TRIGONOMETRY 3 s.h.

Properties of trigonometric functions and their inverses. Spring, annually.

MATH 171 PRECALCULUS 4 s.h.

Review of high school algebra, inequalities, analytic trigonometry, logarithms, elementary
theory of equations, complex numbers, and mathematical induction. Prerequisite: 2 years of
high school algebra. Students may not receive credit for both MATH 115 and 171. Each
semester.

MATH 21 1 : MODERN CONCEPTS OF MATHEMATICS FOR

ELEMENTARY TEACHERS 3 s.h.

Investigationof selected topics considered essential to the mathematical background of an
elementary education major. Included are introductions to mathematical reasoning and
problem solving techniques, probability and statistics, geometry, and computer
programming Annually.

MATH 212: INTUITIVE GEOMETRY 3 s.h.

An intuitive overview of geometry: axiomatic structure of geometry, basic constructions,
proofs. Not open to mathematics majors. Prerequisite: Any 100 level MATH course. On
demand.

MATH 213: INTUITIVE ANALYSIS 3 s.h.

An elementary introduction to the basic properties of the real number system and the
calculus, including functions, sequences, limits, continuity, integrals, and derivatives. Not
open to mathematics majors. Prerequisite: Any 100-level mathematics course. On demand.

MATH 214: FINITE MATHEMATICS 3 s.h.

An introduction to the basic properties of finite mathematics, including partitions of sets,
counting theorems, permutations, combinations, probability Suggested for students in
elementary education. On demand.

MATH 215: MATHEMATICAL CONCEPT LABORATORY --

AN ACTIVITY-ORIENTED APPROACH 3 s.h.

Development of certain concepts of mathematics usmg an activity-oriented approach.
Class is conducted in a laboratory atmosphere. Topics considered are the rational number
system, number theory, induction, measurement, geometric shapes. On demand

294

MATH 221 STATISTICS WITH APPLICATIONS 3 S.h.

Basic principles and methods of statistical analysis useful in the social sciences, biology,
and education Designed specifically for students not majoring in mathematics. (Not open to
mathematics majors.) Prerequisite: one year of high school algebra, or its equivalent Each
semester.

MATH 232: CALCULUS FOR BUSINESS I* 3 s.h.

Differential calculus with application to business and the social sciences. Topics include
limits, derivatives, maxima and minima, and introduction to integration related topics.
Prerequisite: MATH 131 , 171, or the equivalent. Each semester.

MATH 233: CALCULUS FOR BUSINESS II* 3 s.h.

Applications of integral calculus to business and the social sciences. Topics include rules
of integration, definite and indefinite integrals, series and partial derivatives. Prerequisite:
MATH 232 or the equivalent Each semester

'MATH 232-3 are designed for students outside the natural sciences. Students in Math and
Sciences and better prepared students in other disciplines are encouraged to select MATH
270-271 instead

MATH 240: DISCRETE MATHEMATICAL STRUCTURES 3 s h.

Mathematical expertise necessary to facilitate the efficient computer manipulation of data.
Topics include permutations and combinations, boolean logic, lattices, graphs, etc.
Prerequisite: MATH 171, CIS 151 or 163. Each semester.

MATH 255: SURVEYING 3 s h.

Use of the transit, angle, mirror, bypsometer, sextant, and other measuring instruments;
simple map-making exercises and elementary surveying; construction -- and use of student-
made instruments and teaching devices. Prerequisites: MATH 152 or 171 or equivalent.
Summers, and on demand.

MATH 270: CALCULUS WITH ANALYTIC GEOMETRY I 4 s.h.

Elementary analytic geometry, limits, continuity, differentiability Prerequisite MATH 171
or its equivalent. Each semester.

MATH 271: CALCULUS WITH ANALYTIC GEOMETRY II 4 s h.

Review of limits, definition of the Reimann integral and applications. Integration
techniques: topics in analytic geometry. Prerequisite: MATH 270. Each semester

MATH 272 CALCULUS WITH ANALYTIC GEOMETRY III 4 s.h.

Basic properties of limits, continuous and differentiable functions. Sequences, series, solid
analytic geometry, functions of several variables, multiple integrals Prerequisite: MATH 271.
Each semester

295

MATH 321 INTRODUCTORY MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS 3 S h^

The course is designed to provide an overview of the basic theory and application of
mathematical statistics Emphasis Is placed on understanding and applying basic statistical
theory. Prerequisite: MATH 271, Annually

MATH 350: ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 3sh

First order differential equations Linear differential equations of higher order: systems of
differential equations Series methods Prerequisite MATH 272 Annually

MATH 357 MODERN GEOMETRY 3sh

Axiomatic treatment of topics in geometry Prerequisite: MATH 272 Biannually

MATH 360, 460: NUMERICAL METHODS IN

MATHEMATICS I, II 3 s h.

Types of error, calculus of finite differences, numerical evaluation of integrals, algorithms
for the solution of algebraic equations, and systems of algebraic equations with applications
to selected math problems and computer programming of algorithms. Prerequisite: MATH
271 Each spring semester (360). alternate fall semesters (460),

MATH 369 BOOLEAN ALGEBRA 3 s h

An introduction to the theory of Boolean Algebra, with applications to the theory of sets,
logic, and electromechamsms Prerequisite: MATH 272 or permission of instructor

MATH 370: INTRODUCTION TO LINEAR ALGEBRA 3 s.h

Introduction to vector spaces, linear transformations, matrices, determinants, and related
topics Prerequisite MATH 271 Each semester

MATH 451. 452 MODERNALGEBRAI.il 3 s h each

An introduction to groups, rings, integral domains and fields. Prerequisite: MATH 272 Fall
and spring respectively

MATH 454: THEORY OF NUMBERS 3 s h

Factorization, congruence, quadratic reciprocity Number theoretic functions,
diophantme equations, continued fractions Prerequisite: MATH 272,

MATH 455: PROBABILITY 3 S h,

Basic concepts of elementary probability; probability in finite spaces: conditional
probability: independent trials: sophisticated counting: probability in relation to random
variables Prerequisite MATH 272

MATH 456 MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS 3 S.h,

Mathematical expectation: discrete and continuous random variables: probability
densities: sampling distributions: pointestimations: interval estimations: tests of hypotheses:
regression and correlation; analysis of variation: moment-generating functions
Prerequisites: MATH 272 and 455

296

MATH 459 INTRODUCTION TO COMPLEX VARIABLES 3sh

An introduction to complex numbers, analytic functions, poles, residues, and their
applications, including the fundamental theorem of algebra Prerequisite MATH 272

MATH 471. 472 INTRODUCTION TO REAL ANALYSIS 3 s.h

Limits, continuity, differentiability, integrability. and convergence for functions of a real
variable and several variables Prerequisite MATH 272.

MATH 473 ELEMENTARY TOPOLOGY 3sh

Topological spaces, metric spaces, compactness, connectedness Prerequisite MATH
272

MATH 480 TOPICS 3 s.h.

This course offers special topics reflecting the interests of the students The specific topic
to be covered each term will be announced in advance Prerequisite; MATH 272 and
permission of the instructor

MATH 490.

491.492: SEMINAR I, II. Ill 1 s h each

Seminar in mathematics An oral and written presentation is required.

MATH 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-3 sh.

Individual study under faculty supervision Prerequisite: 12 hours of MATH numbered 300
or above and written consent of the department chairman

MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY
PROFESSIONAL STUDY YEAR

MT401: CLINICAL MICROBIOLOGY 6-9 sh

Identification and clinical pathology of bacteria, fungi, viruses and parasites Techniques
to isolate, stain, culture, and determine antimicrobial susceptibility Instrumentation: quality
control

MT 402 CLINICAL CHEMISTRY 6-9 s h

Enzymology. endocrinology, biochemistry of lipids, carbohydrates and proteins,
metabolism of nitrogenous end products, physiology and metabolism of fluids and
electrotypes, and toxicology as related to the body and diseases The technical procedures
include calonmetry. spectrophotometry, electrophoresis, chromatography, automation and
quality control

297

MT 403 CLINICAL HEMATOLOGY'COAGULATION 3-6 s.h.

The composition and functions of blood: diseases related to blood disorders; the role of
platelets and coagulation. Manual and automated techniques of diagnostic tests for

abnormalities.

tVIT 404 CLINICAL IMMUNOHEMATOLOGY 4-6 s.h.

Blood antigens, antibodies, crossmatching, hemolytic diseases, and related diagnostic
tests An indepth study of blood donor service and its many facets such as transfusions,
medico-legal aspects, etc.

MT 405 CLINICAL IMMUNOLOGY/SEROLOGY 2-4 s.h.

Immune response, immunoglobulins, autoimmunity and complement, and related tests
and diseases Survey and demonstration of serological diagnostic tests.

MT406: CLINICAL SEMINAR 0-4 s.h.

Other courses which are not included in the above (such as orientation, laboratory
management, education, clinical microscopy) and, or are unique to the individual hospital
program.

MILITARY SCIENCE

MS 101: WORLD MILITARY HISTORY THE GREAT CAPTAINS 2 s.h.

A study of the relationship and impact of warfare and military forces on the social,
economic, and technological development of the world as well as a study of strategy, tactics
and personalities involved in major conflicts. Also, see leadership laboratory Each semester

MS 102: AMERICAN MILITARY HISTORY 2 s.h.

A study of the evolution of American military institutions and policies from colonial troops
to present Emphasis is on the relationship between the military and other aspects of
American society and the role of the military in the establishment, expansion, preservation,
and development of the nation. Also, see leadership laboratory. Spring, annually.

MS 203: FUNDAMENTALS OF TOPOGRAPHIC MAP

INTERPRETATION 2 s.h

The systematic study of topographic maps, their interpretation and use Emphasis isgiven
to understanding the grid and coordinate system, map scale, graphic representations, and
terrain analysis Fall, annually.

MS 204: NATIONAL SECURITY AND CONCEPT OF FORCE 2 s.h.

Study of national security concepts . policies and the national decision-making process
with emphasis on current policies and events Spring, annually

298

MS 305 FUNDAMENTALS OF ORGANIZATION LEADERSHIP

AND MODERN LEARNING/TEACHING RELATIONSHIP 3 s h

Study In practical application of principles of Leadership/Management as applied in
classroom and field to include case studies in psycfiological, physiological, and sociological
factors whicfi affect human behavior: individual and group solution of leadership problems
common to organizations and small military units. Also, see leadership laboratory. Fall.

annually.

MS 306 STUDY OF ADVANCED LEADERSHIP AND THE

PLANNING AND EXECUTION OF MODERN
TACTICAL OPERATIONS 3 s h

Analysis of leader's role in directing and coordinating efforts of individuals and small units
in execution of offensive and defensive tactical missions, to include command and control
systems, the military team, and communications techniques Also, see leadership laboratory
Spring, annually

MS 407: MANAGEMENT OF THE MILITARY COMPLEX TO

INCLUDE FUNDAMENTALS OF MILITARY AND
INTERNATIONAL LAW 3 s.h

Study of the various managerial elements needed to effectively control a military
organization and the techniques used to accomplish these functions Studies in military law
and international law prepare the students for their legal responsibilities. Includes obligation
and responsibilities of an officer Fall, annually.

MS 408: SEMINAR IN ANALYSIS AND MANAGEMENT 3 s.h.

Selected management problems and situations will be presented as they relate to
organizations and the military. Spring, annually

MS 001: LEADERSHIP LABORATORY

A practical experience designed for the attainment and application of leadership
principles. Concurrently scheduled in conjunction with MS 101 and 102, it provides for
practical challenges in personal accomplishments, both physical and mental, and for
development of team work and leadership. Includes mountaineering, marksmanship, water
survival and orienteering.

MS 003 LEADERSHIP LABORATORY

A practical experience designed for the attainment and application of leadership
principles. Concurrently scheduled in conjunction with MS 305 and 306 It provides for
practical challenges m personal accomplishment, both physical and mental, and for the
develoment of team work and leadership.

299

MUSIC

MUS 111 INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC 3sh

An introductory course designed to provide a basic orientation to the enjoyment and
understanding of music Use is made of recordings, concerts, and other media. No
prerequisite courses or special abilities required Each semester.

MUS 112 INTRO TO AFRO-AMERICAN MUSIC 3sh

An introductory course designed to provide a basic orientation to the enjoyment and
understanding of Afro-American music Use is made of recordings, fimstrips. and films The
course is non-performance No prerequistes Each semester.

MUS 131 FUNDAMENTALS OF MUSIC 3sh

The basic vocabulary of music fundamentals notation, scale structures, key signatures,
triads and seventh chords, rhythm and meter, harmony and its functions, intervals, sight-
singing and ear training, dynamics, transposition, practical application by use of a keyboard
instrument introductory study of two-and-three part forms, etc No prerequisite. Each
semester

MUS 133 MUSIC FUNDAMENTALS FOR ELEMENTARY TEACHERS 2sh

A study of specific fundamental concepts of music both written and aural, technical and
aesthetic, as preparation for the implementation of music activities to be conducted by the
elementary classroom teachers The degree and complexity of musical concentration
presented is determined and guided by the practical application of knowledgeassimilated as
It directly relates to its use in the general classroom No prerequisite Elementary Education
majors only Each semester

MUS 134 BASIC MUSIC METHODS FOR ELEMENTARY TEACHERS 2sh

A study of basic approaches for development and methods and materials applicable to
teaching music in the elementary grades Emphasis is placed upon increasing keyboard and
vocal skills, relevant theoretical background, and upon musical activities to beconducted by
the classroom teacher Prerequis.ife MUS 131 or 133 Each semester.

MUS 135 THEORY OF MUSIC I 4 s.h.

Review of basic properties and notation of tone. Tonality, chord structure and texture.
Functions of primary and secondary triads Chord progressions Melodic and harmonic
cadences. Harmonization and voice leading. First and second inversion chords. Formal
characteristics of melody Embellishing tones Introduction to harmonic, melodic and
rhythmic ear training, dictation, and sight-singing For music majors or by permission. Fall,
annually

MUS 136 THEORY OF MUSIC II 4 s h

Continuation of Theory of Music I Further aspects of harmony; diatonic seventh chords,
secondary dominants, mutated chords, harmonic sequence Further discussion of melodic
and harmonic cadences Modulation and mutation. Introduction to binary and ternary forms.
Further development of ear training, dictation, and sight-singing. For music majors or by
permission. Prerequisite: MUS 135 Spring, annually

300

MUS 151: HISTORY OF LITERATURE OF MUSIC I

ANTIQUITY TO 1600 3 s.h.

Music before the Middle Ages Greece, Rome, Byzantium, Medieval music Gregorian
Chant, secular forms Early polyphony: music of the 13th century Ars Nova in France and
Italy English and Burgundian schools Burgundian Chanson, Motet, Mass Renaissance
music social conditions: Netherlands Chanson Motet, Mass: Venetian, French, German.
Spanish, and English music of the Renaissance. The Late Renaissance Lutheran, Chorale,
Psalter. Anglican Church music: Palestrina, Victoria, Di Lasso, Byrd English keyboard
music: Gabrieli and instrumental music For music majors or by permission Fall, annually.

MUS 152 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC II

BAROQUE AND CLASSICAL 1600-1800 3 s.h.

Comparison of Renaissance and Baroque music: Early Baroque in Italy: Early and Middle
Baroque in Northern countries: Middle Baroque in Italy. French music under absolutism;
English music during Commonwealth and Restoration: Late Baroque in Italy and France:
fusion and co-ordination of national styles: social conditions: Rococo; the Viennese Classic
period; style and form of Viennese classic music: Haydn. Mozart For Music majors, or by
permission. Prerequisite: MUS 151 Spring, annually

MUSICAL ORGANIZATIONS: MUS 150-195 may be taken for one credit or for no credit.
Credits thus earned may not be counted among the Humanities in General Education but
may be counted under Personal Development and Life Skills and under Free Electives. with
no more than eight of these credits counted for graduation. Open to all students with
permission of instructor

MUS 150 LYRIC THEATER WORKSHOP 0-1 s.h.

MUS 153 CONCERT CHOIR 0-1 s h.

MUS 154: MADRIGAL SINGERS 0-1 sh.

MUS 155: SYMPHONY ORCHESTRA 0-1 s.h.

MUS 156 SYMPHONIC BAND 0-1 s.h.

MUS 157 MARCHING BAND 0-1 s.h.

MUS 159: LABORATORY JAZZ BAND 0-1 s h.

MUS 190: BRASS CHOIR 0-1 s h.

MUS 191 BRASS ENSEMBLE 0-1 s h.

MUS 192: PERCUSSION ENSEMBLE 0-1 s h

MUS 193 STRING ENSEMBLE 0-1 s h.

MUS 195: WOODWIND ENSEMBLE 0-1 s.h.

301

MUS 160; PIANO CLASS I 1 s.h.

Designed to service two categories of students: the non-piano music education major and
the non-music major The purpose for both is the same; teaching piano to beginners in such a
manner that they attam an acceptable degree of elementary technical proficiency at the
keyboard, a basic knowledge of fundamental scales and chords and a burgeoning
comprehension of the existence and desirability of musicianship Stress is placed on the
development of basic keyboard skills and upon a musical performance of all levels of
performance. The class is limited to 12 students, therefore the possibility exists that a non-
music major may be required to reschedule the class so that freshman/sophomore music
majors can elect the class to meet curriculum requirements. Prerequisite; f^US 131 or
equivalent background Each semester.

MUS 161; PIANO CLASS II 1 s.h.

This course is designed to help the student to develop the ability to perform the skills begun
in Piano Class I, at a more advanced level. Prerquisite; IVIUS 160. Piano Class I, or permission
of instructor. Each semester.

MUS 162; VOICE CLASS I 1 S.h.

Designed to give the student an approach to vocal methods in order to eliminate problems.
The purpose is to teach each student to treat his voice as an instrument. Class instruction is
offered in voice for the non-voice major. Emphasis is placed on the development of the voice
instrument and an attitude of artistic maturity on the part of the students and upon artistic
perfomance at all levels of proficiency. Prerequisite; MUS 131 or equivalent background.
Each semester.

MUS 163: VOICE CLASS II 1 S.h..

A continuation of Voice Class I. It is designed to provide more advanced techniques for
producing a free, artistic sound. A survey of various vocal styles from traditional repertoire is
provided. Prerequisite: Voice Class I or permission of instructor. Each semester.

APPLIED MUSIC

Individual instruction in strings, woodwinds, brass, percussion, piano, voice, and organ.
Stress is placed on the development of an attitude of artistic maturity on the part of the
student and upon artistic performance at all levels of proficiency. Admission by audition and
permission of instructor and department chairman Admission of non-majors is dependent
upon availability of the staff. Prerequisite: MUS 131 or equivalent background. Course
numbers are listed below

MUS 164 VIOLIN, VIOLA 1 s.h.

MUS 165 CELLO, STRING BASS 1 s.h.

MUS 166: FLUTE, OBOE, SAXOPHONE 1 s.h.

MUS 167: CLARINET. BASSOON 1 S.h.

MUS 168 TRUMPET, FRENCH HORN 1 s.h.

302

MUS 169: TROMBONE, BARITONE HORN, TUBA 1 S.h.

MUS 170; PERCUSSION 1 s h

MUS 171: PIANO 1 s.h.

MUS 172: VOICE 1 s.h.

MUS 173: ORGAN 1 s.h.

Offered each semester
Advanced applied instruction is for Performance majors only

MUS 264: VIOLIN, VIOLA 4 s.h.

MUS 265: CELLO. STRING BASS 4 s.h

MUS 266: FLUTE, OBOE, SAXOPHONE 4 s.h

MUS 267: CLARINET, BASSOON 4 s h

MUS 268: TRUMPET, FRENCH HORN 4 s.h.

MUS 269: TROMBONE, BARITONE HORN, TUBA 4 s.h.

MUS 270: PERCUSSION 4 s.h.

MUS 271: PIANO 4 s.h.

MUS 272: VOICE 4 s.h.

MUS 273: ORGAN 4 s.h.

Offered each semester.

MUS 232: KEYBOARD SKILLS FOR ELEMENTARY TEACHERS 3 s.h.

Various styles of accompaniment: also sight reading of classroom and community songs.
Emphasis upon the development of technical skills, reading facility, and memorization.
Prerequisite: MUS 131 or equivalent background. On demand

MUS 233: SONG LITERATURE FOR ELEMENTARY TEACHERS 3 S.h.

A further study of the materials used in music education in the elementary school,
including a review of the song material available in various music series textbooks and vocal
command of this material Emphasis is on the criteria for choosing song material to illustrate
various musical concepts, along with guidelines for music curriculum development.
Prerequistes: MUS 131, 133, and 134 or permission of instructor. On demand.

303

MUS235: THEORY OF MUSIC III 4sh

Continuation of Theory II Further aspects of harmony: ninth, eleventh, thirteenth,
embellishing diminished, Neapolitan, and augmented sixth chords Aspects of tonal
structure and form. Thematic development in two-voice counterpoint. The rondo and sonata-
allegro forms Advanced ear training, dictation, and sight-singmg For music majors or by
permission. Prerequisite MUS 136 Fall, annually

MUS 236: THEORY OF MUSIC IV 4 s,h.

Continuation of Theory III, Investigation of enriched tonal resources through
chromaticism, modality, and modulation Melodic, harmonic, formal, and contrapuntal
processes and analytical techniques in twentieth century music. Discussion of the fugue and
the variation forms Advanced ear training, dictation, and sight-singing. For music majors or
by permission Prerequisite MUS 235. Spring, annually

MUS 249: HISTORY OF AFRO-AMERICAN MUSIC 3 s,h,

A study of Afro-American music in the United States from its point of origin in African
cultures through the development of slave music, blues, ragtime, and jazz. An in-depth and
analytical study of the styles and techniques employed in various idioms of Afro-American
music with regard to vocal and instrumental usage of melody, harmony, and rhythm.
Prerequisite: 1 semester of music theory (MUS 131, or MUS 135) or some equivalent
background, or permission of the instructor. On demand

MUS 251 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC ill —

BEETHOVEN, AND THE ROMANTIC PERIOD:
1800-1890 3sh

Beethoven: life and character: Beethoven's music Romanticism historical persepctive:
social conditions: painting and literature. Vocal music: instrumental music: opera and music
drama. The national schools: Russia, Bohemia, Scandinavia, France. England, Spam,
American music Prerequisite MUS 151 and 152, or by permission Fall, annually,

MUS 252 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC IV.

CONTEMPORARY MUSIC: 1890 TO THE PRESENT 3 s h

The late romantics: impressionism: Stravinsky: Bartok: Hindemith: neoclassicists:
nationalists. Soviet realism: neoromantics: 12-tone composers: expressionism serial: music.
Schoenberg. Berg. Webern. etc : experimentalists, electronic music. Stockhausen, Boulez.
etc. Amencan music from the late 19th century to the present Prerequisite MUS 151. 152.
and 251, or by permission. Spring, annually.

MUS 253 HISTORY OF JAZZ 2 s.h.

Emphasis is placed on the nature and process of jazz and particularly its historical
background and development in the United States This study presents logical musical
derivatives and developments and demonstrates the important elements that comprise
individal jazz styles as they have evolved to the present time Alternate years

304

MUS 260 VOCAL PEDAGOGY 1 s h

Systematic study of the physical nature and function of the vocal instrument and breathing
process and how they relate to the fundamental principles of teaching vocal technique
Application of this knowledge to the principles of vocal production and technique through
lectures, demonstration and discussion, as well as group participation m instructing each
other Prerequisite Minimum of 4 semesters of Voice or Voice Class I and II. or permission of
instructor Spring, biennially

MUS 274 INTRODUCTION TO THE BUSINESS OF MUSIC 3sh

An introduction to the multi-faceted music industry of today Topics studied include music
retailing, instrument sales, the music agent, artist management, contracts, concert
promotion, licensing, publishing, copyright, songwriting, unions and guilds, music in
production, advertising and promotion, music in broadcasting and film, career planning and
development Does not count toward Humanities requirement Prerequisite Sophomore
standing Alternate years

INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUES

This sequence of courses is designed to acquaint the music major with a basic knowledge
of the instruments commonly used in bands and orchestras Sufficient technique must be
developed by each student to enable him to introduce these instruments successfully to
beginners in elementary to secondary school instrumental programs Includes proper
methodsof tone production, fingerings, bowing techniques, embouchure and breath control,
selection and purchase of instruments for school use. care and maintenance of instruments,
selection, care and adjustment of reeds or strings, storage of instruments, methods used in
instruction of the instrument, and historical aspects of each family of instruments Formusic
majors or by permission

MUS 280 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUES I VIOLIN. VIOLA 1 s.h.

MUS 281: INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUES II: CELLO. STRING BASS 1 s.h.

MUS 282: INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUES III FLUTE.

OBOE, SAXOPHONE 1 s.h.

MUS 283: INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUES IV CLARINET

BASSOON 1 s.h.

MUS 284 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUES V: TRUMPET,

FRENCH HORN 1 s.h.

MUS 285 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUES VI: TROMBONE.

BARITONE HORN, TUBA 1 s.h.

MUS 286: INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUES VII PERCUSSION 1 s.h

Each semester

305

MUS 300: RECITALS 0 s.h.

Section 01 - This course is the music department's student recital series, which satisfies the
department requirement. All music students must elect this course for seven to eight
semesters as an extension of their curricular and performance activities. The music majors
experience and/or perform music literature of all periods appropriate to their instrument or
voice.

Section 02 - Junior Recital -Music majors elect this sect ion if they are preparing for a recital
in their junior year of study This section Is elected concurrently with Section 01.

Section 03 - Senior Recital - Music majors elect th is section if they are preparing for a recital
in their senior year All B.M. in Performance majors must elect Section 03 to fulfill the
requirement of a senior degree recital. This section is elected concurrently with Section 01 .

MUS 333: ELEMENTARY MUSIC METHODS 3 s.h.

The role of music in elementary school: the roles of classroom teachers, the music
specialists, and the consultant. Plans, attitudes, and problems in teaching vocal and
instrumental music: curriculum development. Evaluation of musical experience and growth
in primary, intermediate, and upper elementary grades. Music reading as an integral part of
the total music program Musical growth and experience in singing, part-singing, listening,
instrumental and rhythmic activities. Emphasis on development of ability to use the voice
effectively in teaching, and on the thorough familiarity with music series texts, use of
keyboard, rhythmic instruments, recordings and new developments in teaching aids.
Introduction to the Orff and Kodaly methods. Supervised teaching experience. For music
majors only. Prerequisites: MUS 135, 136 Fall, annually.

MUS 334: JUNIOR HIGH AND SECONDARY MUSIC METHODS 3 s.h.

A critical study of the entire intermediate and secondary school music program: academic,
vocal, and instrumental. Curriculum planning, motivation, evaluation, selection of materials
and texts, audio and visual aids, and effective teaching met hods for the general music course
and for elective courses in theory, history, and appreciation of music. Particular attention is
given to the organization and development of both large and small vocal and instrumental
groups: recruitment: selection of repertoire: performance levels: music rehearsal rooms and
facilities: public performance and public relations. For music majors only Prerequisites:
MUS 135, 136 Spring, annually.

MUS 349: ART SONG LITERATURE I 2 s.h.

Representative song repertoire of the German lied and the English language art song will
be studied from historical and performance perspectives, Thesongsof Schubert, Schumann,
Brahms, Wolf, Strauss, Britten and Rorem will be stressed. Prerequisite: MUS 251, 252 or
permission of the instructor. On demand.

MUS 350 ART SONG LITERATURE II 2 s h.

Representative song repertoire of French, Italian, Slavic and Russian composers will be
studied from historical and performance perspectives The songs of Faure, Debussy, Ravel.
Poulenc and Moussorgsky will be stressed. Prerequisite: MUS 251 , 252 or permission of the
instructor On demand.

306

MUS351 KEYBOARD LITERATURE 3sh

A comprehensive survey of keyboard music from the Renaissance to the present
Representative works from each period as selected for careful study and analysis with
emphasis on performance practices as well as formal and stylistic elements in the music
Includes the development of various keyboard instruments Prerequisites MUS 251 252 or
permission of instructor Offered when faculty is available

IVIUS 352 SYIVIPHONIC LITERATURE 3sh

An intensive study of orchestral music from the Baroque period to the present using
scores, live performances and recordings with particular reference to performance practices
and stylistic analysis Prerequisites MUS 251 . 252 or permission of instructor Offered when
faculty IS available

MUS 353 CHAMBER MUSIC LITERATURE 3sh

An intensive study of music written for small ensembles from the Renaissance period to the
present Representative works from each period will be selected forcareful investigation and
analysis Performance by members of the class or by faculty groups whenever possible.
Prerequisites MUS 251. 252. or permission of instructor Offered when faculty is available.

MUS 355 OPERATIC LITERATURE 3sh

A comprehensive study of the entire field of operatic music from 1600 to the present,
including 17th century Baroque opera: 18th century operatic reforms (Gluck and Mozart):
opera in the 19th century (Verdi. Wagner. Strauss, and Puccini): 20th century trends m opera
(Stravinsky. Berg. Britten. Menotti. etc ) Prerequisites MUS 251. 252. or permission of
instructor Offered when faculty is available.

MUS 356 CHORAL LITERATURE 3 s.h.

A comprehensive survey of choral music from the fifteenth century to the present with
emphasis on masses, motets, and madrigals of the Renaissance period, oratorios, cantatas,
and passions of the Baroque period, major choral works of Haydn. Mozart. Beethoven.
Berlioz. Mendelssohn. Verdi, and Brahms: choral works of the twentieth century
Prerequisites MUS 251. 252. or permission of the instructor Offered when faculty is
available

MUS 357 BAND LITERATURE 3sh

A comprehensive survey of the available published and recorded literature for marching,
military, and concert bands, symphonic and wind ensembles, and woodwind and brass
chamber ensembles including transcriptions and arrangements: ma|or publishers m the field:
evaluation of various editions: and also a study of the pr.ncipal trends of instrumental
pedagogy, repertoire and performance Prerequisites: MUS 131 134 Offered when faculty is
available.

307

MUS 361 PIANO TEACHING METHODS & MATERIALS 3 S.h

A comprehensive survey of modern piano teaching methods and available published
teaching materials Emphasis will be placed on the teaching of notation and the development
of reading skills: the teaching of keyboard techniques through an understanding of the
player's physical mechanism and the coordination of timing and touch: problems of
fingering, pedaling, and memorization. Evaluation of materials for beginning students, easier
teaching pieces by the great composers: anthologies appropriate music forthe intermediate
student, leading to a more advanced technique and musicianship and to acquaintance with a
wide range of composers and musical styles Prerequisites' MUS 151, 152: or MUS 131 and
permission of the instructor Offered when faculty is available.

MUS 362: INSTRUMENTAL METHODS 2sh.

Principles and procedures of organizing and conducting instrumental classes, bands, and
orchestras m the public schools Examination and use of texts, methods, and other materia Is
For music majors or by permission Spring, annually

MUS 363: VOCAL METHODS 2sh

Principles and procedures of organizing and conducting vocal classes and choral
ensembles in the public schools. Vocal techniques, tone production, proper vowel
placement, proper focus on tone, diction, diaphragmatic breathing, and investigation of
choral literature For music majors or by permission Fall, annually

MUS 364: COMPOSITION 3sh

A study of the nature of the musical idea and of the various possibilities of its subsequent
development, including canonic or fugal treatment, motivic devlopment, and variational
procedures A review of traditional structural plans and of contemporary formal and stylistic
trends Creative assignments emphasize the understanding of past and present
compositional styles and techniques and the gradual development of a personal language
Prerequisites MUS 135. 136. or permission of instructor. Offered when faculty is available

MUS 365 CONDUCTING I 2sh

Designed to develop skilled baton techniques and clarity of gesture, effective rehearsal
techniques, understanding of performance problems involving tonal balance, tempo,
complex rhythmic situations, especially as related to intermediate and secondary school
instrumental groups Traditional and modern beat patterns: expressive gestures: cues and
development of left hand: fermata: etc Study of scores: problems of interpretation and
rehearsal: performance preparation For music majors or by permission Fall, annually

MUS 366 CONDUCTING II 2sh

Continuation of Conducting I with emphasis on mastery of technique: special emphasis on
problems of vocal groups in junior and senior high school Spring, annually

MUS 367 ORCHESTRATION 2 s h

Basic principles of clear instrumental organization and tonal interest, related to the size of
the instrumental group Ranges and registers of the instruments: transposition: bowing and
phrasing: phrasing for woodwind instruments: possiDilities and limitations Texture, timbre,
dynamics, principles of tonal interest: contract of timbre: instrumental motion: blend

308

Structural values: design, overlapping of choirs. Prerequisites: Theory of f^usic I
and II, Instrumental Techniques (minimum of one credit in each family of
instruments ) Each semester

MUS 368 BAND ARRANGING 3 s.h

A study of instrumentation and scoring problems in marching, military, and concert bands,
symphonic wind ensembles, and woodwind and brass chamber ensembles Emphasis on
score layout and notation, copying and multiple reproduction of parts, copyright
implications, and knowledge of effective combination of instrumental sounds Prerequisites
MUS 131 (or equivalent background) and consent of instructor. Offered when taculty is
available.

tVlUS 369 MARCHING BAND TECHNIQUES AND MATERIALS 2sh

A detailed study of the marching band including organization, music materials, care of
instruments and uniforms, marching essentials, administration, and contemporary
techniques Prerequisi.es MUS 135. 136 or permission of the instructor On demand

MUS 411 SPECIAL TOPICS IN MUSIC 3 s.h.

Topics of special interest in the field of music will be offered Subject areas such as Orff —
Music for Children. Kodaly method: Mozart, the Man and his Music will be studied. Topics will
be announced in advance Offered occasionally

MUS 431-531 MUSIC IN EARLY CHILDHOOD 3 s.h.

The study of music activities for the early childhood years (ages 2-8) and methods for
implementing these activities Topics include a study of the development of the child voice:
singing activities and criteria for song selection: music concept development through
listening discrimination, expressive movement and creative instrumental activities:
introductory music reading activities: an overview of current trends in music education
Prerequisites: MUS 131 or 133 and 134 or permission of instructor. Offered when faculty is
available

MUS 451 ADVANCED CONDUCTING 3 s.h

A study of selected works by band, choral, and orchestral literature with particular
reference of performance problems involving tonal balance, tempi, complex rhythmic and
polymetric situations, vocal intonations, and diction Conducting experience with band,
choir andor madigal singers, and orchestra in rehearsal Emphasis on a thorough
understanding of the musical score and on effective rehearsal techniques Prerequisites
MUS 356, 366, or permission of instructor Offered when faculty is available

MUS 452 WESTERN MUSIC AND ITS RELATIONSHIP TO FINE ARTS 3 s.h

This course will consist of a comparative study of Was tern music in its stylistic relationship
to the Fine Arts from the middle ages through the twentieth century In addition it aims to
show how the various arts responded to each other in the pattern of cultural history No
prerequisite courses are required, but a rudimentary background in music or art isdesirable.
Offered when faculty is available

309

MUS 453: MELODIC IMPROVISATION 3 s.h.

The course Is designed to provide the advanced music student with fundamental concepts
of improvisational techniques which may be applied to the development of skills for the
invention and performance of improvised melodies. Prerequisites: MUS 135, 136. 235, 236, or
equivalent theoretical background. Offered when faculty is available, alternate years.

MUS 455: JAZZ COMPOSITION AND ARRANGING 2 s.h.

A study of the basic techniques and methods of jazz composition and arranging. In addition
to writing musical arrangements and original compositions for various jazz and popular
idioms, participants are afforded the opportunity to conduct and perform their own works.
Prerequisite: MUS 367 or by permission of the instructor. Alternate years.

ADVANCED INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUES
AND PEDAGOGY

The sequence of courses listed below constitutes further study of the symphonic
instruments Specialized techniques which are employed by each instrumental family will be
presented and mastered (strings, woodwinds, brasses, percussion ) Sufficient techniques
will be developed by the student to enable him to introduce and teach these instruments
successfully at the elementary or secondary level The course wil include methods, materials,
manufacturers, suppliers, repair procedures, and procedures for private, homogeneous and
heterogeneous group instruction; studio teaching and management: musicianship and
creativity as part of the lesson: planning for various grade levels: history of teaching and study
of leading methods.

MUS 461: ADVANCED STRING TECHNIQUES AND PEDAGOGY 2 s.h.

Prerequisites: MUS 281 or 282, or permission of instructor.
MUS 462: ADVANCED WOODWIND TECHNIQUES AND PEDAGOGY 2 s.h.

Prerequisites: MUS 282 or 283, or permission of instructor.
MUS 463: ADVANCED BRASS TECHNIQUES AND PEDAGOGY 2 s.h.

Prerequisites: MUS 284 or 285, or permission of instructor.
MUS 464 ADVANCED PERCUSSION TECHNIQUES AND PEDAGOGY 2 s.h.

Prerequisites MUS 286 or permission of the instructor.

MUS 490: INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-3 s.h.

Opportunity to explore, in depth, an area of musicof particular interest under the guidance
of a faculty member. A scholarly paper or special pro)ect(s) will be required for credit and
grade Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor and department chairman

310

NURSING

ASSOCIATE DEGREE

NURS101 INTRODUCTION TO NURSING PROCESS: 8sh

FUNDAMENTALS OF NURSING

This course introduces the student to Nursing. Man and Health, which are fundamental
concepts to the Nursing Process Ennphasis is placed on man's basic needs according to his
established priorities and the related interventions. Clinical experience is provided for the
student to develop beginning competencies in those technical skills necessary to carry out
the prescribed nursing care plan and medical regimen. Four lecture and twelve laboratory or
clinical experience hours weekly. Fall, annually.

NURS 102: NURSING PROCESS I: PARENTAL AND

CHILD HEALTH 4sh

This course introduces the student to the family unit during the normal maternal cycleand
development of the infant through the first year. Opportunities a re provided for the student to
work with families during the antepartal, intrapartal and postpartal health experience
Alterations in the normal health situation are also presented with a focus on adapting nursing
care to meet the individual needs of the client and family Two lectures and six clinical
experience hours weekly. Prerequisites: BIOL 258, PSY 21 1, minimum grade of C in NURS
101. Spring, annually.

NURS 103: NURSING PROCESS II 4 s.h

This course is an introduction to the nursing process as the basis for the practice of
nursing. Opportunities are provided for the student to develop expertise in the following
components of the nursing process: assessment, planning, implementation and evaluation.
Each aspect of the nursing process is applied" to the care of the client and family during
activities of daily living. Two lecture and six clinical experience hours weekly. Prerequisites:
BIOL 258, PSY 211, minimum grade of C in NURS 101. Spring, annually.

NURS 201 NURSING PROCESS III 8 s.h.

This course provides the student with an indepth knowledge of the nursing process The
nursing diagnosis is the basis for assisting the client and his family in establishing priorities
for client needs relating to communication, oxygen exchange, oxygen transport, comfort,
protective safety and nutrition: and mobilizing resources of the client and family m the
decision-making process Opportunities are provided for the student to develop
competencies in technical and communication skills necessary to carry out the prescnbed
nursing care plan and medical regimen Four lectures and twelve clinical experience hours
weekly Prerequitistes: BIOL 258 and 259: PSY 211 and 260: minimum grade of C in NURS
101. 102, 103. Fall, annually

311

NURS 202 NURSING PROCESS IV 8 s.h.

Nursing Process IV is a logical extension of Nursing Process III and continues to increase
the student's knowledge and understanding of the nursing process. The nursing diagnosis is
basis for assisting the client and family in establishing health goals related to elimination,
mobility structure, mobility function, regulatory safety and life crises. This course provides
additional opportunities for the student to develop expertise in specific technical and
communication skills while working as a member of the health team in acute care settings.
Four lecture and twelve clinical experience hours weekly. Prerequisites BIOL 258. and 259;
PSY 211 and 260; minimum grade of C in NURS 101. 102, 103. and 201 Spring, annually,

NURS 203; NURSING SEMINAR 2 s,h.

This course is designed to introduce the student to the relevant aspects of change in the
nursing profession, ranging from historical development to current issues and trends
Opportunties are provided for the student to participate in indepth studies of selected topics
of interest Special emphasis is placed on preparing the individual for the transition from the
role of student to that of graduate nurse Prerequisites; minimum grade of C in NURS 101.
102, 103, and 201 Spring, annually

BACHELOR DEGREE

NURS 340 MAN-HEALTH-NURSING 3 s.h.

This course introduces the student to General Systems Theory and how it relates to man,
health, and nursing Man is discussed in relation to his physical, social, and moral
development The health-illness continuum is the basis for study of man's level of well-being
with additional focus on the health belief model and the health care delivery system Nursing
as a profession is discussed with emphasis on the historical perspectives, socioeconomic
influences, and cultural differences which affect nursing practice Nursing is viewed as a
practice discipline based on the theoretical foundation Nursing theory and nursing inquiry
are emphasized as the basis for the practice of professional nursing This course may be
taken concurrently with Advanced Nursing Process, but it is required as a prerequisite to all
clinical nursing courses Fall and or Spring, annually

NURS 357 LEADERSHIP SKILLS IN NURSING 3 S.h,

This course provides a theoretical foundation for the practice of independent and
interdependent nursing. The principles of leadership and managment are introduced to the
registered nurse and their application to professional nursing is emphasized The major
focus is on the concepts of change, group process, management, organization, and
evaluation. This course may betaken before or concurrently with Advanced Nursing Process;
Chronic Care, but it is required as a prerequisite to NURS 463 and 464 Spring or Summer
annually

NURS 361; ADVANCED NURSING PROCESS 6 S.h,

This course includes a detailed survey of the nursing process emphasizing the role of
nursing diagnosis in professional nursing practice Each aspect of the nursing process is
related to the specific needs of the client requiring nursing intervention throughout his her
life processes Opportunities are provided for the student to develop expertise in assessment,
diagnosis, planning, implementation, and evaluation ina variety of settings. This course may

312

be taken concurrently with Man-Health-Nursing, but it is required as a prerequisite to all
other clinical nursing courses Four lecture and six clinical hours weekly Fall, annually.

NURS 445 INQUIRY IN NURSING 2 s.h.

This course emphasizes the role of inquiry as it applies to nursing. It includes principles of
research and scientific methods of inquiry This course focuses on the ways that research
influences nursing and nursing care. Current research will be critiqued for applicability to
professional nursing practice in a variety of settings. Prerequisites: This course may be taken
concurrently with Advanced Nursing Process Acute Care, but it Is required asa prerequisite
to NURS 464 A course in statistics and a minimum grade of C in NURS340, 357,361,and462
Is required. Fall, annually

NURS 462; ADVANCED NURSING PROCESS CHRONIC CARE 6 S.h.

The conceptual focus of this course is the nursing process with emphasis on nursing
diagnoses related to chronic alterations in health status. Professional nursing interventions
are identified which facilitate the client and family to achieve a high level of well-being
Opportunities are provided for the student, as the client advocate, to apply the acquired
theoretical knowledge to the care of clients of all ages in a variety of settings Four lecture and
six clinical hours weekly. Prerequisite Minimum grade of C in NURS 340 and 361 Spring,
annually.

NURS 463: ADVANCED NURSING PROCESS: ACUTE CARE 6 s.h.

The conceptual focus of this course is the nursing process with emphasis on nursing
diagnoses related to acute alterations In health status Professional nursing interventionsare
identified which facilitate the client and family to achieve a high level of well-being
Opportunities are provided for the student, as the client advocate, to apply the acquired
theoretical knowledge to the care of clients of all ages in a variety of settings. Four lecture and
six clinical hours weekly. Prerequisites: Minimum grade of C in NURS 340, 357, 361 and 462
Fall, annually

NURS 464 ADVANCED NURSING PROCESS HEALTH

PROMOTION AND MAINTENANCE 6 s.h.

The conceptual focus of this course is the nursing process with emphasis on nursing
diagnoses related to health promotion and maintenance Professional nursing interventions
are identified which are directed toward health promotion and maintenance Opportunities
are provided for the student, as the client advocate, to apply the acquired theoretical
knowledge to the care of clients of all ages ina variety of settings Fourlectureand six clinical
hours weekly. Prerequisites: Minimum grade of C in NURS 340. 357, 361 , 445, 462, and 463
Spring, annually.

313

OTHER NURSING COURSES

NURS 299 SPECIAL TOPICS IN NURSING 1 -3 credits variable

This course deals with topics of special interest for all registered nurses. It will focus on
identified nursing subjects needed by the registered nurse to keep abreast of the changing
trends in the profession; and provide them with a mechanism for updating their nursing
knowledge and clinical competencies This program will be offered summers and weekends
during the academic year according to demand, and will be open to all graduate and
registered nurses,

NURS 490 PHYSICAL ASSESSMENT 3 credits

This course is designed for registered nurses who desire knowledge and skill in assessing
the health of a client through a health history and physical examination The focus is on
wellness with emphasis on early detection of changes in the health status of the client
Opportunities are provided for the student to develop expertise in obtaining a health history
and performing a physical assessment m a detailed and systematic manner This course will
be offered according to demand and will be open to all registered nurses

NURS 499 SPECIAL TOPICS IN NURSING 1 -3 credits variable

This course deals with topics of special interest to professional nurses. It will focus on
identified nursing subjects pertinent to the practice of professional nursing This course will
be offered summers and weekends during the academic year according to demand, and will
be open to all professional registered nurses

OFFICE MANAGEMENT

OFMT 131 COLLEGE TYPING 2 s.h.

Emphasis IS placed on typing speed and accuracy Production work includes manuscripts,
rough drafts, centering, tabulation, and business letters and forms Offered only on Venango
Campus Fall, annually

OFMT 132 PRODUCTION TYPING 3 s,h

Emphasis is upon speed and the prodLiction of mailable work from rough drafts and
unarranged office problems Prerequisite College Typing or demonstrated equivalency.
Offered only at Venango Campus Spring, annually

OFMT 135 COLLEGE SHORTHAND 3 s h.

Dictation and practice in writing shorthand with emphasis on transcription speed and
accuracy Offered only at Venango Campus Fall, annually

OFMT 136 EXECUTIVE SHORTHAND 3sh

Course designed to develop further speed m dictation and transcription of unfamiliar
materials, using vocabulary from various business fields Mailable transcripts emphasized
Prerequisite College shorthand or demonstrated equivalency Offered only on Venango
Campus Spring, annually

314

OFMT221: OFFICE MANAGEMENT 3 S.h.

A system-oriented approach toward planning, organizing, directing, and controlling
general office activities to Include all office equipment and electronic data processing tasks
as well as office personnel Offered only on Venango Campus

OFMT 230 OFFICE PROCEDURES 3 S.h.

Emphasis is on office duties handled by clerical workers. Students will perform office
duties such as typing, handling mall, simple bookkeeping, filing, and preparing reports.
Recent changes In the field will be studied, as well as changes in attitudes toward personnel.
Prerequisite: at least one semester of typing at the high school or college level. Offered only
on Venango Campus. Fall, annually.

OFMT 232 WORD PROCESSING 3 s.h.

Emphasis Is on learning the concepts of word processing as well as actual hands-on
experience on word processing equipment. Machine transcription is the skill used in
transcribing recorded dictation to produce letters, reports, memos and other types of work
normally done In word processing centers. Offered only on Venango Campus. Prerequisite:
College Typing, OFMT 131 or consent of Instructor

PHILOSOPHY

PHIL 111 ELEMENTARY LOGIC 3 s.h.

Principles of correct reasoning: principles of deductive and Inductive inference and
scientific method: use and misuse of language in reasoning. Each semester.

PHIL 112: SYMBOLIC LOGIC 3 s.h.

A study of the essential elements of symbolic logic Including Boolean expansions, truth
tables (symbolic proofs), the logic of relation, quantification rules, the properties of
deductive systems, and proposltlonal calculus. Special attention Is given to theoretical
contributions of Carnap, Quine, Russell Spring 1987, and alternate years.

PHIL 211: INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY 3 s.h.

Inquiry Into the persistent problems of phllosophsy, primarily those concerning man,
nature and God Prerequisite: sophomore standing. Each semester.

PHIL 212 ETHICS 3 s.h.

Examination of the problems of value and moral standards with a view toward developing
an appreciation of the nature of the moral life. Each semester.

PHIL 215 MAJOR RELIGIOUS PHILOSOPHIES 3 s.h.

Examination of the religious philosophies which have their origins In the Far and Near East,
In particular Hindulsim, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Judaism, Christianity, and Islam.
Spring 1987 and alternate years.

315

PHIL 250: SPECIAL TOPICS IN PHILOSOPHY

Offered occasionally.

PHIL 255 ANCIENT PHILOSOPHY 3 s.h

Thinkers from the Ancient Greeks up to the Renaissance, with special attention to Plato,
Aristotle, Augustine, and Aquinas, Spring 1987 and alternate years,

PHL 256 MODERN PHILOSOPHY 3 s.h.

Thinkers from the Renaissance to the 19th century, with special attention to Descartes,
Spinoza, Hume, Kant, and Hegel. Prerequisite: PHIL 255 is recommended. Spring 1987, and
alernate years.

PHIL 258 CONTEMPORARY EUROPEAN PHILOSOPHY 3 s.h.

A study of European men and movements since 1850 Spring 1987, and alternate years.

PHIL 259 CONTEMPORARY ANGLO-AMERICAN PHILOSOPHY 3 s.h.

A study of Anglo-American men and environments since 1900 Spring, 1986, and alternate
years

PHIL 350 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION 3 s.h.

Inquiry into the natureand validity of religious knowledge: the nature and existence of God:
the nature of man and human destiny Fall 1986, and alternate years

PHIL 352: EPISTEMOLOGY 3 S.h.

Concepts and problems involved in the appraisal of certain types of human knowledge:
perception, knowledge and belief, and truth. On demand.

PHIL 353: METAPHYSICS 3 s.h.

Inquiry into some of the fundamental philosophical concepts: being, substance, matter,
mind, and God Prerequisite: 6 credit hours in Philosophy On demand.

PHIL 354 AESTHETICS 3 s.h.

Study of some of the aesthetic theories from Plato to the present: nature of the aesthetic
experience: principles of criticism in literature and the arts. Fall, annually.

PHIL 355: HISTORY AND PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE 3 s.h.

Methods and procedures of reliable knowledge in the formal, natural, and social sciences.
Prerequisite: PHIL 111 is recommended Fall, annually.

PHIL 356: ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY 3 s.h.

Significant contribution to philosophical and religious thought in the Near East, India,
China, and Japan Fall, 1986, and alternate years

316

PHYSICAL SCIENCE

PHSC111 BASIC PHYSICAL SCIENCE CHEMISTRY- 3sh

This course is intended for non-science majors and does not assume prior familiarity with
chemistry It does not count toward requirements for science majors, but can be applied to
fufill the general education math-science requirements for non-science majors

Selected chemical principles are explored with the purpose of providing a background that
will enable the student as a citizen to understand issues involving the interaction of science
and society, brief experiments are often included Students who prefer a more traditional
chemistry course may elect either Chemistry 151 or 153 to fulfill their general education
requirements No prerequisite Each semester

*No student may take, for credit, a chemistry course at the 100 level after having successfully
completed any chemistry course numbered 300 or above

PHSC 112 BASIC PHYSICAL SCIENCE: PHYSICS

AND ASTRONOMY 3 s h

This course is intended for those students not majoring in the sciences or mathematics,
and does not presume any prior familiarity with the subject Science and Math majors will not
receive credit for this course Topics discussed are descriptive astronomy, cosmology, light
and optics, force and motion, fundamental electrical phenomena and simple circuits, the
special theory of relativity, and radioactivity and the atom, brief the special experiments are
integrated with the subject matter to emphas'ze the experimental basis of theory The
Planetarium is extensively used in conjunction with the section in astronomy No
prerequisite Each semester, plus summer

PHSC 211 SOUND. MUSIC AND ACOUSTICS 3 s h.

This course is primarily designed for the student majonng in Music or in a discipline in
which the Physics of Sound is of considerable importance Topics include the basic physics
of wave motion, superposition of waves, tranverse and longitudinal waves, diffusion,
diffraction and reflection, intensity, quality, and harmonic analysis of sound waves,
reverberation and absorption, sound production by musical Instrumentsand the voice, noise
and harmony, factors in hearing, and the electronic recording and reproduction of sound
Spring, annually

PHSC 457 INTRODUCTION TO ELECTRONICS FOR

AUDIO APPLICATIONS 3 S.h.

A survey of basic electricity and electronics The course is intended to give the student an
understanding of circuits, devices, measuring instruments, and measurement techniques
used in typical audio applications It is primarily intended for students in speech pathology
and audiology. as an elective for both undergraduate and graduate students Spring semester
of alternate years

317

PHYSICS

PH251: GENERAL PHYSICS I 4 s.h.

This is a general course in mechanics, heat, and sound. Topics include the mechanics of
solid, liquids, gases, thermometry, calorimetry, heat transferences, and the production and
nature of sound waves including musical sound. Designed for non-physics majors. Includes
laboratory. Prerequisite: Algebra. Each fall.

PH 252: GENERAL PHYSICS II 4 s.h.

This is a continuation of PH 251, a general course in electricity, magnetism, light, and
atomic physics. Topics discussed include general concepts of magnetism, electrostatics,
electrical circuits, alternating currents, optical instruments, reflection, refraction,
interferences, spectra, and some basic concepts of atomic structure. Designed for non-
physics majors. Includes laboratory. Prerequisites: Algebra. Each spring.

PH 258: INTRODUCTORY PHYSICS LECTURE I 4 s.h.

This is an introductory physics course designed for physics majors and pre-engineers.
This course includes mechanics, heat, and sound. PH 268 must be taken concurrently by
physics majors and prospective engineers. Prerequisite: MATH 270, which may be taken
concurrently. Each fall.

PH 268: INTRODUCTORY PHYSICS LABORATORY I 1 s.h.

This laboratory complements PH 258, and should not be scheduled by students who are
not enolled in PH 258. Experiments performed In this laboratory include free-fall, momentum
and energy, and wave phenomena. Also included is the technique of writing the formal
scientific report. Each fall.

PH 259: INTRODUCTORY PHYSICS LECTURE II 4 s.h.

A continuation of PH 258, an introductory course in physics designed for physics majors
and pre-engineers. This course includes electricity, magnetism, light and atomic physics. PH
269 must be scheduled concurrently with PH 259 by physics majors and pre-engineers.
Prerequisite: PH 258. Each spring.

PH 269: INTRODUCTORY PHYSICS LABORATORY II 1 s.h.

This laboratory complements PH 259, and should not be scheduled by students who are
not also enrolled in PH 259. Experiments performed in this laboratory include current,
potential, resistance and impedance measurements, use of the oscilloscope, image
formation by lenses and mirrors, diffraction gratings, lasers, Geiger-Mu Her detectors, and the
measurement of radioactive half-life. Each spring.

PH 350: MECHANICS ~ STATISTICS 3 s.h.

An intermediate course in the mechanics of static objects. Topics include: equilibrium,
virtual displacements, moments of inertia, friction, and flexible cables. Prerequisites: PH. 251
or 258, and MATH 271. Each fall.

318

PH351: MECHANICS DYNAMICS 3 S.h.

This is an intermediate course in the mechanics of solids, liquids, and gases. Studies are
made of rectilinear and curvilinear motion, work and energy, impulse and momentum, and
oscillatory motion. Prerequisites: PH 252 or 259; MATH 350 Each spring

PH 352: ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM 3sh.

An intermediate course in electricity and magnetism. Vector analysis techniques are used
for studying various areas of electrostatics and considerable emphasis is placed on AC.
circuit theory Maxwell's equations for the electromagnetic field are derived Prerequisites:
PH 252 or 259; MATH 350. Fall 1986. Spring 1988, and each Spring semester thereafter.

PH 353: MODERN PHYSICS I 3 s.h.

An intermediate course on the electronic structure of the atom, including Bohr theory.
Quantum Theory, and Vector Model. Optical and X-ray spectra, the Special Theory of
Relativity, and the Uncertainity Principle are among the topics studied. Prerequisites: PH 252
or 259; MATH 270 with MATH 271 concurrently. Fall, 1986, 1988.

PH 354: OPTICS 3 S.h.

This is an intermediate course in geometrical and physical optics. Topics include thin
lenses, thick lenses, interference, diffraction, polarization, color theory, and the study of
spectra. Prerequisites: PH 252or259; MATH 271, with MATH 272concurrently. Spring, 1988,
1990.

PH 355: MODERN PHYSICS II 3 s.h.

A continuation of Modern Physics I, including structure and spectra of molecules, band
theory of solids, structure of the nucleus, radioactive decay, nuclear reactions, radiation
detectors, and elementary particles. Prerquisites: PH 353, MATH 272. Offered spring, 1987,
1989, etc.

PH 356: THERMODYNAMICS 3 S.h.

This is an intermediate course in heat. The basic concepts and principles are developed
more intensively in the study of properties of gases and in thermodynamics. Some of the
specific topics studied are temperature measurements, thermal expansion, specific heat,
thermal conductivity of solids and liquids, thermal properties of gases, change in phase, and
heat engines. Prerequisites: PH 252 or 259; MATH 272. Fail 1987, Spring 1987.

PH 357: INTRODUCTION TO THE THEORY OF THE

SOLID STATE 3 S.h.

The course will include the study of two-and three-dimensional space groups. Miller
indices, crystalline structure of various types. X-ray diffraction, lattice vibrations. Einstein
and Debye theories of heat capacity of conduction electrons. Fermi-Dirac distribution law,
and the transport properties of metal. Prerequisite: PH 353. Spring, 1987, 1989, etc.

319

PH 370: EXPERIMENTAL PHYSICS 2 s.h.

This course complements PH 351, 352, 353, 354, and 355, offering a wide range of
intermediate-to advanced-level experiments in Mechanics, Electricity, Optics, Atomic and
Nuclear Physics In addition to laboratory work the student will investigate background and
related materials in the library journal collections and obtain practice in journalism-style
report writing. The laboratory is highly individualized, each student moving at his own pace
and working in those areas of Physics appropriate to his academic experience. Prerequisites:
Junior-senior standing, and at least two of the following courses: PH 351 , 352, 353, 354, 355
must be completed or coregistered. This course may be taken twice, with different
experimental content, for credit Each fall.

PH 453: INDEPENDENT STUDY IN PHYSICAL MEASUREMENTS 2 to 6 s.h.

This is a course in the theory and use of precision measuring devices covering most of the
areas of Physics. Experiments are developed to fit background and needs of the individual
student, exploiting the equipment from all of the various special laboratories of the Physics
Department. The student will work from three to six hours each week on experimental
projects, according to the credit he elects upon consultation with his advisor.

PH 455: ANALOG ELECTRONICS 3 s.h.

An introduction to network analysis, AC. circuits and solid state devices. Topics include
discrete devices, power supplies, amplifiers, oscillators, and operational amplifiers.
Particular attention is given to the application of circuits to scientific instruments.
Prerequisites: PH 259/269 or PH 252, and a course in Integral Calculus. Fall. 1987, 1989, etc.

PH456: DIGITAL ELECTRONICS 3 s.h.

This course includes an introduction to gate circuits. Boolean algebra in the minimization
of gate circuits, flip-flops, counters, timers, the design, operation, and programming of
microcomputers, D/Aand A/D conversion, and the interfacing of microcomputers to external
devices. Prerequisites: PH 259 and 269, or PH 252, or permission of the instructor. Spring
1987, Fall 1988, and Fall semesters of alternate years thereafter.

PH 457: DEMONSTRATION IN PHYSICS 3 s.h.

This course is designed for the secondary education major in physics. Preparation and
performance of classroom demonstrations for use in secondary schools are stressed.
Prerequisites: PH 252 or 259. On demand.

PH 460: INTRODUCTION TO MATHEMATICAL PHYSICS 3 s.h.

This course uses the techniques of vector calculus and differential equations to treat
problems in mechanics, electricity and other areas of physics at a level intended to prepare
the physics major for graduate level work. Analog and digital computer techniques are
discussed and applied to a variety of physical problems Prerequisites: PH 258, 259,
Mathematics through MATH 350 Fall, 1988, 1990, etc.

PH461: SEMINAR 1 S.h.

This physics seminar consists of mastering the techniques of literature-survey and library
research on specific topics, together with the preparation and presentation of formal reports
of a research nature. Prerequisites: senior standing, science major. Spring, annually.

320

POLITICAL SCIENCE

PS 210: INTRODUCTION TO POLITICAL SCIENCE 3 s.h.

This course introduces students to the study of politics by using various approaches, by
studying different political ideologies, and by examining different structures of government.
Each semester.

PS 211: AMERICAN GOVERNMENT 3 S.h.

The study of the general principles of the American system of constitutional government;
special emphasis is placed upon the organization and functions of the national government —
legislative, executive, and judicial. The rights and duties of citizenship, the electorate,
political parties, civil rights, and the growing regulatory function of governmentarecarefully
treated. Each semester.

PS 250: SPECIAL TOPICS IN POLITICAL SCIENCE

Offered occasionally.

PS 300: STRATEGIC CONCEPTS AND INTERNATIONAL SECURITY 3 s.h.

Strategic concepts in the 20th century as they evolved from World War I to World War II to
the nuclear age. Emphasis will be placed on global nuclear strategy and regional strategic
thrusts. Every other year.

PS 351: STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT 3 S.h.

Deals mainly with a detailed study of how our state and local governments function.
Emphasis is placed on Pennsylvania government. Independent study through outside
projects is one of the requirements of this course. Every other year.

PS 352: INTERNATIONAL POLITICS 3 s.h.

This course presents a framework for analyzing the behavior states, the basic factors which
motivate and affect international policies, and the techniques of resolving International
conflicts. Every other year.

PS 353: INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATION 3 S.h.

This course deals with international organizations, both historically and analytically.
Emphasis is placed on configurations that induce state behaviors leading to resolution of
international conflicts and to the solution of common problems. Every third year.

PS 354: CONSTITUTIONAL LAW OF THE UNITED STATES 3 s.h.

A study of the development of the Constitution through the interpretations of the Supreme
Court. This includes a study of the separation of governmental powers, political and judicial
processes, federalism as a legal device, and the relationship of liberty and authority to the
individual living under government. Prerequisite: PS 211. Spring, annually.

321

PS 355: POLITICAL PARTIES AND ELECTIONS 3 s.h.

A survey course with emphasis on the study of the electorate, pressure groups, and public
opinion, nature and history of political parties, party organization, methods of nominations,
and elections. Special attention is given to the place of political parties and elections as
instruments of democracy and their place in the framework of Pennsylvania's government.
Fall, annually.

PS 365: ANCIENT AND MEDIEVAL POLITICAL THOUGHT 3 s.h.

The development of political theory from Plato to Machiavelli. Every year.
PS 366: MODERN POLITICAL THOUGHT 3 s.h.

Political thought from the Reformation to the twentieth century. Every year.

PS 375: PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 3 S.h.

An introduction to the study of public administration with emphasis on its foundation in the
American political process. Every other year.

PS 390: COMPARATIVE FOREIGN POLICIES 3 s.h.

Concepts for analysis of internal and external factors in making foreign policies. Emphasis
will be placed on the foreign policy of the United States, the Soviet Union, the United
Kingdom, Japan, West Germany, France, and China. No prerequisite. Every other year.

PS 451: COMPARATIVE GOVERNMENT 3 S.h.

A consideration of the problem inherent in comparing political systems with emphasis on
the British, French, and Soviet political systems. Every year.

PS 458: ENGLISH CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY 3 s.h.

A consideration of constitutional government in England from the beginning of English
history to the present. The study of governmental powers, political and judicial processes,
and the relationship of liberty and authority to the individual living under the government is
included. Every other year.

322

PSYCHOLOGY

PSY211: GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY 3sh

Study is made of the general subject matter of psychology, its methods and procedures and
its major findings Areas of particular stress include genetic inheritance, development,
learning, emotions and motivation, sensation and perception, personality and abnormal
adjustment, and the social behaviors of groups. Each semester.

NOTE: General Psychology is the prerequisite for all psychology courses except as
indicated.

PSY 220 HUIVIAN SEXUALITY 3 s.h.

A basic course in self-understanding. The student is given the opportunity to be informed
on (a) the physical, psychological, ethical, social, and legal components of sexuality as they
relate to attitudes tow^ard self and others; (b) the roles involved in being male and female: (c)
relationships as they are affected by attitudes; and (d) the responsibilities of such
relationships. Each semester.

PSY 225: PSYCHOLOGY OF ADJUSTMENT 3 s.h.

This course emphasizes the psychodynamics of "normal" social adjustment and enables
each student to explore self-identity, social relationships, and interactions w/ith environment.
Problems of personality, mechanisms and adjustment, the origin and resolution of conflicts,
and the role of emotions in behavior are studied. No prerequisite. Each semester.

PSY/tVIGN^T 228: HUfVlAN BEHAVIOR IN ORGANIZATIONS 3 s.h.

A survey of the application of psychological theory, techniques, and research to
organizations. The psychological principles of selection, training, attitudes, motivation, job
satisfaction, job evaluation, and performance are analyzed. No prerequisite. Offered only at
Venango Campus.

PSY 230: INTRODUCTORY STATISTICS FOR THE

BEHAVIOR SCIENCES 3 s.h.

Basic descriptive and inferential statistical techniques (frequency distributions, measures
of variability and central tendency, correlation, regression, z, t and F tests) will be covered.
Special attention will be given to the use of those techniques in dealing with data in the
behavioral sciences and their importance in the research endeavor. No prerequisite. Each
semester.

PSY 251; EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY 3 s.h.

This course is designed to familiarize students with the methods used by psychologists to
systematically collect information about the behavior of people and lower animals.
Experiments are conducted during laboratory meetings and particular attention is given to
the appropriate style of writing research reports, PSY 230 is a prerequisite; concurrent
registration permitted only with consent of the instructor. Each semester.

323

PSY 260: DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY 3 s.h.

Study of the development of human behavior from conception through infancy, childhood,
adolescence, adulthood, and old age. Special attention is given to the physical, emotional,
intellectual, and social aspects of development. No prerequisite. Each semester.

PSY 321: PSYCHOLOGY OF ADOLESCENCE 3 s.h.

The physical, intellectual, psychosocial, and cultural bases of adolescent behavior are
studied as these relate to peers, home, and community. Annually.

PSY 331: CHILD PSYCHOLOGY 3 s.h.

Study of the child from birth through pre-adolescence. Topics include the physical, social,
emotional, and intellectual development of children, the relationship of heredity to
environment, personality development, attitudes toward self and others. Annually.

PSY 340: PSYCHOLOGY OF WOMEN 3 S.h.

Empirical and theoretical concepts from all areas of psychology provide a base for the
study of the changing role of v^^omen and the psychological effects upon the Individual.
Topics include sex-role development consequences, women's alternative roles, women in
relation to their bodies, a social-psychological analysis of the women's movement, and
mental health considerations. Fall, annually.

PSY 350: INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY 3 s.h.

Close scrutiny is given to the complex process by which personnel are evaluated and
selected for positions in business and industrial organizations and the psychological
variables which affect their mental and physical performance. Among these are the effects of
stress and conflict on the worker, personality differences, training procedures, intelligence
and motivation, and special problems. No prerequisite. Annually.

PSY 354: ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY 3 s.h.

A survey is made of the principal forms of behavior disorders with emphasis on their
etiology, diagnosis, prognosis and treatment. Annually.

PSY 355: SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY 3 s.h.

Study is made of the interpersonal relations of humans and how these are affected by
society's norms and values. Annually.

PSY 357: INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGICAL TESTING 3 S.h.

Covers the nature and use of tests including intelligence, personality, aptitude, interests,
and achievement. The student will also prepare behavior objectives, construct tests of items
which sample the objectives, administerthetests, and analyze the results. Knowledge of first-
year high school algebra is assumed. Annually.

324

PSY360: SPECIAL TOPICS 3 s.h.

This course focuses on a single, broad, contemporary issue of current interest in
psychology and related fields of study. Course content varies from semester to semester.
May be taken three times for credit. As required by demand.

PSY393: INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-3 s.h.

An opportunity for the student to explore an area of special interest in depth for variable
credit under the supervision of a member of the department and with approval of the
chairperson. Open to juniors and seniors.

PSY452: PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY 3 s.h.

This course is designed to survey a variety of topics of primary interest and Importance to
psychology from a physiological viewpoint. The basic goal of this approach is to discover the
physical and biological mechanisms that underlie behavior. Topics to be covered include:
drugs and behavior, perception, emotions and motivation, sleep, learning and memory,
aggression, psychopathology, etc. A variety of laboratory methods and techniques are
introduced via demonstrations. Open to juniors and seniors. Annually.

PSY 454: PERSONALITY 3 s.h.

Systematic study is made of the development, dynamics, and structure of the self-system
together with a critical comparison of the major theories of personality. Annually.

PSY 455: LEARNING AND MOTIVATION 3 s.h.

A critical survey is made of the outstanding attempts to understand and explain the nature
of the learning process. Emphasis is placed on a comparison of current theories and their
implications when applied to forms of learning and motivation from the simple to the
complex. Annually.

PSY 456: HISTORY AND SYSTEMS OF PSYCHOLOGY 3 s.h.

The issues of concern to modern psychologists are frequently those which have been of
concern to humans since the dawn of recorded history. In this course we will look at the
foundations of psychological thought and its development from Greek civilization, through
the reformation and to a period of quasi-maturity in the formal system of the late 19th and
early 20th centuries. Annually.

PSY 457: PSYCHOLOGY AND ADULT DEVELOPMENT AND AGING 3 S.h.

Study of the development of human adultbehaviorfromearlyadulthood through the aging
process. Special attention is given to the physical, emotional, intellectual, and social aspects
of adult development and aging. Annually.

PSY 458: SENSATION AND PERCEPTION 3 S.h.

The sensory-perceptual processes will be studied with a view to understanding their
structure properties and their role in the psychological functioning of man. Particular
emphasis will be placed on vision and hearing and the differences within and between human
individuals. Every other year.

325

PSY459 COMPARATIVE PSYCHOLOGY 3sh

A study of the underlying genetics and biological controlling mechanisms of ammal and
human behavior Special emphasis given to the role of evolution and natural selection in the
development of behavior adaptations, and to behavioral comparisons between species.
Every other year

PSY 460 BEHAVIOR THERAPY 3 s.h.

This course w/ill introduce students to the nature of behavior therapy, its conceptual and
empirical foundations and Its clinical applications to a variety of symptom sand ina variety of
settings While not designed to train behavior therapists, it is in tended to sensitize students to
the responsibilities of human behavior to environmental change Prerequisite: PSY 455
Annually

PSY 464 INTRODUCTION TO COUNSELING AND

PSYCHOTHERAPY 3sh

Following and experiential-cognitive format, students will learn the basic helping skills of
accurate empathy, nonjudgmental permissiveness and genuineness as applied both to
dyadic and group contexts. The course also surveys ma|or approaches to therapy
Prerequisites: PSY 354. Each semester

PSY 465 RESEARCH SEMINAR 3sh

This course is designed to give students the opportunity to conduct research under the
direction of an individual faculty member in the department. Normally the research will be of
an experimental nature, however, other projects will also be considered The work will
culminate in a paper of distinguished quality Prerequisites: PSY 251 and permission of
instructor Annually

PSY 470 SENIOR SEMINAR IN PSYCHOLOGY 3sh

An advanced course designed to bnng together information from a wide range of
psychological sub-disciplines and to provide the student with an opportunity to see how the
various aspects of psychology mterrelate Emphasis is placed on analysis of controversial
issues, with the intent of developing both the student's expertise in psychology and ability to
dissect theoretical controversy Annually

PSY 499 SUPERVISED FIELD EXPERIENCE 3sh

Under supervision students are placed in such field settings as mental health clinics, family
services, etc , where they acquire observational experience with the application of helping
skills In the human services May be repeated once for credit and requires a 10-hour time
commitment per week Prerequisites: Permission of instructor, junior standing, and PSY 464.
Open to any student majoring in a human service health related area Each semester

NOTE: PSY 211. General Psychology, is a prerequisite for all Psychology courses except as
indicated

326

REAL ESTATE

Real Estate Fundamentals and Real Estate Practice are required by the Pennsylvania Real
Estate Comnnission to prepare for the real estate salesperson licensure exannination. All of
the real estate courses listed below can be used to meet the educational requirements of the
real estate brokerage licensure examination.

RE 370: REAL ESTATE FUNDAMENTALS 3 s.h.

This course is designed as an introduction to the broad area of real estate. It seeks to lay a
foundation of important principles from which a study in depth may be launched Each
semester.

RE 371: REAL ESTATE PRACTICE 3 s.h.

This course examines the role of the agent in the real estate market, the legal and ethical
aspects of brokerage, the real estate marketing process, and specialized fields in the real
estate business. Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. Each semester.

RE 372: REAL ESTATE LAW 3 s.h.

This course covers the legal relationships and legal instruments involved in listing and
selling real property. Prerquisite: RE 370 or consent of instructor. Each semester.

RE 373: REAL ESTATE FINANCE 3 S.h.

This course is a study of the methods of financing the purchase of real estate, with a brief
look at real estate as investment opportunities. Prerequisite: RE 370 or consent of the
instructor. Fall, annually.

RE 374: BROKERAGE OF REAL ESTATE 3 s.h.

Brokerage of Real Estate deals with the relationship between the broker, his client, and the
customer: the broker and his salesman; and the broker and the public at large. The realtor and
his ethics are stressed. Prerequisite:RE370ortheconsent of the instructor. Spring, annually.

RE 470: APPRAISAL OF REAL ESTATE 3 s.h.

This course is designed to introduce the principles of real estate appraisal to the students. It
includes all methods used to appraise real property, and covers txjth residential and
commercial real estate. It is designed to be useful to anyone considering a career in real
estate sales and/or real estate appraisal work. The student will have the opportunity to
participate in actual real estate appraisals. Prerequisite: RE 370 or the consent of the
instructor. Fall, annually.

RE 471 : REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT ANALYSIS 3 s.h.

This course provides the background necessary to evaluate alternative income-producing
real estate investments. Real estate as an investment media will be analyzed in terms of
financial and non-finanical considerations. The rate of return and inflation-hedge
characteristics of real estate investing will be considered in light of risk, illiquidity, and federal
tax consequences. Prerequisite: RE 370 and 371, or FIN 370 or consent of the instructor.
Annually.

327

RUSSIAN

In addition to the courses listed below, students of Russian have an opportunity to study for
a summer, a term, or an entire academic year in the USSR.

RUSS101: SPECIAL TOPICS: THE EUROPEAN MIND 3 s.h.

Historical and contemporary developments on the European intellectual scene will be
covered by experts on individual countries with regard to their relevance for the present
American student generation.

The special subject of each semester offering will be announced in pre- registration. Open
to all students of the university without prerequisites and may be taken up to three times for
credit provided that different topics are offered. Three-year cycle.

RUSS 109: RUSSIAN LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION 3 s.h.

Synoptic studies of major works by Russian writers of the 19th and 20th century with
particular emphasis on philosophical ideas, literary methods, and characters which have had
a considerable influence on comparative studies, with class discussion, reading, and
lectures. No prerequisites. Conducted in English. Three-year cycle.

RUSS 151: RUSSIAN l(ELEMENTARY I) 3 s.h.

Essentials of grammar with emphasis on aural comprehension and oral expression. Fall,
annually.

RUSS 152: RUSSIAN II (ELEMENTARY II) 3 S.h.

Continuation of RUSS 151, with increasing emphasis on graded reading materials.
Prerequisite: RUSS 151 or equivalent. Spring, annually.

RUSS 225: INTRODUCTION TO RUSSIAN PHONETICS

AND PRONUNCIATION 3 s.h.

An introduction to the Russian phonetic system, including the study of phonemes,
intonation, stress and rhythm. Intensive aural/oral training through phonetic dictation with
transcription in the International Phonetic Alphabet and practice in diction. Introduction to
corrective phonetics. Recommended for majors. Prerequiste: RUSS 152 or equivalent. Three-
year cycle

RUSS 251: RUSSIAN 111 (INTERMEDIATE I) 3 s.h.

Systematic review of basic grammar; graded readings; conversation; translation; and
compostion on selected topics. Prerequisite: RUSS 152 or two years of high school study
and/or satisfactory placement test scores. Fall, annually.

RUSS 252: RUSSIAN IV (INTERMEDIATE II) 3 s.h.

Intensive reading of selected works; outside reading, with oral and/or written reports.
Prerequisite: RUSS 251 or a satisfactory placement test score. Spring, annually.

328

RUSS 253: SCIENTIFIC RUSSIAN 3 s h

A study of scientific terminology and style, with extensive readings in various scientific
fields. Prerequisite: RUSS 251 orequivalent. Science and mathematics majors may substitute
this course for RUSS 252. Three-year cycle.

RUSS 255: RUSSIAN CIVILIZATION I 3 s h

A survey of the geography, history, literature, and culture of the Soviet Union designed to
equip students with materials and understanding necessary to the presentation of the
language as a rich, meaningful, and integral part of a great civilization. Prerequisite: RUSS
252 or four years of high school study and/or satisfactory placement score. Three-year cycle.

RUSS 256: RUSSIAN CIVILIZATION II 3 s.h.

A survey of the geography, history, literature, and cultureof the Soviet Union designed to
equip teachers with the materials and understanding necessary to the presentation of the
language as a rich, meaningful, and integral part of a great civilization. Three-year cycle.

RUSS 265: INTERMEDIATE CONVERSATION 3 s.h.

Practice creative language in conversation, to develop proficiency for everyday situations
and travel at intermediate level. Intensive vocabulary enrichment for students who have
completed elementary and intermediate language courses and are lacking in aural-oral
proficiency. May be substituted either for RUSS 251 or 252 or used for major credit. Three-
year cycle.

RUSS 351: ADVANCED GRAMMAR AND COMPOSITION 3 s.h.

Intensive oral and written drill, with emphasis on finer points of grammar, and colloquial
and idiomatic usage. English-to-Russian translation, free composition, and conversation on
everyday topics. Three-year cycle.

RUSS 352: INTRODUCTION TO RUSSIAN LITERATURE 3 S.h.

Synoptic Studies of literary history from the beginning to the present, with discussion on
the main trends in Russian thought and its literary expression. Emphasis will be placed on the
development of the Russian novel and drama during the Golden and Silver ages of Russian
Literature, 19th and 20th century, and prominent writers of the Soviet period. Three-year
cycle.

RUSS 353: THE RUSSIAN DRAMA 3 S.h.

Dramatic works of the 19th and 20th centuries in poetry and prose. Studies of stylistics and
themes, with special emphasis on the works by Anton Chekhov. Three-year cycle.

RUSS 354: THE RUSSIAN NOVEL 3 s.h.

The great Russian novelists of the 19th and 20th centuries: Gogol, Turgenev, Lermontov,
Goncharov, Dostoevsky, and Tolstoy. Major literary movements and philosophies. Epic
character of Russian prose and evolution of the genre, poetic prose. Three-year cycle.

329

RUSS355: READINGS IN SOVIET AND RUSSIAN LITERATURE 3 S.h.

A survey of Russian literature since the Revolution, from 1917 to the present. New political
mood, changes, and literature inthe60'sand 70's characterized by human stories as opposed
to socialist realism. Three-year cycle.

RUSS361: DOSTOEVSKY 3 s.h.

Synoptic studies of the life and works of Dostoevsky, with emphasis on his great novels:
Crime and Punishment, The Idiot, The Possessed, and The Brothers Karamazov.
Comparative and contrastive analysis of ideas in major works. Three-year cycle.

RUSS451: SUPERVISED READINGS IN RUSSIAN 3 s.h.

This course is devoted to selected readings determined in relation to the needs and
interests of individual students.

SCIENCE EDUCATION

SCED 322: TEACHING OF ELEMENTARY SCIENCE 3 s.h.

Methods of presenting science in the elementary school. Experiences are provided in
learning process, scope and sequence of science concepts, methods of investigation,
problem solving, laboratory skills, scientific attitudes, newer curricula, reading materials,
observing and working with elementary school children, developing, teaching and evaluating
lessons. 2 hour lecture and 2 hours laboratory weekly. Each semester.

SCED 331: BIOLOGICAL INVESTIGATIONS 3 S.h.

This course is designed to provide the prospective teacher with a more adequate
background in biology and laboratory experiences applicable to science teaching. The
course has three aspects (1) identification and natural history of local flora and fauna, (2)
application of basic biological principles, and (3) development of skills necessary to carry out
biological investigations. On demand.

SCED 456: ELECTRONICS FOR THE HIGH SCHOOL

SCIENCE TEACHER 4 s.h.

This course is intended for the science teacher who has had little or no previous course
work in physics or mathematics. The subjects covered include the fundamental law of
electricity and magnetism, alternating current theory, and the theory and practical
application of such devices as ammeters, voltmeters, oscilloscopes, vacuum tubes,
transistors, power suppliers, amplifiers, and oscillators. Examples of some of these devices
will be built in the laboratory, and general procedures for trouble-shooting faulty equipment
will be illustrated. Summer only, on demand.

330

SCED 460; SCIENCE CURRICULA IN THE MIDDLE

AND JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOL 3 S.h.

A course designed to acquaint students with modern science curricula for the junior
high/middle school levels Recent developments in curricula objectives, science content,
teaching strategies, and laboratory activities are stressed. Individual projects included
Spring, odd-numbered years.

SCED 463: ASTRONOMY: OBSERVATION AND FIELD STUDIES 3 s.h.

This is a course in the experimental tools and methods useful in astronomy. It is not an
encyclopedia survey of astronomy, but concentrates on mastery of important techniques and
concepts by a "do-it-yourself" process. It complements courses in descriptive astronomy (ES
353 and SCED 550) rather than duplicating them, serving much the same purpose as a
laboratory in astronomy. The student will build simple telescopes, spectroscopes, and other
astronomical instruments. Summer only.

SCED 466: FIELD PHOTOGRAPHY 3 s.h.

This course is designed to teach the student how to use a modern camera and accessories
to photograph subjects in the field. Techniques of close-up, telephoto and wide-angle
photography as well as film development, lighting, use of filters and composition will be
included. In addition, the student will have a chance to learn and practice techniques for
photographing such objects as small animals, birds, flowers, large animals, and other field
subjects. Camera and film to be provided by students. Summers, on demand.

SCED 485: PLANETARIUM OPERATION AND MANAGEMENT 3 s h.

An introduction to the techniques of operation and maintenance of planetarium projects.
Opportunties are provided for writing and presenting programs at various levels of
instruction. The use of auxilliary projectors, the production of audio-visual materials, multi-
media displays, and live versus programmed presentations are emphasized. Prerequisite: ES
353 or consent of instructor. On demand.

SOCIOLOGY AND SOCIAL WORK

SOC211: PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY 3 s.h.

This is the basic course in sociology dealing with the interaction arising from the
association of human beings. Emphasis is placed upon social heritage: the meaning and
functions of culture: the characterisics of major social institutions Each semester.

SOC 250: SPECIAL TOPICS IN SOCIOLOGY 3 s.h.

Offered occasionally

SOC 300: INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGICAL RESEARCH 3 s.h.

An introduction to the social research process and methods of sociology, including the
logic and methods of science; fundamental research methodologies; designs and strategies;
basic techniques of data collection, organization, analysis and presentation. Prerequisites:
SOC 211; 3 hours in statistics, or permission of the instructor.

331

SOC310: MAJOR FORCES AND FIGURES IN SOCIOLOGY 3 s.h.

History of pioneers in the field and their conceptualization of Sociology as a science;
focuses on the works of particular sociologists whose concepts not only have historical
interest but also great impact on the subject matter and methods of contemporary society.
Comte, Durkheim, Marx, and Weber to be considered in greater depth. Prerequisite: SOC 211
or permission of the instructor.

SOC 321: SOCIOLOGY OF WORK 3 s.h.

A study of occupational and organizational work settings, social meanings, types and
social functions of work. Unemployment and its social causes and consequences, will also be
analyzed. Selected work place reforms and proposed structural changes of work will be
studied. Prerequisite: SOC 21 1 or ANTH 21 1 . Once annually.

SOC 340: THE SOCIOLOGY OF CONFLICT RESOULTION 3 s.h.

Analysis of social conflict and an introduction to the dynamics of conflict resolution.
Emphasis is on examining theories and methods of active nonviolent conflict and resolutions
in small group and large organizational settings. Topics include violence, types of
noncooperation, categories of intervention in conflict situations, and civilian-based defense.
Cross-cultural data will be used extensively. Prerequisite: SOC 211. Once, annually.

SOC 350: THE AMERICAN RELIGIOUS SCENE 3 s.h.

Analysis of the relationship between religious and society. Topics include the role of
religion in society, religion as a social institution, and social factors in religious behavior.
Special attention to religion in the United States, considering the diverse forms, together with
modern religious cults. Prerequisites: SOC 211 or permission of the instructor

SOC 351: CONTEMPORARY SOCIAL PROBLEMS 3 s.h.

This course deals with problems that affect the integration and functioning of society as a
whole. Such topics are economic concentration, physical violence, injustice and nuclear war
as well as selected solutions to these social problems. Prerequisite: SOC 211 or permission of
the instructor. Once annually.

SOC 352: THE FAMILY 3 s.h.

This course deals with the development of the family and the home in its historical,
economic, and legal aspects. The various factors influencing the organization,
disorganization and reorganization of the family as well as the modern trends in the basic
institution are considered. Prerequisite: SOC 211 or permission of the instructor.

SOC 361: SOCIOLOGY OF DEVIANT BEHAVIOR 3 s.h.

The course examines deviance as a constant social phenomenon, as well as forms of
behavior which may be classified as deviant, especially in terms of American society.
Emphasis will be given not only to the nature and forms of deviance, but also the reactions
and orientations to deviance on the part of the deviant and of the larger society. Prerequisite:
SOC 211 or permission of the instructor.

332

SOC 362 RACIAL AND ETHNIC MINORITY PROBLEMS 3 s h

Background of racial and ethnic minority group relations. Contemporary aspects of inter-
ethnic and inter-racial group problems. Proposals for alleviating and resolving problems and
their implications. Prerequisite: SOC 211 or permission of the instructor. Once annually

SOC 363; URBAN SOCIOLOGY 3 s.h.

Study of urban communities, their composition, structure, and development in relation to
other types of communities. The growth of mass urban society, population shifts and trends,
and their implications for basic social institutions. Special emphasis upon contemporary
urban problems and proposals of urban planners and community developers to meet them.
Prerequisite: SOC 211 or permission of the instructor.

SOC 370: FUNDAMENTALS OF POPULATION STUDY 3 S.h.

A study of factors influencing the quality and quantity, distribution, growth, and movement
of populations. An examination of population trends and the implication for social problems
and social policy. Prerequisite: SOC 211 or permission of the instructor.

SOC 380: COMMUNITY INSTITUTIONS 3 s.h.

Analysis and study of the nature of community from a sociological perspective focusing on
the structure, functions, and interrelationships of its institutions and theories of community
organization and development.

SOC 395: SOCIAL CHANGE 3 s.h.

Analysis of social change processes through study of major theories of social change and
recent investigations in the general area of social change. Examination of major social forces
and movements shaping contemporary patterns of social change, e.g., industrialization,
rationalization, urbanization. Studies of the impact of inventions, discoveries, revolutions,
reform movements and attempts to direct the course of change through various types of
planning and development programs. Prerequisite: SOC 21 1 or permission of the instructor.

SOC 400: INDEPENDENT STUDY IN SOCIOLOGY

Concentrated exploration and study of a problem or area of sociology not covered by
existing courses and in accord with the student's interest and needs and under the direction
of department faculty member. Prior to enrolling in the course, students are required to
submit a written proposal outlining their plan of study for the instructor with whom they will
be working. Enrollment limited to juniors and seniors with consent of the instructor.
Maximum number of credits in SOC 400 is limited to 9.

333

SOC 499: SUPERVISED FIELD STUDY 3 s.h.

With the approval and under the supervision of a member of the faculty in sociology,
students are placed in field-work settings, eg. child welfare agencies, offices of aging,
divisions of the criminal justice system, community development agencies, etc., where they
will observe and work with persons responsible for carrying out a range of specific human
services. Requires a ten-hour commitment each week. Prerequisites: permission of
instructor, junior standing, and six hours in sociology.

SW311: PRINCIPLES OF SOCIAL WORK 3 s.h.

An overview of social work as a profession with an introduction to social welfare agencies,
institutions and delivery systems. Students will examine a basic set of concepts, principles
and elements of practice. Prerequisites: SOC 211 and either SOC 351 or363orconsentof the
instructor. Fall, annually.

SW312: SOCIAL WORK WITH GROUPS 3 s.h.

A study of the practice of groupwork, one of the core methods of social work, with
emphasis on strategies used in various social work settings. Spring, annually.

SPANISH

In addition to the courses listed below, students of Spanish have an opportunity to study for
a summer, a term, or an entire academic year in Spain and/or Mexico.

SPAN 101: SPECIAL TOPICS: THE EUROPEAN MIND 3 s.h.

Historical and contemporary developments to the European intellectual scene will be
covered by experts on individual countries with regard to their relevance for the present
American student generation.

The special subject of each semester offering will be announced in pre-registration. Open
to all students of the university without prerequisites and may be taken up to three times for
credit provided that different topics are offered. Two-year cycle.

SPAN 109: SPANISH LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION 3 s.h.

A study of representative Spanish literary works, with particular emphasis on the
characters and ideas which have influenced both Spanish and other literatures. The course is
conducted in English: no knowledge of Spanish required; no prerequisites. Two-year cycle.

SPAN 151: SPANISH I (ELEMENTARY I) 3 s.h.

Essentials of grammar with emphasis on aural comprehensions and oral expression. Each
semester.

334

SPAN 152: SPANISH II (ELEMENTARY II) 3sh

Continuation of SPAN 151, with increasing emphasis on graded reading material.
Prerequisites: SPAN 151 or equivalent. Each semester.

SPAN 153: ELEMENTARY SPANISH CONVERSATION 3sh

Conversational practice, with extensive oral drill or grammatical patterns. Designed (or
those students who have met the prerequisites for SPAN 251 but are lacking in aural-oral
proficiency. May be taken concurrenlty with SPAN 251. Spring, annually.

SPAN 225: INTRODUCTION TO SPANISH PHONETICS

AND PRONUNCIATION 3 s.h.

An introduction to the Spanish phonetic system including the study of phonemes.
Intonation, stress and rhythm. Intensive aural/oral training through phonetic dictation with
transcription in the International Phonetic Alphabet and practice in diction. Introduction to
corrective phonetics. Recommended for majors. Prerequisite: SPAN 152 or equivalent.
Three-year cycle.

SPAN 251: SPANISH III (INTERMEDIATE I) 3 s.h.

Systematic review of basic grammar; graded readings, conversation, translation, and
composition of selected topics. Prerequisite: SPAN 152 or two years of high school study
and/or a satsifactory placement test score. Fall, annually.

SPAN 252: SPANISH IV (INTERMEDIATE II) 3 s.h.

Intensive reading of selected works; outside reading, with oral and/or written reports.
Prerequisite: SPAN 251 or a satisfactory placement test score. Spring, annually.

SPAN 253: COMMERICAL SPANISH 3 s.h.

A study of commercial terminology and style, with extensive practice in the writing of
business letters of various kinds. Prerequisite: SPAN 251 or equivalent. Economics and
business administration majors may substitute this course for SPAN 252. Two-year cycle.

SPAN 255: HISPANIC CIVILIZATION I 3 s.h.

A survey of Hispanic geography, history, literature, and culture designed to equip students
with the materials and understanding necessary to the presentation of the language as rich,
meaningful and integral part of a great civilization. Prerequisite: SPAN 252 or four years of
high school and/or a satisfactory placement test score. Required of Spanish majors. Three-
year cycle.

SPAN 256: HISPANIC CIVILIZATION II 3 s.h.

Continuation of SPAN 255, which is, however, not prerequisite. Three-year cycle.

SPAN 260: THE HISPANIC SHORT STORY 3 s.h.

A study of representative short stories by Spanish and Latin American writers of the
modern period. All readings and discussions In Spanish. Two-year cycle.

335

SPAN 265: INTERMEDIATE CONVERSATION 3 s.h.

Practice creative language use in conversation, to develop proficiency for everyday
situations and travel at intermediate level. Intensive vocabulary enrichment for students who
have completed elementary or intermediate language courses and are lacking in aural-oral
proficiency. May be substituted for SPAN 251 or 252 or used for major credit. Two-year cycle.

SPAN 351: ADVANCED SPANISH GRAMMAR AND COMPOSITION 3 s.h.

Intensive written drill, with emphasis on finer points of grammar, colloquial, and idiomatic
usage. English-to-Spanish translation and free composition on everyday topics.
Prerequisite: SPAN 255 and 256 or a literature course. Three-year cycle.

SPAN 352: INTRODUCTION TO SPANISH LITERATURE 3 s.h.

Study and discussion of the main trends in Spanish thought and literary expression.
Emphasis is placed on the development of the novel and drama during the Golden Age.
Three-year cycle.

SPAN 353: THE MODERN SPANISH DRAMA 3 s.h.

A study of the modern theater in Spain, with emphasis on Benavente, Garcia, Lorca,
Casona, Buero Vallejo, and Lopez Rubio. Three-year cycle.

SPAN 354: THE MODERN SPANISH NOVEL 3 s.h.

The development of the novel in Spain during the 19th and 20th centuries, with emphasis
upon the discussion of realism, regionalism, and naturalism. Three-year cycle.

SPAN 355: THE "GENERATION OF 1898" 3 s.h.

Discussion of the principal authors of this group and their influence on 20th century
Spanish thought, with an analysis of the role played by historical events in the development of
the movement. Three-year cycle.

SPAN 360: SURVEY OF SPANISH-AMERICAN LITERATURE 3 s.h.

Study and discussion of the evolution of Spanish-American literary expression from the
colonial period to the twentieth century. Three-year cycle.

SPAN 451: SUPERVISED READINGS IN HISPANIC LITERATURE 3 s.h.

This course is devoted to selected readings determined in relation to the needs and
interests of the individual major. On demand.

336

SPECIAL EDUCATION

SPED 210: HUMAN EXCEPTIONALITIES 3 s.h.

The course is a study of thecauses, characteristics, and implications — educational, social,
and vocational - of children who are exceptional because of intelligence, physical
development, behavior, vision, hearing, and speech. It also acquaints prospective
professional personnel with vocational opportunities in Special Education and
Rehabilitation. Each semester on fvlain Campus, and fall semester at Venango Campus.
Multicultural education will be applied.

SPED 215: HUMAN RELATIONS SKILLS TRAINING 2 s.h.

This course has been designed to help students grow in their ability to communicate
feelings and thoughts, to interact positively and sensitively in group situations, and to apply
interpersonal skills to the resolution of professional problems in special education settings.
Each semester on Main Campus: fall semester at Venango Campus.

SPED 220: NATURE OF MENTAL RETARDATION 3 S.h.

This is a comprehensive study of the biological, psychosocial, and educational
implications of retarded mental development, including a consideration of etiology;
assessment and diagnosis; educational programs, including preschool and postschool; adult
social and vocational adjustment; national and local programs; and research. Prerequisite:
SPED 210. Each semester on Main Campus, and spring semester at Venango Campus.
Multicultural education will be applied.

SPED 225: EARLY FIELD EXPERIENCES 1 S.h.

An early exposure to types of special education programs for various types of exceptional
individuals including community programs, institutions, and schools. Each semester on Main
Campus, and spring semester at Venango Campus.

SPED 230: BEHAVIOR DISORDERS 3 s.h.

This course will familiarize the student with atypical behaviors using coexistent
classification systems. Causation, evaluation, and rehabilitation will be studied with an
emphasis on the limitations and responsibilities of various professionals and
paraprofessionals. Prerequisite: SPED 210. Offered at Venango Campus only.

SPED 235: LEARNING DISORDERS 3 s.h.

A study of the causes and characteristics of learning disorders. Concerns of diagnosis,
prescription, and classroom management are presented, with emphasis on the role of the
paraprofessional. Prerequisite: SPED 210. Offered at Venango Campus only.

SPED 240: THE PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED 3 S.h.

The course presents the major physical anomalies, the reaction of family and individuals to
the handicap, therapeutic procedures, rehabilitation services, and direct contacts with
persons in programs for the handicapped. Prerequisite: SPED 210. Each semester on Main
Campus, and fall semester at Venango Campus.

337

SPED 245: BEHAVIOR MANAGEMENT 2 s.h.

This experience provides persons with l<nowledge and skills to analyze instructional
settings, organize learners for instruction, and maintain a supportive learning climate for
handicapped individuals. Prerequisite: SPED 210. Offered at Venango Campus only.

SPED 250: THE HELPING RELATIONSHIP

PRINCIPLES AND PROCEDURES 3 s.h.

This course will assist students to acquire knowledge and skill in the performance of
required tasks and /or roles of Habilitative Service staff in developing humanizing
environments for exceptional persons in various settings. Prerequisites: SPED 230, 235, 245.
Offered at Venango Campus only.

SPED 295: FIELD EXPERIENCE 6 s.h.

This is a half-time, full semester field experience in selected programs. The field experience
will focus on assisting in the delivery of human/educational services to exceptional
individuals Prerequisites: Minimum of 45 semester hours and SPED 230, 235, 245. Offered at
Venango Campus only.

SPED 305: SPECIFIC LEARNING DISABILITIES 3 s.h.

The course will focus on the nature of specific learning disabilities. The areas of concern
are the history, definition, characteristics, assessment, startegies and tactics of instruction
and/or remediation, vocational implications and Federal and State laws and regulations in
regard to the individual who is learning disabled. Prerequisite: SPED 225, 240. Each semester.

SPED 310: SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL DISTURBANCES 3 s.h.

This course will focus upon the nature of social and emotional disturbances, and
familiarize the student with atypical behaviors utilizing current classification systems and
theoretical models. History, etiology, nature, characteristics, syndromes, assessment, and
education treatment approaches will be emphasized. Prerequisite: SPED 225, 240. Each
semester.

SPED 400 SPECIAL TOPICS 1-6 s.h.

This course deals with topical themes in Special Education to expand the knowledge and
competence of teachers. Enrollment is by consent of the instructor. Summers only.

SPED 410: EDUCATIONAL APPRAISAL AND

PRESCRIPTION I 4 s.h.

This experience is conducted in the psychoeducational clinic of the Special Education
Center and involves observation and active participation in educational
diagnostic/prescriptive processes with persons who have learning problems. Prerequisite:
SPED 310. Each semester.

338

SPED 415: INSTRUCTIONAL DEVELOPMENT AND STRATEGIES

FOR MILDLY/MODERATELY HANDICAPPED 6 s.h

This is the study of the process of individualizing instruction for children with mild to
moderate learning handicaps It involves designing basic instructional sequences utiizing
behavioral objectives, matching media and learner and goal-characteristics, identifying
appropriate instructional strategies, and evaluating the effectiveness of instruction
Prerequisites SPED 310, 410; ELED 323 and 324. with exception of Habilitative Science
majors. Multicultural education will be applied. Each semester.

SPED 420: INSTRUCTIONAL DEVELOPMENT AND STRATEGIES

FOR SEVERELY/PROFOUNDLY MULTIHANDICAPPED 6 s h

This is a study of the process of individualizing instruction for children with severe to
profound learning handicaps It involves designing basic instructional sequences utIizing
behavioral objectives, matching media with learner and goal-charactenstics, identifying
appropriate instructional strategies, and evaluating the effectiveness of instruction.
Prerequistes: SPED 310, 410; ELED 323 and 324, with exception of Habilitative Science
majors. Each semester.

SPED 425: BEHAVIOR MANAGEMENT IN

SPECIAL EDUCATION SETTINGS 3 S.h.

This course considers contemporary curricular innovations in educational programs for
exceptional children and youth, with particular attention to the sociocultural implications of
changing curricular practices and the new instructional media and technology.
Prerequisites: SPED 310, 410; ELED 323 and 324, with exception of Habilitative Science
majors. Each semester.

SPED 435: INSTRUCTIONAL DEVELOPMENT AND STRATEGIES

FOR THE GIFTED AND TALENTED 6 s.h.

This course will be (when possible) a workshop with school children and intended to
develop the capacity of the educator to plan, develop, deliver and evaluate programs that will
help the gifted or talented realize their individual and collective potential. Prerequisites:
SPED 210 or PSY 522. or teaching certificate.

SPED 440: INSTRUCTIONAL DEVELOPMENT AND STRATEGIES

FOR CULTURALLY DIFFERENT CHILDREN 3 s.h.

This is a study of the process of individualizing instruction for children who are not
members of the dominant culture and whose cultural membership significantly influences
the educational process and school performance It involves designing basic instructional
sequences, selecting and matching media with learner and goal characteristics, identifying
culture- appropriate instructional strategies and evaluating the effectiveness of instruction.
Summer only.

SPED 445: CAREER EDUCATION FOR THE DISABLED 2 S.h.

This course will examine career education for the disabled as a whole life process
Involvement that includes not only vocational needs, but daily living, personal/social, and
occupational skills. Prerequisite: SPED 310. Multicultural education will be applied Each
semester.

339

SPED 450: STUDENT TEACHING 12 s.h.

Observation and participation in teaching children with retarded mental development and
in activities related to the performance of a teacher's w/ork. Prerequisites: SPED 41 5, 420, 425.

SPED 499: INDEPENDENT STUDIES IN SPECIAL EDUCATION 1-3 S.h.

This course is designed to provide students with an opportunity to explore an area of
special needs or interest in Special Education in depth under the supervision of a faculty
member of the department. Students must develop a proposed study plan and secure the
approval of the department chairman prior to registration. Prerequisite: Junior or senior
standing.

Waiver: Change in prerequisite may be made with approval of department chair and course
instructor.

SPEECH COMMUNICATION AND THEATER

SCT 101-104: SPEECH COMf^UNICATIONS AND THEATER ACTIVITIES 1-3 S.h.

SCT 101-104 may be taken for 1-€ credits on a contract basis. Students may earn no more
than 3 credits each semester through participation in one, or more than one, of the SCT
activities, with a maximum of 6 credits possible in SCT 101-104. Credit for SCT activities is
optional and voluntary participation (without credit) is also encouraged. Instructors
determine the number of credits and have the authority to approve/reject any contract for
credit in SCT 101-104 based on the student's interest and ability in the activity. Credits earned
in SCT 101-104 may be counted toward graduation under Personal Development and Life
Skills or Free Electives.

SCT 101: DEBATE 1-3 s.h.

1-6 credits may be earned through participation on the Debate Team by successfully
completing the terms of the 'Contract for Credit' in SCT Activities, subject to approval by
instructor and department chairperson. No more than 3 credits may be taken in SCT 101
during any one semester. Students should not enroll in SCT 101 and 256 for credit
concurrently. Each semester.

SCT 102: INDIVIDUAL SPEAKING EVENTS PROGRAM 1-3 s.h.

1-6 credits may be earned through participation on the individual Events Team by
successfully completing the terms of the Contract for Credit in SCT Activities, subject to
approval by instructor and department chairperson. No more than 3 credits may be earned in
SCT 102 during any one semester. Students may not enroll concurrently in SCT 1 02 and SCT
155, 213, or 254 without instructor permission. Each semester.

340

SCT 103: THEATRICAL PERFORMANCE 1-3 s.h.

1-6 credits may be earned through performance in College Theater productions by
successfully completing the terms of the Contract of Credit' in SCT Activities, subject to
approval by instructor and department chairperson. No more than 3credtismaybeearnedm
SCT 103 during any one semester. Students may not enroll concurrently in SCT 103 and SCT
254, 350, or 361 without instructor permission. Each semester.

SCT 104: THEATRICAL PRODUCTION 1-3 Sh.

1-6 credits may be earned through participation in technical theater by successfully
completing the terms of the 'Contract For Credit in SCT Activities,' subject to approval by
instructor and department chairperson. No more than 3 credits may be earned in SCT 104
during any one semester. Students should not enroll for credit concurrently in SCT 104 and
161, 262, or 351. Each semester.

SCT 113: FUNDAIVIENTALS OF SPEECH 3 s.h.

Study, application and evaluation of principles of ogranization, evidence, reasoning,
critical thinking, verbal and nonverbal behavior, one-way and two-way communication, and
small group interaction in the oral communication setting: emphasis upon meeting the
individual needs of students through individualized instruction utilizing communication
experiences Each semester.

SCT 115: PARLIAf^ENTARY PROCEDURE 3 s.h.

The objective of the course is to investigate procedures used by members and officers of
decision-making bodies in committees, groups, government, and formal organizations. Fall,
annually.

SCT 120: THEATER PLAY PRODUCTION 3 S.h.

Introductory work in elements of theater, including directing, acting, make-up, criticism,
stagecraft, and stagelighting. No prerequisite. Fall, annually.

SCT/ENG 125: IXODES OF DISCOURSE 6 s.h.

ENG/SCE 125 is an interdisciplinary course which aims to integrate the students'
production of both written and spoken discourse. The course has an alternative method of
teaching communication, and draws upon the skills of instructors from English and Speech
Communication Theater. ENG/SCT 125 will be taken by freshmen enrolled in the Honors
Progam, and will replace both ENG 1 1 1 and SCT 113. (Not open to students who have taken
ENG 111 or SCT 113.)

SCT 155: INTRODUCTORY INTERPRETATION 3 s.h.

During this course the student will explore the art of interpretation, have the opportunity to
develop and improve basic performance skills and train to share the world of literature with
audiences in media or the theater. Each semester.

341

SCT161: STAGECRAFT 3 s.h.

A study of the theory, materials, and practice of stage construction. In addition to technical
instruction, significant emphasis is placed on the relationship between the dramatic function
of the setting and its actual physical realization. Student projects and required production
labs provide practical experience. Spring, annually.

SCT 200: INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION THEORY

AND PROCESSES 3 s.h.

The course focuses on the study of interpersonal communication, specifically the
investigation of major theories and research in the field and the application of those theories
to improving the students' interpersonal skills. Prerequisite: SCT 1 13 orconsent of instructor.
Each semester.

SCT 201: MOVEMENT AND DANCE FOR THE STAGE 3 s.h.

This course is devoted to fundamental movement and creative dance for the actor.
Emphasis is on period styles of movement and creative dance for musical theater
presentations. Use of body movement exercises for performance, discipline and nonverbal
communicative forms are also encompassed. Each semester.

SCT 210: INTRODUCTION TO RHETORICAL THEORY 3 s.h.

The course is designed to investigate, on a fundamental level, the historical and conceptual
develoment of the major theories of rhetorical discourse. Theories from classical to
contemporary are applied to analysis of the spoken v^^ord. Course stresses speech making
and criticism of historical and current political rhetoric. Spring, odd numbered years.

SCT 213: ADVANCED PUBLIC SPEAKING 3 s.h.

Inquiry into the practice and principles of effective public speaking. Detailed analysis of the
areas of invention, arrangement, style, and delivery, and an introduction to speech criticism
as a tool to improve the speaker's owm abilities. Prerequisite: SCT 113 or consent of
instructor. Each semester.

SCT 214: BUSINESS AND PROFESSIONAL SPEAKING 3 S.h.

This course will focus on how people use speech communication skills in business and
professional settings. It will survey modern speech communication theory, as well as coping
in groups, listening, negotiation, influencing others, instructional communication and
barriers to effective business and professional speaking. This course is both theory and
performance based, and students are expected to make several oral presentations.
Prerequisite: SCT 113 or consent of instructor. Each semester.

SCT 215: SPECIAL TOPICS IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

AND THEATER 1-6 S.h.

This course focuses on offering special topics reflecting the interest of students. The
course content varies from semester to semester. Suitable for both majors and non-majors in
Speech Communication and Theater. May be taken for a maximum of 9 credits in the major.
On demand.

342

SCT251: VOICE AND ARTICULATION 3sh

The objective of this course Is to help students improve their speech by the elimination of
faulty voice and articulation habits. Attention is given to such basic skills as vocal variety,
projection, breath control, tone production and articulation. Tape recordings are used as a
helpful device of analyzing problems and noting progress. Each semester.

SCT 253: INTRODUCTION TO THE THEATER 3 s.h.

A study of the techniques and contemporary practices in the organization of dramatic
material, survey of division of labor for creation of dramatic material, and analysis of the
literary concepts, such as realism and existentialism, that motivate the contemporary
audience. Each semester.

SCT 254: PRINCIPLES OF ACTING I 3 s.h.

Training in the basic elements of the actors' craft. Entering and living through imagined
circumstances by the use of imporvisation and theater exercises. Suitable general elective for
non-theater majors. Fall, annually.

SCT 255: ADVANCED INTERPRETATION 3 s.h.

Inquiry into the advanced techniques of the oral interpretation of poetry. Emphasis upon
analysis and style. Prerequisite: SCT 155. Spring, odd numbered years.

SCT 256: ARGUMENTATION AND DEBATE 3 s.h.

Study of argumentation in the area of academic debate and the legal world. Emphasis is
placed on applying theories and techniques of argumentation to developing analytical
abilities, reasoning, use of data and evidence to support arguments. Fall, annually.

SCT 357: ADVANCED DEBATE 2 S.h,

Further experience in competitive debating and in a variety of debating forms is provided.
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. On demand.

SCT 262: STAGE LIGHTING 3 s.h.

An introduction to the theory and practice of theater lighting. Areas of study range from the
history and purpose of theater lighting to its mechanics and control, including sections on
optics, electrical theory, and the physiology of color perception. Student projects and
required production labs provide practical experience in stage lighting. Prerequisite: SCT
161 or consent of instructor. Fall, annually.

SCT 264: DISCUSSION 3 S.h.

The course is designed to expand the students' knowledge of the concepts and theories of
group communication. Emphasis is placed on the task, leadership and interpersonal skills of
group participants. Each semester.

343

SCT 300: COMMUNICATION IN ORGANIZATIONS 3 s.h.

This course is designed to give insight into traditional and modern concepts of channels of
communication in simple and complex organizations with emphasis on informal and formal
group dynamics, interpersonal relationship, leadership, communication theory, and
creativity. Considerable attention is given to interviewing. Each semester.

SCT 301: ADVANCED MOVEMENT AND DANCE FOR THE STAGE 3 s.h.

The course is an extended study of the principles of movement control as begun in
beginning Movement and Dance. The course of study begins with the basic principles of
breathing, tension-relaxation exercises, and theater movement exercises. The course then
moves into areas of intermediate ballet exercises, period style movement and ballroom,
softshoe and tap dancing. Spring, annually.

SCT 310: THE RHETORIC OF CONFLICT 3 s.h.

This course introduces the student of rhetorical theory to the tools for analysis of
individuals and groups which seek change in the political and social sphere, outside the
normal decision-making process. Spring, even numbered years.

SCT 311: PERSUASION 3 s.h.

Study and practice in persuasive speaking. General theories of persuasion, the role of
persuasion in a democratic society, and an introduction to modern experimental research in
the area included. Spring, odd numbered years.

SCT 312: GENERAL SEMANTICS 3 s.h.

An investigation to the relationship between words and the realities they represent. Special
emphasis will be given to an understanding of personal, political, and international problems
that arise due to semantic breakdown in the communication process. Fall, annually.

SCT 333: SUMMER DIRECTION OF FORENSICS WORKSHOP 3 s.h.

A two week course designed to introduce the college student to high school debate and
individual events. The course orients the college student to coaching and directing high
school debate and individual events as well as administering forensic tournaments.
Application is provided by a coinciding non-credit high school workshop. The student will be
concentrating in either debate or individual events, with the option of taking the course on a
second occasion to gain concentration in the area not previously studied. Prerequisite: At
least 2 of the following: SCT 1 13. 213, 256, 257 or consent of the instructor. May be taken on
two separate occasions for a maximum of 6 credits. On demand.

SCT 350: SUMMER DRAMA WORKSHOP 6 s.h.

The summer drama workshop combines study and practice in the dramatic arts and
includes formal, intensive study in acting, play production, direction, makeup, scene design,
stage lighting, and stagecraft. In conjunction with the workshop. Clarion University sponsors
a Summer Theater Company consisting of members of the workshop which produces major
shows. Summer, annually.

344

SCT 351 ADVANCED THEATER PRODUCTION 6sh

Advanced study and practice in the dramatic arts, including projects in scene design,
theater management and acting. Students will work with members of the Summer Drama
Workshop in the production of major plays for the Clarion Summer Theater. Prerequisite:
SCT 120 or 350. Summer, annually.

SCT 352: PLAY DIRECTING 3sh

A study of the fundamentals and procedures of play directing and problems faced in
educational theater, including analysis of the script, methods of casting, and rehearsal.
Students direct one-act plays for public presentation. Fall, even numbered years.

SCT 355: INTERPRETATION OF PROSE FICTION 3 s h.

Practice in the oral expression of the dynamics of narrative prose fiction. Specifically, it
affords the student of interpretation an in-depth experience with focus on gaining
performance skills and developing the knowledge of archetypal themes. Prerequisite: SCT
155. Spring, even numbered years.

SCT 358: PSYCHOLOGY AND SPEECH COMt^UNICATION 3 s.h.

This is a theoretical survey course which examines the psychological aspects of
communication codes, interpersonal communication, structural communication and the
interaction of mediated communication. Spring, annually.

SCT 359: HISTORY OF THE THEATER

History of plays and playwrights from theflfthcentury B.C. to the present. Spring, annually.

SCT 361: PRINCIPLES OF ACTING II 3 s.h

Building a character through textual analysis and practical work based on text. Analysis of
scene structure, use of subtext, actions and objectives i n the performance of selected scenes.
Spring, annually.

SCT 362 PRINCIPLES OF STAGE DESIGN 3 s.h.

Study and practice in the aesthetics, methods, and techniques of setting and lighting
design for the theater. Covers both periods and contemporary analysis. Prerequisite: SCT
161 or consent of instructor. Spring, annually.

SCT 363: THEATRICAL MAKE-UP 3 s.h.

Fundamentals and application of stage make-up Fall, semiannually, odd numbered years.

SCT 364: SCENE PAINTING FOR STAGE 3 S.h.

Studio instruction in the use of brushwork and pigment to develop landscape, ornament,
panelling, and architectural detail in stage scenery based on the analysis of form and source
of light. Fall, odd numbered years.

345

SCT365: ACTING FOR TELEVISION 3 s.h.

Designed to acquaint the student with the visual and oral techniques of movement, voice
and characterization required for television productions. Prerequisite: acting students
enrolled in the BFA program or instructor's consent. Spring annually in conjunction with
COfVIM 660: TV Production

SCT366: STAGE DIALECTS 3 s h.

The course focuses on the major dialects for the stage based upon study of the
international phonetic alphabet. Prerequisite: SCT 251: Voice and Articulation or consent of
Instructor. On demand.

SCT 367: THEATRICAL COSTUMING 3 S.h.

The emphasis of this course is on the designing and building of costumes for the stage.
Related to this basic emphasis are understanding costume history, fashion trends and
rationales, developing a sense of visual design, incorporating the elements of color, tone,
shape, texture, and a sense of theater. Student projects and required lab provide experience
in the craft. Spring, even numbered years.

SCT 375: NON-VERBAL COMMUNICATION 2 s.h.

This course is designed to increase the awareness of students in the areas of nonverbal
communication. The course describes and analyzes the various concepts of nonverbal
communication, applies them to actual situations and relates them to the entirety of the
communication process. Spring.

SCT 400: CROSS CULTURAL COMMUNICATION 3 s.h.

The course is designed to make the student aware of the role played by culture in
developing personal attitudes, values, and behavior, and to apply this awareness to
communicating across cultural differences in a variety of situations including interviewing,
group discussion, and negotiation. Offered on a tri-semester basis.

SCT/C0MM411: FOUNDATIONS OF BROADCASTING 3 s.h.

An introduction to the broadcasting industry including history, technical aspects, station
and network organization, advertising, ratings, social influences, progamming and
production. A foundation course for radio-TV career preparation, related fields of
communication, and the development of knowledgeable consumers of the broadcast media.
Fall, annually.

SCT 415: HONORS SEMINAR IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION 3 s.h,

This course is made available only to students who demonstrated a willingness and ability
to undertake advanced academic work in the area of Speech Communication. Admission by
department invitation only. On demand.

SCT 461: STYLES OF ACTING 3 s.h.

The emphasis of this course is on providing an understanding of the various period styles of
acting, tracing theatrical performance history from classical Greek tragedy to contemporary
acting theories. The focus is on the comprehension of each style and the application of those
principles in a classroom situation. Prerequisites: SCT 254, 361 or consent of instructor.
Rotation on a tri-semester basis.

346

SCT 490 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-3 s h

Selected topics for research and/or performance projects in Speech Communication and
Theater. Prior to registration students need to obtain an advisor who will direct their study
Approval by appropriate dean required.

SCT 495: INTERNSHIP IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

AND THEATER 1-12 s.h.

The internship program gives the student the opportunity to apply classroom theory and
techniques in business, government, theater, and other cooperating organizations. Course
open to any Speech Communication and Theater major with a junior or senior standing with
consent of Department. Student must have a 2.5 OP. A. or higher and 3.00 OP. A. in a major
On demand.

SPEECH PATHOLOGY AND AUDIOLOGY

SPA 125: INTRODUCTION TO COMMUNICATION DISORDERS 3 s.h.

This course serves as an introduction to the area of communication disorders and
encompasses the wide variety of problems that humans may have in speech, language and
hearing. Focus of the course is on the nature of such problems, their causes, their impacts on
people, methods, for their evaluation, and methods for their management. Included is an
orientation to the professions of speech-language pathology and audiology.

SPA 450: SPEECH SCIENCE 3 s.h.

This course studies models of the speech mechanism. Normal aspects of the physiology
and acoustics of speech production are strongly emphasized. Fall, annually.

SPA 451: ANATOMY OF SPEECH AND HEARING MECHANISMS 3 s.h.

Study of the anatomy and physiology of the speech and hearing mechanisms. Fall,
annually.

SPA 452: SPEECH PATHOLOGY I 3 S.h.

This course is an introduction to the profession of Speech Pathology emphasizing the
description, diagnosis and treatment of voice, articulation, and stuttering disorders. Fall,
annually.

SPA 453: SPEECH PATHOLOGY II 3 s.h.

This course emphasizes the description, diagnosis, and treatment of aphasia, cleft palate,
and cerebral palsy. Spring, annually.

SPA 454: ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION OF

SPEECH AND HEARING PROGRAMS 3 S.h.

Teaching techniques, source materials, visual aids, special techniques to be employed in
speech pathology and the organization and administration of clinical programs in a variety of
environments are studied. Fall, annually.

347

SPA 455: SPEECH, LANGUAGE, AND HEARING PROBLEMS

IN THE SCHOOLS 3 s.h.

Designed to acquaint the students with speech problems common to children on the
elementary level. Emphasis is placed on the study of materials, methods, and techniques
used by the classroom teacher in improving the speech of all children. On demand.

SPA 456: PHONETICS AND PHONOLOGY 3 s.h.

Transcription of normal and deviant speech using the International Phonetic Alphabet.
Application of phonetics and phonemics to language and speech pathology. Instruments
used in speech and hearing are studied. Spring, annually.

SPA 457: DEVELOPMENTAL SEQUENCES IN LANGUAGE

AND SPEECH 3 s.h.

This course is a study of the development of language and speech in a normal child.
Normative data in speech and language development are studied. Each semester.

SPA 458: LANGUAGE DISORDERS IN CHILDREN 3 s h.

This course is designed to providestudents with an understanding of language disorders in
children, etiological factors associated with them, diagnostic and evaluative techniques, and
therapeutic methodologies. Prerequisite: SPA 457. Spring, annually.

SPA 460: HEARING PROBLEMS 3 s.h.

The nature of hearing disorders and the audiological, medical, social, psychological, and
educational implications are investigated. Fall, annually.

SPA 463: SPEECH READING AND AUDITORY TRAINING 3 s.h.

A comprehensive study of auditory rehabilitation with emphasis upon auditory training,
speech reading, and speech training. Prerequisite: SPA 460. Spring, annually.

SPA 464: AUDIOLOGY 3 s.h.

A continuation of SPA 460: Hearing Problems. Prerequisite: SPA 460. Spring, annually.

SPA 465: MANUAL COMMUNICATION 3 s.h.

The course covers a comprehensive review of the theories of manual communication
including an introduction to the major manual communication systems. The student will
learn to sign and finger spell for use in communicating with and rehabilitation of the deaf and
hard of hearing.

SPA 466: LISTENING FOR THE HARD OF HEARING CHILD 3 S.h.

This course provides an overview of various causes of hearing loss and the hearing,
speech, language, and academic problems that can result from such a loss. The use of
amplification systems to aid communication is discussed. The effect of classroom acoustics
on the listener's ability to hear is also covered. Designed for the student who is not majoring in
SPA.

348

SPA 467: CLINICAL OBSERVATION 3 S.h.

This course covers basic information pertaining to the profession of speech pathology and
audiology The student is given an orientation to the facilities, equipment, and operations of
the Clarion University Speech and Hearing Clinic Various types of clinical reports are
studied and thestudent taught basic observational skills both intheclassroomandclinicasa
prerequisite for client contact for speech and hearing science majors

SPA 468 SPEECH AND HEARING CLINIC I PRACTICUM 3 s.h.

Supervised clinical observation and practice in case study and conferences, diagnostic
evaluations, remedial procedures, parent conferences and reporting. The application theory
in the development of clinical skills with individuals and small groups of children and adults,
for 135 clock hours Prerequisite SPA 452 Each semester.

SPA 469: SPEECH AND HEARING CLINIC II:

ADVANCED PRACTICUM 3 S.h.

A continuation of SPA 468. On demand.

SPA 472: SEMINAR IN SPEECH SCIENCE 3 S.h.

This course begins with a review of the speech mechanism as a servosystem and
transducer, and basic knowledge of the physics of sound. The remainder of the course
focuses attention and is structured on the concept that the spjeech mechanism is a chain of
events physiologically, acoustically, and perceptually. Each link In this chain of events is
studied in terms of basic knowledge, pertinent research, and each link's contribution to the
speech chain as a whole Prerequisite: SPA 465 or a basic course in phonetics and/or speech
science. Fall, annually.

SPA 422: CLINICAL EXTERNSHIP 6 or 12 s.h.

Observation of and participation in school and clinical environments. Each semester.

SPA 423: PROFESSIONAL PRACTICUM 2 s.h.

Problems, practices, and regulations relative to the clinical externship are identified and
discussed. Topics covered include application of the behaviorial therapeutic model,
interpretations of professional ethics, functions of professional organizations, and
Pennsylvania school relevant to the professional experience of speech/language
pathologist.

SPA 498: SPECIAL TOPICS 1-6 s.h.

Topics in various areas of Speech Pathology and Audiology. The format used will be
selected by the professor as most suitable to the study. The course may be offered on request
of students, subject to the availability of staff. Enrollment by consent of the instuctor. On
demand.

SPA 499: INDEPENDENT STUDIES IN

SPEECH PATHOLOGY AND AUDIOLOGY 1-3 s.h.

This course is designed to provide students with an opportunity to explore an area of
special need or interest in Speech Pathology and Audiology in depth under the supervision of
a member of the department. Students must develop a proposed study plan and secure the
appoval of the proposed director and department chairperson prior to registration.
Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing. Repeatable for a maximum of 6 s.h.

349

CLARION UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
of the State System of Higher Education

BOARD OF GOVERNORS
Harrisburg, PA

Syed Ali-Zaidi Shippenville, PA

Todd Baney Beech Creek, PA

Murray Dickman Harrisburg, PA

F. Eugene Dixon, Jr Lafayette Hill, PA

Rebecca Gross Lock Haven, PA

Joseph Haller Hollidaysburg, PA

Guy Holliday Cheyney, PA

James Hughes Philadelphia, PA

Anne Jackson Sewickley, PA

James Larson Devon, PA

Floyd Mains Shippensburg, PA

Sean Mullen Bloomsburg, PA

Eve Murphy Edinboro, PA

Charles Potter Indiana, PA

J. Edw/ards Smith Lancaster, PA

Margaret Smith Harrisburg, PA

COUNCIL OF TRUSTEES
Clarion, PA

Syed Ali-Zaidi Shippenville, PA

Oleta Amsler Clarion, PA

Joseph Harvey Oil City, PA

Marcus Katzen Reynoldsville, PA

Edgar Lawton Mansfield, PA

Fred Mcllhattan Knox, PA

Susan Mueller Rochester, NY

Raleigh Robertson New Bethlehem, PA

Richard Snebold Pittsburgh, PA

Donald Stroup Clarion, PA

Paul Weaver Clarion, PA

ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF

Thomas A. Bond, A.B., M.S., Ph.D President

Robert V. Edington, A.A., B.A., M.A., PhD Provost and Academic

Vice President

Charles D. Leach. B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D Vice President for Finance

and University Treasurer

Jack N. Blaine B.S., M.ST Vice President for Development

and Institutional Advancement

Robert E. Crawford, B.S., MA Assistant Vice President for Administration

Donna Albro, B.A., J.D Affirmative Action Officer

350

ACADEMIC AFFAIRS

Robert V. Edington, A. A.. B A , MA, PhD Provost and Academic

Vice President

Helen Lepke. B A . MA., PhD Assistant Academic Vice President

and Dean of Summer Sessions

Thomas E. Gusler, B.S., M Ed , S.Ed Director of Institutional Reseach and

Academic Technical Systems

Stephen Kelly Ainsworth, B.A., Ph.D Director of International Programs

James H. Cole, B.A , M.S., Ed.D Dean of the College of Communication and

Computer Information Systems

T. Audean Duespohl, B.S.N. , M.S.N Director, Division of Nursing

Thomas J. Matczynski, B.A., M.Ed., PhD Dean of the College of Education

and Human Services

Gerard B. McCabe, B.A., M.A., A.M.L.S Director of Libraries

Francine G. McNairy, B.A., M.S.W., PhD Dean, Academic Support Services

and Assistant to the Academic Vice President

Thomas J. Rookey, B.A., M.S., Ed.D Dean, Venango Campus

James J. Scanlon, A.B., PhD Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences

Frank H Sessions. B.S.Ed., M.S., PhD Dean of the College of Graduate

Study and Continuing Education

John S Shropshire, B S Dean of Admissions and Enrollment Managment

Marguerite VanLandingham, B.A., Ph.D Dean of the College of

Business Administration

STUDENT SERVICES

George W Curtis, Jr., B.A., M.A., Ph.D Vice President for Student Affairs

Herbert R. Bolland, B.A., M.A., Ph.D Counselor

Robert A. Brown, B A., M.A Resident Director

Bridget M. Dolecki. B.S., M.A Resident Director

Edward F. Duchnowski, B.S., M.A Resident Director

Paul A Dyson, B.S , MS Resident Director

Mary Ann Fricko, B A Counselor

Kenneth E. Grugel, B.Ed , M.A Director of Financial Aid

Judith A. Hinga, B.A., M.A Counselor

James P. Kole, AGS., B.S.. M.Ed Coordinator of Guidance Services, Venango

Connie J. Laughlin, B.S.. M.Ed Director of Career Placement Services

Marilynn A. Mikolusky, B.A., M.A., Ph.D Associate Dean for Student

Life Services

Barry A. Morris. B.A., M.A , ACE Director of Residence Life

Donald A Nair, B.S , M.Ed., Ed.D Counselor

David A. Tomeo, B.S.Ed., M.A Director of College Centers

James G. Tomestsko, B.S Resident Director

M. Jean Vest, B A., MS Resident Director

Hal R. Wassink, B.A., M.A Coordinator of Student Activities

351

GENERAL SERVICES

James Gleixner, B.S Personnel Director

Harry M. Hufnagel, MS Director, Computer Center

Carl Larson Custodial Services Manager

Don Elder, Sr Maintenance Superintendent

HEALTH SERVICES

Lawrence M. Gilford, B.S., M.D Director of College Health Services

Alice M. Spindler, R.N., Supervisor Nurse

Elizabeth M. McCord, CRNP Nurse Practitioner

Janes C. Paine, R.N Nurse

E. Jane Eshbaugh, R.N Nurse

Ruth A. Kapp, R.N Nurse

Ruth A. Hartle, R.N Nurse

Darlene Hartle, R.N Nurse

ADMINISTRATION AND FACULTY

Year In Parentheses indicates year of appointment to faculty

THOMAS A. BOND, (1980), Ph.D., President
University of Missouri, A.B; University of Oklahoma, M.S., Ph.D.

LEONARD M. ABATE, (1966), M.A., Assistant Professor, History Northern Illinois University,
B.A., MA.

LEONARD ACKERMAN, (1981), Ed.D., Professor, Administrative Science
Rutgers, The State University, B.A.; George Washington University, Ed.D.

ERNEST C. AHARRAH, (1956), Ph.D., Professor, Biology
Clarion University, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.; University of Pittsburgh,
M.S., Ph.D.

STEPHEN K. AINSWORTH, (1985), Ph.D., Director of International Programs
California State University, Fullerton, B.A.; Duke University, Ph.D.

DONNA ALBRO, (1985), J.D., Affirmative Action Officer
Russell Sage, B.A.; Syracuse University, J.D.

PAULA AMROD, (1981), MM., Assistant Professor, Music
Memphis State University, B.M., MM.

LORRAINE AMSDELL, (1971), M.Ed., Assistant Professor, Nursing
Oil City Hospital School of Nursing, R.N.: University Pittsbugh, B.S., in Nursing Ed.;
Edinboro State College, M.Ed.

352

INEZ BAKER, (1966), MA, Associate Professor, Communication
University of Cincinnati, B.S;Teacfiers College, Columbia University, MA, Prof Diploma

ROBERT H BALDWIN, (1971), Ph D , Professor. Education
Wesleyan University, B A , MAT; University of Pittsburgh, Ph D.

ROBERT BALOUGH, (1981), Ph D , Associate Professor, Economics
Northern Illinois University, B A , MA, Ph.D.

ARTHUR H BARLOW, (1980), M.A.J.C , Associate Professor, Communication
University of Puget Sound, B.A.: University of Washington, MA, University of Florida,
M A J C

GREGORY D BARNES, (1976), MBA., CPA, Assistant Professor. Accountancy
University of Maryland, B.S , MBA.

WILLIAM S BARNES, (1984), Ph.D., Assistant Professor, Biology
Marietta College, B.A.; University of Massachusetts, Amherst, Ph.D.

MICHAEL BARRETT, (1983), M.S., Assistant Professor, Computer Information Science
Boise State Unversity, B.B.A.; Texas Tech University, MS

NORBERT BASCHNAGEL, (1974), M Ed., Associate Professor, Health and Physical
Education
State University of New York at Buffalo, B.Ed., M.Ed.

FRANK T. BATTISTA, (1970), Ed.D., Associate Professor, Education
University of Chicago, Roosevelt University, B.M.; The Pennsylvania State University,
M.Ed., Ed.D.

PAUL E. BECK, (1966), Ph.D., Professor, Chemistry
Franklin and Marshall College, B S.; Duquesne University, Ph.D.

WILLIAM R BELZER, (1982), Ph.D., Associate Professor, Biology

Franklin and Marshall College, B.A.; University of Pennsylvania, Ph.D.

LINDA BENSON, (1983). M.S.N , Assistant Professor, Nursing
Oil City School of Nursing, Slippery Rock State College, B.S.N.; Edinboro, M.S.N.

VAHE H. BERBERIAN, (1965), Mus. Dipl., Associate Professor, Music
Lebanese Academy of Fine Arts, Mus. Diploma

JACK H BERTSCH, (1969). Ph.D.. Associate Professor. Philosophy

Denison University, A.B.; Columbia University, L.L.B., J.D.; Ohio State University, Ph.D.

NICHOLAS J. BEZAK. (1968). Ph.D., Professor. Mathematics
The College of Steubenville, B.A.; Carnegie-Mellon University, M.S.; University of
Pittsburgh, Ph D.

J. DOUGLAS BILLS, (1981), B.S , University Registrar
Clarion University, B.S.B A.

353

FRANCIS M. BIRES, (1983), M.S., Environment Educator, McKeever Environmental Learning
Center, Sandy Lake
The Pennsylvania State University, B.S.; George Williams College, M.S.

GERALD C. BISH, (1976) J.D., Assistant Professor, Finance
University of Pittsburgh, B.A.; Suffolk University Law School, J.D.

DONALD F. BLACK, (1973), M.Ed., Associate Professor, Music; Chair, Music Department
Wayne State University, B.S., M.Ed.

DORIS F. BLACK, (1983), M.Ed., Assistant Professor, Health and Physical Education
Central State University, B.S.; Xavier University, M.Ed.

JACK N. BLAINE, (1966), M.S.T., Vice President for Development and Institutional
Advancement
Clarion University, B.S.; Antioch College, M.S.

JOHN J. BODOH, (1974), Ph.D., Professor, Humanities
St. Paul Seminary, B.A.; University of Wisconsin-Madison, M.A., Ph.D.

CHRISTIAN BOHLEN. (1965), M.M., Associate Professor, Music
Amsterdam Conservatory of Music, Mus. Dipl.; Indiana University, M.M.

HERBERT B. BOLLAND, (1972), Ph.D., Professor, Chair, Counselor
Baylor University, B.A., M.A.; Texas Tech University, Ph.D.

OLIVE C. BOWER, (1966), Ph.D., Professor, Chemistry
Florida Southern, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.S., Ph.D.

WILLIAM N. BRENT, (1976). Ph.D., Professor, Chair, Department of Chemistry
Purdue University, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, Ph.D.

DALE A. BROWN, (1980), Professor, Computer Information Science Department
Hiram College, B.A.; Syracuse University, M.S., Ph.D.

LISBETH J. BROWN, (1973), M.Ed., Assistant Professor, Education
Mercyhurst College, B.A.; Edinboro State College, M.Ed.;

ROBERT A. BROWN, (1985), M.S., Resident Director
East Stroudsburg University of PA, B.S.; Indiana University of PA, M.S.

ROBERT G. BUBB, (1966), M.Ed., Professor, Health and Physical Education
University of Pittsburgh, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.

TERRY P. CAESAR, (1968), Ph.D., Associate Professor, English
University of Redlands, B.A.; University of Washington, Ph.D.

BRIGITTE L. CALLAY, (1981), Ph.D., Associate Professor, Chair, Modern Languages and
Cultures
University of Delaware, B.A., M.A.; University of Louvain, Ph.D.

MARTHA M. CAMPBELL, (1973), M.Ed., Assistant Professor, English
Dakota State College, B.S.; South Dakota State University, M.Ed.

354

WILLIAM D CAMPBELL. (1974), Ph D . Professor. Accountancy
Gannon College. B S.; University of Pittsburgh, MBA, PhD Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania, CPA

ALFRED B CHARLEY, (1963). M.F A , Associate Professor, Art
Southern Illinois University, B.S , M.F. A.

JOHN J. CHIODO. (1983). Ph.D., Director of Field Services and Coordinator of Secondary
Education. College of Education and Human Services
San Jose State University, B A., MA.; The University of Iowa. Ph D

NANCY E CHRISTIE. (1983). M ST . Assistant Director. McKeever Environmental Learning

Center
Antioch College. B.A.; Antioch/New England Graduate School. M S T.

FRANK M CLARK, (1967). M.F. A., Associate Professor, Speech Communication and Theater
Indiana University of Pennsylvania, B S.; Ohio University, M.F. A.

FREDERICK G. CLARK, (1973). MB. A., Associate Professor. Administrative Science
Ursinus College, B.A.; University of Pennsylvania, M.B.A.; Rutgers University, C.P.C.U.

ALFRED B. CLARKE, (1970), M.Ed., Associate Professor. Associate Director of
Administration
Slippery Rock University. B.S.: Pennsylvania State University, M Ed.

GREGORY CLARY, (1981), M.A., Instructor, Director of Special Services
Marshall University, B.A.. MA.

JAMES H. COLE, (1967). Ed D.. Professor. Dean. College of Communication and Computer
Information Science
Eastern Illinois University, B S.; Indiana University, M.S., Ed.D.

WILLAM F. COMBS, (1965), PH.D., Professor, Psychology
University of West Virginia, B.A , M.A.: University of Oklahoma, PhD

ALASTAIR T. CRAWFORD. (1963). M.A., Assistant Professor, History
Upsala College, B.A.; Montclair State College. MA.

ROBERT E. CRAWFORD, (1962). M.A.. Assistant Vice President for Administration
Slippery Rock University. B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, MA.

DANIEL D. CRONIN. (1970), Ph.D., Professor, Mathematics
Duquesne University, A.B ; St. Louis University, PhD

GEORGE W. CURTIS, JR., (1968), Ph.D., Professor, Vice President for Student Affairs
Michigan State University, B.A., MA.; United States International University. Ph.D.

PETER L. DALBY, (1976), Ph.D., Professor, Biology
Genesee County Community College, Associate in Science; Michigan State University,
B.S , MS., Ph D

JACK D. DAVIS. (1975). M Ed.. Assistant Professor. Health and Physical Education
Clarion University. B.S.; Indiana State University, M.Ed.

355

ANNE L. DAY, (1972), Ph D., Professor, History

Emmanuel College, B.A.; Salem State College, M.Ed.; St. Louis University, Ph.D.

CRAIG D. DEAN, (1981), MS., Associate Professor, Computer Information Science
University of Pittsburgh, B.S., M.S.

DEBRA E. DECKER, (1973), M.Ed., Instructor, Library
Lock Haven University, B.S.; West Chester University, M.Ed.; Clarion University, M.S.L.S.

ENID DENNIS, (1976), Ph.D., Professor, Chair, Economics
Harpur College, B.A.; Pennsylvania State University, M.A.; SUNY at Binghamton, Ph.D.

LARRY R, DENNIS, (1979), Ph.D., Professor, Chair, English
Harpur College, B.A.; University of Washington, M.A.; Pennsylvania State College, Ph.D.

RAFAEL DIAZ Y DIAZ, (1966), B.A., Assistant Professor, Spanish
University of Denver, B.A.

DONALD H. DININNY, (1965), Ph.D., Professor, Speech Pathology and Speech Science
Clarion University, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.; Ohio University, Ph.D.

BRIDGET M. DOLECKI, (1982), M.Ed., Resident Director
Clarion Ur versify, B.S., M.Ed.

JAMES A. DONACHY, (1960), M.S., Associate Professor, Biology
Clarion University, B.S.; Ohio University, M.S.

NADINE D. DONACHY, (1962), M.S., Professor, Biology; Coordinator, Medical Technology
Ohio University, A.B., M.S.

EDWARD F. DUCHNOWSKI, (1981), M.A., Resident Director
Austin Peay State Unversity, B.S., MA

T. AUDEAN DUESPOHL, (1970), M.Ed., M.S.N. , Director, Division of Nursing
Oil City School of Nursing; University of Pittsburgh, B.S.N. ; Edinboro University, M.Ed.;
State University of New York at Buffalo, M.S.N.

EDWARD G. DUFFY, (1961), Ph.D., Professor, History
Pennsylvania State University, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.

CHARLES H. DUGAN, (1976), M.F.A., Assistant Professor, Art
Ohio University, B.A.; Bowling Green State University, M.F.A.

TERRI L. DUNKLE, (1971), M.A., Associate Professor, Special Education
Clarion University, B.S.; University of New Mexico, MA.

BRIAN DUNN, (1978). B.A., Instructor, Chair, History
Clarion University, B.A.

DEMPSEY DUPREE, (1967), Ph.D., Professor, Accountancy

University of Michigan, B.B.A., M.B.A.; Michigan State University, Ph.D.; States of
Pennsylvania and South Carolina, CPA

PAUL H. DYSON, (1983), M.S., Resident Director
University of Scranton, B.S.; University of Scranton, M.S.

356

CHARLES ECONOMOUS, (1964). MS in L S., Associate Professor. Chair, Library Science
University of North Carolina. B.A., M.S. in L.S.

ROBERT V EDINGTON, (1983), Ph.D.. Provost and Academic Vice President
Vallejo Community College, A. A.; San Francisco State College, B.A.; University of
Washington. MA., Ph.D.

WILLIAM T. EDWARDS. (1969), Ed.D., Associate Professor. Art
Indiana University of Pennsylvania, B.S; Florida State University, M.S.; Pennsylvania State
University, Ed.D.

JEFFREY EICHER. (1983), J. D.. Associate Professor. Finance
Clarion University. B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, J.D.; State of Pennsylvania, CPA.

JOHN G. EICHLIN, (1979). J.D., Assistant Professor. Finance
Hiram College, B.A.; University of Akron School of Law, J.D.

KENNETH F. EMERICK, (1963), M.L.S., Assistant Professor. Librarian
Clarion University, B.S.; Rutgers University, M.L.S.

ROGER A. ENGLE, (1967), M.S., Assistant Professor, Mathematics
Slippery Rock University, B.S.; University of Alaska. M.S.

WILLIAM G. ENGLISH. (1972). M.S., Assistant Professor. Health and Physical Education
Lock Haven University. B.S.; Slippery Rock University, M.Ed.

JOHN J. ERNISSEE. (1983), Ph.D.. Assistant Professor. Geography and Earth Science
SUNY Oneonta. B.A.; University of South Carolina, M.S., Ph.D.

ALBERT R. EXTON. (1969). Ph.D., Professor, Physics
Carnegie-Mellon Unversity, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, Ph.D.

CARL S. FARINACCI, (1983), J.D , CPA, Associate Professor, Accountancy
University of Akron, B.S.C.E., J.D.; Kent State University, MB. A.; Case Western Reserve
University. M.Acc.

DEAN A. FARNHAM. (1969), D.Mus. Arts. Professor, Music
Boston University, B.A., M.M., D.Mus. Arts.

CARMEN S. FELICETTI. (1970). Ed.D., Professor, Communication
California University. B.S.; Indiana University, M.S., Ed.D.

LINDA FELICETTI, (1971), Ph.D., Assistant Professor. Marketing
Western College, B.A.; Indiana University, MB. A.; University of Pittsburgh, Ph.D.

PIERRE N. FORTIS. (1977). Ph.D.. Associate Professor. Modern Languages and Cultures
University of California at Los Angeles. B.A., M.A., Ph.D.

JOHN FOX, (1983), Ph.D., Associate Professor, Economics
University of Connecticut, B.A.; Brown University. M.A.. Ph.D.

BENJAMIN M. FREED. (1975). Ph.D.. Associate Professor. Chair. Mathematics Department
Marietta College, B.S.; Kent State Universiry, M.A., Ph.D.

357

MARY ANN FRICKO, (1985), B.S., Associate Professor, Counselor
University of Michigan, B.S.

HENRY L. FUEG, (1968), Ph.D., Associate Professor. Communication
" West Virginia Institute of Technology, B.S.: West Virginia University, M.A.; Indiana
University, Ph.D.

WILLIAM FULMER, (1976), MB. A., Associate Professor, Administrative Science Department
Westminster College, B.S.: Clarion University, M.B.A.

AHMAD F. M. GAMALUDDIN, (1970), Ph.D., Professor, Library Science
Cairo University, B.A.; Western Michigan University, M.S.L.S.; University of Pittsburgh,
Ph.D.

CONSTANCE E. GAMALUDDIN, (1978), M.L.S., Assistant Professor, Chair, Librarian
Indiana University of Pennsylvania, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, MLS.

CHARLES J. GEIGER, (1985), Ph.D., Assistant Professor, Geography and Earth Science
Edinboro State College, B.S.; Kent State University, M.A.: Unversity of Toronto, Ph.D.

STEPHEN I. GENDLER, (1969). Ph.D., Professor, Mathematics
University of Pennsylvania, B.A.; Pennsylvania State University, M.A., Ph.D.

ROBERT B. GIRVAN, (1973), Ph.D., Associate Professor, Sociology
Gettysburg College, B.A.; University of Denver, M.A.: University of Colorado, Ph.D.

PATRICIA A. GRACY, (1978), M.S.N., Assistant Professor, Nursing
Spencer Hospital of Nursing, R.N.; Villa Maria College, B.S.N.: State University of New York
at Buffalo, M.S.N.

BRYCE C. GRAY, (1966), M.A., Assistant Professor, Education, Assistant to the Dean,
College of Business Administration
Juniata College, B.A.: Bucknell University, MA.

EMMETT D. GRAYBILL. JR.. (1967), M.A., Associate Professor, Political Science
Kenyon College, B.A.; Ohio State University, M.A.

FRANCIS G. GRECO, (1967), Ph.D., Professor, English Department
Duquesne University, B.S., M.A., M. in Mus. Ed., Ph.D.

EDWARD S. GREJDA, (1961), Ph.D., Professor, English
Clarion University, B.S.: University of Pittsburgh. M.LItt.. Ph.d.

WILLIAM E. GROSCH, (1962), M.Ed., Associate Professor, Art
Edinboro University, B.A., Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.

KENNETH E. GRUGEL, (1981), M.A., Director, Financial Aid
University of Toledo, B.Ed.; Ohio State University. M.A.

JOSEPH P. GRUNENWALD, (1978), D.B.A., P.E., Professor, Chair, Marketing
Youngstown State University, BE.: Kent State University, MB. A., D.B.A. Registered
Professional Engineer.

358

LOUIS E. GURECKA, (1978), M.A., Assistant Professor. Chair, Special Education
Department
Clarion University, B.S., M.S.; Duquesne University, MA.

THOMAS E. GUSLER, (1984), S.Ed., Director of Institutional Research and Academic
Technical Systems
Shippensburg University, B.S., M.Ed.; Florida State University, S.Ed.

ANITA J. HALL, (1977), M.B.A., Instructor, Finance

Indiana University of Pennsylvania, B.S.; Univeristy of South Carolina, MAT.; Clarion
University of Pennsylvania. MB. A.

JACK S. HALL, (1970), Ed.D.. Associate Professor, Music
University of Kentucky, B.A.; Eastern Kentucky University, M.A.; Indiana University of
Pennsylvania, Ed.D.

MARY R. HARDWICK, (1967), Ph.D., Professor, Speech Communication and Theater
Oklahoma State University, B.A.; Ohio University, M.F.A.; Michigan State University, Ph.D.

LEE-OLIVE HARRISON. (1975), M.Ed., Assistant Professor, Nursing
Wittenberg University, B.S.N.; Flower-Fifth Avenue Hospital School of Nursing, R.N.;
Slippey Rock University, M.Ed.

HAROLD v. HARTLEY, JR., (1963), Ph.D., Professor, Speech Pathology and Audiology
Bloomsburg University, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.; Kent State University,
Ph.D.

RICHARD HAWK, (1980), MB. A., Assistant Professor, Chair, Finance
Clarion University, B.S., MB. A.; Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, CPA.

JOHN W. HEAD, (1973), Ph.D., Associate Professor, Library Science
University of Wisconsin, B.S., M.S., Ph.D.

IRVIN C. HENRY, (1967), M.A., Associate Professor, Mathematics
Clarion University, B.S.; Kent State University, M.A.

WILLIAM L. HENRY, (1974), J.D., Assistant Professor, Finance
Allegheny College, B.A.; West Virginia College of Law, J.D.

RICHARD P. HERMAN, (1980), B.A., Assistant Director, Public Affairs:
Sports Information Director
Point Park College, B.A.

R. DENNIS HETRICK. (1972), Ph.D., Professor. Chair, Speech Pathology and Audiology
Department
Clarion University, B.S.; Purdue University, M.S.; Kent State University, Ph.D.

JUDITH HINGA, (1984), Ed.D., Assistant Professor, Counselor
Michigan State University, B.A.; Western Michigan University, M.A.; Ed.D.

ROBERT D. HOBBS, (1971), Ed.D., Professor, Art
Howard County Junior College, A.A.; West Texas University, B.S.; Colorado State College
of Education, M.A.; Pennsylvania State University. Ed.D.

359

JAMES HOLDEN, (1978), Assistant Professor, Chair, Computer Information Science
Edinboro University, B.S.; The Pennsylvania State University, (^.Ed.

SUNION THEODORE HONG. (1978), Ph.D., CPA, Professor, Accountancy
Han Kook College, Seoul, B.A,; New York University, f^.B.A., Ph.D.; States of New York,
Massachusetts, CPA.

JANICE H. HORN, (1966), A.M.L.S., Assistant Professor, Librarian
Luther College, B.A.; University of Michigan, A. MLS.

ROGER HORN, (1966), A.M.L.S., Assistant Professor, Librarian
Louisiana State University, B.M.E.; University of Michigan, A. MLS.

HENRY M. HUFNAGEL, (1981), M.S., Director, Computer Center
The Pennsylvania State University, B.S., M.S.

BRYAN HUWAR, (1977). Ph.D., Professor, Special Education
Slippery Rock University, B.S.; Temple University, M.Ed.; Kent State University, Ph.D.

MADELYN JABLON, (1983), MA., Assistant Professor, English
State University of New York at Buffalo, B.A., MA.

DAVID R. JACKMAN, (1985), Captain, U.S. Army, Assistant Professor, Military Science,
Reserve Officer Training Corps
Ohio State Unversity, B.A.

ALBERT A. JACKS, JR., (1963), M.Ed.. Associate Professor, Chair, Health and Physical
Education Department
Pennsylvania State University, B S., M.Ed.

ALVIN M. JASPER, (1985), Master Sergeant, U.S. Army, Operations Sergeant/Principle
Drill Instructor, Military Science
Reserve Officer Training Corps.

WANDA JETKIEWICZ, (1973), Ph.D.. Assistant Profesor. Biology
University of Pittsburgh. B.S., Ph.D.

MARGARET ANN JETTER, (1973), Ph.D., Associate Professor, Library Science
Mercyhurst College, B.A ; University of Michigan, M.A.; Michigan State University, Ph.D.

SHIRLEY JOHNSON, (1983), M.L.S., Instructor, Librarian
College of St. Rose, B.S.; SUNY, Albany, MLS.

VIRGINIA G. JOHNSON, (1983). M.Ed.. Instructor, Educational Opprotunity Program/ Act
101
State University of New York at Cortland, B.A.; Clarion University. M.Ed.

JANINA JOLLEY. (1984). Ph.D.. Assistant Professor. Psychology
California State University. Dominguez Hills, B.A.; Ohio State University. M.A., Ph.D.

LEONARD A. JONES, (1982), M.S., Resident Director
Southern Illinois Unversity, B.S., M.S.

360

CATHERINE R JOSLYN, (1979), M F A . Associate Professor, Art. Director of the
Honors Program
Colby College, B A . Indiana University, M FA

DONNA M KAHLE, (1978), Ed D , Assistant Professor Computer Information Science
Clarion University, B A , B S : University of Florida. M Ed., Ed.D

WILLIAM J KARL, (1959), MA, Assistant Professor. English
Michigan State University: Clarion University, B S: Columbia University, MA.

SHELLY SCHLESSINGER KARP. (1983), Ph D., Assistant Professor, Library Science
University of Illinois. B A . MLS; Florida State University. PhD

JEHAN G KAVOOSI. (1974). M.A.. Assistant Professor, Administrative Science
University of Mashad. Iran, B A.; Northern Illinois University. B S.. MA.

MARY C KAVOOSI. (1982). MSN.. Assistant Professor. Nursing
Northern Illinois University. B.S.N.; Edinboro University. MSN

ROBERT A KEENAN, (1968). M.A., Associate Professor, Speech Pathology and Audiology
Allegheny College, A.B ; Ohio State Unversity, MA.

J COLLEEN KELLY, (1985). M F A., Assistant Professor, Speech Communication and
Theater
Eastern Michigan University, B.S.. M.A.; Ohio University. M.F.A.

GAIL L. KENEMUTH, (1971). Ed.D.. Associate Professor, Education
Clarion University, B.S.: Pennsylvania State University. M.Ed., Ed.D.

ALVIN S. KENNEDY, (1971), M.A.. Associate Professor. Assistant Director of Public Affairs
Clarion University, B.S.; Indiana University of Pennsylvania. MA.

ROBERT L KERN, (1970), Ed D., Professor. Special Education

Eastern Nazarene College, A.B.; NazareneTheological Seminary. B.D.: Pennsylvania State
University. M.Ed., Ed.D.

CLIFFORD M KETH. (1959). Ed.D., Professor, Physics; Director, Planetarium
Clarion University. B S.; Pennsylvania State University. M.Ed.. Ed.D

MOHAMMAD I KHAN. (1968), Ph.D., Professor, History

St John's College, Agra, B.A.; University of Lucknow, M.A., L.L.B.; Claremont Graduate
School, Ph D.

PAUL Y. KIM, (1978). Ph D.. Professor. Marketing Department
University of Minnesota. B.A.. MS. Ph.D.

DEBORAH ALDEN KING, (1982). M Ed., Instructor. Counselor. Upward Bound Program
Clarion University of Pennsylvania. B.S.; Slippery Rock University of Pennsylvania. M.Ed.

DAVID H KLINDIENST. (1969). Ed.D.. Associate Professor. Education
University of Pittsburgh. B.A , M.Litt ; Pennsylvania State University, Ed.D.

ERIKA KLUESENER. (1982), PhD , Assistant Professor, German

Muenster University. West Germany. B A.; Munich University. West Germany. M.A.:
Washington University. Ph.D.

361

JAMES H. KNICKERBOCKER, (1970), Ph.D., Professor, English
Stanford University, B.A., M.A.; Washington State University, Ph.D.

WILLIAM R.KODRICH, (1967), Ph.D.. Professor, Biology
Hartwick College, B.A.; Unviersity of Pittsburgh, Ph.D.

JAMES P. KOLE. (1976), M.Ed., Assistant Professor, Coordinator, Guidance Services,
Venango Campus
Community College of Philadelphia, A.G.S.; The Pennsylvania State University, B.S., M.Ed.

GUSTAV A. KONTIZKY, (1963), Ph.D., Professor, Anthropology
Curator of Museum; Director of Archaeological Field Programs

University of Glessen (B.S. equiv); Unviersity of Bonn (B.A. equiv); University of Kiel,
Purdue University, M.S.: Indiana University, Ph.D.

RONALD A. KOPAS, (1967), M.S., Associate Professor, Mathematics
University of Pittsburgh, B.S.: Purdue University, M.S.

WILLIAM KRUGH, (1974), Ph.D., Professor, Chemistry
Juniata College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, Ph.D.

ALLAN D LARSON, (1971), Ph.D., Professor, Communication
St. Olaf College, B.A.; Michigan State University, M.A.; Ohio University, Ph.D.

JAROPOLK LASSOWSKY, (1977), Ph.D., Assistant Professor, Music
New York College of Music, B. Mus.: New York University, MA. in Music Education: Ohio
State University, Ph.D.

JOHN A. LASWICK, (1966). Ph.D., Assistant Professor, Chemistry
University of Colorado, B.A.; Cornell University, Ph.D.

PATTY H. LASWICK, (1970), Ph.D., Professor, Chemistry
Oberline College, B.A.: Brooklyn College, MA.; University of Michigan, PhD

CONNIE J. LAUGHLIN, (1983), M.Ed., Associate Director, Career Placement Services
Indiana University of Pennsylvania, B.S.. M.Ed.

MILUTIN LAZICH, (1968), M.Mus., Associate Professor, Music-Voice, Music Education and
Director of Choirs
Indiana University B.M.E., M.S.Ed., M.Mus.

CHARLES D. LEACH, (1969), Ed.D., Professor of Education, Vice President for Finance and
University Treasurer
Lycoming College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed., Ed.D.

DONALD E LEAS, (1966), M.S., Associate Professor, Health and Physical Education
Michigan State University, B.A.; Southern Illinois University, M.S.

REBECCA RUTT LEAS, (1979), Assistant Professor, Health and Physical Education
West Chester University, B.S.. M.Ed.

THOMAS A. LEAVY, (1976), Ph.D., Professor, Geography and Earth Science
Slippery Rock University, B.S.; The Pennsylvania State University, M.S.; University of
Pittsburgh, Ph.D.

362

ANNETTE LEGE. (1983). MBA. Assistant Professor, Computer Information Science
Indiana University of Pennsylvania. B A . MBA

ROBERT E LEONARD. (1970). LPT, M P.E . Associate Professor. Health and Physical
Education
Purdue University, B P E , MP , LPT

HELEN S. LEPKE, (1984), Ph D , Assistant Academic Vice President
Conneticut College. B.A : Middlebury College. MA; University of Akron, Ph.D.

FRANK LIGNELLI. JR., (1957), M.Ed., Professor. Director of Athletics
Clarion University. B S.; University of Pittsburgh. M Ed ; Penn State. M Ed.

LOIS S. LINNAN. (1968). MA. Associate Professor. Mathematics
Clarion University. B S ; Boston College. MA

WILLIAM H LLOYD. (1980). MS. Assistant Professor, Communication
University of Pittsburgh. B.A , MS.

JOHN LOVELACE, (1984), M.S., Instructor, Equal Opportunities Program - Act 101
Clarion University, B.S., M.S.

DONALD K. LOWE, (1968), M.A.. Associate Professor, Mathematics and Statistics
University of Pittsburgh, B.S., MA.

BRUCE MacBETH. (1967). B S . Instructor, English
Clarion University. B.S.

RALPH A. MAGGIO, (1982), Ph D., Professor, Administrative Science

Boston University, B.A.; Rutgers. The State University. M.Sc; University of Pittsburgh,
MBA.; The Ohio State University. Ph.D.

STEVEN G MAIDA. (1985), Captain, U.S. Army. Assistant Professor, Military Science,
Reserve Officer Training Corps
United States Military Academy, West Point, B.S.

DAVID R MARCHAND, (1984), MS, Assistant Professor. Mathematics
Western Illinois University, B.S., M.S.

PATRICIA MARINI. (1973), M.S., Assistant Professor, Chair. Communication
Mercyhurst College, B.A.; Wayne State University, MA

CHARLES L MARLIN. (1966), Ph.D., Associate Professor, Speech Communication and
Theater; Director, Sandford Art Gallery
University of Missouri. B S.Ed.. Indiana University. MA. Ph D.

THOMAS J. MATCZYNSKI. (1981), Ph D., Dean. College of EDucation and Human Services
University of Dayton. B S . M.Ed.; Ohio University, Ph.D.

COLLEEN McALEER. (1982). Ph D , Associate Professor, Speech Pathology and Audiology
The Pennsylvania State University, B.S.; Clarion University, M.Ed.; Kent State University,
Ph D.

363

GERARD B. McCABE, (1982), A.M.L.S., Professor, Director of Libraries
Manhattan College, B.A.; University of N/lichigan, A.M.L.S.; Michigan State University, M. A.

WILLIAM A. McCAULEY, (1967), Ph.D., Professor, Psychology
State College Geneseo, N.Y., B.Ed.; Colorado State, M.A.; Syracuse University, Ph.D.

BARRY L. McCAULIFF, (1974), M.A., Instructor, Speech Connmunication and Theater
Clarion University, B.A.; Central Michigan University, MA.

JAMES E. McDANIEL, (1965), A.M.L.S., Assistant Professor, Librarian
Eastern Michigan University, B.A., M.A.Ed.; Unversity of Michigan, A.M.L.S.

GLENN R. McELHATTAN, (1968), Ed.D., Professor, Chemistry
Clarion University, B.S.Ed.; Western Reserve University, M.S.; University of Pittsburgh,
Ed.D.

CHARLES McGEE, (1985), M.A., Associate Professor, Administrative Sciences
University of California at Santa Barbara, B.A., University of Southern California, M.A.

WILLIAM C. McGOWAN, (1982), Ph.D., Professor, Physics
Spring Hill College, B.S.; University of North Carolina, Ph.D.

MARY ANN MCLAUGHLIN, (1982), Ph.D., Associate Professor, Education
Butler University, B.A., M.S.; Indiana University, Ph.D.

JOHN McLEAN, (1977), Ed.D., Associate Professor, Music
Manhattan School of Music, B.M., MM., M.Mus.Ed.; Teachers College Columbia
University, Ed.D.

SUSANNE M. McMILLEN, (1978), M.S., Assistant Director of Admissions
Clarion University, B.S., M.S.

FRANCINE McNAIRY, (1973), Ph.D., Associate Professor; Dean, Academic Support Services
and Assistant to the Academic Vice President
University of Pittsburgh, B.A., M.S.W., Ph.D.

ROGER J. Mcpherson, (1981), Ph.D., Associate Professor, Biology
Limestone College, B.S.; Unversity of North Carolina at Charlotte, M.S.; University of
Alabama at Birmingham, Ph.D.

KENNETH R. MECHLING, (1966), Ph.D., Professor, Chair, Biology and Science Education
Indiana University of Pennsylvania, B.S., M.Ed.; Michigan State University, Ph.D.

RICHARD M.METCALF, (1967), Ed.D., Professor, Communication
Illinois State University, B.S., M.S.; Indiana University, Ed.D.

STANLEY F. MICHALSKI, JR., (1961), Ed.D., Professor, Music and Music Education,
Conductor of Bands
Pennsylvania State University, B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D.

MARILYNNMIKOLUSKY, (1970), Ph.D., Associate Professor, Associate Dean of Student Life
Services
Michigan State University, B.A., M.A.; Ohio State University, Ph.D.

364

WILLIAM MILLER. (1978), M.Ed., Assistant Professor, Health and Physical Education
Slippery Rock University, B.S , M.Ed.

J. REX MITCHELL, (1966), Ed.D., Professor, Music
Muskingum College, B.S.; Kent State University, M.E.M.; The Pennsylvania State
University, Ed D.

MELVIN A. MITCHELL, (1965), M.Ed., Professor, Mathematics
Indiana University of Pennsylvania, B.S., M.Ed.

ELAINE E. MOORE, (1970), M.L.S., Associate Professor, Librarian
Clarion University, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, MLS.

J. ROBERT MOORE, (1965). Ph.D., Professor, Biology
Clarion University. B.S.: University of Pittsburgh, M.S., Ph.D.

JOHN N. MOORHOUSE, (1961), Ed.D., Professor, Education
California University, B.S.; Unviersity of Pittsburgh, M.Ed.; Pennsylvania State University,
Ed.D

DON L. MORGAN, (1968), Ph.D., Professor, Admissions Counselor
Northw^est Nazarene. B.A.; University of Iowa. M.Ed.; Unviersity of Iowa. Ph.D.

BARRY S. MORRIS. (1984). M.A.. Director of Residence Life
Southern Methodist Universtity. B.A.; College of William & Mary. M.A.. A.C.E.

TERRY MORROW. (1975). Ph.D.. Professor, Biology
Grove City College. B.S.; Bowling Green State University, M.A., Ph.D.

PETER H. NACHTWEY, (1968), Ph.D., Professor, Psychology
University of Rochester, B. A; Columbia University, M.A.; Professional diploma. Vocational
Counseling, Teachers College, Columbia University; University of Pittsburgh, Ph.D.

DONALD A. NAIR, (1968), Ed.D., Professor, Counselor
The Pennsylvania State University, B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D.

CASSANDRA NEELY, (1978), M.A.. Instructor. Director, Upward Bound Program
The Pennsylvania State University. B.A.; Clarion University. M.A.

HENRY W. NEWMAN, (1962), Ph.D.. Associate Professor. English
Syracuse University, B. A; University of Pennsylvania, M.A; State University of New York at
Buffalo, Ph.D.

RICHARD J. NICHOLLS, (1981), Ph.D., Associate Professor, Chair, Psychology
Monmouth College, B.A.; Texas Tech University, Ph D.

DILARA NIKOULIN, (1969). M.D.. Associate Professor, Russian
University of Leningrad, M.D.; University of Montreal, M.A.

ROBERT L. NORTHEY, (1963), M.A., Assistant Professor, Mathematics
Clarion University, B.S.; Rutgers University, M.A.

SHARON OLEKSAK, (1981), Assistant Professor, Health and Physical Education
Bowling Green State University, B.S., M.Ed.

365

KATHRYN OSTERHOLM, (1977), M.A., Assistant Professor, English
Salisbury State College, B.A.; Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University, M.A.

RANDON C. OTTE, (1976), MBA,, Assistant Professor, Accountancy
Clarion University, B.S., M.B.A., State of Pennsylvania, CPA.

RICHARD L. PAE, (1968), M.Ed., Associate Professor, Health and PHysical Education
Pennsylvania State University, B.S.; Shippensburg University, M.Ed.

FRANK A. PALAGGO, (1964), M.Ed., Associate Professor, Education
Clarion Unversity, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.

HUGH WINSTON PARK, (1959), Ph.D., Professor, English
Hiram College, B.A.; Western Reserve University, M.A.; Univeristy of Utah, Ph.D.

JAMES G. PESEK, (1980), Ph.D., Associate Professor, Chair, Administrative Sciences
Bow/ling Green State University, B.S., M.A.; University of Pittsburgh, Ph.D.

LEONARD A. PFAFF, (1964), M.A., Associate Professor, Communication
Southw/est Missouri State College, B.S.; George Peabody College, MA.

CHARLES J. PINENO, (1979), Ph.D., Professor, Chair, Accountancy
The Pennsylvania State University, B.S.; University of Scranton, M.B.A.; The Pennsylvania
State University, Ph.D.

STEVEN L. PIOTT, (1985), Ph.D., Assistant Professor, History
University of Utah, B.A., M.A.,; University of Missouri, Ph.D.

ANDOR S. P-JOBB, (1963), M.A., Associate Professor, Art
Art Academy of Budapest; Clarion University, Kent State University, B.F.A., M.A.

RANDALL M. POTTER, (1981), Ph.D., Associate Professor, Psychology
University of Michigan at Flint, A.B.; Miami University, M.A., Ph.D.

ANTONIO L. QUE, (1985), Ph.D., Professor, Accountancy

University of the East, Philippines, B.B.A.; New York University, M.B.A., Ph.D.; Philippines
and State of Virginia, CPA.

ROBERT A. RATH, (1975), Ph.D., Associate Professor, Chair, Anthropology, Philosophy,
Political Science, and Sociology
University of Southern Mississippi, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.A., Ph.D.

JOHN REED (1971), Ph.D., Professor, Administrative Science
University of North Carolina, B.A.; American University, M.A., Ph.D.

JOHN F. REINHARDT, (1962), Ph.D., Associate Professor, English
Grove City College, B.A.; New York University, M.A.; Univeristy of Pittsburgh, Ph.D.

J. IVAN RHODE, (1962), Ph.D.. Associate Professor, Physics
Purdue University, B.S., Ph.D.

KENNETH W. RICHTER, (1982), B.S., Health and Physical Education
Lock Haven University, B.S.

366

SALLY J. RINGLAND, (1967). M.S.. Associate Professor, Mathematics
Purdue University, B.S., M.S.

EDWARD L. ROCKLIN, (1981), Ph.D., Associate Professor, English
Harvard College, B.A.; Rutgers University, M.A.. Ph.D.

THOMAS J. ROOKEY, (1983), Ed.D, Dean, Venango Campus
SUNY, Buffalo, B A.: Bucknell University, M.S.; Lehigh University, Ed.D.

ELIZABETH L. ROSS, (1972), Specialist in Business, Professor, Computer Information
Science

Missouri Valley College, B.S.: Universityof Kansas, M.S.: Central Missouri State University,
Specialists in Business.

WILLIAM N ROSS, (1972), Ph.D., Professor, Economics
University of Missouri, B.S., M.S.; Kansas State University, Ph.D.

CHARLES A. RUSLAVAGE, (1964), M.Ed., Associate Professor, Health and Physical
Education
Pennsylvania State University, B.S., M.Ed.; Slippery Rock University, M.Ed.

WILLIAM SANDERS, (1981), Ph.D., Associate Professor, Economics

Indiana University of Pennsylvania, B.A ; Long Island University, M.C., M.A.; Pennsylvania
State University, Ph.D.

JAMES J. SCANLON. (1985), Ph.D., Dean, College of Arts and Sciences
Manhattan College, A.B.; Brown University, Ph.D.

DONNA M. SCHAEFFER, (1980), M.Ed., Instructor, Academic Guidance Counselor, Special
Services
Clarion University, B.S.; Towson State University, M.Ed.

THOMAS E SCHAEFFER, (1976), Ph.D., Associate Professor, Computer Information
Science
University of Missouri, B.A., M.A.; St. Louis University, Ph.D.

WILLIAM M. SCHELL, (1969), M.S., Assistant Professor, Computer Information Science
Geneva College, B.S.; Westminster College, M.S.

RONALD V. SCHLECHT, (1973), M.S., Assistant Professor, Administrative Assistant to Dean,
Venango Campus

Corning Community College, A. A.; State University of New York at Buffalo, B.S.Ed.;
Kansas State Teachers College, M.S.Ed.

ROY H SCHREFFLER, (1966), Ed.D., Professor, Special Education
Juniata College, B S : Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed., Ed.D.

EUGENE A SEELYE. (1961), M.A.. Associate Professor. Chair, Art Department
Indiana University of Pennsylvania. B S.; Columbia University, MA.

PAULINE A SELESKI, (1979), M.A., Instructor, Educational Advisor forthe Act 101 Program
Wilkes College. B.A.; Ball State University, MA.

HUGH SEMON, (1975), Ph.D., Associate Professor, Psychology
University of Florida, B.A.; M.R.C.; Kent State Unversity, MA, PhD

367

FRANK H. SESSIONS. (1977), Ph D.. Dean, College of Graduate Studies and Continuing
Education
Ohio State University, B.S.Ed., M.A.; Kent State University, Ph.D.

WILLIAM R. SHARPE, (1970), Ph.D., Professor, Chemistry
LaSalle College, B.A.: University of Pittsburgh, Ph D

C. DARREL SHERAW, (1978), Ph.D., Associate Professor, English
Clarion University, B.S.: Ohio University, M.A.. PH.D.

MARTHA A. SHILEY, (1979), M.N., Assistant Professor, Nursing
University of Pittsburgh, B.S.N., M.N.

DANIEL K. SHIREY, JR., (1964), Ed.D., Professor, Special Education
Pennsylvaia State University, B.S., M.S., Ed.D.

GEORGE S. SHIREY, (1966), Ph.D., Professor, Chair, Geography and Earth Science
Slippery Rock University, B S.: Miami University, M.A.: University of Pittsburgh, Ph.D.

JOHN S. SHROPSHIRE. (1972), B.S., Dean of Admissions and Enrollment Management
Clarion University, B S

RONALD C. SHUMAKER, (1964), Ph.D., Professor, English
Clarion University, B S ; Purdue University, MA: Univerity of Pittsburgh, Ph.D.

DILNAWAZ A. SIDDIQUI. (1984), Ph.d., Associate Professor, Communication
Aligarh Muslim University. B.A., MA: University of London (U.K.), Post-grad Dip. Ed.;
Syracuse University. PhD

EARL R. SILER, (1972), Ed.D.. Professor. Chair, Education Department
Alfred University, B.A.; SUNY at Oneonta, M.S.Ed.; SUNY at Albany, ED.D.

EDWIN R SIMPSON. (1966), M.A., Assistant Professor, Speech Pathology and Audioiogy
Bloomsburg University, B.S.: University of Iowa. M.A.

MALIK SIMBA. (1985). PhD , Assistant Professor: Coordinator, Minority Curriculum
Development
University of Southern Colorado, B A.: University of Minnesota, MA., Ph.D.

SAHIB SINGH, (1971). Ph.D., Professor, Mathematics
Punjab University. B.A., MA.: University of Pennsylvania. M.A.: Pennsylvania State
University. PhD

SARJIT SINGH, (1964), Ph.D., Professor, Economics
Oklahoma State University, M.S.. Ph.D.

C. GORDON SMITH. (1983), MB. A., Lieutenant Colonel, US. Army, Professor, Military
Science. Reserve Officers' Training Corps
Texas Tech University, B.B.A.: West Texas State University, MBA.

JACK H. SMITH, (1968), MA, Associate Professor, Speech Pathology and Audioiogy
St Cloud State College, B S ; University of Nebraska. M.A.

368

JOHN W. R. SMITH. (1977). Ph D., Professor, Education
University of Texas, B B A . MBA; Texas Women's University. Ph D

KATHLEEN A. SMITH, (1973), M.Ed., Assistant Professor, Special Education
Indiana University of Pennsylvania, B.S.; Clarion University, M Ed , MS

PHYLLIS W. SMITH. (1968). Ph D.. Professor, Education
Corcordia College, B.A.; Temple University. M.Ed.; Southern Illinois University. Ph D

WILLIAM H. SNEDEGAR, (1967), Ph.D., Professor. Chatr. Physics
West Virginia University, A.B., M.S.; University of Kentucky, Ph.D

C. RICHARD SNOW. JR . (1973). M.S., Assitant Professor, Librarian
Kent State University. B A ; Florida State University. M.S.

EUGENE S SOBOLEWSKI, (1971). M.Ed., Associate Professor. Health and Physical
Education
University of Pittsburgh. B S ; Slippery Rock Univeristy. M Ed.

SOONG SOHNG, (1981), Ph.D., Associate Professor, Economics
Seoul National University, B.A.; Wayne State University. M.A.. Ph.D.

ELDON K SOMERS, (1969), Ed.D , Associate Professor, Social Science
Canisius College, B.S.; University of Buffalo, Ed.D ; Christ the King Seminary, Div.M.;
State Univeristy of Nev^^ York at Buffalo. Ed.D

SYLVIA STALKER, (1985), Ph.D., Assistant Professor, Education

Keuka College, B.A.; Stephen P.Austin State University. M.Ed.; Indiana University. Ph D.

WILLIAM STINE. (1981). PhD . Associate Professor. Economics

Univeristy of New Haven. B B.A.; Baruch College. MBA.; Fordham University. Ph.D.

DEAN F STRAFFIN. (1973). Ph D . Assoicate Professor. Anthropology
University of Iowa, B.A . MA. Ph D.

BARBARA R. STRIGHT, (1981). M.S.N.. Assistant Professor. Nursing
The Pennsylvania State University, B.S.N. ; Catholic University. M.S.N.

THOMAS J. STUHLDREHER, (1985). DBA. Professor. Finance

Borromeo College, BA.; University of Notre Dame. MA.; Kent State University,
MB. A, DBA.

FRANKLIN S TAKEI. (1962). Ph D.. Professor, Philosophy
University of Hawaii, B.A.; Fuller Theological Seminary. B D.; University of Hawaii, M. A.:
Pennsylvania State University, Ph.D

RICHARD W TAYLOR. (1982). D.P.E . Professor. Health and Physical Education
Syracuse University, B.A.. MS; Springfield College. DP E.

GIVEN L. THORNTON, (1971), Ph.D., Professor. Psychology
Michigan State University, B.A.: University of Denver. MA. Ph.D.

DAVID A TOMEO. (1975), M.A.. Director of College Centers
Indiana University of Pennsylvania. B S Ed . MA.

369

JAMES G. TOMESTSKO, (1985), M.B.A., Resident Director
St. Vincent College, B.S.; Clarion University of PA, MBA.

KENNETH TRAYNOR, (1976), Ph.D., Professor, Marketing
Montclair State College, B.A.: The University of Conneticut, M.A., Ph.D.

SUSAN TRAYNOR, (1976), M.A., Assistant Professor, Computer Information Science
The University of Conneticut, B.A.: Fairfield University, M.A.

LOUIS F. TRIPODI, (1973), M.Ed., Assistant Professor, Director of Student Development
Services
Hiram College, B.A.: Cleveland State University, M.Ed.

GAYLE A. TRUITT-BEAN, (1979), M.A., Assistant Professor, Health and Physical Education
DePauw University, A.B.; Kent State University, MA.

NGO DINH TU, (1966), Ph.D., Professor, Political Science
National College of Vietnam, B.A.; American University, M.A.: Harvard University, Ph.D.

GILBERT L. TWIEST, (1968), Ph.D., Professor, Biology-Science Education
Michigan State University, B.S., M.S.; University of Toledo, Ph.D.

GRACE E. URRICO, (1970), MM., Associate Professor, Music
New England Conservatory of Music, B.M. Mus. Ed., MM., Piano.

JAY VAN BRUGGEN, (1962), M.A., Associate Professor, Political Science
Calvin College, B.A.; Western Michigan Unviersity, State University of Iowa, M.A.

MARGUERITE H. VANLANDINGHAM, (1981), Ph.D., Dean, College of Business
Administration
University of Florida, B.A., Ph.D.

R. SUZANNE VAN METER, (1965), Ph.D., Professor, History
Hastings College, A.B.; Indiana University, M.A., Ph.D.

BERNARD F. VAVREK, (1971), Ph.D., Professor, Library Science: Coordinator, Center for
Rural Librarianship
California University, B.S., University of Pittsburgh, M.L.S., Ph.D.

THOMAS T. VERNON, (1969), Ph.D., Professor, Economics
Colorado State University, B.S.. M.S.: Kansas State University, Ph.D.

M. JEAN VEST, (1985), B.S., Resident Director
Bowling Green University, B.S., Indiana University, B.S.

HAL R. WASSINK, (1973), M.A., Associate Professor, Coordinator of Student Activities
Bowling Green State University, B.A., M.A.

DAVID J. WEATHERBY, (1984), Captain, U.S. Army. Assistant Professor, Military Science
Reserve Officer Training Corps: Lafayette College, B.A.

FRANCES E. WEBER, (1971), M.S.N. , Assistant Professor, Nursing Education
Hospital of the University of Pennsylvania School of Nursing, R.N.; University of
Pennsylvania, B.S.N., M.S.N.

370

ADAM F WEISS, (1965), Ph D , Professor, Chair, Speech Communication and Theater
University of Pennsylvania, B A ; University of Denver, MA, PH D

LAWRENCE J WELLS, (1977), MM , Assistant Professor, Music. Assistant Director of Bands
University of Idaho, B.M E.; University of Oregon, MM. in Perfromance (Percussion).

MARILYN J. WESTERKAMP, (1985), Ph.D., Assistant Professor, History
Brandeis University, B.A.: University of Pennsylvania, MA., Ph D.

JOHN E WILLIAMS, (1963), Ph.D., Professor, Biological Science
Pennsylvania State University. B.S.: University of lllinios. Ph.D.

MARY ELIZABETH WILLIAMS, (1962), M.L.S., Assistant Professor, Librarian
Clarion University, B S.; University of Pittsburgh, M.L.S.

SUSAN B. WILLIAMS, (1966), Ph.D., Professor, Psycholgoy
Grove City College, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, M.Ed., Ph.D., Pennsylvania
Psychologist License.

RONALD J. WILSHIRE, (1978), M.S., Director of Public Affairs
Clarion University, B.S., M.S.

DONALD A. WILSON, (1969), Ph.D., Associate Professor, English
Niagara University, B A.: State University of New York at Buffalo, M.A., Ph.D.

THOMAS V. WIMER, (1968), M.S., Associate Professor, Mathematics
University of Pittsburgh, B.S., M.S.

GEORGE F. WOLLASTON, (1961), Ph.D., Associate Professor, Chemistry
Clarion University, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.; University of Pittsburgh,
Ph.D.

ALAN WRIGHT, (1984), Sergeant Major, U.S. Army, Assistant Professor, Military Science
Reserve Officer Training Corps.

DAVID R. WRIGHT, (1971), Ph.D., Professor, Speech Communication and Theater (Part-
time)
Southwest Baptist College, A. A.; University of Missouri, B.J., M.A.: Ohio University, Ph.D.

GIST M. WYLIE, (1983), B.A., Major, PA National Guard, Assistant Professor, Military
Science, Reserve Officer Training Corps
Thiel College, B A

J. KENNETH WYSE, (1964). M.S. in L.S.. Assistant Professor, Librarian
Clarion University, B.S.; Western Reserve University, M.S. in L.S.

CHIN-WEI YANG, (1981), Ph.D., Associate Professor, Economics
College of Chinese Culture, B.A.: Northwest Missouri State University, MBA.: West
Virginia University, MA., Ph.D.

WOODROW W. YEANEY, (1975), Ph.D., Director, Small Business Development Center,
Entrepreneurial Technology Center, and Small Business Institutes
Pennsylvania State University. B.S., M.B.A., Ph.D.

371

ROBERT M. YOHO, (1968), Ed.D., Associate Professor, Education
Miami University, Juniata, B.A.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed , Ed.D.

ARNOLD H. ZAESKE, (1968), Ed.D, Professor, Education
Elmhiurst College, B.A.; University of Illinois, M.A.; University of Missouri, M.Ed., Ed.D.

RICHARD ZALLYS, (1966), MA, Associate Professor, Philosophy
University of Chicago, Ph.B., MA.

CRAIG E. ZAMZOW, (1983), D.G.S., Assistant Professor, Geography and Earth Science
University of Wisconsin, B.S.; University of Minnesota-Duluth, M.S.; University of Texas at
El Paso, D.G.S.

COURTESY FACULTY IN MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY

ALTOONA HOSPITAL, ALTOONA, PA

EUGENE M. SNEFF, M.D., Director, School of Medical Technology
JOSEPH NOEL, MT (ASCP), Program Director

CONEMAUGH VALLEY MEMORIAL HOSPITAL, JOHNSTOWN, PA

SIDNEY A. GOLDBLATT, M.D., Director of Clinical Laboratory and School of Medical

Technology
PATRICIA CHAPPELL, MT (ASCP), Education Coordinator, School of Medical

Technology

DIVINE PROVIDENCE HOSPITAL, WILLIAMSPORT, PA

G. AHMED, M.D., Director, School of Medical Technology

MRS. LORETTA MOFFATT, MT (ASCP), Educational Coordinator, School of Medical
Technology

HARRISBURG HOSPITAL, HARRISBURG, PA

HIM G. KWEE, M.D., Medical Director of Laboratories
JANICE M. FOGLEMAN, MT (ASCP), Program Director

ST. VINCENT HOSPIAL, ERIE, PA.

KENNETH H. JURGENS, M.D., Director, School of Medical Technology
SUE LAWTON, MT (ASCP), M.S., Educational Coordinator, School of Medical
Technology

WESTERN PENNSYLVANIA HOSPITAL, PITTSBURGH, PA.
THE BENEDUM SCHOOL OF MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY

ALEXANDER STAVRIDES, M.D., Director, Benedum School of Medical Technology
VIRGINIA DELL CRAIG, MT (ASCP), Educational Coordinator, Benedum School of
Medical Technology.

372

RETIRED ADMINISTRATION AND FACULTY

PAUL G. CHANDLER. (1937-1960), Ph.D., President
Kentucky Wesleyan, B.A., Columbia University, M.A., Ph.D.

JAMES GEMMELL, (1960-1976), Ed.D., President

University of Wyoming, B.S.: Syracuse University, State University of New York, Albany,
M.S.: New^ York University, Ed.D.

JAMES D. MOORE, (1943-1972), M.Ed., Professor, Dean of Academic Affairs
Muskingum College, A.B.: University of Pittsbugh, M.Ed.

DANA S. STILL, (1948-1983), Ph.D., Professor, Provost and Academic Vice President
Ohio State University, B.S., M.A., University of Pittsburgh, Ph.D.

PRABHAKAR S. AKOLEKAR, (1966-1978), Ph.D., Professor, Economics
Holkar College, Indore (India), B.A.; Bombay University, M.A.; University of Virginia, M.A.;
John Hopkins University, Research Fellow: University of Pennsylvania, Ph.D.

FRANCIS C. BAPTIST, (1961-1985), Ed.D., Professor,Art
Wisconsin State College, B.S.: State University of Iowa, M.F.A.; Pennsylvania State
University, Ed.D.

GEORGE BARBER, (1967-1985), Ph.D., Professor, English
The Pennsylvania State University, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.

GWENDOLYN M. BAYS, (1962-1981), Ph.D., Professor, French
Anges Scott College, B.A.: Emory University, M.A.: Yale University, Ph.D.

ROBERT A. BAYS, (1962-1981), PH.D., Professor, Modern Langauage
Emory University, B.A.; Yale University, M.A., Ph.D.

HELEN M. BECKER, (1925-1961), M.A., Assisant Professor, Elementary Education
Graduate, Clarion University; University of Pittsburgh, B.S.; Teachers College, Columbia
University, MA.

ALPHA E. BERNARD, (1955-1983), Ed.D., Professor, Psychology
Northern Michigan College of Education, B.S.: Indiana University, M.S. in Ed., Ed.D.

CHARLES H., BLOCHBERGER, (1966-1985), Ed. D., Professor, Education, Director of
Counseling and Career Planning Center
University of Scranton, B.S.: University of Maryland, M.Ed.: University of Virginia, Ed.D.

MARGARET A. BOYD, (1929-1956), M.A., Associate Professor, English
Graduate, two-year course, Bethany College; University of Pittsburgh, B.A., MA.

RICHARD M. BRADLEY, (1968-1978), Ed.D, Associate Professor, Education
Millersville University, B.S.: Temple University, M.Ed., Ed.D.

MARGARET V. BUCKWALTER, (1965-1982), M.L.S., Assistant Professor, Libriarian
University of Michigan, B.S., M.A.: University of Pittsburgh, MLS.

373

TRACY V. BUCKWALTER, (1965-1983), Ph.D., Professor, Geology
University of Michigan, B.S., M.S., Ph.D.

MARY M. BUTLER, (1961-1974), M.L.S., Assistant Professor, Librarian
University of Pittsburgh, B.A.; Carnegie-Mellon University, M.L.S.

RENA M. CARLSON, (1929-1963), M.A.L.S., Associate Professor, Head Librarian
Greenville College, B.A.; Carnegie Institute of Technology, B.S.L.S.; University of
Michigan, M.A.L.S.

CARL E. CALDWELL, (1956-1977), M.A., Associate Professor, French
Hobart College, A.B.; MIddlebury College, M.A.

THOMAS A. CARNAHAN, (1946 1975), M.Ed., Professor, Mathematics
Grove City College, B.A.; Pf-nnsylvania State University, M.ED.

FOREST C. CARTER, (1967-1981), D.B.A, CPA, Dean, School of Business Administration;
Professor, Accounting and Finance
University of Michigan, B.B.A,, MB. A.; Indiana University, D.B.A. ; State of Tennessee,
CPA.

WILLIAM D. CHAMBERLAIN, (1965-1981 ), Ed.D., Professor, Science Education and Biology
Wayne State University, B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D.

PATRICIA J. CONNOR, (1969-1981), D.M.A., Professor, Music
Oklahoma University, B.M.E.; North Texas State University, M.M.; Boston University,
DM. A.; Fulbright Scholar Italy

DALPH O. COOK, (1964-1986), M.S., Assistant Professor, Biology
Clarion University, B.S., Syracuse University, M.S.

BOB H. COPELAND, (1959-1985), Ph.D., Professor, Chair, Speech Communication and
Theater
University of Wichita, B.A.; University of Denver, M.A., Ph.D.

THOMAS DAVIS, (1976-1986), Ph.D., Associate Professor, Administrative Science
University of Wyoming, B.S., M.S.; University of Arkansas, Ph.D.

BRUCE H. DINSMORE, (1947-1978), Ph.D., Professor.Chair, Biology

Indiana University of Pennsylvania, B.S.; Columbia University, M.A.; University of
Pittsburgh, M.S., Ph.D.

ALLEN R. ELLIOTT, (1965-1977), Ed.D., Professor, Psychology
Western Michigan University, B.A.; Stanford University, M.A., Ed.D.

CHARLES R. FLACK, (1941-1965), M.A., Associate Professor, Director of Library Sciences
Library SChooi, University of Wisconsin; University of Alberta, B.A.; University of Illinois,
B.L.S., M.A.

374

JOSE G. GARCIA, (1964-1984), Ph.D., Associate Professor, Spanish
University of Valencia, B.A., M.A.; Interamerican University, fvlexico. Ph D.

RACHEL M. GLENN, (1965-1978), B.S., Instructor, Librarian
Simmons College, B.S. in L.S.

DAN W GRAVES, (1965-1981), A.M.; Associate Professor, Director of Libraries
University of Denver, ABA.: University of f^ichigan, A.M.

GEORGE A .HARMON, (1966-1984), Professor, Biology
University of California, Los Angeles, A.B.; Stanford University, M.A., Ph.D.

WALTER L. HART, (1940-1977), M.F.A., Professor, Director of Admissions
Grvoe City College, B.M.: Carnegie Institute of Technology, M. of FA.

LEE W. HEILMAN, (1968-1976), M.A., Assistant Professor, English
Gettysburg College, A.B.; Duke Unviersity, M.A.; Lutheran Theological Seminary at
Gettysburg, MD.

ROGER HUFFORD, (1963-1984), Ph.D., Professor, Speech Communication and Theater
Illinois State Normal, B.S., M.S.; King's College, Durham University, England, M.Litt.;
Southern Illinois University, Ph.D.

NORMAN B. HUMPHREY, (1961-1983), M.S., Associate Professor, Geography
Slippery Rock University, B.S.; Florida State University, M.S.

ARNOLD L. JESCHKE, (1966-1984), M.Ed., Instructor, English
Edinboro University, B.S., M.Ed.

MARGERY C. JOHNSON, (1957-1981), M.S.L.S., Assistant Professor, Librarian
Geneva College; Clarion University, B.S., M.S. L.S.

JOHN A. JOY, (1961-1976), M.Ed., Associate Professor, Health and Physical Education
Slippery Rock University, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, M.Ed.

ALFRED E. JUNOD, (1967-1980), Ed.D., Associate Professor, French
New York University, B.C.S., M.A.; University of Buffalo, Ed.D.

ELAINE M. KING, (1963-1978), M.Ed., M.A., Associate Professor, English
Southwestern Oklahoma State College, B.A.; Indiana University of Pennsylvania, M.Ed.,
M.A.

JAMES C. KING, (1956-1978), Ph.D., Professor, History
Northeastern Oklahoma State College, B.A.; University of Utah, Ph.D.

JOSEPH J. KNOWLES, (1961-1977), M.Ed., Associate Professor, Health and Physical
Education
Waynesburg College, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, M.Ed.

HELEN KNUTH, (1958-1977), Ph.D. Professor, History
University of Dubuque, A.B.; Northwestern University, M.A., Ph.D.

KATHERINE M. KOCHNO, (1967-1978), Ph.D., Associate Professor, Psychology
Institute of Natural and Medical Services, (Kharkov); Medical School, (Vinnytza); Medical
School (Lvov), Lemberg, Free University of Munich, Ph.D.

375

MARGERT M. KORDECKI, (1964-1984), MA. Associate Professor, Geography and Earth
Science
Western Michigan University, B.S., M.S.: University of Hawaii, MA.

WALTER F. KOUKAL, (1966-1978), Ed.M., Associate Professor, Education
State University of New York, College at Buffalo, B.S.Ed; State University of New York at
Buffalo. Ed.M.

JOHN G. MAGER. (1965-1985), M.L.S., Associate Professor, Librarian
Concordia Seminary, B.A., Div.M., S.T.M.; Washington University, M.A.; Universtiy of
California. MLS.

ALLENE H MASTERSON, (1962-1980). Ph.D.. Associate Professor, French and Spanish
Geneva College, B.A.: University of Pittsburgh, M.Litt.. Ph.D.

HELEN Mcdonald, (I974-1978), M.S., C.N.M., Assistant Professor, Nursing
Clarion University, B.S Ed., Johns Hopkins University, B.S.N.,; Yale University School of
Nursing. M.S.N.. C N M.

WILLIAM M McDonald. (1957-1981), MA, Associate Professor, Music, Director of Choirs
Indiana University of Pennsylvania, B S.; New York University, MA.

NANCY S. McKEE, (1958-1984), M.L.S., Associate Professor, Librarian
Wilson College, A.B.; Carnegie-Mellon University. MLS.

JOHN D. McLAIN, (1965-1985), Ed.D, Professor. Foreign Student Advisor
Soutern Oregon College, B.S.; University of Oregon, M.Ed., Ed.D

LESTER D MOODY, (1956-1974), Ph.D., Professor, English
Washington State University, B.A.; University of Washington, M.A., Ph.D.

ELEANOR D. MOORE, (1956-1972), M S.L.S., Associate Professor, Library Science
Clarion University, B.S.; University of Pittsbrugh, M.Ed.; School of Library Science,
Columbia University, M.S.

ELBERT R. MOSES. JR.. (1959-1971). Ph.D.. Professor. Chair, Speech and Dramatic Arts
Department
University of Pittsburgh, A.B ; University of Michigan, MS, Ph.D.

PAUL R. MOSSER, (1965-1983), M.A., Associate Professor, Education
Kutztown University, B.S ; Lehigh University, M.A.

JOHN NANOVSKY, (1967-1980), P. ED., Professor. Director of College Centers
Miami University. B.S.Ed ; University of Pittsburgh. M Ed ; Indiana University. P. ED.

LESTER C OAKES. (1961-1980). M.S.. Associate Professor. Geography
Teachers College of Connecticut. B.Ed.; New York University. M.A.; Union College, M.S.;
Teachers College. Columbia University. Professional Diploma.

GALEN L. OBER. (1956-1983). M.Ed., Assistant Professor. Physical Science
Indiana University of PA, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh. M.Ed.

MICHEL G. OSSESIA. (1966-1986). Ph.D., Professor, Mathematics
University of Pittsburgh, B.S., M.Litt., Ph.D.

376

WILLIAM J PAGE. (1961-1977), Ed D , Professor, Director of Professional Education
Services and Career Planning and Placement
Fredonia State Teachers College; Temple University, B S , M Ed , Ed D.

DONALD R PAGANO, (1962-1985), fvl S . Assistant Professor, fvlathematics
Duquesne University, B.S.; Syracuse University, MS

DONALD D. PEIRCE, (1932-1968), Ph.D., Professor, Head of Physical Science Department
Oberlin College, A B.: Attended Clarion University, Graduate work at University of
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania State University, University of Illinois, M.A., Ph.D.

LAWRENCE L PENNY, (1959-1977), Ed.D., Professor, Psychology
Oklahoma State University, B.S in Ed., fwl.S.; Kansas University, Ed.D.

ANNETTE ROUSSEL-PESCHE, (1966-1981), M.A., Associate Professor, Music
Carnegie-Mellon University, B.A.; Ecole Normale de Musique de Paris, MA.

DONALD R PREDMORE, (1947-1967), Ph D., Professor, Biological Science
Miami University, University of Pittsburgh, B.S., M.A., Ph.D.

GRACE PRYOR, (1955-1965), M.Ed., Assistant Professor, Dean of Women
Clarion University, B.S.: University of Pittsburgh, M.Ed.

RICHARD K REDFERN, (1968-1981), Ph.D.. Professor, English
University of Illinois. B.S ; Cornell University, M.A., Ph.D.

EUGENE L. RHOADS, (1961-1984), M.S. in Ed., Associate Professor. Mathematics
Clarion University, B.S : University of Pennsylvania, M.S. in Ed.

ELIZABETH A RUPERT, (1961-1985), Ph.D., Professor, Dean, College of Library Science
Clarion University, B.S.; Syracuse University, M.S. in L.S.: University of Pittsburgh, Ph.D.

ROBERT C. SEGEBARTH, (1968-1977), A.B., Professor, Director of Financial Aid Services
Colgate Universtiy, A.B.

JAMES D. SHOFESTALL, (1959-1985), M Ed . Associate Professor, Physics
Clarion University, B.S.: University of Pittsburgh, M.Ed.

CHARLES J. SHONTZ, (1957), Ph.D., Professor, Associate Vice President for Academic
Affairs and the Dean of Summer Sessions
Indiana University of Pennsylvania, B.S.: University of Pittsburgh, M.S., Ph.D.

FRANCES M. SHORE, (1967), M Ed., Associate Professor, Health and Physical Education.
Associate Director of Athletics
West Chester University, B.S.. Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed

BETTY SIMPSON, (1966-1979), B.S., Instructor, Health and Phsycial Education
West Chester University, B S

GLENN L. SITZMAN, (1969-1983). M.S.. Associate Professor, Libranan
Oklahoma Baptist University, B.A.; Baylor University, M.A.: Columbia University, M.S.

377

DeWAYNE E. SLAUGENHAUPT, (1965-1982), MS., Associate Professor, Physics
Clarion University, B.S.: University of Pittsburgh, M.Ed.; Clarkson College of Technology,
M.S.

WALTER F. SNYDER, (1967-1978), Ph.D., Professor, History
Swarthmore College, B.A.; Yale University, PH.D.; American Academy in Rome, F.A.A.R.

IMOGENE SUMNER, (1962-1985), M.A., Associate Professor, Chair, History
Coe College, B.A.; University of Chicago, M.A.

ZOE SWECKER, (1966-1984), PH.D., Professor, History
University of North Carolina at Greensboro, A.B.; University of Chicago, Ph.D.

CHRISTINE M. TOTTEN, (1965-1982), Ph.D., Professor, German
University of Berlin; University of Heidelberg, Ph.D.

DON E. TOTTEN, (1965-1985), Ph.D., Professor, Geography and Earth Science
University of Chicago, M.A.; University of Heidelberg, Ph.d.

CHARLES E. TOWNSEND, (1969-1981), Ed.D., Associate Professor, Finance and Business
Computers

Georgia Institute of Technology, B.S.; University of Missouri, M.S.; The Pennsylvania State
University, Ed.D.

JOSEPH UZMACK, (1965-1985), Ed.D., Professor, Education
Clarion University, B.S.; Indiana University of Pennsylvania, M.Ed; Pennsylvania State
University, Ed.D.

KENNETH G. VAYDA, (1962-1984), Ed.D., Professor, Special Education
Pennsylvania State University, B.S., M.S., Ed.D.

PHILIP N. WALLACE, (1967-1980), M.A., Associate Professor, Director of Professional
Education Services
Clarion University, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, MA.

ARTHUR A. WICHMANN, (1969-1981), Ph.D., Professor, Chair, Economics
Southeast Missouri State College, B.S.; Northwestern University, M.B.A., Ph.D.

SAMUEL A. WILHELM, (1941-1972), Ph.D., Professor, History
Clarion University, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, M.Litt., Ph.D.

378

INDEX

Academic advisement 26

Academic probation and

suspension 44

Academic program, student

responsibility for . . Inside Cover
Academic requirements,

general 39

Academic standing 43

Academic support services .... 49

Educational Opportunities

Program-Act 101 50

Project Upward Bound .... 51
Special Services Program .. 50
Student Development

Services 49

Academic suspension policy ... 45

Accelerated program 27

Accounting 120, 212

Accreditation listing 2

Activities program, list 18

Activities student

(see Student Affairs)

Activity fee 55

Admissions 36

Advanced standing 38

Foreign students 38

Freshmen 37

Part-Time 37

Transfer policy 37

Administration and Faculty ... 352
Administration Building,

Carrier 9

Administrative staff 350

Academic affairs 351

General services 352

Health services 352

President and Vice
Presidents 350

Student services 351

Advanced placement 27

Alumni House 9

Anthropology 91,214

Art 92, 217

Arts and Sciences,

College of 90-114

Associate of Science in

Business Administration .... 190
Associate of Science,

Nursing 206

Athletic Coaching

Program 147,279

Athletic Program 19

Automobiles, regulations

concerning 16

Bachelor of Arts (see Arts and

Sciences, College of)
Bachelor of Science (see Arts

and Sciences, College of)

Ballentine Hall 9

Bands 20

Becht Hall 9

Becker Hall 9

Biology 92, 154, 222

Board of Governors 350

Business Administration

courses 228

Business Administration

College of 115-130

Calendar 4-5

Call, Clarion's 22

Campbell Hall 9

Campus and facilities 7-11

Carlson Library 9

Carrier Administration

Building 9

Certification fields (see

Teacher education)

Chandler Dining Hall 9

Chapel Theater 9

Chemistry 94,154,229

Chemistry— MBA Program 95

Choir, university 20

Class standings 43

Coaching Program 147

College Entrance Examination

Board examinations 36

Communication Arts 155

Communication, College of . . . 131

Communication, BS 131

Computer Information

Science, BS 132

Communication, courses 226

Computer Science courses ...239
Conference, Medieval and

Renaissance Cultures 186

379

Continuing Education,

College of 177

Cooperative Education 182

Cooperative Internship 182

Cooperative Engineering

Program 96

Corresponder^ce Directory 28

Costs (see fees)

Council of Trustees 350

Counseling Service 14

Course descriptions 212-349

Accounting 212

Anthropology 214

Art 217

Biology 222

Business Administration ....228

Chemistry 229

Communication 236

Computer Information

Science 239

Early Childhood

Education 253

Earth Science 243

Economics 246

Education 249

Elementary Education 254

English 256

Environmental Education ... 264

Finance 264

French 265

General Studies 268

Geography 270

German 272

Habilitative Science 275

Health & Physical

Education 276

History 281

Humanities 286

Library Science 287

Management 289

Marketing 291

Mathematics 293

Medical Technology 297

Military Science 298

Music 300

Nursing 311

Office Management 314

Philosophy 315

Physical Science 317

Physics 318

Political Science 321

Psychology 323

Real Estate 327

Russian 328

Science Education 330

Sociology and Social Work . 331

Spanish 334

Special Education 337

Speech Communication

and Theater 340

Speech Pathology and

Audiology 347

Course numbering system 29

Credit by examination 29

Credit-No Record courses 42

Curricula 87

Arts and Sciences 90-1 14

Associate of Arts 197

Associate of Science

Business Administration ... 190
Associate of Science.

Nursing 206

Business Administration 115-130
Communication & Computer

Information Science .. 131-134
Education & Human

Services 135-178

General Studies 113

Graduate Studies &
Continuing Education 177-178

Habilitative Services 195

Library Science 179-181

Medical Technology 93

Military Science 187-189

Nursing 202-211

Teacher Education 135-178

Dare 22

Davis Hall 9

Deans 351

Degree programs 52

Early Childhood

Education 143, 253

Earth & Space

Science 98. 156, 243

Economics 96, 127, 246

Education courses 249

Education & Human

Services, College of ... 135-178

380

Egbert Hall 9

Elementary Education ... 141,254

Employment, student 64

Engineering 96, 107

English 97, 157, 256

Environmental Education 144, 264
Evening classes 30

Faculty 352-372

Fees 55-61

Finance 120, 264

Financial Aid services 62

Appeal procedure 65

Conditions 65

Employment 64

Grants 62

Loans 63

Scholarships 67

Financial information 55-61

Fine Arts Center 10

Food service 13

Foreign students - English

competency 38

Forest Manor 9

Founders Hall 9

Frame Classroom Building 11

Fraternities 24

French 101, 158, 265

Freshmen, admission of 37

General education 87

General information 26

Academic advisement 26

Accelerated program 27

Advanced placement 27

Attendance policy 33

Correspondence directory ... 28

Course numbering 29

Credit by examination 29

Evening classes 30

Grade release policy 30

Handicapped,

non-discrimination of 31

Independent study 30

ROTC 31

Residence requirements 32

Second bachelor's degree ... 32

Student abroad 34

Student records 33

Student

Responsibility Inside Cover

Summer session, 1986 35

Veterans' affairs 35

General Studies. BS 113

General Studies courses 268

Geography 98, 270

German 101 , 160, 272

Given Hall 10

Good academic standing 43

Grade release policy 30

Grading system 42

Graduate Study, College of ... 177

Graduation requirements 43

Grants 62

Habilitative Science 170,195,275

Handicapped students 31

Harvey Hall 10

Hazel Sandford Gallery 10

Health & Physical

Education 145, 276

Health Services 14

History 99, 281

Honorary organizations 19

Honors 46

Honors Program 47

Housing services 13

Humanities, area major in . 99, 286

Independent study 30

Insurance, health and accident . 14
Intercollegiate athletics,

men-women 19

Interfraternity Council 24

International business 119

International education 34

Intramurals 20

Keeling Health Center 10

Laboratory Jazz Band 21

Lev\/is Computer Center 11

Liberal Arts and Sciences .. 90-114
Library Science,

College of 179-181, 287

Library Science in Liberal Arts 100
Loans 63

Madrigal singers 20

Main campus facilities 9

Management 124,289

Management/Library Science . 124

381

Marketing 130, 291

Marwick-Boyd Fine Arts

Center 10

Master's degrees 177

Mathematics 100, 161 , 293

McEntire Maintenance Building 10

Media organizations 22

Medical services 14

Medical Technology 93, 297

Courtesy faculty 372

Hospital affiliations 372

Scholarship requirements 93

Medieval and Renaissance

Culture Conference 186

Mentally retarded, special
education for teaching of . . . 166

Military Science 187,298

Mission 6

Music 102, 148, 300

Music Education 148

Music Hall 10

Music organizations 20

Nair Hall 10

Natural sciences, major 105

Newspaper, university 22

Nursing 202, 311

Office Management

Business Admin. . 125,194,314
Orientation, freshmen 25

Panhellenic Council 24

Parking 16

Peirce Science Center 10

Philosophy 91, 315

Physical Science 317

Physics 105, 162, 318

Placement services 14

Planetarium 10

Political Science 91,321

President 350

Psychology 110,323

Publications 22

Ralston Hall 10

Readmission 45

Real Estate 129, 327

Refund of fees 55, 59, 66

Reimer Center 10

Religious program 23

Repeat grade policy 46

Residence, campus 12

Residence, off-campus 13

Residence requirement 32

Retired Administration

and Faculty 373-378

Rhodes Center 11

ROTO 187, 298

Russian 101, 163, 328

Satisfactory progress toward

a degree 44

Academic probation 44

Academic suspension 45

Readmission 45

Scholarship requirements ... 39-42

Scholarships 67

Science Education 330

Second bachelor's degree 32

Secondary education (see
Education & Human Services,
College of)

Senate, student 17

Senior citizens 33

Sequelle, The 22

Social program 24

Social Sciences, major Ill

Social Studies 164

Sociology 91, 331

Sociology/Psychology Ill

Sororities 24

Spanish 101, 165, 334

Special Education Center 11

Special Education, mentally

retarded, teaching of . . 166, 337
Habilitative Sciences, BS ... 170

Habilitative Services, AS 195

Speech Communication &

Theater 112, 340

Speech Pathology &

Audiology 173, 347

Speech & drama organizations . 24

Speech & theater, majors 112

Stevens Hall 11

Still Hall of Business

Administration 11

Student activities (see Student
Affairs)

Student advisement 26

Student Affairs 12-25

Activities program 17

Athletic program 19

Intercollegiate 19

Intramural 20

382

Career placement services ... 15

Counseling center 14

Food services 13

Health services 14

Honorary organizations 19

Housing services 12

Infirmary services 14

Insurance 14

Media organizations 22

Music program 20

New student orientation 25

Parking and auto regulations 16

Personnel services 12

Publications program 22

Religious program 23

Social program 24

Special interests groups and

activities 18

Speech and dramatic

organizations 24

Student activities 16-25

Student Center 10

Student government 17

Student grade release policy ... 30

Student orientation 25

Student personnel services (see
Student Affairs)

Student Senate 17

Student teaching 138

Student testing program 44

Student abroad 34

Suhr Library 11

Summer sessions 35

Table of Contents 3

Teacher education 135-178

Certification 136

Elementary education 141

Early Childhood option 143

Environmental education ... 144

General education 87

Library Science 179

Music Education 148

Requirements 137-140

Role statement 135

Secondary education .. 153-170

Certification fields 153-170

Biology 154

Chemistry 154

Communication Arts 155

Earth & Space Science . . . 156

English 157

French 158

General science 159

German 160

Mathematics 161

Physics 162

Russian 163

Social Studies 164

Spanish 165

Selection and retention

standards 138

Application procedures .... 140
Conditions for assignment . 140

Thorn Houses 11

Tippin Gymnasium-Natatorium . 11

Transfer policy 38

Trustees, Council of 350

Undergraduate degree

programs 52

University Theater 25

Venango Campus . . 8. 11. 190-211
Veteran's affairs 35

Wilkinson Hall 11

Withdrawals 39

Wood Street House 11

Yearbook 22

383

Spec. Col.

LD 1017 .C75815 1987-88
Clarion University of
Pennsylvania.

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Texts

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Clarion University of Pennsylvania. Clarion, Pennsylvania. Catalog Issue 1987-88."

See other formats